Texas AG Ken Paxton Take-Down – Why Now?

By: Devvy

May 31, 2023

“Wherever there is interest and power to do wrong, wrong will generally be done.” James Madison, 4th President of the United States

On May 27, 2023, I watched 4 ½ hours of live coverage of the impeachment hearing targeting Texas GOP Attorney General Ken Paxton in our state legislature on the House side.  That disgusting hit job was presided over by RINO Speaker of the House Dade Phelan.  The vote was 121 for and 23 against impeachment.  61 Democrats voted for and a whopping 60 Republicans also voted yes.

Phelan is a registered Republican whose been sleeping with the Democrats for years.  We finally got rid of Phelan’s predecessor, another rotten RINO.   In Phelan’s first term he appointed 13 Democrats as committee chairs.  To say grassroots Republicans were incensed is putting it mildly.  At the state convention last year one of the top issues for Austin:  No more appointing Democrats as committee chairs.

First thing Phelan does after becoming Speaker yet again this past January:  Appoints four Democrats as committee chairs.  Once again outraged, grassroots Republicans were asking:  Why give Republicans a majority if the Speaker is in bed with Democrats?  All but three state reps voted to make Phelan House Speaker again.

Paxton has been a target of the Democrat/Communist Party USA and closet RINO’s in our legislature for years.  Paxton has been highly aggressive against election/vote fraud with many convictions.  Ditto going after drag shows exposing children to degenerate exhibitions.  One of Paxton’s top priorities which he got done was create a special unit (he is the boss of 4,000 employees with 117 offices in our state under 38 divisions, 30,000 cases a year tackled by 750 lawyers), whose sole purpose is to fight human trafficking in Texas.

Yes, it’s been very successful and the first big arrest was the CEO of Backpage.com which is the largest on-line sex trafficking sewer in this country.  Paxton’s team of lawyers have sent hundreds of pimps to prison for trafficking; see here.  His lengthy record for sparing no one and upholding the law is here.  He’s also very pro-life which the Democrat Party of Perversion and Death hates.

Paxton served in our state legislature (House) for ten years, the senate for two and then as AG; now in his third term.  He’s no dummy and to say he’s extremely popular with statewide voters is an understatement.  All these old, alleged charges against him were rejected by voters, election after election.  Paxton is being accused of bribery, abuse of his office, corruption and leaving a ring around the bathtub.  Bribery under Texas Penal Code, Chapter 36.02, Bribery and Corrupt Influence.  It’s a Class A misdemeanor.  This is Resolution 2377 which lists 20 alleged articles including the alleged bribery.

Who introduced it?  GOP Rep. Andrew Murr with his handlebar mustache who probably never met a mirror he didn’t love.  He was so grossly condescending.  I felt I was watching U.S. House Rep. Jamie Raskin all over again.  He’s the bottom feeder Democrat who helped write the articles of impeachment against Trump.  Raskin’s performance in that sham impeachment was nauseating.  They are also sponsors of the Resolution:  Rep. Ann Johnson, Democrat/Communist Party USA who pretends to be married to a woman, GOP Rep. Charlie Geren.  Democrat Oscar Longoria and GOP Rep. David Spiller.

Paxton was accused of bribery many years ago.  Why hasn’t he been prosecuted?  Why now?

In July of 2015, Paxton was indicted on felony securities fraud charges.  Allegedly he failed to disclose he would receive compensation for some investment.  That will be EIGHT YEARS ago this July and no trial.  Why not?  The SEC went after Paxton for alleged securities fraud regarding the same company and investors.  A year later a federal judge dismissed that lawsuit.  Russia, Russia, Russia.

Article 10 of the Resolution was about renovations to his personal residence. A quid pro quo. Only problem is, Paxton has all the receipts for the work done.

The big turd for the Democrats on Saturday was all about four lawyers in Paxton’s office back in 2020, whistleblowers going to the FBI alleging corruption on Paxton’s part.  Paxton agreed to settle the matter for $3.3 million dollars of taxpayer’s money.  This is not unusual and is done all the time as the longer things draw out, the bigger the tab.

To hear the Democrats on Saturday, Paxton retaliated by whipping those lawyers and putting them in a pillory in the public square.  No.  They were actually put on paid leave, then fired for poor work performance and sometimes outright insubordination.

Phelan and his gang hired outside “investigators”, but what wasn’t disclosed Saturday was this:  Outside law firm finds Paxton didn’t break laws or violate office procedure – “(The Center Square) – “A 174-page report released by the Office of the Attorney General in August 2021, made public before voters reelected Attorney General Ken Paxton to a third term in November 2022, disproved claims presented by Democratically-aligned counsel hired by the House General Investigating Committee.

“Another report released Saturday by an outside law firm, Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP, also concluded, “significant evidence to show the actions of the OAG toward the Complainants were based on legitimate, non-retaliatory, business grounds.”

The first report referred to above is actually 374 pages:  Report on the Investigation into Complaints Made and Actions Taken by Former Political Appointees of the Texas Attorney General.  Yes, I will read it in between painting my nails and eating chocolate bon-bons.  That was a joke. I am going to read it.  That report dissects the alleged corruption, etc., and a key player, Nate Paul.

This second report referred to above by an outside, impartial law firm was released on Saturday (dated three days before hearing) is 56-pages.  Saturday, same day as the hearing to impeach.  How many Republicans bothered to read it before the vote?  I read the whole thing Sunday morning.

MEMORANDUM ATTORNEY-CLIENT AND WORK PRODUCT PRIVILEGED
TO: Office of the Attorney General, State of Texas
FROM: Lewis Brisbois
DATE: May 24, 2023
RE: Report Regarding Retaliation Claims by Former Employees

Executive Summary

“The evidence we have been able to obtain continues to support the OAG’s legitimate, non-retaliatory grounds for firing each Complainant. Moreover, Lewis Brisbois has identified evidence supporting OAG’s assertion that it would have taken the same adverse employment action against each of the Complainants even in the absence of any alleged protected activity.2 Conversely, we have not identified any evidence supporting Complainants’ allegations of retaliatory animus by the Attorney General or any agreement between the Attorney General and others at OAG to conspire to retaliate against the Complainants.”

On May 19, 2023, dirty Dade Phelan on the House floor was taking care of business. He put on quite a show.  When I watched several videos of him, I thought he either was very drunk or maybe having a stroke.  If one is having a medical emergency, you call an ambulance; that wasn’t done.  The next day, Paxton issued a statement to Phelan:  Resign and “get the help you need” which tells me Paxton knows Phelan has a drinking problem.  On May 27th, Paxton is impeached with Phelan at the helm and who voted for impeachment.

Let me go through the time line here.  In March 2023, Phelan and his pimps – in secret – opened an investigation to get Paxton impeached.  During the hearing, no evidence was brought forth.  No witnesses.  Nothing but accusations by third party hearsay.  Paxton’s office attempted to bring exculpatory evidence to that “investigative” committee but was refused.  As was brought forth by Republicans against the impeachment, this was a rush to judgement.  At the start of a three-day holiday when Texans are honoring our veterans and doing family gatherings.  Most probably had no idea what was going on last Saturday.  Paxton won in Nov. 2022 with 4,278,986 votes; his Democrat opponent lost 53.4% – 43.7%.

Republicans against the Resolution argued the House could come back (even though they’re out of session now until Jan. 2025) in a few weeks and do it the right way.  Not only were there no witnesses, the ones interviewed by the so-called investigative committee never put them under oath.  It was all third-party hearsay.  There was NO due process for Paxton on Saturday.  (There will be several special sessions called by guv Abbott soon to deal with unfinished bills.)

If Ken Paxton has violated the law, he should be held accountable.  I am a firm believer no one is above the law no matter how much you might like that person.  But this was a railroad job.  Well-coordinated and Democrat led, aided and abetted by RINO Dade Phelan and 59 other Republicans who care nothing about fairness or due process.

Paxton is now suspended.  There will be a trial in the Senate.  Impeachment requires 2/3rds of senators voting yes.  WEF (World Economic Forum) attendee, Gov. Greg Abbott will then appoint an acting AG until an election can be held.

Now, something else has been going on and this is just my own personal theory.  All these legal issues are years old, so why now?  On the 138th day of the 140-day session.  Start of a three-day holiday.

If you find time, this column by a great writer, James Howard Kunstler, Trial by Ordeal is worth five minutes; I bring it up  for a good reason.  “There’s something definitely programmatic about the way the drag queens were rolled out into the kiddie korners the past year. It doesn’t feel organic, shall we say, but rather directed, like a sinister grand opera. And the effort to enlist and initiate schoolchildren into a psychodrama of hyperbolic sexual confusion looks absolutely orchestrated.”

Timing is everything and that’s what I think is happening with this Paxton take-down.  If you go to my web site, at the top are two Feb. 22, 2023, postings.  One on the left is the origin of COVID-19; on the right is the Death Book.  I copied every single document, lawsuit and articles in those postings and put them in large legal files.

Florida Supreme Court rules Gov. Ron DeSantis can impanel grand jury to investigate COVID-19 vaccine makers, Dec. 22, 2022 (Emphasis mine)

“In DeSantis’ petition to ​establish​ the grand jury, he argued that a Florida Department of Health analysis “found an increase in the relative incidence of cardiac-related deaths among males 18-39 years old within 28 days following mRNA vaccination.”​ Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna are the two manufacturers of mRNA COVID-19 vaccines.

“A statewide grand jury shall be promptly impaneled for a term of twelve calendar months, to run from the date of empanelment, with jurisdiction throughout the State of Florida, to investigate crime, return indictments, make presentments, and otherwise perform all functions of a grand jury with regard to the offenses stated herein,” the court order read.”

On the same day I sent my state senator those files, I also sent a set with a cover letter to DeSantis, Jan. 24, 2023, priority mail with tracking.  Here’s what you need for your grand jury.  What happened after his office received the files, I have no idea, but I made the effort.

On Jan. 24, 2023, I sent overnight express mail the two large legal folders to my new state senator at the capitol.  I asked Sen. Sparks to get them to Ken Paxton as I’m a nobody.  I explained in the cover letter to AG Paxton:  You need to file a small State RICO Act against Pfizer and Moderna.  Mis-labeling is a felony and so is intentional homicide.  All this is very bad news for Pfizer as they’ve been down this road before:  Justice Department Announces Largest Health Care Fraud Settlement in Its History, Pfizer to Pay $2.3 Billion for Fraudulent Marketing, Sept. 2, 2009

(Texas RICO Organized Crime Statute (Penal Code, Title 11, Chapter 71, Section 71.02)

In March 2023 (the exact date never came up in the hearing), Speaker Dade Phelan, in secrecy, started an investigation to get Paxton.  Paxton is suspended on May 27, 2023; date for senate impeachment trial not known at this time.

Pax­ton Launch­es Inves­ti­ga­tion into Gain-of-Func­tion Research and Mis­rep­re­sen­ta­tions by Covid-19 Vac­cine Manufacturers, May 1, 2023 (Emphasis mine as immunity was in the files I sent.)

“Paxton is also investigating whether the companies misrepresented the efficacy of their Covid-19 vaccines and the likelihood of transmitting Covid-19 after taking the vaccines in violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act. The investigation will also look into the potential manipulation of vaccine trial data. This investigation concerns potentially fraudulent activity that falls outside the scope of legal immunity granted to manufacturers of the Covid-19 vaccine

“In recent years, certain pharmaceutical companies have had record-breaking financial success, driven in part by sales made from products related to the Covid-19 pandemic. This vested interest in the success of these Covid-19 products, combined with reports about the alarming side effects of vaccines, demands aggressive investigation.  “Texas’s investigation will force these companies to turn over documents the public otherwise could not access.”

This is BAD news for politicians like Gov. Abbott.  (Trump Calls Out Gov. Abbott for Being “Missing in Action” on RINO Impeachment of AG Ken Paxton, May 28, 2023)  With Paxton on suspension until the senate trial (Paxton’s wife is a state senator), Abbott can appoint an acting AG and you can bet it will be someone who will do Abbott’s bidding.  Hint, hint.

Political Kryptonite as governors, mayors, state legislators and members of Congress all pushed Americans to get those bioweapon injections being passed off as vaccines.  I sent at least six letters to Abbott:  Don’t lockdown this state and don’t allow those experimental injections in Texas.  I’m sure they just got tossed into the garbage can.  Abbott locked down our state.  50,000 businesses are no longer in business and the lives of millions of Texans ruined.  And let me add this bit of information to show you the political whores in Congress and our state houses are for sale to the highest bidder and we’re talking big money here.

Question:  How much money did the pharmaceutical and health product industry spend on lobbying and campaign contributions in the US from 1999 to 2018?

“Findings:  This observational study, which analyzed publicly available data on campaign contributions and lobbying in the US from 1999 to 2018, found that the pharmaceutical and health product industry spent $4.7 billion, an average of $233 million per year, on lobbying the US federal government; $414 million on contributions to presidential and congressional electoral candidates, national party committees, and outside spending groups; and $877 million on contributions to state candidates and committees. Contributions were targeted at senior legislators in Congress involved in drafting health care laws and state committees that opposed or supported key referenda on drug pricing and regulation.”

More than two-thirds of Congress cashed a pharma campaign check in 2020, new STAT analysis shows (Of course Pfizer and Astra Zeneca are on the list.  Moderna never manufactured a “vaccine” prior to COVID-19)

FOR SALE TO THE HIGHEST BIDDER – BIG MONEY:  Healthcare Companies Spent More on Lobbying Than Any Other Industry Last Year,  June 29, 2022

“Health companies spent nearly $690 million on lobbying federally, which was $175 million more than the 2nd place category. Within the industry, the largest lobbying bills were racked up by pharmaceutical companies, which spend $356 million on federal lobbying alone. The industry spent $32 million in the 19 states that give access to such data.”  Of course, Pfizer is on the list.

Big Pharma Wrote 10,000 Checks Worth $9 Million to Help Elect State Politicians in 2020

“Big Pharma targets bipartisan lawmakers in influential positions who can affect decisions that affect the industry. Once elected, lawmakers are tempted with lucrative job promises after leaving office.

  • The top pharmaceutical lobbyist in the 2020 elections was Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA), which spent $25.9 million at the state and federal level.
  • Big Pharma targets bipartisan lawmakers in influential positions who can affect decisions that affect the industry. Once elected, they are tempted with lucrative job promises after leaving office, known as the “revolving door.”

This is an 8:43 video.  Press conference held by Paxton on the day before the manufactured impeachment trial; at the bottom of the article.  Do watch it.  Immediately following the vote, Paxton issued a statement; see here.  To say GOP grassroots are enraged is putting it mildly which you’ll read in the article above.  Here’s the list of yes and no votes.  In closing, I again ask:  Why now?  Announcement of the impeachment hearing shocked this state and the hurry up and get it done in 4 ½ hours stinks.  I’ll let you decide.

Important add I found quite interesting:  Impeachment of the Attorney General Under The Texas Constitution, May 26, 2023 – “Those laws appear in Chapter 665 of the Government Code. At quick glance, Article 15 does not provide a standard for impeachment, such as “high crimes and misdemeanors.” Section 665.062 lists specific causes for removal “by address,” including “willful neglect of duty,” “incompetency,” and “breach of trust.” But, pursuant to Section 665.051, the Attorney General is not subject to removal “by address.” So these grounds are not directly relevant for Paxton.

“Subchapter D of Chapter 665 includes one provision: Section 665.081. It provides, in part: “An officer in this state may not be removed from office for an act the officer may have committed before the officer’s election to office.” Many of the allegations against Paxton occurred before Paxton was elected to a third term in office in November 2022. And Paxton’s lawyer has cited Section 665.081 as a possible defense. He contends that the voters re-elected Paxton, with full knowledge of the allegations against him.”

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related – Just a short list.  You’ll see why the Party of Perversion and Death (Democrats), along with closet GOP liberals hate Ken Paxton.

On the day he’s impeached, Paxton’s office issues this:

Pax­ton Secures $340 Mil­lion for Texas in Opi­oid Set­tle­ment With Walgreens, May 27, 2023:  “Attorney General Paxton announced a $5.7 billion settlement with Walgreens, with over $340 million designated for Texas, for their role in the nationwide opioid epidemic. This brings the total amount of settlement funds from attorneys general investigations and litigation against the pharmaceutical industry for its role in the opioid crisis to more than $50 billion, with over $2.91 billion for Texas.”

Texas attorney general sues Biden administration over asylum app, May 23, 2023 – “Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton is filing a lawsuit against the Biden administration over one of the tools President Joe Biden launched to assist immigrants crossing into the country through the United States-Mexico border. The suit claims the CBP One mobile application is being used to avoid federal law.  “Time after time, my office has shown that we will fight back in court to defeat their unlawful open-borders policies,” Paxton said in a statement reported by Fox News.”

Texas AG Paxton to Newsmax: Obama Didn’t Have the Right to Enact DACA, July 17, 2021 – “A Texas judge’s ruling that the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program created through an executive order by former President Barack Obama is unconstitutional was correct and should stand despite President Joe Biden’s vow to appeal the decision, Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton told Newsmax on Saturday.

“This was Texas’s lawsuit,” Paxton told “Saturday Report.” “We had other states join us and the reason we follow this is because this Dreamer thing that that Obama created was not created by federal law. It wasn’t created by Congress. He just made it up and he changed existing law.”

Press Release:  Pax­ton Sues Biden Admin­is­tra­tion for Uncon­sti­tu­tion­al Vac­cine Mandate, Nov. 5, 2021 //  HUGE First Amendment Win For Texas, Ken Paxton and All Americans!, Sept. 16, 2022  //  Texas AG sues over Obama guidance to schools on transgender students, May 25, 2016

Paxton files one last lawsuit against Obama administration, Jan. 17, 2017 – “AUSTIN — Attorney General Ken Paxton took one last swipe at the Obama administration Tuesday, joining a throng of states suing the federal government for alleged overreach into the coal industry.”  //  AG Pax­ton and Wis­con­sin AG File 20-State Law­suit to End the Grip of Oba­macare on Texas and the Nation, Feb. 26, 2018. He sued Hussein Obama 39 times.

[Listen to Attorney General Paxton’s full remarks]




Defending AG Ken Paxton: Unveiling the Biased Impeachment Efforts

By: Amil Imani

May 31, 2023

The recent impeachment proceedings against Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton have raised concerns about the fairness and impartiality of the process. This analysis aims to shed light on the allegations and underscore the potential bias and political motivations behind the impeachment effort. Examining the facts and considering the broader context before rushing to judgment is essential.

Questionable Testimony and Misinformation

The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) released a comprehensive report that refutes the incorrect testimony presented during the impeachment proceedings. This report directly challenges the basis of the allegations and highlights the inaccuracies, falsehoods, and misstatements made against Paxton. It is concerning that such flawed testimony formed the basis for the impeachment charges, casting doubt on the legitimacy of the process. [Listen to Attorney General Paxton’s full remarks]

Politically Motivated Investigation

The General Investigating Committee’s investigation appears to have been politically motivated. The allegations against Paxton have been long-disproven and are rooted in hearsay and gossip. A thorough examination by the OAG itself refuted each of the former employees’ claims. Despite these findings, the decision to proceed with impeachment suggests an ulterior motive to tarnish Paxton’s reputation rather than pursue justice.

Exhaustive Report and Outside Investigation

The OAG’s exhaustive report released in August 2021 meticulously addressed the allegations made by former employees. Additionally, an outside law firm was retained to conduct further investigation into retaliation claims. This independent investigation resulted in a report documenting legitimate, non-retaliatory grounds for terminating the individuals involved. Acknowledging that this exonerating information was readily available but seemingly ignored by the committee investigators, indicating a lack of interest in the truth, is crucial.

Ignored Offer to Testify

Despite an official from the OAG being present at a hearing and offering to testify, the House General Investigating Committee deliberately chose to overlook this opportunity. This disregard for essential information and refusal to engage with the facts further reinforces the notion that the committee focused more on a predetermined outcome than on seeking the truth. This approach undermines the integrity of the entire impeachment process.

Political Retribution

Ken Paxton characterizes the impeachment as political retribution and such claims cannot be dismissed lightly. Paxton has been a solid conservative voice and an unwavering advocate for Texas voters. The timing and circumstances surrounding his impeachment raise questions about whether the motivation was to undermine conservative principles and silence a staunch opponent of the Biden administration’s policies.

Call for Judicial Review

Renowned Texas Senator Ted Cruz has highlighted the need for the courts to sort out the legal controversies surrounding Ken Paxton. Allowing the judicial system to play its rightful role ensures fairness and due process prevail. Rather than hastily jumping to conclusions, it is essential to let the legal system assess the validity of the allegations leveled against Paxton.

Conclusion

The impeachment proceedings against Ken Paxton have been fraught with questionable testimonies, a politically motivated investigation, ignored exonerating evidence, and a potential agenda of political retribution. It is crucial to consider these factors before passing judgment. The courts should play a vital role in evaluating the legal controversies surrounding Paxton, ensuring fairness and justice prevail. It is imperative to preserve the principles of due process and uphold the rights of all individuals, regardless of their political affiliations.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Why the Marxists Always Win

By Cliff Kincaid

May 31, 2023

“I knew it was a good [debt] deal when I saw the lefties screaming.” With that foolish statement, former Director of the National Economic Council under Trump and current Fox Business host Larry Kudlow demonstrated his ignorance of how Marxists create “conflict” that benefits the expansion of government control over our lives.

Kudlow buys unto the notion of “conflict” being proof that his position is the correct one, when the conflict is being staged to make people like him fall for the notion that the Marxists have lost the battle. In fact, they have already won the war.

The war, in this case, is more debt, thus expanding government and shrinking the private sector. This is what House Speaker Kevin McCarthy agreed to.

According to Marxists, the essence of economic life is struggle, as conflict develops, and “progress” is made.  Practically speaking, this means the coming of an all-powerful government, known as the communist state. As they see it, we are now in the socialist phase, on the road to communism.

Even with the original Republican proposal, the Republicans had agreed to spend more money and go further into debt. But the McCarthy proposal is even more of a surrender, causing some conservatives under fire from over-taxed constituents to utter peeps of protest.

But these conservatives already voted to make McCarthy the Speaker. They have been played as fools and now have egg all over their faces.

Because the Marxists are going through the motions of acting disappointed with the debt deal, it must be good, Kudlow says. He calls them “lefties” when they are far so far to the left that they are more accurately described as hard-core Marxists. And Marxists understand how to exploit conflict so their side prevails in the long run. That’s Marxist dialectics. And conservatives like Kudlow are falling for it.

Our book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, explains how Marxist dialectics has been used by such figures as Barack Hussein Obama and confuses people about the nature and goals of communism.

The Democrats have learned a lot from Obama.

Consider Obamacare. It was sold by Obama as the “Affordable Care Act,” when it was based on what even the liberal “fact-checkers” admitted was the “lie of the year” – “If you like your health care, you can keep it.”

After he engineered the “fundamental transformation” of America, which included the socialized medicine scheme known as Obamacare, the debate moved even further to the left.  Congressional Republicans failed to terminate this program under Trump, when then-Senator John McCain voted with the Democrats to save it.

Today, Republicans don’t even pretend to be opposed to this Obama-era program. Indeed, in 2022, Republicans didn’t run on the issue, even though it’s a major factor in the debt and spending problems and the massive expansion of government power we face today.

This is how government grows and debt rises to overcome the so-called “debt ceiling.”

House Speaker McCarthy should have insisted on repeal of Obamacare in his debt ceiling “negotiations.” But he negotiated on left-wing terms, a victory for the Marxists.

By framing the issue in terms favorable to the Marxists, the Marxists always win. First, they move the entire debate to the left. In this case, the issue was already framed in terms of expanding the debt.  The debate should have been whether to let the federal government default, as former President Trump suggested. At this rate of spending, it’s going to come sooner or later.

Biden’s Treasury Department argued that “Failing to increase the debt limit would have catastrophic economic consequences.” Where is the proof? Increasing the debt limit in the past has already had catastrophic economic consequences.

We are told that the debt ceiling was created with “the good intention of constraining reckless spending,” as one writer put it. If it’s a true “debt ceiling,” why raise it? Why not, instead, mandate immediate spending cuts? That was the only legitimate option.

We are told that the U.S. government would “run out of money” unless the Congress passes a bill to raise the debt limit. The Wall Street Journal claims that McCarthy’s deal is raise the debt ceiling “in exchange for spending cuts.” But the cuts are only in the rate of growth of spending. Common sense tells you that raising the debt ceiling means more debt based on more spending.

You don’t have to be a financial genius to question this never-ending series of statements threatening an economic apocalypse.

Former President Trump had said, “I say to the Republicans out there — congressmen, senators — if they don’t give you massive cuts, you’re going to have to do a default. And I don’t believe they’re going to do a default because I think the Democrats will absolutely cave, will absolutely cave because you don’t want to have that happen. But it’s better than what we’re doing right now because we’re spending money like drunken sailors.”

But McCarthy did not follow Trump’s advice. He caved, not the Democrats.

The Trump position was dismissed when it should have been a legitimate starting point for the debate. Indeed, some would argue that it would be wiser for the federal government to go through a default, in the same way that a bankruptcy allows a company to be re-organized, and that such an approach is needed with the bloated and out-of-control federal government.

Remember that, on top of the national debt of $31 trillion, there is the matter of “unfunded liabilities,” estimated at $93.1 trillion or more.

The Treasury Department’s own Financial Report of the United States Government says “The current fiscal path is unsustainable.” Under these conditions, McCarthy has agreed to more debt and more spending.

The House should have held hearings on a default, analyzing how the money should be spent and for what constitutional purposes. Under these circumstances, the Constitution would dictate that spending on national defense would have to be a priority.

Since there’s not enough money to spend on all the rest of the federal programs, unless new massive “progressive” taxes are implemented, we desperately need an alternative form of money that people can use for their own needs, bypassing the federal tax system.

To his credit, Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis has endorsed decentralized cryptocurrencies, over which the federal government has no control. By contrast, Biden favors a centrally controlled digital currency through the Federal Reserve and his Securities and Exchange Commission has engineered a crackdown on the crypto sector.

“They want to get rid of crypto,” DeSantis said of Biden & Company. “They don’t like crypto because they can’t control crypto, so they want to put everything in a central bank digital currency.” This is what the regime is doing in Communist China, DeSantis noted.

What China is doing could be described as the next phase by the Marxists, as we move into full-blown communism, a “financial surveillance state, where they know every transaction that you’re making,” DeSantis warned.

It should be obvious by now that the federal government has too much control over our money, and that money is quickly losing its value. We need a new beginning, a new revolution, the kind waged by our Founding Fathers.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Consolidation of Power, the Great Reset Goal, Part 2 – Der Fuhrer

By Kelleigh Nelson

May 30, 2023

The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, re-imagine and reset our world.  —Klaus Schwab – Founder and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum

The most important question in 21st-century economics may well be, ‘What should we do with all the superfluous people, once we have highly intelligent non-conscious algorithms that can do almost everything better than humans?’ —Yuval Noah Harari

“In the next century, nations as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global authority… National sovereignty wasn’t such a great idea after all.  —Strobe Talbot, Clinton Administration Deputy Secretary of State (Time Magazine)

We must always take sides. Neutrality helps the oppressor, never the victim. Silence encourages the tormentor, never the tormented.  —Elie Wiesel

Psychological warfare has been used against the American people since the middle 1800s.  Our enemies have gained immense ground with the years of Sars-CoV-2 fear and propaganda.  They want to rid us of our sovereignty, our borders, our people and our property.  All of this was laid out long ago by those who have had a hand in destroying the vast and beautiful country founded on the freedoms granted not by men, but by our Creator.

These purveyors of evil want to be gods, and they’re in lockstep with their goals of changing America into a joyless and empty state.

As Klaus Schwab has stated, “You will have nothing and be happy.”  By 2030, their goal is slavery for all of mankind.

Their satanic movement may temporarily succeed, but the majority of their demonic minions haven’t a clue of what our Creator has planned for them.

Bioweapon

At the EU Parliament COVID Conference, Dr. David Martin stated, “Coronavirus as a model of a pathogen was isolated in 1965.  Coronavirus was identified in 1965 as one of the first infectious replicable viral models that could be used to modify a series of other experiences of the human condition.  It was isolated once upon a time associated with the common cold.  What is so interesting about its isolation in 1965 is that it was immediately identified as a pathogen that can be modified for a whole host of reasons. In 1966 the UK and USA got together and did just that…a biological.  In 1967 they inoculated people with the first modified coronavirus.”

Made in America for genocidal use.

There’s more…Dr. Richard M. Fleming, M.D., J.D., PhD, testified under oath that Covid-19 is a bioweapon.  He wrote his findings in his best-selling book, Is Covid-19 a Bioweapon?

Fleming stated that there is no evidence that Sars-CoV-2, the virus that causes C-19, is naturally occurring.  There is no animal model for it.

“The biological weapons convention treaty states that any adjustment or modification of a biological agent like this virus, that doesn’t provide a benefit for mankind, is a biological weapon.  These particular changes in this virus, including the PrrA Insert which are amino acids that were inserted that are very critical, for the urine cleavage site, for this virus to infect.  The insertion sites that were made with HIV and simian or ape-like HIV equivalent viruses, the prion-like domain at the top of the spike protein, as well as the HIV glycoprotein 120 insert, that Shi Zhengli put in early on, that’s critical for the attachment of this virus to cells, all of which are not naturally occurring.”

Dr. Fleming stated that they looked at all the different coronaviruses that exist on the planet and none of them have the PrrA Insert, nor the tremendous amount of HIV Insert.  He said, “This is a prion like binding domain and prions are things that are abnormal proteins that cause other proteins to become abnormally folded.”

The data shows there were genetic changes made to the spike protein in a lab to create what is known as Covid-19.

“The type of research that had been done with Corona viruses, were funded by the US, supported by NIAID, NIH, Department of Defense, monies that went to Peter Daszak at ECO Health, to Ralph Baric at the University of North Carolina, to Shi Zhengli at the Wuhan Institute of Virology and to several other universities around the country, including in the state of Texas.”

Propaganda, Genocide and Slavery

Fear and propaganda, prompted obedience.

The unvaccinated were called murderers, variant factories, spreaders.  Media stated they should not receive health care; they should be quarantined from society.  Fauci even claimed we were propagating the outbreak.  All lies.

The Horrible History of Big Pharma should be studied by every American.

John Abramson’s February 2023 article in Imprimis gives some shocking statistics on Big Pharma’s drugs.  Germany’s Ministry of Health found that of 216 new drugs entering the German market from 2011-2017, only 54 were of “major” or considerable benefit.  Thirty-seven were evaluated to be of “minor,” “less,” or “non-quantifiable” benefit.  And there was “no proof of added benefit” for 125 of the drugs.

America doesn’t even have a formal mechanism of evaluating new products.

It was fear of the Jews spreading disease in Nazi Germany, fomented by Goebbels’ propaganda.  With Sars-CoV-2, media’s propaganda was vicious against those who refused the vaccine.  Unelected government agencies, corporations, hospitals, physician groups, all mandated the jabs.  Medicine was taken over by government, just as it was in Nazi Germany.

In Nazi Germany, eugenics started with the physically disabled, mentally ill and elderly.  The same thing happened in America.  Scott and Cindy Schara saw the death of their high functioning Down Syndrome daughter, Grace. She was given three palliative care injections within 30 minutes repressing her already compromised respiratory system.

Midazolam was purchased in huge quantities in the UK and the US, and it was prescribed in lethal doses to C-19 patients.

The result was genocide…murder.

In March and April of 2020, the wealthiest countries in the world, United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, issued directives to hospitals not to treat the elderly.  The NIH hospital protocols guaranteed mass euthanasia.

Governor Andrew Cuomo predicted the virus in nursing homes would be like fire through dry grass.  Elderly humans are regarded as an economic burden, “useless eaters” or as Harari calls them, “superfluous people.”  The US has never owned up to their genocidal policy against the elderly when five state governors put C-19 patients in nursing homes.  In New York City alone, 15,000 elderlies died.

Andrew Cuomo was persuaded to do this by the insurance industry of New York and then he gave immunity to the hospitals and nursing homes.

Cost of the elderly and infirm was eliminated.

On page 170 of the Pfizer Documents Analysis Report, Pfizer knew their drug, Prevnar, a pneumococcal drug, may prevent C-19 in age 65 and older.  Prior research pointed to the protective effects of Prevnar in viral and bacterial respiratory diseases.  Prevnar also showed protective effects in C-19.

Pfizer was silent.

Dr. Zev Zelenko, bless his soul, said, “Those who really should have been on trial at Nuremberg, were Henry Ford who received an award from Hitler in 1938 equal to the U.S. Medal of Honor, Rockefeller owned the company that made Zyklon B to gas the Jews, GM made 75% of the trucks for the Nazi War machine, and IBM provided the primitive computer punch card system in order to manage the concentration camps.

“There are underlings, politicians, agencies, corporations etc. who are accessories to genocide, but unless we cut off the head, they’re just going to do it again.”

Vera Sharav stated, “The efficiency of IBM technology enabled industrialized level genocide and they are now at it again.  It was IBM who Governor Cuomo of New York State contracted for the Vax Passport.  The digital identity they’re now pushing is the ticket to slavery.”

Unless you were jabbed, you weren’t allowed in restaurants, bars, theatres, sports arenas, etc.

“Your papers please!”

Once we go into this digital system, the government will control everything we do.  Trudeau gave a hint of this when he cut off protesting truckers from their bank accounts and even from their children.

Obedience ends in slavery.

Dr. Zelenko commented, “We have a few global psychopaths/sociopaths who have engineered a brilliant plan, evil, but brilliant, to enable the enslavement of humanity.”

Their plans will seem to succeed for a while, but our Creator will intervene and those evil plans will ultimately fail.

Rockefeller’s 2010, Operation Lockstep, stated, “Even after the pandemic is over, the researchers wrote that the authoritarian control would remain with supervision of the citizens and their activities.”  Link

There is now a medical insurance code for Americans who have not received the C-19 injections.  Yes, they’re watching us.

Medicine abandoned their Hippocratic oath to “do no harm” and fell into lockstep with the directives from unelected agencies, WHO, NIH, FDA, CDC, AMA.  All were in on it.  They became agents of the state, for euthanasia, infanticide and genocide.  Biden handed out a billion dollars to media to run positive propaganda for the injections.

Der Fuhrer Schwab

“You never let a serious crisis go to waste.”  Many have made this statement and it is management by crisis to do things the governments ordinarily could not do.  Klaus Schwab is the new leader for the planned “Great Reset” the Lord God warned us about. Yes, this is the unthinkable satanic evil the Bible warned us about 2,000 years ago.  It will be a world where your property, your identity, your money will be controlled by government.

Surveillance, finance and scoring are the pillars of the Great Reset Agenda.  Social credit scoring, as in communist China, is coming.  Klaus Schwab, like Maurice Strong before him, is a big fan of China’s system and the country’s current leader.

Surveillance of Americans and disinformation will be monitored by the World Health Organization.

Klaus Schwab’s father was Eugen Schwab; he was a manager of the Swiss-German company called Escher-Wyss factory in Schwab’s hometown of Ravensburg, Germany.  In the 1930s, the Escher-Wyss factory was directly managed by Eugen Schwab and was the largest employer in Ravensburg.  Hitler awarded Escher-Wyss with the title of “National Socialist Model Company” while Eugen was at the helm.

The Red Cross had a rumored agreement with various companies, including Escher-Wyss, that the Allied forces were not to target the Southern German town.  It was never classified as a significant military target.  The town was infamous in 1934 for the sterilization of people diagnosed with mental or various other illnesses.

Ravensburg was the first German city to practice eugenics by killing “useless eaters.” Yuval Noah Harari is still using this term.  He tells us that we are now in another industrial revolution.  Schwab calls it the 4th Industrial Revolution, but it is really the 4th Reich, worldwide fascism and death to the undesirables, those “superfluous people.”

Harari says the product in this revolution will be humans themselves and they intend to produce bodies and brains and minds via bioengineering and brain interfaces.  Medical experiments and genetic modification on people, far greater than what was done with C-19 injections, will happen just like the Nazis did in their day.

Ravensburg was a transport hub for stolen Nazi gold to the Swiss Bank for International Settlements, and Eugen Schwab aided the Nazis in producing significant weapons of war and armaments.  Klaus’ father was also involved in using forced laborers to work at his “model Nazi company.”  Nearly 3,600 forced laborers, including POWs, made up one of the largest forced labor camps.

Shades of Klaus’ statement, “You will own nothing and be happy.”

In 1966, Escher-Wyss had merged with the Sulzer brothers.  In 1967, Klaus joined the renamed company, Sulzer-Escher-Wyss, in even darker aspects of the global nuclear arms race.  Klaus also helped to rehabilitate the eugenics-influenced population control policies from the post WWII era.  He transformed the company into a technology corporation for a new hi-tech future, including another focus of their business to “form the basis for “medical technology” products.

In 1971 after marrying Hilde, a former assistant, he formed the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, Switzerland.

Schwab has courted heads of state, leading business executives, and the elite of academic and scientific circles into the Davos fold for over 50 years. More recently, he has also courted the ire of many due to his more recent role as the front man of the Great Reset, a sweeping effort to remake civilization globally for the express benefit of the elite of the World Economic Forum and their allies.

Klaus Schwab was born on March 30th, 1938 in Ravensburg, Germany.  He and his younger brother both followed in their father’s footsteps and became machine engineers.  Klaus studied for a plethora of degrees, including at Harvard where he met and was mentored by war loving Henry Kissinger.

The Intercept’s latest, Blood on His Hands, claims Kissinger’s carpet bombing of Cambodia killed 150,000 civilians.  Equally disgusting is Kissinger’s deceit with the North Vietnamese which cost the lives of POWs and information regarding MIA soldiers.

Hilde is the Chairman and Co-Founder of the Schwab Foundation for Social Entrepreneurship at WEF.  In 1998, she and her husband created the foundation to provide a platform where they could engage with global businesses and political leaders to “solve” social and environmental challenges.  The entire Schwab family is active in literally changing the way the entire planet does business, including social aspects which means the people will be thoroughly and totally controlled.

Slavery.

Klaus and Hilde’s daughter, Nicole Schwab is the co-founder of the Gender Equality Project, Co-Head of Nature-Based Solutions and member of the Executive Committee of the World Economic Forum.  She knew the COVID crisis enabled WEF to shift quickly to create a change in what they call “restoration generation.”  She said the youth are the integral part of the takeover, just as did Hitler in the 1930s.  The entire world is now full of Hitler Youths, Global Youths, who will be that “Restoration Generation.”

Their son, Olivier Schwab, is serving as the Head of Technology and Managing Director of the World Economic Forum.  He states that “through the platform, we’ve channeled about 100 million dollars’ worth of venture funding for some of the impact entrepreneurs.  Oh yes, anyone can help with the SDG goals.

They are building the New World Order, the Fourth Reich, the Great Reset, the Fourth Industrial Revolution.  Their target date is 2030. This means by 2030, they want to control the entire planet, all finances, all food, all healthcare, all education, all people, all water, all energy, all businesses, all transportation, all buying and selling, and every single aspect of all life on planet earth, including all of God’s creation.

These are their Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) spoken of in Maurice Strong’s book, Agenda 21: Earth Summit: The United Nations Programme of Action from Rio.

Hiding behind a mask of corporations, funds, foundations, think tanks and a maze of interconnections, Klaus is busy recreating the Fourth Reich and promoting the age-old Nazi ideology.  His SS are all over the world.  In America, members of WEF are scattered throughout our state and federal governments, both left and right.  They are the “entrepreneurs” of this new 4th Reich.

The Reich Minister of Propaganda, Josef Goebbels would be proud of our media’s repeated lies of fear and panic during the Sars-CoV-2 years.

Reichsführer of the Schutzstaffel (SS), and a leading member of the Nazi Party of Germany, Heinrich Himmler, the architect of the Holocaust, would be proud of how many entrepreneurs have joined the new party, the World Economic Forum.  They were active during the lockdowns and mandates with their control of the masses.

Angel of Death, Josef Mengele would be proud of the facilitators of the global pandemic and bioweapon jabs, causing millions of deaths with their experiments on the world’s human and animal population.

Surely the Lord won’t tarry much longer.

Notes:

Klaus Schwab The Third Reich and The COVID-19 Holocaust by Billy Crone

Schwab Family Values by Johnny Vedmore

Never Again is Now Global by Vera Sharav – Part Two

Part – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, More Archives

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The World Freedom Declaration

By Sidney Secular

May 30, 2023

[edited] From:  “The International Covid Summit”

We, the people of the world declare that we have both the power and the obligation to reject tyranny in all its forms and the duty to protect the rights granted to us by Almighty God and protected by those who preceded us by whatever means necessary to assure the successful acquisition of this declaration.

We, the people of the world, demand the immediate termination of all oppressive, segregative, dystopian and divisive mandates nationally and/or globally imposed under the premise that these are a legitimate response to a declared “emergency” whether that situation is labeled a pandemic or otherwise; that is, if they are imposed for what are identified as any “good reason” according to those imposing these same mandates.

We, the people of the world, demand that governments return all powers removed by decree or law from medical and other health professionals thus allowing them to treat their patients based on science, knowledge and experience rather than any government agenda designed to impose the use of chemical and other so-called “medicines” whose use is or may be intended for reasons other than the health of the patient and that any such “medicines” never become a part of any intended or imposed mandates.

We, the people of the world, demand that the physician-patient relationship be restored to its previous protection under the law by allowing all medical professionals to practice without fear of legal or extra-legal punishment and that all medical knowledge be available on the internet or other means of research available to the general public.

We, the people of the world, demand freedom to choose our own medical treatments based on uncensored and transparent scientific data and research free from coercion, punishment, or threat of punishment.

We, the people of the world, demand the right to refuse any proffered “medical treatment,” that refusal being based on beliefs concerning health, conscience and/or religion and we further demand that our presently infringed rights to bodily autonomy be restored immediately.

We, the people of the world, demand that all employment and/or other legal benefits terminated upon a refusal to take any drug or course of treatment whether or not considered “experimental” be reinstated immediately and that any loss of income be recompensed by either the employer if said employer was responsible for that termination or in the alternative, from those who have made billions of dollars from the sale of said drugs or courses of treatment that motivated the mandate in the first place.

We, the people of the world, demand the immediate cessation of mandates as well as any and all coercion that imposes or attempts to impose medical interventions on children without the explicit consent of the parents; this includes demands for any medical treatment and/or procedure not in the best interests of the health of the child as determined by a qualified physician and the child’s parent or parents.

We, the people of the world, demand the immediate release of the medical and scientific data and statistics relating to all such drugs and medicines labeled vaccines as well as those medications and therapies demanded by hospitals that have proven detrimental to the health of the patients receiving them and that have been mandated during this declared pandemic.

We, the people of the world, are enforcing Article 6, Section 3 of the Nuremberg Code that states: In no case should a collective community agreement or the consent of a community leader or other authority substitute for an individual’s informed consent.

We, the people of the world, demand that all liability be imposed on drug manufacturers and that they be held responsible for all deaths and injuries caused by their products including the prosecution of those who knowingly participated in such activities that produced said deaths and injuries. We also demand that any person or persons acting in the public sphere whether elected officials or appointed members of government agencies be likewise held criminally responsible where the knowledge of said injuries and deaths were knowingly withheld from the public.

We, the people of the world, demand a thorough investigation of all corruption and conflicts of interest surrounding this declared pandemic and that each party found to be involved, be tried, convicted and subsequently punished for every death and/or injury – including suicides – caused by any governmental direction, mandate or other extra-legal effort to force compliance on the part of the public with said directions, mandates or extra-legal efforts.

We, the people of the world, declare that it is our inalienable right under such rights bestowed upon us not by government or commerce but by Almighty God, as well as our duty to demand the immediate return of our freedoms and liberties as well as the restoration of our right to the pursuit of happiness.

It is both our duty and right to restore the physical, mental and moral health of our world by removing from power any political and/or appointed leaders as well as their minions, placing said power back into the hands of the people. We have been called upon to fight for our liberties to keep our world from being overrun by selfish, corrupt and murderous persons who by virtue of deceit and other nefarious means have placed themselves into said positions of worldly power. Thanks to those before us who likewise demanded and obtained these liberties, we have been born free and it is our duty to protect our children and leave them a world where their freedoms and rights are intact and protected.

WE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ALL RIGHTS WE VOLUNTARILY SURRENDER WILL BE LOST TO US FOREVER. WE CANNOT ALLOW THAT TO HAPPEN! LET THIS BE OUR LEGACY!

UNITED WE WILL WIN!

Please sign  the World Freedom Declaration: www.internationalcovidsummit.com/declaration

International Covid Summit home page: www.internationalcovidsummit.com

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Death and Life of Edward Wild: New Novel Addresses the Importance of a Moral Life

By Peter Falkenberg Brown

May 30, 2023

Published by the World Community Press, 452 pages.

Vast numbers of people around the world, including millions of young people, are adrift in a sea of moral and ethical confusion. Many no longer find any value in religious or spiritual practices and have been unduly influenced by atheistic and humanistic ideologies that are harmful to individuals and to society.

I’ve written a new novel: The Death and Life of Edward Wild: The Postmortem Adventures of a Modern Man, to present the reality that all human beings share a set of universal ethics that—when practiced—lead to spiritual and emotional health in one’s physical life on Earth as well as in what some people call the “afterlife” or “spirit world.”

Edward Wild is a novel of death and life and what may be true. It’s a story of escape, of hope and redemption, and enduring romance. After the Shakespearean actor Edward Wild is killed in 2022 in Greenwich Village and ends up in a lower realm of the afterlife, he meets Molly Kendall. Neither of them could have guessed how their lives would change. . .

The novel squarely addresses the question of life after death in a non-sectarian fashion. There are so many divergent beliefs about the potential reality of the spirit world that I decided to not offer any doctrinal or theological justifications for the environment set forth in the novel. Instead, I presented what feels true to me, based on a number of spiritual and logical premises that have become central to my life.

For example, if God is an indwelling, omnipresent, and eternal God of love who created human beings to experience love and beauty, then, to me, it makes sense that God would create life and identity to continue forever, with an unwavering goal to strengthen and deepen relationships of sacred love.

In Chapter 36: “Respice Finem” (Latin for “Consider the End”), a character in the story states:

———-

“The fundamental requirements [for spiritual maturity] are kindness and love and humility toward the truth of things. The desire to be loving and kind and the knowledge that we all must grow set us on a path toward a rich and illuminated life.”

She gestured toward the water in front of them and said, “Look at the vastness of the ocean. True humility comes from the realization that the universe has an intelligent and creative source beyond the scope of humans, that the universe and creation and humanity are not the playthings of men and women of hubris. Hubris can harm people on the Earth because good and evil can coexist there, but in the spirit world the condition of a person’s heart restricts them to an environment that is their match.”

———-

Today, in a world gone mad, people need an anchor that can be easily explained—an anchor of virtue that is inspiring and ennobling. The Death and Life of Edward Wild attempts to offer that spiritual anchor and, at the same time, move and inspire the reader with adventure, imagination, and an enduring romance.

Early reader comments have been gratifying. Here are three:

— You have written a wonderfully heartwarming, deeply thoughtful, well-plotted book that carried me along as I read. You achieved the “I didn’t want to put it down” status! — [Gillian Kampitch, MRE, Board Certified Chaplain, New Bern, North Carolina]

— In the literary tradition of Homer, Dante, Milton, and Lewis, Peter Falkenberg Brown has crafted a tale that carries the reader through hell on earth and in the spiritual world to wondrous realms of contentment and joy. All the while, the reader feels a longing and hope that Peter’s vision is not only a beautiful tale but true. Feed your heart and soul, pick up this book, and read it! — [Jeffrey Scharfen, Attorney and English Literature Teacher, Santa Rosa, California]

— Edward Wild’s journey is told in stories strung together like fine gems. A few of these follow Edward into dark places before he emerges to a vision of paradise and renewed hope. I most enjoyed the chapters that dive deep into the meaning of life, love, and other important topics. With so much wisdom embedded in the book, one can look forward to reading it again and again. — [Liza Pajak, Woolwich, Maine]

I sincerely hope that this “wee book” will inspire, entertain, and uplift readers of all ages.

Published by the World Community Press, 452 pages.

© 2023 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com




Should You Worry About an EMP Attack?

By: Devvy

May 29, 2023

A good question considering the frightening state of affairs with Russia and Ukraine and how it’s affecting a lot of other countries.

An EMP attack can occur naturally:  Electromagnetic Pulse and Geomagnetic Disturbance:  “Extreme electromagnetic incidents caused by an intentional electromagnetic pulse (EMP) attack or a naturally occurring geomagnetic disturbance (GMD), caused by severe space weather, could damage significant portions of the Nation’s critical infrastructure, including the electrical grid, communications equipment, water and wastewater systems, and transportation modes.

“The impacts are likely to cascade, initially compromising one or more critical infrastructure sectors, spilling over into additional sectors, and expanding beyond the initial geographic regions adversely impacting millions of households and businesses.  For these reasons, the potential severity of both the direct and indirect impacts of an EMP or GMD incident compels our national attention.”

A major EMP attack if launched on the Eastern Seaboard would kill millions of Americans in a short period of time.  No power likely for months and that’s not hyperbole.  That means no way to fuel your vehicle, no heat or A/C, grocery stores would be cleaned out in an hour – if one could even get to a store.  Can you imagine 8 MILLION people in NYC all scrambling to try to find food and water?  Or the LA basin with 14 MILLION people?  Hospitals, emergency resources, no power; the list is endless.  Never mind getting your prescription filled or even getting to work.

Has the federal government done anything to address this real threat?  On March 26, 2019, Trump issued an Executive Order:  Executive Order on Coordinating National Resilience to Electromagnetic Pulses which pretty much covers everything.  Every state in the Union has an emergency preparedness division which is a good thing but they also rely on electricity not wind mills or solar panels.

The least prepared are the American people as we’ve seen from past natural disasters. I know money is tight for so many Americans.  Too many are drowning in debt, partially because of inflation but also, poor financial planning.  It’s most unfortunate more Americans of all ages aren’t educated about financial planning for the future.  However, even low-income or fixed income households can balance things out while still preparing for a natural disaster or an act of terrorism.

First thing is food storage.  I’ve covered this before but I’ll say it again:  Get some.  I purchased more in 2014 and it’s good until 2034 long after I’m dead and buried.  I became a prepper when my late husband was transferred from No. California in 1989, to Ft. Carson in Colorado Springs, CO., at the base of the majestic Rocky Mountains.  While we arrived in beautiful September, come February 1990, a giant blizzard hit.  Yep.  About 4’ of snow blocking the front door.  Everything was shut down for days; thankfully we had power.

And here’s Devvy, the best dressed on the bunny slopes (snow skiing, ha, ha) going, ah, what now?  Fortunately, I kept a pretty good stock of food already with teens in the house (my daughter and John’s 2 kids from a previous marriage).  But, it was a wake-up call.

Gradually through research (no home computers yet) and advertising on patriot radio shows, I found out how to sensibly order food storage.  Today, there’s all kinds of really great ways to grow veggies indoors or even in the little “backyard” space in an apartment complex.  The Organic Prepper is a great web site.  Or, use a search engine to find others.

Many Americans are finding a real time shortage of regular food items in stores.  Weather has had a huge and negative impact the past couple of years with our family farms struggling to provide healthy vegetables, corn, wheat and other food.  Not to mention the number of food production facilities destroyed by fires.

Since China Joe stole the 2020 election through fraud and deceit, 6 MILLIION illegal aliens have been distributed throughout the U.S. with more coming every day.  Illegal aliens who have NO right to be on U.S. soil will consume a lot of food – paid for by YOU.  They will use precious water resources for showers, laundry and cooking.

They are causing major problems for the nation’s schools when those illegal minors have no legal right to be in the U.S., all paid for by YOU.  6 MILLION bringing in diseases like TB – all their medical and dental will be paid for by YOU.  Add to the list crimes like murder and rape.  All their legal bills and incarceration paid for by YOU.

Not just food should be in your plan.  A medical emergency box for Band Aids, etc.  Besides my food storage supply, I purchased a Coleman stove like you use to go camping along with propane.  If worse comes to worse, you can fire it up in the backyard to make coffee, boil water (I also have water storage) and prepare simple things.  And up your supply of ammunition because of roaming gangs and those who want your food.

Just like getting your Will, Power of Attorney and Medical Power of Attorney done NOW, I feel it’s really important for Americans to get prepared like never before.  If money is really tight but you live near relatives, you can purchase food storage, split the cost on the bill and if worse comes to worse, ya’ll congregate at one place in an emergency.

The Polar Vortex that hit Texas in February 2021, killed dozens including children.  I was spared but my dear friends, also seniors, had no power or water for 5 days; uh, no toilet flushing, either.  Water became gold in town.  My brother’s apt building had no water for 23 days.

Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, February 22, 2023 //  Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1, 2023

Most everyone believes an EMP attack would come from Communist China.  But, what would the commies gain by destroying our infrastructure?  WE, thanks to those liars, crooks and thieves in Congress, owe more than $1.2 TRILLION dollars in loans to China.  America spends BILLIONS on clothes, tech stuff and other consumer items Made in China.  The communists have been infiltrating every level of our government for decades and now they’re flooding across the border.  Who knows their real intentions?

Record Number of Chinese Nationals Showing Up at U.S. Borders, May 18, 2023 (Fighting age males).  Never trust a communist because they always lie.  The CCP depends on lifetime brain washing to keep their population under the iron fist of communism and loyalty to ‘the party’.  Not to mention putting their people in re-education camps who dare question the CCP.

How many Americans even know about those secret Chinese police stations here in America?  Americans Were Shocked To Learn Of Illegal Chinese Police Station In NY; There Are Six More In US, April 19, 2023

Video shows suspect accused of operating secret Chinese police stations mingling with Schumer, Adams.  Lu Jianwang charged with conspiring to act as an agent of China’s government, April 24, 2023

Our mortal enemy has been buying up land and businesses in this country for decades while state legislatures apparently remained ignorant of what’s been going on in their state.  At the eleventh hour some states are now going on the offensive.  Communist China wants the U.S. on our knees while they control the world.  Make no mistake about that.  China doesn’t have to use an EMP attack, but they could use a proxy ally in strategic locations to cause mass panic.

It wouldn’t be Russia despite all the threats of nuclear war over Ukraine and the continuing aid from NATO countries for hustler, Zelinsky.  Putin is not stupid.  He knows full well what would happen should any of them start using nuclear weapons.  An EMP attack against the U.S. would serve no useful purpose for Putin.  Besides, it’s a bit hypocritical of all of them when you consider the amount of trade going on between so many of them, i.e., North & South Korea.  On May 18, 2022, three Russian cosmonauts headed for a stay at the International Space Station.  Hell, even the Arabs have been up there.

I am more worried about the evil Godless lunatics who rule Iran and No. Korea just to name two.  Those Chinese spy balloons no one hears anything about anymore were gathering real time data from who knows how many military bases.  For what purposes we don’t know but too many countries have nuclear weapons – countries like Pakistan who for some reason would like to use them on India.

An EMP attack by some rogue operatives from any of those countries wouldn’t be difficult to pull off considering the invasion at our border; it would be catastrophic.  Who knows the real identities of the millions pouring across the border?  Who knows what kind of mission terrorists from rogue nations are here for to pass back to their governments?  What’s America’s weak spots?  What’s most strategic for an EMP attack?

What won’t work after an EMP event:  “Vehicles with computers connected to the engine, anything connected to a charger, Main power grid, electric cars and battery-operated vehicles, computerized motorcycles, computer-operated houses, electric heaters, portable generators, public water (operated by electrical pumps connected to the grid), computers, pacemakers.”

Add big box stores, grocery stores – any business where their electrical source is tied to the main power grid.  Electromagnetic Pulse: The Dangerous but Overlooked Threat – “(EMP) event could wipe out the U.S. power grid—and along with it satellite ground stations, financial markets, healthcare systems, transportation networks, military command and control systems, and the technologies Americans rely on.

“What is an EMP event? In layperson’s terms, a man-made EMP event, probably an attack, would use the “pulse” from a nuclear explosion high in the atmosphere to damage or destroy vulnerable electronics over a vast area.”

About a month ago I happened to see an ad for EMP protection for your home, vehicle, motorcycle or even your boat.  Oh, boy, some more research because I take the threat of an EMP attack seriously, just like I did after the Polar Vortex that crippled Texas – I purchased a Westinghouse generator.  OUCH to my wallet.

After looking at a few web sites, I focused on EMP Shield.  I knew very little about the technology used to protect your home from an EMP attack (weather or terrorism) but I sure learned doing research.  EMP Shield’s web site has a section covering Learn More and Installation.  I had to hire an electrician (not a handy man) to install the Generac unit in order for my generator to work because it’s very dangerous.

You can install the EMP shield or as in my case since I’m purchasing a unit for my home (my SUV is always in the garage, never leave it outside) and being a widow, I’ll have to hire someone.  No, I’m not rich or even ‘upper class’.  But, like auto insurance, you may never have an accident, but if you do, that insurance policy can make the difference if you get sued or badly injured.  Same for health care coverage.  As my late mother used to say, don’t be penny-wise and pound foolish.  Yes, it’s a financial sacrifice but the cost is actually pretty low considering what you’re protecting:  Your home – less than $400.00.

I’m passing this along to my family members, although for a couple of them, it won’t work.  They live in apartments or other rental property.  I suppose they could try to work with the property owner who should want to protect his/her investment.

I hope this information will be helpful so you can get prepared for disasters and, God forbid, a major EMP attack, weather or terrorism.  Every time a really bad hurricane or tornado hits, I am thankful I’ve taken the time and spent my limited financial resources towards being a prepper because you never know when disaster will hit you and your family.

This doesn’t mean a person should go crazy thinking any minute now, but rather be prepared for the worst.  Have a plan.  Those $500.00+ fancy phones won’t be of much use to save your bacon as they say.  And you can’t eat them….Be sure to share this information with family and friends.

As regular readers know, NWV’s is almost 100% reader supported.  They can’t stay on line without financial resources.  If you do decide to purchase from EMP Shield, please mention NWV’s.  They’ll receive a small compensation which means a lot for Paul and his wife to keep NWV’s on line.  They’re also having a “Huge Memorial Day Sale – 10% off Your Entire Cart” (I think expires May 31, 2023)

While we may disagree with the undeclared wars after Pearl Harbor, today I hope Americans will remember to honor ALL our veterans and say thank you for your service.  And let us not forget our POW/MIA’s in our prayers.

Veterans Memorial Cemetery Of Western Colorado. “The cemetery will serve the burial needs of more than 95,000 Veterans, their spouses and eligible family members for the next 100 years.

38,000 veterans eat from garbage cans every day. Here’s how we can end veteran homelessness – New Korean War movie ‘Devotion’ shows how our veterans need a helping hand (That’s a movie I want to see which is rare for me.)

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

Microsoft Warns Chinese Hackers Compromised Critical US Infrastructure with Focus on Gathering Intelligence

What Is Ukraine Hiding in the Bakhmut Salt Mines? (The author is a very experienced investigative journalist/reporter.)

Urgent Warning: Livestock mRNA “Vaccines” Status, April 24, 2023 (Mine)

Fast-Food Chains Use Wood Pulp, Seaweed, and Soy to Bulk up ‘Chicken Products’: Study | Facts Matter

FOOD COLLAPSE INCOMING: Ongoing drought forces farmers to abandon wheat crops, May 17, 2023

Prepper recipes: How to make bread without an oven like the pioneers did

Food processing plants are under attack. EcoHealth Alliance Whistleblower explains what’s actually going on (Short video)

‘We need help out here’: Arizona farmer sounds the alarm on migrant surge contaminating crops, Jan. 20, 2023

99 Percent of Chemicals in Foods Are Self-Certified by Industry, NOT FDA

Food tyranny: NYC to monitor household food consumption as biotech companies take over food production, May 23, 2023

Seafood processing plant goes up in violent blaze: It’s a total loss – ‘It’s very odd that there’s an epidemic’, Feb. 5, 2023

NO Manure in the Garden???? Why We DON’T Use Cow, Goat or Horse Manure – “Herbicide hay fed to these animals will produce manure tainted with herbacides the hay was sprayed with to control the weeds.”

Not every event, in this case a horrible dairy farm fire, is a false flag or conspiracy.  I’ve been through Dimmitt many times.  So awful.

What We Now Know About What Caused the Large Fire at a Texas Dairy Farm, April 14, 2023

Investigators Determine Cause of Texas Fire That Killed 18,000 Cows, May 22, 2023

Do your favorite foods contain chitin, a substance derived from the exoskeletons of INSECTS?




What the Mexican Border Invasion Means on Memorial Day 2023

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 29, 2023

This 2023 Memorial Day, all Americans need to be more than a little uneasy.  We’re celebrating our veterans from 1776 right up to 2023. We’re celebrating our 50 states, our 339 million citizens, our freedom, our right to choose our own paths toward happiness, our Bill of Rights, our U.S. Constitution, our freedom to participate in the greatest Republic ever created in the world.

Why are many of us “uneasy”?  Simple answer: everything every man and woman fought and died for from Valley Forge, WWI, WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Afghanistan, and Iraq—is quickly vanishing as our country no longer enjoys a sovereign border.  We’re being invaded by an unarmed army of illegal alien border jumpers.  They’re pouring over the border by the millions.  They’re being invited by Joe Biden and/or his handlers. Congress continues to sit on its thumbs doing nothing to stop the invasion.

Whatever the outcome, it won’t be kind, gentle or peaceful.

Writer Christopher Brunet wrote about the “Taco Truck Delusion.”

Sure, they come to take the jobs that Americans won’t work.  What most Americans don’t understand if they haven’t traveled to Mexico, (I have extensively), is that Mexico, Central America, and South America are failed regions. People are starving, dying, suffering…but they won’t do anything to save themselves.  They flee to the USA. Understand that those regions south of us are bastions where  “corruption is a mechanism by which third world countries operate.”

We’re paying for it with tens of thousands of drug overdose deaths.  We’re paying for their babies. We’re paying for their kids’ education and medical care.  We’re paying for their rapes, shoplifting, car jackings, smash & grab crimes.  Ultimately, we’re going to pay the ultimate price of losing our entire culture, language and rule of law as a society.

Brunet said, “Five years ago, a 20-year-old college student in Iowa named Mollie Tibbetts vanished while jogging. Police soon found her decomposing body in a cornfield, stabbed to death. A 24-year-old illegal farmhand from Mexico was convicted for the murder and sentenced to life in prison without parole…

“Mollie’s father went out of his way to deny any racial angle to the murder, famously maintaining that Hispanics are “Iowans with better food.” Mollie’s father fell for the taco truck meme, the belief that open borders will just mean more taco trucks and otherwise no major changes to the American quality of life.

“The problem with the taco truck meme is that it isn’t true. I just spent six months living in Mexico. It’s a failed state. The country is ranked number one in the OECD for child abuse, number one in the world for dead journalists, and number four in the world for murder. It is also ranked number three in the world for animal abuse.

“Walking down streets full of starving, chained-up dogs exposes one to a constant stream of psychic pain…

Travel blogger Jake Nomada affectionately refers to the “lack of common sense found in many areas throughout the region as “The Latin Hammer.”

Writer Steve Sailer posits that Mexicans dislike safety precautions because “they sense that keeping their country perilous and shoddy will keep the gringos from swamping it.”

Will Biden stop the invasion?  Hell no!  That man is a walking cadaver.  His legacy will be the most disastrous since the leader of Sweden invited over a half-million Muslims into that country.  Where there was virtually no crime, no rapes, no violence in Sweden 20 years ago—-one in four women can expect to be raped in their lives by immigrants.  Schools are trashed. Buildings are bombed.  Swedes are afraid to walk down the city streets where Muslims now dominate. It is a multicultural nightmare of Africans and Muslims. Sweden will never regain itself.

Neither will we!  This invasion has gotten SO far out of hand, we’re not going to be able to bring our country back to order.  Look at the unbelievable breakdown of our cities!

While Trump succeeded in multiple ways to stem the invasion, his personality has caused the greatest rift ever in our nation.  If he should become president again, I’m afraid he would fracture our country still further.  I’d rather see Ron DeSantis, Marianne Williamson, Tulsi Gabbard, Gov. Chris Sununu, even Tim Scott become president because they offer a more moderate but firm touch in the public domain. God help us if Biden gets in for another four years. He would most certainly suffer cancer, a stroke or a heart attack.  Then, we would get “her.”  Oh my God in heaven!

Running for president, Governor Ron DeSantis said, “American decline is not inevitable—it is a choice. And we should choose a new direction—a path that will lead to American revitalization. I am running for president of the United States to lead our great American comeback.”

“He quickly shifted to the border, where drugs and illegal aliens are pouring into the country. He emphasized that crime is hollowing out American cities and that woke indoctrination is ruining our schools. He offered a platform of strong borders and law and order to challenge the chaos that the radical left has inflicted upon Americans with impunity since Biden reached the White House.”

This Memorial Day, I am proud that my grandfather Jesse Ward Johnson fought in WWI. My U.S. Marine father Howard Wooldridge fought in WWII. I served in the Army during Vietnam.  My brother John Wooldridge served in Iraq both the Army and Air Force during the Afghanistan and Iraq wars.

Every man and women who served in the Armed Forces…did not serve to see a walking cadaver like Joe Biden destroy our country by allowing this invasion.  He needs to be impeached and sent to an assisted living home.  If his wife keeps him staggering forward with props and unknown drugs into another four more years, please God, I beg you to use sensible American voters to send that skeleton of a politician into permanent retirement.

God bless America!

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




On This Memorial Day We Owe our Veterans Apologies, not Just “Memorials”

by Kat Stansell

May 29, 2023

Our free republic is being shredded. As the we rush headlong into totalitarianism, we must apologize to those who’ve died for us. They gave their all to defend our freedom, and we are allowing it to be thrown away. We should get down on our knees to
beg their forgiveness. We can never bring our lost troops back, but we can make constructive amends before it is too late. WE alone can save the foundering ship of state, at this point in time.

Look at what we, the living, have allowed to happen to the nation for which our military has sacrificed their health and their lives. We’ve lost our free and fair elections, and our right to make decisions about our own bodies. Our economy is being systematically destroyed, our property rights challenged. Even our choice of fuels is being actively curtailed. We have allowed it all, with our intransigent complacency.
Did our sons and daughters die so someone could have a choice of pronouns or public restrooms?? NO! Not only “NO!” but Hell NO!!

Millions of young men and women have given the ultimate sacrifice. Millions more have lost body parts or functions, and face life as living wounded. They did so willingly and proudly, to provide us strength against our enemies and protection against those who would do us harm. They believed, heart and soul, in the America for which they fought. – the one we’re throwing away. They missed the birth of babies, celebrations, and saying final goodbyes to their parents and friends.

They committed to a path, often dangerous and lonely, that kept them away from their loved ones and family occasions, and they did so because they believed. They believed in protecting the freedoms we are throwing away.

Since 1980, 59,926 military deaths (all causes, and including active full-time National Guard) have occurred. Nearly SIXTY THOUSAND of our young have lost their lives in a period when we allowed our government to be involved in frivolous wars, of the politicians’ own choosing. [Link]

Nobody had attacked us during that time. No foreign power has threatened our homeland, or to cut us off from essential resources. Wars of this sort are entered into by those who want to waste our monetary and human capital. What an excruciating waste it has been!

The “monetary capital” side of that is the other part of the story.

The military budget for these years has increased from $143.69 billion in 1980 to $800.69 billion in 2021. Today that budget has soared to over $900 billion. For WHAT WAR(S)?? Ukraine, of course. Before that, it was Afghanistan, Iraq, et. al. – ALL wars of option. We didn’t have to be engaged in any of those places, but we’ve allowed it to happen. We’ve just sat back, and allowed the warmongers in DC to call
the shots. Literally.

Oh, yes…very little of this massive amount of taxpayer dollars has been spent to improve treatment of our troops once they come home. Improve their medical/psychological care? Job training? Housing? OF COURSE NOT.

* * *

Do we, the home front, even comprehend how incredibly much our military has given, or how little – how very little – we have done to prevent the dissolution of our Constitutional Republic for which our sons and daughters have died?? Do we deserve what they have done? Sorry to ask again, but I’m going to keep pounding at that thought.

I’d say the answer is “no”. We have sat home, complacent and comfortable in the freedoms they helped to ensure. We’ve been “too busy” with work, family, recreation, home, to even notice, for the most part. Complacency kills countries, and ours is killing America – despite the sacrifice of so many. Shame on us.

What can we do for them in return, to make ourselves worthy of them, this Memorial Day, and to save the country for which they – nearly 64 million of them – have given all? How can we rectify what we’ve let happen?

The only way we can hope to really “thank them for their service”, is to engage NOW in the home-front battle to save our republic.

Our uniforms need only be walking shoes, to canvass neighborhoods or go to political meetings in our cities and counties. Our weapons can be as simple as the pen, checkbook, phone, computer or podcast.

Our mission is to hold back the tide bearing us towards totalitarianism. We must be that seawall against the destructive ideological waves coming at us. Ours is the most important mission in which this nation has ever engaged; critical to our survival as a free people. We need to stand together NOW, not next week or next month, but NOW.

People of all ages, parties, skin colors, and ethnic origins must unite – it is ALL of our freedoms that are disappearing.

* * *

Here’s your action plan.

* Learn the realities of what “elected officials” are doing, who they run with, where their money comes from, what they ignore, what they slip into last-minute changes of legislation. Don’t just listen to the evening news airing another stupid press conference.

Those are hot air, not substance, which is pretty true of everything said on TV news today. Get on the internet while we still have it, and arm yourself with knowledge for action.

*Go to your state’s legislation tracker online, where you can watch who is supporting what, the laws they are considering writing, and their progress through committees to signature. I’m betting 90% of Americans have never done this, and didn’t even know that such an important information source exists.

*Know your own state and federal politicians who “represent you” (lol) in your districts . Make yourself a note card of their contact information and use it. Tell them what you think and why. Be brief but direct. Do it every day.

For example, if you Floridians approve of the last minute changes in bills, just signed by Gov. DeSantis, which allowed him to hide his travel and visitor records, make the use of machines mandatory for voting, run for POTUS without resigning as your governor, alter your health freedom bill to the point of uselessness, then let him know.

IF NOT, contact Tallahassee and tell them what you think! A lot goes on there, and in every state capital, that you never see until it’s too late.

The whole nation should weigh in on these Florida facts, actually, as DeSantis has now declared a run for POTUS. The way he governs is now the business of us all. This Memorial Day, if you truly want to honor those who have sacrificed for you, to “thank them for their service”, then activate in your local communities, across this beautiful nation, to help protect the free Republic for which they’ve given so much.

Get off the couch and out the door – we have a country to save.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




UNESCO and Red Flag Laws

May 28, 2023

The Incestuous Coupling

Tennessee Governor Bill Lee is trying to pass a Red Flag law.[1] Gee whiz, that shooting in Nashville was so opportune. Oops, I shouldn’t have said that, but we are on the verge of collapse – literally, not figuratively – so my concern is it just seems suspicious that our government is trying to take away our guns right when we need them most.

Pennsylvania Congressman Brian Fitzpatrick just introduced H.R. 715 – National Gun Registration. No, not just when you buy a gun from a dealer, but – well, I will let the actual bill say it:

This bill establishes new background check requirements for firearm transfers between private parties (i.e., unlicensed individuals).

Specifically, it prohibits a firearm transfer between private parties unless a licensed gun dealer, manufacturer, or importer first takes possession of the firearm to conduct a background check.

The prohibition does not apply to certain firearm transfers or exchanges, such as a gift between spouses in good faith.[2]

So, guys and gals, get in really good faith with your spouse.

Obviously, this is just more erosion of the protection of our Constitutional rights. Plus, it is another step closer to government confiscation of guns.

It appears that we are in the final incremental steps our federal and state governments have been taking to assure total control of what human population will be surviving, and thus world domination by the Global Elite (GE). clearly, will be when the New World Order has us completely surveilled, programmed, and living in 15-minute cities – where we are prisoners, but don’t know it.

Red Flag laws are not written to protect us from criminals, their only usefulness is to disarm the law-abiding public, you know – the people for whom the Second Amendment was written. The Second Amendment of the United States Constitution reads: “A well-regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.” NO ifs, ands, or buts. As John Lott, President of Crime Prevention Research Center stated: “Despite the sacrifices, the evidence shows no benefits from these laws. Looking at data from 1970 through 2017, Red Flag laws appear to have had no significant effect on murder, suicide, the number of people killed in mass public shootings, robbery, aggravated assault, or burglary. There is some evidence that rape rates rise. These laws do not save lives.” (Note: John Harris, has written an excellent response to Lee’s request, “The myth of “due process” and Red Flag laws”. 1

So, what does UNESCO have to do with Red Flag laws? UNESCO was designed to disarm the public, psychologically and metaphorically. In a White Paper written in 1946, John Howland Snow (of the National Association of Pro America) was appalled at what happened at Bretton Woods and Dumbarton Woods. As McClay put it, “Here, when they had finished dealing with health, economics, political alignments and so forth, the world plotters turned to social, cultural and educational matters. Here, the triplets: the IMF (International Monetary Fund, The World Bank, and UNESCO were born. WHO came along a little later.”[3] Snow was puzzled that “education was included on the agenda on what was supposed to be a conference to solve the postwar world’s financial problems.

The Bretton Woods (BW) agreement was signed by 730 delegates from the 44 allied nations. Setting up a system of rules, institutions, and procedures to regulate the international monetary system, these accords established the IMF and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), which today is part of the World Bank Group. Just more evil perpetrated on the sleeping populace.

Oh yes, don’t forget, education is important as the BW agreement designed– as long as it is used by the psychologists to destroy traditional values, which Chisholm calls, “…the reinterpretation and eventually eradication of the concepts of right and wrong which has been the basis of child training….”

UNESCO, along with John Dewey and the Frankfurt School, set up our education system to do a number of things – dumb down the students, brainwash and control them, and program them to be socialist/Marxist minions.[4] In these processes — especially the brainwashing and dumbing-down of our children — some of the social ideas that Marxists have brought to our universities and of the steps our government officials have taken to define their control over us – were designed to bring in the New World Order.

We are watching children coming out of the school system with few, if any, moral values, thanks to the pushing of moral relativism as the value scale used to determine if the system has achieved its project goals. Add to that the BSTEP 5 program, written in 1968, detailing how only the chosen students will be “educated”, the others will be dumbed down, provided with drugs to make them not care, and to, basically, render them brain-dead. That is a key. Part of Red Flag laws is to keep mentally unstable people from having guns.[5] To foster mental instability in children, schools are pushing prescription drugs for behavior issues, promoting illegal drug use (see BSTEP) and sexual dysphoria (to literally make them mentally unstable). Schools, mainstream media, and society have promoted moral relativism so much that kids don’t have a “right” and “wrong” sensor – because there is no wrong under relativism, except anything that isn’t WOKE.

Sociology via the Frankfurt School has brought us psychiatry and psychology, two areas that are, at best, only fraught with fakery. Yet, they are promoted in schools, churches, at work – and the government. Who has our education system revered in this area? One is E.A. Ross, author of Social Control, “on the reasons for and the means of societal limitation of the individual”, or how to control the people. Ross was a founder of Sociology in the U.S., and his Principles of Sociology (1920) was for years a standard introductory textbook. A review of his work reads:

“It can be unequivocally stated that one of sociology’s most seminal pioneers is Edward A. Ross. Ross laid the foundation for the study of social control in sociology. In addition to his academic feats, Ross is also known for his political activism for progressivism and, controversially, for eugenics… As one of the first pursuers of a comprehensive theory of sociology, Ross’s research eventually led him to research and rumination on the nature of social control. Ross’s erudition upon the transformative application of the individual in relation to society, his view of morality as functionary, and his evaluation of the causes of degrading social orders provide incisive commentary that remains observable and relevant today. (emphasis mine.) This was all said in admiration.

“To better understand the present, it is best to look towards the past. Edward Ross has fathered the collective conscious of social control theorists for generations, and his monumental footprint shall continue to harbor this field.”[6]

More recently, Amitai Etzioni, futurist and founder of the Communitarian Network, has stated that “Individualism is now defined as a moral sickness from which we must all be rehabilitated’. The clear moral import of communitarian law is that individual freedom is intolerable to a “healthy and sustainable community”.[7] UNESCO again to the rescue.

The Three Puppeteers

Andrew Carnegie set up the Carnegie Corporation of New York “to support education programs across the United States”, and later the world. Soon the Robber Barons of that day were all getting into the “philanthropic” act to use their money, tax-free, to change America. Alger Hiss (communist traitor) was President of the Carnegie Corp.

The Rockefeller Foundation was founded in 1913 by John D. Rockefeller and his son, Jr., to promote the “well-being of humanity throughout the world”. If what they are doing today promotes the well-being of humanity, it is only for a mall part of humanity, the rest of us be damned.

Now, we have the Bill and Linda Gates Foundation and the Clinton Foundation pushing both pseudo-education as well as pseudo-medications.

UNESCO: the Tools

UNESCO is an offshoot of that collection of communists, socialists, and collectivists of all kinds known as the United Nations … since its formation … has been meddling in our schools. Its purpose is to brainwash your children. It wants to destroy in their minds love of their own country. If there is anything UNESCO dislikes, it is patriotism. It wants to replace it with what it calls “world-mindedness”. … it must wipe out of the minds of our youngsters respect and admiration and love for American traditions and the American way of life.” —John T. Flynn, Columnist, June 1959

UNESCO – is one of the most powerful tools in the Left’s asymmetrical arsenal. “The United States delegation will also press for a conference to rewrite the world’s textbooks, so that old, ultra-nationalistic misunderstandings would not be passed on to school kids…[8] And one more note about Huxley (who would have preferred that UNESCO be an up-front promoter of eugenics) speaking about the menace of overpopulation which he thought was generally recognized, he hoped that “my successors at UNESCO will be able to play an important part in a world-wide programmed of population control, now actively supported by the UN, and endorsed by the World Bank and WHO.”

As stated on their website UNESCO’s mission is to “contribute to the building of a culture of peace, the eradication of poverty, sustainable development and intercultural dialogue through education, the sciences, culture, communication and information”. Or “bringing peace through the minds of men”.

But how will they bring the minds of men around to seeking that peace?

William Benton, publisher of Encyclopedia Brittanica and a founder of UNESCO noted: “We are at the beginning of a long process of breaking down the walls of national sovereignty and of persuading the peoples of this world to study each other and to cooperate with each other. In this process, UNESCO, can be – and indeed must be – the pioneer …. You give for the first time in our history a collective brain to the whole nervous system of American culture, science, education, and means of communication.”

You can tell me that doesn’t mean technocracy was their plan way back then, but I won’t believe it. Let me give you a bit more background here on where UNESCO is going. Like Agenda 21/Sustainable Development, they have plans covering every aspect of our lives. Or as G. Brock Chisholm[2] put it: “Let us accept our responsibility to remodel the world…” Chisholm, a psychiatrist, was co-founder with Alger Hiss (Communist traitor), of World Health Organization (WHO) and World Federation for Mental Health, an advisory agency for UNESCO and WHO). The credo for both entities is “Mental Health and World Citizenship, the principles of mental health cannot be successfully furthered in any society unless there is progressive acceptance of the concept of world citizenship. World citizenship can be widely extended among all people through the application of the principles of mental health.” Their definition of mental health is far different from the average Joe’s.

Mary Parker Follett supplies the Progressive’s definition of man’s proper state in the New World Order. “Man, not things, must be the starting point of the future. But man in association, for no man lives to himself. And we must understand the laws of association are the laws of the group. We have long been trying to understand the relation of the individual to society; we are only just beginning to see that there is no ‘individual, that there is no society.’…. the old psychology was based on the isolated individual as the unit, on the assumption that a man thinks, feels and judges independently. Now that we know that there is no such thing as a separate ego, that individuals are created by reciprocal interplay, our whole study of psychology is being transformed.”[9]

So, what does UNESCO have to do with Red Flag laws?

All that dumbing-down was to soften up the populace, to make us compliant and complacent). UNESCO was necessary to help wreck American (and Western countries’) schools. We were first in the world in academics for a very long time. But, not so gradually, you could watch our educational standing declining.

No it was not just to make us stupid and compliant, but to label the sane, those who believe in moral absolutes, considered dangers to society.

Oh, we liberty lovers, we who believe in property rights and human freedom and free will. Chisholm has our number: “Of course, there will be long and perhaps violent resistance on the part of the immature, selfish, neurotic, and nationalistic, to the establishing of any kind of world government … Perhaps the truest and most useful attitude mature people can take to this question of world government is that it is inevitable…. The inevitable vilification, smearing and abuse which will be used … will gradually fade as more and more children are freed from dependence on authority and dogma, and freedom to think clearly becomes more common.”[10]

Julian Huxley sums it up: “Better to adopt a philosophy of gradualism, like the Fabians, with edited Old Testament stories, while continuing to bring up children with the ‘mythology’ at the same time ‘giving them the skills to question it. They should learn to recognize the moral beauty in all religions,’ while at the same time education should be used as a ‘tool’ to eradicate the ‘sectarian pests.’”

The politicians who use Red Flag laws to take away our guns must give great thanks to UNESCO which was designed to cripple us, mentally and physically. But don’t think every person targeted by Red Flag laws is not mentally stable; they are definitely far more stable than anyone pushing or supporting UN programs.

We cannot go back and undo all this Marxist/One-World evil and destruction. What do we do? We take back our country one town, one city, one county, one state at a time. If you want your freedom – and your grandchildren’s freedom, you are going to have to work for it. We can do it; we have right and truth on our side. Let the lion roar.

© 2023 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

  1. https://americanpolicy.org/2019/05/15/red-flag-laws-double-speak-for-gun-confiscation/
  2. https://www.congress.gov/bill/118th-congress/house-bill/715?s=1&r=20
  3. Ellen McClay, In the Presence of Our Enemies, Author House, 2008, p.15
  4. .https://americanpolicy.org/2022/10/15/woke-the-culmination-of-the-marxist-education-system/.
    .https://americanpolicy.org/2021/11/11/public-education-factories-producing-compliant-global-village-idiots/.
    .https://americanpolicy.org/2021/07/27/cancel-culture-psychiatry-education-and-moral-relativism-todays-children/.
    .https://americanpolicy.org/2021/02/16/aufheben-der-kultur-cancel-culture-part-5-schools-the-birthing-place-of-cancel-culture/.
    .https://americanpolicy.org/2017/02/22/the-not-so-cold-war-of-urban-renewal-and-social-engineering/.
  5. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED041868.pdf
  6. https://engagedscholarship.csuohio.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1059&context=tdr
  7. Niki Raapana, 2020 – Our Common Destiny, p 26
  8. History of UNESCO, Fernando Valderrama, 1995, published by UNESCO
  9. Mary Parker Follett, The New State, Penn State Press, p.19
  10. G. Brock Chisholm, Can People Learn to Learn, Harper, 1958, p.71



America’s Way of Life Threatened

By Pastor Roger Anghis

May 28, 2023

Even when I was a little kid, I understood that because I was born in this great nation I was extremely blessed. Seeing how people had to live in other nations, pitiful homes, lack of food and water, virtually no education, ancient forms of transportation, dictatorial governments, and so many other things that make life miserable but here in America we had it all. As a child, I could not even imagine a life of that nature. Today I see a much different America. Yes, we still have prosperity, nice houses, and a modern mode of transportation but the regime that is in power now wants to bring all of that to a screeching halt.

We are seeing stupidity reign in our seats of power. Things that you would never even think about fifty years ago are going mainstream now. The absolute perversion in our schools with drag shows, porn in the libraries, and the character of teachers that are allowed to ‘teach’ our kids is appalling. Teachers that we have today would be in jail in my day and they should be today as well. Our teachers’ unions have taken the stand that parents have no right to determine what their children learn. Eve some politicians feel the same way. In the final debate before the election, while discussing parents who have objected to sexually explicit material in Fairfax County schools, McAuliffe made a shocking statement: “I don’t think parents should be telling schools what they should teach.”

While McAuliffe’s statement has been seen by some as just another political gaffe with no deeper meaning, it seems far more likely that it was, in fact, a rare moment of honesty.

Education Extremism Rising

Over the past year, it has become clear that McAuliffe’s statement represents a widely held attitude towards parents’ role in their child’s education. Further, many now believe that the role of government in education is not merely to teach children, but to shape them.[1]

Boys are using girls’ locker rooms, bathrooms, and showers while the girls are in the rooms. One school in Pennsylvania tried to force a boy to undress with girls because he was ‘intolerant’ about biological boys using the girls’ locker room.  The left gets more insane by the day. A Pennsylvania high school requires that an 11th grade boy undresses with girls to promote tolerance. Yes, you read that right.

Here is more, per Breitbart:

A teenage boy and his parents have filed a lawsuit against a Pennsylvania high school saying that administrators tried to shame the boy for being “intolerant” and demanded that he undress with girls in the school locker room to “make it seem natural.”

The lawsuit, filed by Alliance Defending Freedom and Independence Law Center (ILC), is alleging that the Boyertown Area School District in Boyertown, Pennsylvania, sexually harassed the plaintiff.[2] This is perversion on steroids.

Some schools have ‘teachers’ that believe that the parents have no rights over a child once they walk into a school building. Jenna Barbee, a 5th grade teacher at Winding Waters K-8 school in Spring Hill, Florida who showed her students an LGBT-themed Disney movie said parents are “ignorant” and have no rights.

She said the quiet part out loud.

Barbee is under investigation for showing her 10-year-old students “Strange World,” a 2022 Disney movie featuring a biracial and gay character.

She ran to CNN to complain that she couldn’t groom children anymore.

Barbee also lashed out at parents and claimed their “rights are gone” when their child is in school.

Your “rights as a parent, those rights are gone when your child is in the public school system,” she said on CNN on Tuesday.[3] This is why my daughter homeschooled her kids. No exposure to this idiocy plus a much better education. My granddaughter will enter college as a sophomore not a freshman because of the education she got at home.

I have stated for the last couple of decades that our places of so-called ‘higher education’ are indoctrination centers, not education centers. Only one point of view is allowed, the liberal point of view. I learned American history when I was in school. What is taught today was written by revisionist historians that are mostly lies and half-truths at best. No debate is allowed. Students are taught what to think not how to think. There have been cases where a student sued a school because they were failed for not agreeing with the liberal teachers’ point of view and the student lost.

We used to have the freedom to decide how we wanted to live. Now, by executive fiat the government is regulating the cars we drive forcing electric vehicles on us, telling us what kind of stoves we can have, what kind of washing machines we can use, what kind of light bulbs we can buy, and now they are trying to tell us we have to eat fake meat and bugs!

This present administration is allowing unelected people to set the laws we live by. The World Economic Forum demands we cut back on farming, they forced the shutdown of 3,000 farms in the Netherlands, raising of cattle, and are working on the elimination of single-family dwellings for us ‘useless eaters’ but I assure you the elite will still have theirs. All this is because of the non-existent global warming. This government is obsessed with CO2 but very few if any in the government are educated on the subject. In discussing with the transportation committee what the percentage of our atmosphere is CO2 not one of the 5 members could answer the question. One person stated that automobiles produced 49% of the CO2. I have no idea where they get those figures. CO2 is .04% of our atmosphere.[4] They also ignore the fact that the more CO2 we produce the more oxygen trees produce. Of the five gases that are ‘global warming’ gases CO2 is 3.8%. Man’s contribution is .036%. Earth produces 100 times more CO2 than man does.

Why do we see our government demand to take total control of every part of our life? They want subjects, not a sovereign people. That’s why the Democrat Party has linked itself with the United Nations and the World Economic Forum. This is also why they want our guns. Armed people will not voluntarily get into the cattle cars.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Should parents have any say what their kids learn in school Virginia voters may soon decide
  2. High-school-requires-that-11th-grade-boy-undress-with-girls-to-promote-tolerance/
  3. 5th-grade-teacher-showed-students-LGBT-themed-disney-movie-says-rights-as-parents-are-gone-in-the-public-school
  4. https://patriotpost.us/videos/96440?mailing_id=7407



Death Wish

By Late Roy Masters, 1928 – 2021

May 28, 2023

The urge for liberation, or release, is so prevalent in our devolving society that psychologists had to give it a name. They call it the “death wish” or “death instinct.” Unfortunately, they have never come up with a satisfactory explanation for it. Why should people will their own death?

The death wish–the will to be liberated from the prison of the body–begins with a desire to be liberated from the inhibition of conscience.

Near the end of life’s journey, or even not too far from the beginning if it has been a bad trip, the guilt of the way we have been existing becomes so unbearable that many of us develop a need to be liberated from the body itself.

That leaning toward death is a phenomenon so widespread that it is familiar to most of us. How often have you heard someone ask “Who wants to life forever?” as though eternal life would be an unbearable burden

And of course it would be to the soul that insists on playing God. Sooner or later, he is bound to make mistakes, and as the evidence of his having done so piles up around him he longs to get away from it all. To him, losing face is worse than facing death.

If, at any point, we could be arrested in our headlong plunge toward death and made aware of the fact that we have been running from the best friend we ever had, the conscience that bonds us to our Creator, we might actually experience the liberation of the soul that is known to the religious community as salvation.

Yes, salvation, that favorite word of the ministers and sidewalk preachers. Even though you might be a regular churchgoer, have you ever taken that word seriously? Have you considered how it might affect your real life, your daily comings and goings?

Have you even seen the connection between conscience and salvation?

“We all have a choice to make, to grow in pride and become a mortal beast, or to grow as a real person.”

If you have thought about salvation at all, haven’t you relegated the realization of it to some remote future time, after you have had ample opportunity to enjoy the delights of the world and stuff yourself on its goodies?

You may even have associated it with death–mother Death, tucking the comforter around your well-filled tummy as you nod off from a world that you will never have to face again.

Oh, salvation from the world might have seemed a good idea to you, but you certainly didn’t want it before its “time”–that is, before you had lived it up (experienced the world) so thoroughly that you had lost all interest in looking back on the shambles.

We all have a choice to make–to grow in pride and become a mortal beast, or to grow (in some yet unknown way) as a real person.

The way we choose will take us through stages of development and changes of personality so opposite and foreign, one to the other, that in time we will totally forget the other way and how we happened to choose the path we are now on.

While I might not be able to prove it scientifically, I am convinced that the choice was made for us by our prideful reaction to the shock of trauma, and a steady diet of trauma has sustained our growth in the “chosen” direction.

Unfortunately, because we have all inherited the “choice” of pride from Adam, we all elect to take the downward, sinful way of pride with its willful rationalizations and compensations until the sheer pain of living with the results either drives us back to conscience and the hope of salvation, or makes us yearn for death, the last ray of hope for the damned.

© 2023 FHU.com – All Rights Reserved




Humanizing the Most Vulnerable Promotes Life for All

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 28, 2023

More than a decade ago, I was doing IT support work at a local Jewish Community Center. The Jewish librarian, knowing I was a Christian, asked me a question regarding what I thought of the abortion issue. She was in favor of keeping this practice legal. I think I gave her an answer that she did not expect, because it was not really a political one.

I told her that 150 years ago people that looked like me were considered less than fully human. Therefore, it was permissible to enslave people like me and dispose of us when we were no longer considered useful or convenient. More than 65 years ago in much of Europe, people like her were declared to be less than human, the cause of the ills of society, and inconvenient to be allowed to exist. Therefore, it was permissible and mandated that they be exterminated. Today, there is another group that has been similarly dehumanized because they were not considered useful or convenient. Tens of millions of this group have been killed already. They are babies in the womb.

I went on to say that when a society dehumanizes and exterminates the weakest and most vulnerable among them, no one is safe from being similarly treated. Where there is no sanctity of human life, when society deems us to be inconvenient, then we will likewise be dehumanized and eliminated.

I do not know if she ever changed her mind regarding abortion, but I could tell that what was said gave her something to seriously consider.

One of the reasons God found so many of the inhabitants of Canaan so detestable that He sent the children of Israel to utterly destroy them was because they practiced, among other evil things, passing their children through the fire. That is, they sacrificed children as burnt offerings to their false pagan gods (such as Molech). They were able to do this because they adopted a view of human life that allowed them to see their own children as a sacrificial commodity by which they could “purchase” benefits from their gods.

As Israel prepared to enter the Promised Land, the Lord through Moses gave strict warnings not to imitate the detestable things of the nations they were commanded to drive out.

“When you enter the land which the LORD your God gives you, you shall not learn to imitate the detestable things of those nations. There shall not be found among you anyone who makes his son or his daughter pass through the fire, one who uses divination, one who practices witchcraft, or one who interprets omens, or a sorcerer, or one who casts a spell, or a medium, or a spiritist, or one who calls up the dead. For whoever does these things is detestable to the LORD; and because of these detestable things the LORD your God will drive them out before you.” (Deuteronomy 18:9-12)

If the Lord so judged those nations that were engaged in child sacrifice, I wonder what will become of nations today that do so on a far greater scale through abortion?

Much of Western society, however imperfect, previously had a strong Judeo-Christian foundation. It held to a belief in God and our accountability to Him. There was a general belief in the Biblical view of humanity. In addition to being God’s special creation made in His image, human beings were more than physical bodies plus breath. There was an immaterial aspect to each person formed from the womb that made human life unique and sacred, consistent with being made in the image of God (Genesis 9:6). But when Western society centuries later adopted Darwinian evolution and rejected God, materialism became the prevailing view. Human beings were no longer made in God’s image but were just body plus breath with no spirit formed by random chance. In time this view has contributed to the idea that a person is not alive until birth. Children in the womb could be sacrificed when deemed inconvenient or profitable. Today, there are even some in society openly promoting and working to pass laws to kill babies after they are born.

Of all the kings of Judah and Israel, Manasseh of Judah was probably the evilest one of all. His story can be found in 2 Kings 21 and 2 Chronicles 33. He engaged in the kind of evil that characterized the abominations of the nations that God had driven out before Israel. He erected altars to pagan gods, worshiped the host of heaven and built altars for them in the temple courts, shed much innocent blood from one end of Jerusalem to the other, practiced witchcraft and divination, and took part in sorcery and consulted mediums. He even made his own sons pass through the fire. His reign of evil misled the people of Judah to sin more than the nations that the Lord destroyed before Israel.

Even though God spoke to Manasseh and the residents of Judah, they refused to listen and turn back from their downward spiral into depravity. In response, the Lord sent the nation of Assyria against Judah. Manasseh was captured, bound, and carried off in humiliation to Babylon.

But in Manasseh’s affliction, something wonderful happened.

“When he was in distress, he entreated the LORD his God and humbled himself greatly before the God of his fathers. When he prayed to Him, He was moved by his entreaty and heard his supplication, and brought him again to Jerusalem to his kingdom. Then Manasseh knew that the LORD was God.” (2 Chronicles 33:12-13)

The rich grace and forgiveness of God led Manasseh to genuine repentance (Romans 2:4). For the remainder of his reign, he worked to undo all the evil he had done. He destroyed the pagan idols and altars and called upon the people of Judah to serve the LORD God of Israel (2 Chronicles 33:15-16). This return to the Lord set the stage for the great national revival that took place under his grandson King Josiah.

“Josiah removed all the abominations from all the lands belonging to the sons of Israel, and made all who were present in Israel to serve the LORD their God. Throughout his lifetime they did not turn from following the LORD God of their fathers.” (2 Chronicles 34:33)

“Then the king commanded all the people saying, ‘Celebrate the Passover to the LORD your God as it is written in this book of the covenant.’ Surely such a Passover had not been celebrated from the days of the judges who judged Israel, nor in all the days of the kings of Israel and of the kings of Judah. But in the eighteenth year of King Josiah, this Passover was observed to the LORD in Jerusalem. Moreover, Josiah removed the mediums and the spiritists and the teraphim and the idols and all the abominations that were seen in the land of Judah and in Jerusalem, that he might confirm the words of the law which were written in the book that Hilkiah the priest found in the house of the LORD. Before him there was no king like him who turned to the LORD with all his heart and with all his soul and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses; nor did any like him arise after him.” (2 Kings 23:21-25)

Many of us may have previously in life held to false religious or philosophical worldviews that over time developed into acceptance of, or participation in, some very evil things. But thanks be to God for the grace and forgiveness that is found in Jesus Christ. Just how big is God’s forgiveness? It is big enough to forgive the worst of sins and the worst of sinners. How great is the cleansing power of the blood of Jesus’ blood? It can make the most deeply embedded crimson stain of sin whiter than snow (Isaiah 1:18).

“For while we were still helpless, at the right time Christ died for the ungodly. For one will hardly die for a righteous man; though perhaps for the good man someone would dare even to die. But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much more then, having now been justified by His blood, we shall be saved from the wrath of God through Him. For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God through the death of His Son, much more, having been reconciled, we shall be saved by His life.” (Romans 5:6-1)

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




The Origins of Queer Communism

By Cliff Kincaid

May 27, 2023

So-called “pride” clothing for kids from a transgender designer who sells Satan-themed products? Where did all of this come from? Clearly, American corporations are transmission belts for satanism and communism. But the communists exported Cultural Marxism to the United States.

Many conservatives do not understand this.

The author of Communism for Kids, Bini Adamczak, wrote that “the Russian revolution instilled new hope, particularly in women and people who did not identify themselves within the hetero-normative paradigm.” The “destruction of the family,” she writes, was the goal. “With the revolution, the right to legal abortion, both sexes’ right to divorce, the decriminalization of adultery, and the annulment of the sodomy law (which had previously prohibited homosexuality) were implemented and enforced,” she explains.

In other words, as one scholar noted, the tsarist legal codes were abrogated “in the name of socialist justice.”

“In Moscow, one could find international communes led by gay communists,” she says. “Drag kings could become legitimate members of the Red Army. Participants of the revolutionary debates decided upon the destruction of the family, demanded the legalization of incest, and advertised the practice [of] polygamy.”

However, in 1934, after Stalin had consolidated power, he returned to what the communists called “the remnants of the old regime,” a recognition that the sexual revolution was proceeding too fast and was too disruptive.

In the United States where “Queer Communism” was exported through the Frankfurt School, Harry Hay, a Communist Party USA member, founded the modern gay rights movement in the U.S.

The role of Russia is confusing to some, since Russia has moved into a different phase of communist revolution, having neglected the capitalist stage of development outlined by Karl Marx, and is now trying to reclaim certain tendencies that seem to be offensive to liberals in the West, such as nationalism and religion, in order to rally its dispirited and demoralized populace.

Striking a pro-family pose, the divorced Russian ruler, Vladimir Putin, bans gay propaganda in the schools.

In the United States, the extreme forms of Cultural Marxism that are now expressing openly Satanic themes have emerged because of the “progressive” breakdown in the traditional family structure, referred to in stark terms as the abolition of the family in the Communist Manifesto.

This began decades ago in the easy divorce laws resulting from married couples committing adultery. Sadly, most people know friends, neighbors and family members going through divorce. Families were destroyed.

Mark Levin’s book American Marxism notes the explicit anti-family part of the Communist Manifesto without linking the Marxist campaign to many of the social and cultural problems, especially failing marriages, plaguing the United States and creating fatherless families.

As I noted in my column, “The American Marxist Revolution,” to put it bluntly, most Americans care more about their own sexual pleasures than their own families and children anymore. They expect the government to take care of their kids and their problems, manifested in such spectacles as mass shootings, drug use, and alleged addiction to Facebook.

That’s the appeal of Big Government socialism. In effect, we have lost control and so public authorities and institutions must control our families, our kids, and even the weapons we need for self-defense against Big Government.

In the wake of this family breakdown, the Cultural Marxists and their allies, some of them dupes with no real understanding of what they are doing and whose aims they serve, have decided to go in for the kill.

The transgender movement, itself started by a communist named Lesley Feinberg,  we see today was a natural outgrowth of the “gay” movement.

If there was ever a true “American Marxist,” to use Levin’s jargon, it was Harry Hay. He was the personification of family disintegration and breakdown. Levin’s book doesn’t mention him, perhaps because one of his employers, Fox News, hires and promotes homosexuals and transgenders (Bruce Jenner), and underwrites the activities of the Association of LGBTQ Journalists.

Hay was a Communist Party member who started the modern gay rights movement in America after divorcing his wife. He contracted a venereal disease, became a “radical fairy” with an interest in the occult, and marched for the cause of adults having sex with children.

Some might say he was mentally ill. No, he was a communist.

That’s the next phase – pedophilia. In fact, the cover-up regarding this “sexual orientation” is already underway.

Pedophile Jeffrey Epstein’s deep and dark secret is that he was a bisexual who used homosexuality, blackmail, and extortion to acquire wealth and power. Later, Epstein used the young girls to provide blackmail material on other elites.

In the latest revelation, we see reports that Epstein was using a Russian “bridge player” to blackmail billionaire Bill Gates.

It looks like a typical Russian honey trap.

Whatever the circumstances and ultimate truth about the “bridge player,” consider how easy must it be for the communists to trap our top people. But rest assured that Gates, who just went through a costly divorce, will be protected.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The Coming of the Mahdi

By Amil Imani

May 27, 2023

The world is presently at its most wicked. It is beyond human help. It requires only a nudge to implode and prepare for the divine ruler, the Saheb-ul-Zaman (the Mahdi, the Lord of the Age) to come and set it aright. It is the sacred duty and privilege of every Muslim to do all he can to hasten the death of the old world and the birth of the global Islamic Ummah. Thus goes the thinking of Iran’s ruling mullahs and their hand-picked presidents.

It seems like the old millennialism thinking. The belief in supernatural intervention to set the world aright is scriptural to major religions, including Islam. The Jews have been earnestly supplicating the Lord for the Messiah to come, the Christians are impatiently awaiting the second coming of Christ, and, the Zoroastrians are convinced that Saoshayant is the one who shall come, defeat the trouble-making Ahriman — Satan — and make the creatures again pure. But this time around, a group of believers with tremendous resources are intent on forcing the issue, making the conditions so dire that they leave the reluctant Saheb-ul-Zaman no choice but to appear and assume his universal reign.

Up to this point, millennialism was a belief and a hope. No one ever aspired to or had the means of making the anticipated events come about. The matter was in the hands of God. The Muslims’ perennial prayer recited every day, posted in mosques and even on bumpers of vehicles has been, “O, Saheb-ul-Zaman, hasten your coming.” The prayer for the advent, thus far, has been limited to passive supplications of the faithful.

It is a well-established fact that beliefs are the potent impetus to action. If you believe your home is about to be burglarized, you secure the house and take other precautions. If you, under the influence of drugs, believe that a bug is burrowing into your skin, you may take a knife to your own body and try to dig the imaginary bug out.

Hence, it is shortsighted to dismiss the mullahs as a bunch of lunatics who are out of touch with reality and that they have no intention of doing catastrophic mischief to compel the Mahdi’s coming — maybe some arming of the Iraqi Shiites, a little support for Hezb’allah in Lebanon and Hamas in Palestine — but no, no major idiocy. After all, they are rational people and in touch with reality. Any large-scale trouble making spells their doom as well. Thus goes rationalization — the greatest risky tranquilizer of the mind.

Rationalization, compounded by complacency and denial, can be deadly, particularly when adversaries have different realities. To the fanatic mullahs ruling Iran, Sahaeb-ul-Zaman is an absolute reality, and his promised advent is irrevocably ordained. This is their reality and their belief and they have every intention of leading their life according to them.

It is foolish for non-Muslims to dismiss the mullahs and the likes of the Taliban as a bunch of fringe lunatics who are going to go away simply by wishing for it. The Islamist reality is that non-Muslims are the ones who deserve to be done away with, they are the ones who have refused to submit to the summons of Allah for much too long, and, it is time for the faithful to get rid of them. This makes for a lopsided contest. The non-Muslims are passively wishing that the nightmarish surge of Islamism is only a temporary fringe phenomenon doomed to die on its own, while the other side is marshaling its huge destructive power to accomplish its aim by eradicating non-Muslims.

The cabal of fanatical mullahs ruling Iran has lost its patience, not only with the unbelievers but also with the Mahdi as well. They aim to force his arrival. The mullahs believe they have the means to make it impossible for the Mahdi to tarry any longer by causing unprecedented death and destruction — conditions deemed essential for his coming. The world must hit the very bottom before the savior of the world comes to the rescue, so they firmly believe.

The question is: What does prudence demand? Wishing the problem to go away is not a very effective solution in the same way that wishing for the Saheb-ul-Zaman to come has not been. Reasoning and negotiating with the mullahs and their ilk hold very little if any, lasting promise. There are always easy ways of denial and appeasement. We are very good at both practices. No, the Muslims have been around for ages. They make some trouble from time to time. But they are not all that bad and dangerous. We’ll get along. If we have to, we’ll even let them live by the Sharia — their stone-age laws — in our midst. We’ll be reasonable and they will come around. We’ll just have to get along. So goes the line.

One problem: The other side doesn’t think this way. The Islamofascists don’t believe in the notion of live and let live.” They believe that the earth is Allah’s and it has been sullied by the heathens, the unbelievers, and the kafir for far too long. Now that they have the means, they aim to make the world to their design and bring about the final solution — a nasty reminder of not too long ago Nazism.

Is this alarmist, or even hatemongering? You don’t believe Muslims can be that intolerant and hostile toward non-Muslims and that they’ll never go to the extremes? Do you know Muslims personally in your neighborhood or your workplace and they are nice people? The nice Muslims you know are presently small minorities in alien lands. They have to be nice, and they may indeed be nice. Yet, when the main force of Islam surges forward, these nice folks will either have to join it or be swept aside like the rest of the resisters.

The concern is not with individual Muslims who live as solid citizens in democratic societies. They may have developed a taste for the freedom democracy bestows or have simply learned to tolerate it. Our concern is with the gathering Islamic storm from the heart of Islamdom. To truly appreciate Islam, you must experience firsthand Islam in power. Take a quick trip to the lands of the Muslims and find out for yourself how horribly they treat the non-Muslims, even the “People of the book,” Jews and Christians. Try to have a Bible study group or build a church in Saudi Arabia and discover the benevolence of Islamic rule.

I urgently call on US politicians to redirect U.S. foreign policy in line with our nation’s lofty ideals and principles. I urge the Administration to proclaim its unequivocal support for the Iranian people and back that claim with concrete effective peaceful actions. It is the best investment that the U.S. can make to attract the powerful nation of Iran as a vital ally and concurrently refrain from foolishly undermining its present sole friend, Israel. Recall that it was the Iranian people’s massive magnificent movement against the re-election of the fraud Ahmadinejad that inspired the so-called “Arab Spring.” That movement has not stopped. It is ongoing.

The world is a laboratory where the experiment with Islam shows irrefutable results. To the extent that Islam rules any society, that society is stagnant, backward thinking, repressive and violent. The Islamic Republic of Iran represents the cutting edge for the newly petrodollar-invigorated Islam. It is determined to complete its task of ending the world of “Dar-ul-Harb” — the non-Muslim world to be warred upon — and establishing the “Dar-ul-Solh,” or “Dar-ul-Salam” — the Muslim world of the Ummah under the rule of the Mahdi. If achieving this aim hinges on the conflagration of a cataclysmic nuclear World War, the mullahs are happy to make it happen.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Enforcing Constitutional “Enumerated Powers” Will End Major Government Crimes!

Andrew Wallace

May 27, 2023

A majority of our federal government and its actions are unconstitutional. PERIOD.

There are a multitude of legal organizations that make their living from donations for fighting the many “results” of government’s failure to comply with the Enumerated Powers set forth in Article 1 Section 8. Of course, if they were effective in enforcing the “Enumerated Powers”, they could no longer make a living on the countless results of government’s unlawful non-compliance.

Make no mistake, a legal and legitimate federal government must comply with the “Enumerated Powers” in the Constitution.

In the case of the United States, we know that a majority of the federal government is fake, and operates outside of our Constitution with no authority other than the barrel of a gun.

I can see no way for a return to a Constitutional Republic while our entire government consists of corrupt and cowardly employees, while the people remain dependent.

Economic reality dictates that the people will remain in need, but the government’s ability to control them by continued handouts for all purposes, including Social Security, will cease.

If the “checks and balances” built into the federal system would have functioned to the minimal extent of an honest federal police and judiciary, this usurpation of our Republic would not have been possible.

The primary cause of the destruction of our Republic is the failure to restrict federal government powers to those specified in the “Enumerated Powers” in the Constitution.

The only primary powers granted to the federal government (by the States) in the Constitution are Defense, Foreign Relations, Immigration, Commerce, Treasury, Indian affairs, Currency, and misc.

But the federal government ignores these restrictions to the extent that the majority of the federal government is unlawful and fake.

As an example, the following federal departments and related agencies are unconstitutional and fake: Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development. This is the tip of the iceberg.

In simple terms, the federal government can lawfully pass no law or spend a dime that does not comply with the Enumerated Powers. Of course, they ignore this Constitutional requirement. There would be no “debt-ceiling” crisis to deal with if they lawfully complied.

Every patriot I know has been trying to solve this problem without success. They have attempted every legal recourse available in the Constitution without satisfaction. I misspoke… there are other approved, even recommended, options under the founding documents to be used as a last resort.

You need only look at the major Democrat cities to observe the rapid decline in public safety and quality of life to determine that the end is near. The cost of millions of illegal invaders to the cities is the final straw for the cities. When you combine the existing crime with the predicted major depression, it is impossible for the Democratic cities to remain viable. And it will trickle down to affect us all.

A major depression and currency debasement will destroy the federal government’s ability to unconstitutionally subsidize the Communist cities with taxes from working Americans.

The ultimate cause and beneficiary of the destruction of the United States is the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class and their Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations, government, and education.

Make no mistake, these people who constructed a Big Machine to suck out your life’s blood are the enemy!

May God Bless You And Our Constitutional Republic.

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Martin Guitars and Gender

By Michael Peroutka

May 27, 2023

While Michael is on vacation, he asked me to read you an email that he recently sent to the Martin Guitar Company.

Dear friends at Martin Guitar, While I usually don’t take the time to answer online surveys, my admiration and loyalty to Martin Guitar prompted me to pause to answer the one you recently sent me by email.

Regrettably, however, when I got to the question regarding my gender and the question presupposed that there were more than two genders, I had to stop. My sincere respect for your company prompts me to suggest that whoever decided to put a question on your survey, which presupposes that there are more than two genders, is not qualified to work for or to represent your company in any capacity.

My mother used to say, “If Johnny jumped off the cliff, would you jump off the cliff?” Your mother probably said this also. Just because the current American culture is “jumping off the cliff” with respect to their grip on reality, it is not necessary nor prudent for the otherwise respectable Martin Guitar Company to do the same. Genesis 1, verse 27 tells us that God made them male and female. That’s it. End of story. There are only two genders.

© 2023 Michael Peroutka – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com




Arizona-Mexico Border Crisis

by ID State Senator, Phil Hart

May 26, 2023

“Whosoever shall offend one of these little ones that believe in me, it is better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he were cast into the sea.”  —Mark 9:42

A couple of weeks ago I visited the Arizona/Mexico border at Seabee Arizona.  I had been there before, in 2008 and 2013.  The purpose of my visit was to see firsthand the circumstances surrounding the wave of illegal immigration flowing north across our southern border.  I agree that today it is a wave and that it is out of control.  As I write this, Title 42 is expiring, and predictions are that it will get worse.

The situation has gotten significantly worse since I was last at the border in 2013.  Before, illegals would sneak across the border and hike across the Arizona desert in the darkness until they were 30, 40 or 50 miles north of the border.  At their pickup points, they would shed their desert crossing clothes, put on a change of clean clothes and try to fit in as if they had always been living in the pick-up point community all along.  Or they would get picked up in their clean clothes and taken to places further north.

Now there is no sneaking across miles of Arizona desert.  Instead, the illegals (women and children) just cross the border and once they are inches north of the wall, essentially, they have a Disneyland E ticket to the USA.  Our Border Patrol picks them up, takes them to a sorting facility, and sends them on their way to parts further north into the USA with a plane ticket or bus ticket paid for by U.S. Taxpayers.

Where I was on the border, Trump’s wall was obviously newly constructed.  At the time of my 2013 visit, there was a shorter and more lightly constructed wall at this location, but the new Trump Wall is taller, stronger and more difficult to cross.  Oh, that is where the wall was continuous.  But there were also plenty of holes in the wall.  I saw 6-foot-wide holes where a section of wall was missing.  I also saw 75-foot-wide gaps in the wall at locations that get flash floods from desert monsoons.

There is no excuse for any of these gaps in the wall.  On my day job I work as a civil and structural engineer.  I could design a wall that would secure our border yet allow for monsoon sized flash flooding to pass through the wall while keeping illegal aliens out.

While on this remote 6-mile section of the border for two and a half days, I saw over 100 illegal aliens appear out of nowhere on the border, and shortly after being discovered, get processed by our U.S. Border Patrol.  The first group I witnessed illegally entering were 12 women and children in the late afternoon.  We found them hanging around just 5 feet north of the border wall.  No need now to travel 50 miles further to the north and act like you fit in.  All they must do is get north of the wall and they are in.

At this location on the wall, the terrain was hilly and there was a nicely built new gravel road running parallel to the wall.  The 12 illegal aliens were milling around looking bored.  When the Border Patrol van appeared over the hill immediately to the west traveling in our direction, these 12 illegal aliens straighten up and got in line as if they were waiting for a municipal bus!  They were obviously coached that the U.S. Border Patrol was their friend and ally.  In reality, U.S. Border Patrol is law enforcement, and these people were committing a crime of illegal entry into the USA.  It is an upside-down world at our southern border.

The last group I saw were 64 illegal aliens from Guatemala, all women and children.  These 64 women and children appeared out of nowhere just north of the 30-foot-tall structural steel border wall at our remote location.  They were all dressed the same, they acted the same, they all seemed to be from the same economic and social class, and they saw our U.S. Border Patrol as their Disneyland E ticket provider.   Just an hour earlier we had driven past this spot on the border, and no one was there.  Then suddenly, in the middle of the night, 64 women and children appear, and only one of them spoke English.

This is a coordinated operation taking place.  It is organized.  At the location of the border I visited, the on the ground organizers of this illegal alien invasion are the drug cartels.  I understand the aggregate amount of fees they get for transporting illegal aliens across the border is more than they get from drug trafficking.  Add to that the fees collected for sex trafficking and sex slavery, and we are talking tens of billions of dollars, all occurring under the nose of the United States Government!

At other border locations, non-government organizations (NGOs) are getting the illegal aliens across the border.  The NGO’s even have staging areas and are also making money off of the U.S. Taxpayers.  These people heading for the border are not politically persecuted, or religiously persecuted refugees that we offer asylum to.  They are economically motivated immigrants.  However, many of them are going to end up as sweatshop workers with part of their paychecks skimmed off by the cartels, or their social welfare payments are skimmed, and their outlook is to be forever stuck in an underprivileged class.

Worse yet, some of these border crossers will be trapped in sex slavery or will have their organs harvested.  One member of our team on the border has witnessed a surge of children crossing the border immediately ahead of satanic holidays.  Entering the United States with the aid of the cartels does not provide for a prosperous future for these people.  This is a humanitarian crisis.

Those we discovered just a few feet north of the border wall were all women and children.  I understand the males are hoofing it through the desert carrying drugs.  We located a few food and water drops many miles north of the border that are used to refresh and feed the males making their way through the Arizona desert.  These food and water drops consist of a 55-gallon barrel full of water and another 55-gallon barrel with food.  Those who replenish the food and water claim they are helping vulnerable women and children.  But these days, only the drug runners are hiking through the desert north of the border.  Corruption of local officials seems to placate this process.  Otherwise, the drug runners would be arrested.

Complaisant in this, and a facilitator of the entire process is the media.  Most people believe they are informed on local and national events if they watch the nightly news.  But the media is lying by the practice of omission.  Let’s say it how it is, the mainstream media is a co-conspirator aiding and abetting the invasion of the United States.

The responsibility to solve this problem ultimately rests with We the People.  It is from our personal sovereignty that we delegated to the county, state and federal government that gives these three levels of government the authority to do what they are supposed to do.  But if these government entities prove to be incompetent, or act in a way that is treasonous to We the People, we are justified in taking back that delegation of authority.

The ultimate judge of our actions is the One from which we got our rights.  That would be “Nature’s God” as Thomas Jefferson referred to Him in the Declaration of Independence.

© 2023 Phil Hart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Phil Hart: northskiguy@yahoo.com




Why Do We Talk About Communists?

By Jeffery S. Dover

May 26, 2023

Hardly a day goes by that I don’t come across some conservative talking or writing about “communists” in our government, doing this and that.  Communism is dead!  Where is there a communist nation?  Okay, N. Korea and maybe Cuba, but where else?

Marx, Lenin, Mao and others at the forefront of that inhuman and anti-human ideology anticipated the communal (hence “commune” or “communist”) ownership of all property and the means of production.  All power was reserved for the state.  The idea was “to each according to his needs, from each according to his ability”.

Those ideas are mere relics of a bygone era in places like the Peoples’ Republic of China.  Although that’s what they call their party, they are no more “communist” than a guy who chops off relevant anatomy is a woman. Communism is totally extinct in the Russian Federation. So, where are all these “communists” who people are seeing in our government and elsewhere?  Who’s preaching Marx’s gospel?  If anything, here and elsewhere, today’s reality appears to be “To each all he can steal; from each all which can be taken.”

Communism was simply another totalitarian government model, like Fascism, or somewhat more limited in scope, an autocracy or strongman dictatorship, with an economic system which could never work, and never did.  That economic system flew head-on into and against human nature.  It attempted to squash it.

While not conspicuously communist, however, there are many totalitarian wannabes in our government and private sector.  It’s not debatable that our federal government has become more authoritarian with greater than ever control over the everyday actions of the citizen.  Increasingly we are morphing into a police state where our government bureaus are existing for their own benefit, with their own agendas.  What can you say about the “land of the free” when the IRS is now armed to the teeth and DHS seems to be waiting in the wings to be the new NKVD of Stalin’s 1930’s?  None of them are formed to stem invasion of our borders, nor are they military for fighting foreign wars.  So why all the personnel and all the armament?  Who and what is it for?

The totally unnecessary CIA whose business seems to be less “intelligence” gathering than it is paramilitary, looks like a rogue, clandestine group roaming the world seeking regime change where they wish it and the installation of puppets which they then control.  Ukraine is an example.  Their activities likely extend to domestic politics as well, with CIA the supervisor of mainstream media political propaganda.  They are certainly not accountable to the people.  Though I know of no recent effort to subpoena CIA officials, I do know that the FBI now includes itself as “unaccountable to the people” with its recent refusal to obey the peoples’ subpoena, presented by U.S. Congress.  They’re telling us loud and clear that “we don’t report to you nor are we subject to your laws.”  For their part, other than condemning Wray’s refusal to obey, the congress seems perfectly willing to allow the condemnation to be the only recourse.  Can it be that they are either powerless or afraid to proceed?

Recent revelations in the Durham Report show that the FBI has been instrumental in attempts to advance a presidential candidate and squash the candidacy of another.  Claims that “Russian agents” were behind it are ridiculous.  What does Russia gain?  Have the Democrats, who the FBI supported in their illegal actions, shown any particular friendship for Russia?  It’s entirely the opposite as the Democrats and Establishment Republicans are staunchly in favor of Ukraine.  Yet the Durham report shows that the operation was done to specifically aid the Clinton campaign by damaging Trump.  The “Hate Russia” campaign began with Obama’s presidency.  Russia knows better than to court Democrats for anything.  But then, the whole idea apparently stemmed from some Australian political figures telling an FBI agent in our embassy there that it had been “suggested” by statements made by another.  As one FBI agent noted when told to proceed with the bogus investigation, “pretty thin”.

Let’s dispense with the notion of “Russian meddling” in our politics.  There is no evidence of it and it furthermore makes absolutely zero sense.  It looks to be a CIA-scripted narrative in an attempt to steer public opinion into still thinking of Russia as a “communist” enemy. That in turn perpetuates the nonsense that it is “communists” working in our government and that the formerly communist Russians yearn for a return to communism.  They threw it out!  The ruse is merely to gain acceptance of the lie that Ukraine means something to Americans so that we’ll want to support the Deep State/Globalist war against Russia.  However, that’s their agenda, not the people’s agenda. Lastly on Russia, if what they tell us about Russia is so evil, why are the same people trying to imprint that upon us actively working to make the USA fit that description?

It’s not about communists in our government.  Consider only what we have learned about Covid-19.  We’ve seen clearly the heavy tie-in of Big Pharma and the federal government bureaus, namely NIH, CDC and FDA.  That’s a hallmark of a fascist state, not a communist state.

Think “Nazis”, not “commies”.  At the end of WWII, did we import communists?  No. We imported Nazis in “Operation Paperclip”.  During Adolf Hitler’s military build-up of Nazi Germany in the 1930’s, did president G.H.W. Bush’s father, Prescott Bush, and the Harriman’s Union Bank lend money to the Soviets for their military?  No.  They bankrolled Hitler in violation of the treaty ending WWI.  Later, Bush even owned a factory in Poland staffed with slave labor from a concentration camp, according to Roger Stone’s book on the Bush family.  Needless to say, P. Bush’s son was later both Director of Central Intelligence and president, his grandson also a U.S. president.

Then consider the collusion of CIA with mainstream media; of FBI with social media; of Dept. of Defense and enormous defense industries; the Dept. of Agriculture with Agribusinesses and etc.  These are fascist relationships, not communist.

We are moving toward a very authoritarian government characterized by a congress which ignores the people and an entrenched bureaucracy with its own agenda.  Nothing in it resembles a “communist” state, other than the power it wields over the people.  It’s really moving into a classic Fascist organization.  As it is with all totalitarian states, there are no competing political parties.  Our Republican and Democrat parties, in practice, have morphed into one “uniparty”.  The two and their surrogates ganged up on, blocked, libeled, slandered and finally got rid of a real opponent, Trump.

Let’s recognize that which keeps us thinking and hearing about communists: it’s to back up the globalist agenda and the Military Industrial Complex’s thirst for nonstop warfare.  In continuing to paint “communists” as the bogeyman, they take us back to our memories of the “iron curtain” and the jackbooted thugs of the USSR’s secret police and Mao’s executioners.  They use the term to elicit a conditioned response, to direct and project our hatred as they wish.  It’s to keep us from realizing what’s happening right here at home. There are countless movies still being scripted and books still being written about those WWII and post-WWII days to keep it all alive.  However, those powers which they would have us hate are really the same as what the USA is fast becoming: not communist at all, but a fascist state.

As I have written numerous times before, analysis and reporting are both very important.  Of even more importance, is acting on the knowledge.  What as Americans are we to do about these things and our drift into a society of slaves to our government?  Should we just stand by and “hope”?  What does that accomplish?  Should we keep voting Republican?  Again, what does that accomplish?  We might be able to re-elect Trump, but that’s only four years and where are we when he’s gone?  We can’t consider armed revolution.  That’s too horrible to consider, but so is doing nothing. What does that leave?

How about forming a new political organization and running our candidates in it, an organization which will not permit its members of legislature and congress to act in any way in opposition to stated and specific party goals? Otherwise, there will be no change of course.  Our opposition will not simply quit.  It’s up to us.

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




A German Tells It Like It Is, Listen!

Many years ago, when a wild crowd of horsemen appeared in front of your house and the fierce men on the shaggy horses put long arrows on the strings of their bows, then you knew that things were about to get serious.

Many years later, when the earth trembled and tanks aimed their cannon barrels at your house with a roaring howl of their engines, you looked horrified in the face of the enemy, facing your end.

The enemy today no longer shows himself. The enemy today is already in your house – and you didn’t even notice it. Not only that, the enemy is already in your mind. And you didn’t notice that either. You are still intoxicated by the illusion of being a free person. In reality you have already surrendered. you are a slave.

The United Nations

On February 3, 2015, United Nations Climate Change Convention (UNFCCC) Secretary-General Karen Christiana Figueres Olsen said at a press conference in Brussels: “This is the first time in human history that we have set ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time, to change the economic model that has reigned for 150 years, since the beginning of the industrial revolution.”
Question: Who gave these people the right to do something like this?

At the UN summit in New York from September 25th to 27th, 2015, the agenda for sustainability was drawn up. At the climate conference from November 30 to December 12, 2015, in Paris, the agreement on how to tackle climate change was worked out. The Habitat III conference in Quito, October 17-20, 2016, set the urban development agenda that will dictate how you and your children will live in the future.

Of people you didn’t choose, who nobody chose, but who were chosen to redefine the “destiny” of the world. Their decisions will affect every corner of your existence. The enforcement of these decisions will ultimately be mandatory for every government on earth.

The goals of the United Nations sound noble, and it is therefore to be expected that we will all welcome them. Among the 17 goals we find goal number 1:

“The end of poverty in all its forms everywhere in the world.” Are you against it? Goal number 2: “End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition, and promote sustainable agriculture.”

Are you against it? But then you have to read on. Goal 12: “Ensure sustainable consumption and production.” Goal 13: “Take urgent action to combat climate change and its consequences.” These are general statements that are suitable to be used as weapons for all possible purposes against all citizens on earth use. Do you think I’m exaggerating?

Here is the definition of the Federal Ministry for Climate Protection, Environment, Energy, Mobility, Innovation and Technology: “The terms “Agenda 2030”, “SDGs – Sustainable Development Goals of the United Nations” or “UN Sustainability Goals” mean a resolution that the United Nations General Assembly in New York in 2015. By means of 17 jointly defined goals, a future-oriented economic and social system is to be created in which inequalities, disadvantages and irreversible environmental pollution no longer have a place worldwide. With the resolution of the 2030 Agenda, all states have committed themselves to ending poverty and hunger, to ensuring the permanent protection of the planet through sustainable management of its natural resources and immediate measures to combat climate change, and to peaceful.

They’re serious. They really mean it. You may now ask yourself: They really want to eliminate poverty? That’s a foolish question. Of course, they will not eliminate poverty or end hunger. These are just excuses to force you to do their bidding. After all, who’s going to be against all those great goals? These noble goals are a weapon against your freedom. You’ll have to do what they ask of you. 2030!
The World Health Organization

“zdf heute” reported on May 19, 2022: “The World Health Organization (WHO) wants to draw conclusions from the corona pandemic and is negotiating an extensive reform program. Lateral thinkers and conspiracy believers smell a new global conspiracy and the end of democracy.”

That language alone! It used to be allowed and even desired to be allowed to criticize, to have a different point of view.

The WHO is 85% funded by private organizations. Why are these 85% funding WHO? Well, probably because they expect some financial benefit from it. Did you elect these people at the WHO? Do you like that a man like Bill Gates has such a strong influence on the WHO? If you look at the WHO’s “major reform program” you will see that it puts the WHO in total control of the world’s population. The WHO will determine what a pandemic is and what measures to enforce in each country. coercive measures. For the protection of the general public, of course. The boss of the WHO is Secretary General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Would you entrust your children to this man?

The World Government

If someone were to declare world government, you could be for it or against it. Probably against. That is why no world government is proclaimed. But there will still be some kind of world government. Without you noticing. Power is currently being distributed leisurely and unexcitedly among many international organizations. And then merged at the end.

Note: If you are striving for world domination, you alone, then it is impossible for you as an individual to control the many small things, but you can control the few big things. So you have to combine the many small units into large units. Slow. Gradually. That’s the basic rule.

Hence the UN. Hence the WHO exists. Hence the EU. Hence the federal government. You could tell me now that you voted for the federal government after all. That’s impossible. Because if you had elected the federal government, there would be democracy in Germany. But there isn’t. There must not be. Because otherwise they couldn’t do what they’re doing in New York or Brussels or Berlin. What you perceive as democracy is a system designed to prevent true democracy. an illusion.

They have no control over the UN, the WHO, the EU or the federal government. Zero. They will do what they want, and you will obey. Like the last three years. What are you going to do? Demonstrate? Then have a nice demonstration. Have fun.

The law as a weapon

The decisions of all these organizations will eventually be enacted into law. And that would be it then. You can no longer defend yourself. law is law. If you try to fight back, the police will come, and you’ll go to jail. Everything legal. Because law is law. To introduce this enslavement, legions of lawbreakers had to be trained. Have you never wondered that there are so many lawyers?

The world champions in this art are, of course, the Americans. There are over 1.3 million lawyers in the US They need so many twisters. Absolutely. As operator of the interests of power. And as an economic factor. It’s a sneaky game disguised as the rule of law. Yes, rule of law. You can hire a lawyer and fight for your rights.  Theoretically.

Why in theory? Well, first of all you have to be able to afford a lawyer. Donald Trump claims that since his glorious decision to enter politics to date he has spent over $100 million on lawyers. They’ve sued him every day since day one. Yes, continuously. Every day. To destroy him. And his staff.

When Trump became president, certain people sicced the FBI and CIA on his cabinet candidates and weeded out the unpopular candidates. They simply accused them and then sued them. If they want to find something to charge you with, they’ll find it. And if you don’t, they’ll still sue you until you’re broke. Trump’s national security adviser, three-star general Michael Flynn, would have ended up in prison had Trump not finally pardoned him.

Today, the so-called rule of law can drive you into financial ruin, destroy you mentally or make your existence on earth hell.

All of this no longer has anything to do with justice, with the spirit of justice. Law has become the weapon of the oppressors. Do you want to fight back? Much luck. Which judge today can still afford to administer justice when it matters, when it really matters, law in the sense of justice, not according to the file specification? How many were willing to do that in the times of Corona? The number of the upright is always a minority.

Tucker Carlson

One of the last upstanding journalists in America was fired last week. Tucker Carlson was the undisputed news superstar in the US Why? Well, he insisted on his independence. Nobody but Tucker, on all channels, really spoke the truth. The man is an idol for all freedom-loving Americans. Just recently, the interviews with Donald Trump ran for two days. Then over two days the interviews with Elon Musk. And then the interview with Robert Kennedy Junior. Tucker spoke openly about the Covid madness, clarified the background to the war in Ukraine, defended Julian Assange, spoke openly about the blasting of the Nord Stream tubes. Trump said the following in the interview:

“I’m a patriot and I have to be careful. But I can tell who it wasn’t: It wasn’t the Russians.” —Lt. Col. Matthew Lohmeier

Why did Trump have to be so careful? In an interview with journalist Glenn Beck, military expert Lieutenant Colonel Matthew Lohmeier (recently fired from the army because he didn’t want to take part in the madness any longer) stated the following:

If the US should have blown the tubes, then under international law that would be a been an act of war. America would have declared war on Germany. But only Congress can declare war. So Biden would have broken the Constitution and that would be the end of his presidency. In addition, Germany would be entitled to claim damages.

Lt. Col. Lohmeier was one of the leading officers of the newly formed US “Spaceforce”. In his opinion, the blast did not take place as Seymour Hersh described, but from an airplane, whose route naturally left a trail that his former colleagues had identified. If you understand English, I recommend this video in which Lohmeier speaks coolly, matter-of-factly and with authority about the situation in the USA. A true patriot who convincingly presents the analysis:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFFvxllsRSM&t=378s (YouTube Deleted the Video)
Here is a Rumble Video of Lt. Col. Lohmeier.

Chancellor Olaf Scholzs

In February 2022, Olaf Scholz visited the US President in Washington and heard Biden promise to blow up Germany’s pipelines if Putin invaded Ukraine. The German Chancellor stood there like Pielke. It was one of the most shameful moments in German history. And now that what Biden promised has happened? Be silent. And Piefke is still chancellor. How is that possible?

For example, if Scholz were a real man, he could have said this to journalists after the evidence of American guilt mounted: “So listen. That’s just impossible. But… but just to show you the absurdity: if the Americans had done it, it would have been an act of war, an act of war by our ally, and I would have had to declare war on the Americans now. That’s totally insane. That’s crazy. You don’t seriously believe that our friends, that the Americans would do something like that.”

If he had fantasized like that, then the world would have taken notice, then the Germans would have taken notice, then the politicians in Washington would have taken notice. And he would have put himself and Germany in a position of strength. But the man is not able to do that. This infernal duo of Scholz and Baerbockchen will do anything to please the Americans. They won’t lift a finger to lead Germany into a better future. Should you succumb to this illusion, then hops and malt are truly lost.

You have to assume that no help can be expected from Berlin.

The act of dressage

If we had “normal times” the media would have exposed all these true conspiracies long ago. No, it wouldn’t have happened in the first place. These gangsters would not have dared to introduce an international legal system that undermines the sovereignty of states and gives them the power to exercise complete control over all citizens in the next emergency, to totally impose their will on them. But the media are the henchmen of these criminals. They just want to lull them to sleep, distract them, make them stupid.

Another prerequisite for the guaranteed success of the conspiracy is that the institutions of thought are paralyzed or even appropriated. I’m talking about schools and universities. So, it couldn’t have been any other way, it had to happen that the schools and universities became institutions for the idiocy. thinking undesirable. obedience demanded. The new belief is: “There are 97 genders. A man can be a woman. There is a climate catastrophe. The Russians are to blame for everything. Biden is a genius.” And so on. This is the new belief. But faith belongs in the church.

So why haven’t the churches cried out? Have you heard of the churches? No? Well, the church, the institution of the church, is also part of this mafia. Otherwise, your pastor would be beating you with the truth every Sunday. He would tell you that Jesus Christ was a revolutionary, a fighter for the poor and oppressed. The pastor would talk in a similar way. And soon disappear in prison. What pope would want that?
There can be no democracy today

Here are a few simple truths that have been known for hundreds of years:

Freedom and ignorance are incompatible. Therefore, our schools and universities are becoming idiotic institutions.

There cannot be a liberal constitution with immoral people.

If justice is lost, then nothing in the constitution matters. Then all is lost. Even human rights are no longer worth anything.

A democracy can only exist with democrats. However, man is not born a democrat. He needs to be raised to be a democrat. But that doesn’t happen. And so we have no democracy. It’s even impossible at the moment. Our brand of so-called democracy was created to prevent democracy. Our “democracy” is a gigantic fraud.

So it’s the job of the media to give you the illusion of democracy. This can only work if all politicians lie and if all media lie. And by playing well in this system of illusions.

Recognize and accept reality

If you take your time and look at reality soberly, you will find to your surprise that all of our problems are man-made. After all, the good Lord did not decide to make the earth sterile, to increase the price of food, to bring wars over the world and to deprive people of their freedom. These are all actions by people who you supposedly elected. They elected idiots to power who then brought misery to the world. Admit it.

The logical good news is that if these problems really are man-made, all we have to do is put the right people in power. Even better: that we ourselves will ensure in the future that the simple foundations on earth are created according to the laws of logic and love. Is that complicated? No of course not.

All you have to do is understand a few simple basics of freedom. You have to understand that you cannot influence what they in New York or Brussels or Berlin plan and force on you. Do you understand that?

Here is the future

If so, then you must break away from this system of oppression. If it helps, write a letter to yourself: “I’m not participating anymore. I don’t want to be a slave. I was born a free person. I will live as a free person and die as a free person.” And then you just don’t go along with it anymore. They just ignore this place called politics. And of course you don’t go to those weird elections anymore either. Ditch all that crap. That is past.

What to do? Let’s say you live in a community of three thousand people. You have a council. It’s your damn duty from now on that you go to every ward council meeting. You and every burger. Even if you have to take the day off. You have to go there by the hundreds. Anyone who doesn’t fit in the booth stays outside. But from now on you and everyone else in the village will practice democracy (act accordingly in towns).
Your church belongs to a circle. There is a district meeting. Thousands of people who live in that circle must come to these circle meetings. Thousands. Tens of thousands.

And then there is a state parliament with state parliament sessions. Hundreds of thousands have to come to these state parliament sessions. Hundreds of thousands. That’s all. If you do that, everything else will fall into place almost automatically.

Stop demonstrating!

They can march and demonstrate in the millions in Berlin on Saturday or Sunday. And then? It’s quiet again on Monday. Life goes on. Nothing has changed. Politicians don’t give a damn about these demonstrations. You can’t move anything in Berlin. Neither in Berlin, nor in New York, nor in Brussels. Demonstrations in New York, Brussels and Berlin are a complete waste of time.

But if hundreds of thousands appear in the state parliament and in front of the state parliament in Dresden, at a state parliament session, quietly and peacefully and ask questions and talk to the members of parliament and to each other, then something will change.

And when the next elections in the community, in the district, in the country are coming up, then you will definitely not vote for someone who belongs to a party. They only vote for independent candidates. And it’s only about things in your country. It’s all about Saxony, it’s all about Bavaria, it’s all about Hamburg.

No, you cannot influence what happens in New York or Brussels or Berlin. But you can influence what happens in your community, county and state. Should I repeat this a thousand times? And one more thing: there is no reason why the Saxons or the Bavarians or the Badeners shouldn’t declare themselves independent. If they want. Or would you rather let a gang of crazy people in New York or Brussels or Berlin dictate your life and mess it up?

There is no democracy in Germany. If you want democracy, you have to create democracy. It doesn’t fall from the sky. Wake up. Get free. Turn on your brain. And your anger. Make!

Life on earth is really not complicated. Not when you’re free.

Not when truth and love rule. Not if old, venerable values such as integrity and honor and respect for creation and for one’s neighbor are given their traditional place in Germany again.

That is the message to all Germans.

© 2023 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com




Memorial Day 2023: Will American’s Still Die for Freedom?

by Rees Lloyd

May 26, 2023

Memorial Day is a day to remember what should be remembered every day–the  service and sacrifice of the more than 1.3-million American veterans who have given their lives in war so that we, their posterity, might live as free Americans. (See attached below a chart of casualties in all the wars from the War of Independence to Iraq and Afghanistan.) 

But Memorial Day 2023 differs from past Memorial Day observances. Our nation is more divided on this Memorial Day than perhaps any time since the Civil War. Indeed, the country has been experiencing accelerating transformation from being “one nation under God” into a divided nation without God, resulting in seething, increasingly violent, animus and mutual distrust.

The original national motto —“E Pluribus Unum” (“Out of  Many, One”) is scarcely ever referenced, even as a goal, let alone as a reality. Cries of “racist!” fill the air at any disagreement over policy and social interaction. Riots and looting,  and the threat thereof  — forms of “social extortion” in the name of “social justice” —replace good faith attempts to seek solutions for the common good.

The goal of the original Civil Rights Movement of a “color-blind society” in which all are treated equally under the law regardless of “color,” has been replaced by a creed of color-consciousness underlying every governmental or social action.

The goal of “equality” under the law, with all being treated equally without regard for race, has been abandoned in favor of all actions being consciously based on race, and “racial preference,” in the name now of “equity,” (i.e., equal results) — instead of “equality,” (i.e., equal opportunity).

Treating Americans differently based upon their race is by definition “racism,” even when postured as “anti-racism” in search of “equity”

The simple, undeniable reality is that all racism is evil—no matter the color of the perpetrator, no matter the color of the victim.

Certain truths endure and must be recognized, perhaps especially on Memorial Day, if the American people are going to continue to live in freedom:

The first enduring truth of our American freedom is that freedom is not free, but has been purchased by the blood of American patriots, over 1.3-million of whom have given their lives in defense of our freedom.

We Americans of this era owe a great debt to those American patriots who came before us, veterans who gave their lives for freedom. We pay that debt to those Americans who came before us by what we are willing to do to preserve freedom for the Americans who will come after us.

Maj. General Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), Medal of Honor recipient (Vietnam) is considered to be America’s most decorated living veteran. Along with his daughter, Army veteran Meghan Brady Smith, Gen. Brady  is the author of the memoir, “Dead Men Flying: Victory in Viet Nam, The Legend Of ‘Dust-off:’ America’s Battlefield Angels”). Gen. Brady reminds us on Memorial Day:

“We have no ‘titles of nobility’ under our Constitution.  America’s ‘nobles’ are our veterans. On Memorial Day, what is most important, indeed, most vital, is that we remember, honor, and are grateful for, the courage, love, service and sacrifice of America’s veterans in defense of our freedom—especially those more than 1.3-million veterans who have given their lives defending our country. They are the soul of freedom, the guardians of our Constitution, and the vault for the values of our nation.”

Similarly, the late-General Norman (“Stormin’ Norman”) Schwarzkopf, Commander of forces in the Persian Gulf War (“Desert Storm”), succinctly stated an enduring truth: “Some things are worth living for. Some things are worth dying for. One of those things is freedom.”

We Americans on this Memorial Day must honor those veterans who gave their lives for our freedom, and we must ask ourselves: Are we Americans still a people willing to die to preserve freedom, as did those 1.3-million Americans who gave their lives for us?

I attach below data on those who have given their lives for our freedom in all the wars. Each one of those veterans — and their families — should be remembered and honored on Memorial Day, and every day.

I attach also the greatest war poem ever written, Flanders Fields. Although written in 1915 during the Battle of  Ypres in WWI, it  is as relevant, compelling, and moving  today as it was then. This is most especially true of the final lines, which call on us to take up the “torch” of freedom from the falling hands of those dying, and warns: “If ye break faith with us who die/We shall not sleep, though poppies grow/In Flanders fields.”

If we are to remain free, we  Americans must not “break faith” with those 1.3-million American veterans who have given their lives for America, for freedom.  May God bless and keep each and all of them;  and may we Americans never forget, and always honor them.

Finally, may we have the courage, the integrity, the love of God, family, comrades, and country, to make the choice they did if we are called upon to make the ultimate sacrifice for freedom.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

FREEDOM IS NOT FREE  —  REMEMBER  THE  AMERICANS WHO GAVE THEIR LIVES IN WAR THAT WE MIGHT BE FREE:

American Wars: Killed In Action

Revolutionary War…………….25,324
War of 1812……………………..2,260
Mexican War……………………13,283
Civil War…………………………650,000
Spanish American War………. 7,166
World War I……………………   116,708
World War II……………………  408,206
Korean War………………………38,686
Vietnam War……………………..58,223
Persian Gulf War………………..363
Iraq…………………………………4,212

Afghanistan………………………2,215+13

TOTAL KIA:             1,342,219

TOTAL MISSING IN ACTION:    83,126

In Flanders Fields

by [Canadian] Major John McCrae, May 1915

In Flanders fields the poppies blow
Between the crosses, row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders fields.

Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be yours to hold it high.

If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders fields.

[For the full story on Flanders Fields and the Poppy tradition]

© 2023 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




Let’s Celebrate Natural Family Month

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

May 26, 2023

Every believer who claims Christ as King is a member of the fellowship of the Saints.  Churches, especially denominations, are the invention of men.

Remember 2nd grade math when you first learned to do long division?  Swim back in your mind and the lessons will surface…numerator is the number to be divided…and denominator is the number by which the whole is split up.  Hence, 21 (numerator) divided by 7 (denominator) equals 3 (quotient).

The Body of Christ has been divided for so long we think it is normal.  If you ask the average Christian what religion he/she belongs to the answer is always a denomination.  “Baptist.  Lutheran.  Catholic.”  You get the point.  Christians identify by what divides us…not by what we have in common.

No wonder the organized Left is so effective at moving the ball down the field.  Our team doesn’t even huddle together.

I don’t know if you have noticed but the LGBTQ camp is a well-oiled machine.  They huddle together.  They fight together.  They defend one another.  The latest statistics, if you want to believe them, state that sexual deviants make up 7% of the American populace yet the are ram-rodding their agenda down the throats of Christians.

They have wiggled their way into the curriculum of America’s schools, created their own flag, won the favor of the SCOTUS, and have an entire month dedicated to the “celebration” of their deviant lifestyle.  (Does anyone remember the time when they just wanted to be ACCEPTED?)  Now they demand SPECIAL rights and require us normies to honor and respect what they should be ashamed of.

As many of you know I head up a ministry.  It is not a church, because WE are the church.  For the past 20 years our ministry has been frontline, boots-on-the-ground, attempting to expand the Gospel of the Kingdom of God.  We are a street ministry.  We actually DO things.

We have taken mission trips to Hillary’s House.  We visited the homes of Obama, and Biden, and Bill Barr.  We attend Pride events…minister outside of abortion mills…make our voices heard at local school board meetings…provide relief during hurricanes, floods, and tornadoes.  We are a modern-day Book of Acts ministry, training, equipping, and mobilizing others to do the same. And YES, we were part of the Jan. 6th celebration of Liberty.

We do more than pray.  We pray and ACT.  Prayer without action is like a shower without water.  We believe in engaging the enemy.

We partner with other ministries.  You have no idea how unusual that is. Heck, most pastors in local “churches” don’t even know each other.  They view one another as competitors.  Meanwhile, the Devil and his minions are bosom buds…doing all they can to overthrow the Kingdom of God.  We could learn a thing or two from the unity of those on Team Satan.

One of the ministries we partner with is the Natural Family Foundation.  This organization, lead by JR Harrison, is doing all that they can to advance the cause of the NATURAL FAMILY.  You remember what one of those looks like don’t you?  According to their website the Natural Family “consists solely of: one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children.”

Pretty radical, eh?  Wonder if they teach that in America’s Government schools…?

Notice that the emphasis is on NATURAL rather than TRADITIONAL.  Natural things never change…traditional things are in a constant state of flux.  What will a “traditional” family look like fifty years from now?

We are partnering with Mr. Harrison’s organization with the help and assistance of another organization The Liberty Action Network, which has as it’s focus the organization of ACTION and the unification of effort in attempt to get us to PLAY AS A TEAM!  “Liberty Mel” heads up LAN.

We launched this week a vision to elbow our way in for a seat at the table by getting the authorities in our cities, eventually our States, followed by the Federal Government to declare a national observance of NATURAL FAMILY MONTH.  Although we are late out of the gate this year, we are committed to next year having Mother’s Day through Father’s Day officially become NATURAL FAMILY MONTH.  Let’s celebrate what has always been the foundation of American society…the intact, natural nuclear family!

Here is where you can help us.  Visit the website by clicking HERE and follow the 3 easy steps with the links provided.

  1. Sign the pledge. Numbers matter.  No commitment, just agreement with the pledge.
  2. Share with others.
  3. Print and share the flier with your friends and Pastor.

This is our initial launch of what we believe can be a NATIONAL movement.  All we are asking is for our place at the table…recognition that the NATURAL FAMILY is the foundation of American society.  Gay Pride MONTH?  OK.  But we would like OUR FAMILY represented as well.  Shouldn’t we HONOR the family done God’s way?  Isn’t diversity to be celebrated?  Doesn’t the NATURAL FAMILY deserve a month as well?

You can support our efforts financially here.   Budweiser, TARGET and many other Companies support the PRIDE agenda.  Why not support us as well?

Links to Fliers, streets signs are available on the website.  Put a sign in your yard.  Share the flier with your neighbors.  Let’s Stand up for the Family…done God’s way…naturally!

We are starting small.  But let’s do BIG things!!

Please help us move the ball down the field!!

© 2023 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




When White America Becomes the New Minority

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 25, 2023

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

In 1965, just before the Immigration Reform Act passed Congress with its pushers Teddy Kennedy, Howard Metzenbaum, and Jacob Javits, white America dominated the United States with a 90 percent majority. Black held 7 percent and Hispanics hit 3 percent.

After 58 years of relentless legal and illegal immigration, white America has dropped to 62 percent, black America reached 13 percent, and Mexican-Hispanic-Latino America has risen to over 40 percent.  According to www.PewResearchCenter.org, Hispanic America will become the new majority by 2042.

What’s it going to be like when America becomes a minority-minority-minority nation?  What kind of dynamics will erupt in the big cities? What kind of language will dominate? What kinds of cultures will dominate different cities?  What kind of “world views”  will  vie for power?  How will America fare under Sharia Law already practiced in Detroit and Minneapolis…along  with Miami, LA and many other enclaves?  Will our Constitutional Republic survive dozens of incompatible cultures, ethnic groups, violent religions and foreign languages?

Writer Christopher Roach put it this way:

“Things are about to get harder… This rapid onset of disunity has many causes: the education system, the enormous numbers of newcomers, economic precarity, and bad outcomes that have discredited authorities. Traditional unifying values are still held by older people, but every day comparatively conservative Baby Boomers pass away and new Zoomers turn 18 and are able to vote…

“Fewer states are in play politically, and this appears to be favoring the Left. This advantage will likely increase due to the demographic engineering inherent in our immigration policies. While these measures have a delayed effect, as it takes time for immigrants to acquire citizenship or for their children to turn 18, every immigrant group leans left.

Since 2000, Republicans have held the presidency at least half of the time. Yet these markers of cultural decline ticked upwards, all the same….

“Republicans and conservatives need to understand that the description of 2016 as the “Flight 93 Election” was real. That was the time to impose an immigration moratorium and build a wall. Even at that time, it may have been too late. But Republicans failed in addressing this trend. It was later made worse by efforts to render mail-in voting easier.”

Effective Minority Politics

Roach said, “Does this mean we should give up? No. But it does indicate that we should adjust our focus. Instead of sweating about the results of hopeless national elections, the coalition that now makes up the Right—two-parent families, small business owners, and cultural conservatives—needs to start thinking about how to exercise political power as a minority.”

Things are about to get harder, much, much harder!

You might start getting upset when you understand that there is a racial, cultural, and linguistic riptide roaring under the surface of the American landscape.  You can see it in the 125,000 Somali immigrants in Minneapolis who have totally trashed American schools, businesses and the welfare system. They have stolen millions in EBT card money. House member Ilhan Omar, as crooked as they come with cheating on her immigration papers, marrying her brother, and defrauding the federal government…cannot be touched because she is female,  black and an immigrant.

Have you driven through Dearborn, Michigan?  I have. It’s a little Baghdad with 300,000 Islamic followers who could care less about America.  They bow to Mecca five times a day.  You don’t dare build a Christian church in Dearborn.  It’s a welfare city in Dearborn…all your tax dollars paid to fly them here and pay for feeding and housing them here in that once “All-American Motor City.”

How do you think it’s going to work out with Mexicans taking over all of California?  The president of Mexico recently bragged that 40 million Mexican now live in America.  Yes, most of them illegally.

What about New York City’s 80,000 new illegal alien border jumpers taking up residence in that city. Even African-American Mayor Eric Adams noted that his city has been invaded. He needs billions of taxpayer dollars to pay for his Sanctuary City’s growing nightmare of border hoppers. There are 800 different languages spoken on the streets of NYC, daily.

What happens when all those minorities move into elected positions to promote their own cultures, languages and world views in every city, town and village in America?

The fact grows daily: we’re losing America to an entirely degraded, devolved and angry incoming population.  There’s no way a 68 IQ Somali immigrant possesses any idea of what constitutes work, governance, education and speaking English.

There is no way followers of Islam will ever pledge allegiance to the United States of America.

“It is the nature of Islam to dominate, not to be dominated, to impose its law on all nations and to extend its power to the entire planet.” -Hassan Al-Banna 

“The West is tremendously naive about the danger of these various Islamic organizations.” -Dr. Mamoun Fandy, Middle East expert on the network of organizations around the Muslim Brotherhood

When France opened its borders to unlimited Muslim immigration in the 1970s, French writer Jean Raspail, penned a prophetic novel, Camp of the Saints, describing the consequences of that senseless choice, “You don’t know my people—the squalor, superstitions, the fatalistic sloth that they’ve wallowed in for generations.  You don’t know what you’re in for if that fleet of brutes ever lands in your lap.  Everything will change in this country of yours.  They will swallow you up!”

Have you been Europe recently?  I have! It’s an accelerating nightmare of barbarians within the gates.

Read this quote and weep:

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands?  Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system.  Balkanization of the United States has begun.”

This destruction of America accelerates at our southern border where 100 U.S. Senators do nothing to stop it and another 435 House Members follow through by doing nothing.

End result? Our country is being turned into nothing!

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Materialism Is Choking the Life Out Of Us All

By Steven Yates

May 25, 2023

According to published accounts, on May 1, a homeless and mentally ill black man named Jordan Neely, 30, was being more than simply annoying to other passengers on a Manhattan subway — something not uncommon, if my sources on what frequently happens on Manhattan subways are to be believed (I’ve never traveled one myself). He was menacing them and throwing trash at them.

Finally, an ex-marine named Daniel Penny, 24, stepped in, placed Neely in a chokehold and kept it on him for several minutes while waiting for authorities to arrive. No one tried to stop Penny. A couple of onlookers even assisted him. There is no reason to think Penny intended to end Neely’s life, but that’s what happened.

According to Wikipedia:

Witnesses said Neely was acting in a “hostile and erratic” manner, telling riders that he would hurt anyone on the train. [Freelance journalist Juan Alberto] Vázquez [who was filming the incident] said that Neely was shouting that he was hungry and thirsty, that he did not mind “going to jail or getting life in prison,” and was “ready to die.” Vázquez said that Neely did not physically attack anyone, while police sources said that other witnesses reported him throwing trash at passengers. Penny approached Neely from behind and put him in a chokehold. The chokehold lasted for several minutes and at least three minutes were recorded on video. According to Vázquez, the chokehold lasted for 15 minutes. An onlooker warned Penny, saying, “You’re gonna kill him now.” After the chokehold, the onlooker said, “He’s all right. He ain’t gonna die.” Vázquez said that Neely was moving and defending himself during the chokehold, and Vázquez did not believe that he would die. Neely was taken to Lenox Hill Hospital, where he was pronounced dead; according to some sources, he died on the subway car’s floor.

Neely’s death at the hands of a white male on a New York subway quickly became the latest flashpoint in the ongoing culture wars, especially when Penny was questioned by police at the scene and then immediately released. Protests erupted and continued over the next several days, some turning violent. The “Rev” Al Sharpton got involved. Penny finally turned himself in.

Neely’s background was not enviable. His mother was murdered by an abusive boyfriend when he was 14. According to a relative, after testifying at the boyfriend’s trial he developed PTSD and other psychological problems. He ended up in foster care, and then, as an adult, experienced periods of homelessness. He apparently picked up a few shillings impersonating Michael Jackson as a dancer but found no structured way to use whatever talents he had as a performer. He was on an official list of those most in need of shelter and treatment.

Clearly Neely had aggressive tendencies. He had been arrested 42 times by NYPD, three times for unprovoked assaults on women in the subway. Once he dragged a 7-year-old girl down a street. Recently he punched an elderly woman in the face, breaking her nose and an orbital bone. At the time of his death, he was supposed to have been living in a treatment facility, part of an alternative-to-incarceration program. He appears to have left the facility after just a few days. He’d missed a court appearance, leading to a warrant for his arrest.

The long and short of it: we’re looking at a severely damaged person here.

What of Daniel Penny? He’s an ex-marine sergeant from Long Island. He had no previous criminal record. Now he stands charged with second-degree manslaughter. If convicted, he could face up to 15 years in prison. During the incident he appears to have had the support of those around him. A couple even assisted him in restraining Neely. One onlooker — a black woman, incidentally — has promised to testify on his behalf if necessary.

Most corporate media and political class responses were as predictable as winter following fall. (Some, I should note, predate Penny’s being in custody.)

From Metropolitan Transportation Authority chair Janno Lieber: Neely’s death was “really troubling and upsetting … [riders should] find a way to deescalate” if “challenges” emerge on a subway.

From New York State Senator Julia Salazar: “A man named Jordan Neely was choked to death in public on the subway this week while people watched and even cheered. This is horrific. The constant demonization of poor people and people in mental health crisis in our city allows for this barbarism. It is making our city sick.” She went on to call Neely’s death a “lynching.”

From Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez: “Jordan Neely was murdered. But [because] Jordan was houseless and crying for food in a time when the city is raising rents and stripping services to militarize itself while many in power demonize the poor, the murderer gets protected [with] passive headlines [and] no charges. It’s disgusting.”

From New York City Comptroller Brad Lander: “We must not become a city where a mentally ill human being can be choked to death by a vigilante without consequence.”

From Mayor Eric Adams: Neely’s death was “tragic”; he also stated that “there’s a lot we don’t know about what happened here.” Asked about vigilantism, he said that “we cannot blanketly tell passengers what they should or should not do.” During a press conference he called for the passage of the proposed Supportive Interventions Act which would lower the legal threshold for a person’s being involuntarily committed in New York.

From City Council member Tiffany Cabán: the killing was “the inevitable outcome of the dangerous rhetoric of stigmatizing mental health issues, stigmatizing poverty and the continued bloated investment in the carceral system at the expense of funding access to housing, food and health.”

New York Governor Kathy Hochul called Neely’s death “deeply disturbing.”

Daniel Penny and his supporters have been able to raise roughly $2 million for his legal defense, from more than 45,000 online contributors.

Both Florida Governor Ron DeSantis and Matt Gaetz (R-Fl.) have called him a hero.

But, yes, thinking of one comment, there’s more going on here than meets the eye. Different moral impulses are at work. Most people will claim that if they are subject to an unprovoked attack in public, they have a right to defend themselves, and with deadly force if necessary to save their own lives. And if they don’t have the means, they will leap to the defense of someone who does. All some have to do is imagine themselves in the same situation, confronted by someone who could pose a deadly threat and ask themselves what they would do. I think this is the source of Penny’s support.

Across the aisle are the instincts of those who contend, sincerely, that killing someone is always tragic, and wrong except in absolute cases of self-defense in a life-threatening situation, and that Penny should have let up on his chokehold when it was clear that Neely had been overpowered and was under control.

But at what point could he have been sure of this? (Video of final 3:45 here.)

These two perspectives share a common premise: human life matters. It should not be snuffed out without a very good reason.

But do our systems and many of our most popular ideologies reflect this?

The answer is No, and there are reasons for that.

First, though, a disclaimer. Regarding the players in this unfortunate drama, I’ve relied on what corporate and some alternative media have released: no more and no less. I’ve corresponded with no one.

Be that as it may, it seems reasonable to ask what this man was doing on the street, or in a shelter, for that matter, as he seems to have had family. Perhaps his family was dysfunctional. The loss of the black family unit over the past several decades has been a tragedy in itself.

My role, over these decades, has been to study the dynamics of materialistic societies and outline the outcomes they yield which don’t serve anyone.

Just as Penny choked Neely to death, however unintentionally, materialism is choking the life out all of us, out of our society.

Again unintentionally. Obviously the intellectuals who have defended materialism all these years don’t want this kind of result. But their attempts at a secular basis for a moral view of the universe and society have failed, in some cases miserably.

What do I mean by materialism in this context? I’m referring not to an obsession with material goods necessarily but to a philosophical view of our place in the world. I’ve written elsewhere at length on this subject. See 1234567. (For additional objections to materialism as a theory of how nature works, watch this.)

According to this philosophical view, we’re just big-brained animals whose lives have no transcendent significance. There is nothing, no meaning to be assigned, to the idea of a world outside of space and time as we perceive it, and nothing beyond our lives in this world: no God or afterlife, in other words. When you’re dead, you’re dead. You’re worm food. So we work at tasks having no significance beyond whatever ephemeral significance we can give them. The world as it presents itself to us is has no intrinsic meaning or moral significance. In philosophy, this is called nihilism.

We are now at the end of a long process, which could be called the “real” replacement. Intellectuals, beginning during the Enlightenment, dropped God from their world picture. They replaced Him with either the Almighty State, The Science, or Money.

The first of these became, in the twentieth century, the biggest death merchant in history (Communism, Nazism, etc.; leading inevitably to the U.S. war machine). Enough said. But the State still has plenty of idolators.

The second? Science and technology may have transformed large portions of the world and our lives for the better with ever greater creature comforts, but think also of the Tuskegee Experiment. It was a triumph of the prevailing secular ethos, which is that some may be sacrificed for the supposed good of others.

And given what evidence we have of what some of the apostles of The Science feel free to do, such as enhance the ability of coronaviruses to infect humans, the jury may not be out much longer that this surrogate for God, too, has feet of clay.

Materialist civilization has atomized us. For most Americans, public schools begin the process, throwing us into competitive situations and conveying not critical thinking skills or even that much practical knowledge, but obedience to authority and to dogmas, including about being free. Thus its graduates will unknowingly help government impose more authority and enable corporations to get richer.

The latter have organized their priorities around profitability, not human needs (look at Big Pharma and Big Tech). Beginning at least 30 years ago, stable communities found themselves undermined by de-industrialization as jobs went first to Mexico and then to China for ever cheaper labor. Corporations got wealthier; the middle class started its way toward the cliff as wages failed to keep up with the cost of living. Increasing automation meant technological unemployment at home.

More and more things became about money. Employed and want more? Develop a “side hustle.” Have a retirement plan? (Saving only makes sense if currency maintains its value. Thanks to government / Federal Reserve printing presses, it has not.)

Now, with AI advancing by leaps and bounds, we could be looking at the biggest wave of technological unemployment in human history as corporations continue to enrich themselves. This is the legitimate fear surrounding AI, not that it will become self-aware, turn into Skynet, and take over the world. (The idea that properly programmed machines will develop consciousness and become agents able to think is part of the logic and ethos of materialism as a worldview.)

Regarding money and its distribution, big cities provide macrocosms of a world with a small minority of have-a-lots, the ruling class, with a few haves who serve them and have a similar mindset; and a lot of have-nots who ran honest businesses and increasingly came up empty-handed believing they were playing by the rules. Financialization, as I’ve noted in countless places, functions as a kind of welfare-statism in reverse. It redistributes wealth upwards and into the hands of those for whom money and power are their only core values.

The indifference of the have-a-lots is thus palpable. These are the global superelites, be they individuals or corporate entities: think of George Soros, or the World Economic Forum, or a corporation such as Blackrock. When I speak of indifference, I speak of indifference from the standpoint of a moral posture that regards human lives as having intrinsic value, not extrinsic value derived from what’s in their pocket or bank account or investments, the number of followers they have on Twitter, or endorsements from “influencers.”

In this ethos, the powerful and influential pursue agendas. Some of what they do, they don’t bother to hide. Klaus Schwab, for example, writes and publishes a book entitled COVID-19: The Great Reset (2020). Corporate media then gaslights us by calling the Great Reset a “baseless conspiracy theory.”

Whether these people are conscious materialists, I have no idea. What they are doing is living out the most important consequence of the materialist view of the universe: that ultimately there are no moral restrictions on rulership, so that those who believe themselves most fit to rule and have the means to rule are free to do so. They can reinvent themselves as Platonist “philosopher-kings” (see Plato’s The Republic), redesigning as much of the world as possible into the Platonist image of what they believe to be Utopia.

Their Utopia, of course, will be Dystopia for the have-nots and, for that matter, any haves who somehow cross up the elites at some point.

We go through a period of anarcho-tyranny in the meantime. Anarcho-tyranny is a societal state in which random criminal violence is allowed to create chaos. Policies like defunding the police further this, as well as rationalizing black criminality by blaming it on “systemic racism” and calling it a form of reparations. But as petty crimes such as shoplifting cease to be prosecuted, as in Alvin Bragg’s Manhattan, businesses, plagued by losses, and by the occasional flash mob, cannot function. They close.

And if anyone responds to criminality with deadly force when the authorities do not, he or she is demonized as a “vigilante” in corporate media or by legal eagles, then viciously prosecuted in the face of violent protests by a politicized legal system. Protests are easy to orchestrate on social media if race is a factor, as it was in Jordan Neely’s death.

Materialism, again, has the consequence that human life has no intrinsic value. Its only value is extrinsic: what can be monetized by an employer (or oneself), what the crowd says (and the marketplace is just a variant on crowd dynamics), or what is stipulated by loved ones — quite real but no less transitory.

All values are ephemeral. After all, again, we’re all just big-brained mammals who have been atomized, demoralized, and in some cases dehumanized. Some will act the part by shooting their fellow big-brained mammals at random — and then often ending their own lives if not shot to death by police.

I see the horror of Neely’s defenders as valid but superficial. Most of it reflects no awareness of the philosophical issues behind the atomizing of human beings and their being discarded, like trash. This vague sense, that one’s life is purposeless, may well turn out to be a major cause of mental illness. There are probably tens of thousands of Jordan Neelys running around in every major city. This is because black lives are mattering only if they can be used to score political points for the hard left.

Not that the right has a firm handle on what is going on. I don’t hear Donald Trump, currently the de facto leader of the Republican Party, talking about materialism. I don’t think he is capable of the level of abstract thought that would require. But neither is Ron DeSantis talking about it. Mike Pence? He may have a weak version of the idea, but he’s compromised for other reasons.

The political class has no answer to this. Collectively, it doesn’t understand the question.

Practically no “influencers” are talking about materialism. It is past time for that to change. This is one reason I’ve written a book about where philosophy should go. So far, its readership has been limited to my immediate circle of associates (if even that).

There are a few Daniel Pennys out there, though: action-takers rather than thinkers. But as they continue to be prosecuted for trying to protect the public, their numbers will dwindle — just as stable families and church attendance are dropping all across the West, for all ethnicities.

What to do? I’m doing it here, shouting from my own rooftop as it were, that this is about far more than a man unintentionally killing another man on a New York subway and inflammatory responses from corporate media and political class “influencers.”

This article first appeared on the author’s Substack. Subscribe here.

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

Consider becoming a Patron to obtain additional content unavailable elsewhere if you like what I do and feel like supporting my work.

Join Jack Carney and Steven Yates for Philosophy of Responsible Freedom, Saturdays at 5 pm EDT. This week we will be discussing Eric Hoffer’s The True Believer and the philosophy and psychology of mass movements generally. More information about Philosophy of Responsible Freedom here. To get on our email list contact me at freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published on October 31, 2023. To learn more, shoot me an email.




‘Emergency!’ for the Woke

by Lee Duigon

May 25, 2023

As Bud Lite sales continue to bottom out, thanks to the company’s decision to be the transgender beer of choice, you’d think the woke crowd would at least suspect they might have gone a bridge too far. Assorted polls report that most Americans, by a landslide, oppose the woke agenda.

Is it finally sinking in?

In North Carolina a few days ago, the state legislature prepared to enact a school choice bill, making education vouchers available to all residents regardless of income level. The Democrat governor swung into action, declaring a “state of emergency” to stop the bill.

Emergency? How is school choice an “emergency” for anyone except the Far Left teachers’ unions and their brigade of groomers? Who in his right mind would leave his kids in public school, with vouchers available for a school of his choice? But no—“Stop the damage,” Gov. Roy Cooper says. He, by the way, sends his own children to a private school. But that’s not for us plebs, is it?

Anyway, he expects the legislature to override his veto, so that’s the “emergency” that must be stopped.

Meanwhile, nationwide, the higher-ups at Target frantically phoned their stores to give the managers 36 hours to move all their LGBT-themed children’s clothes and toys to the back of the store, hopefully out of sight of normal people: they want to “avoid a Bud Lite situation,” the kind of massive rejection by normal people that’s pushing Bud Lite underwater. Yes, it’s another “emergency.” Sources say Target’s “terrified” of becoming the next Bud Lite.

How’s this for a better idea? Move all the groomer goods to the parking lot and have a bonfire. That would at least demonstrate sincerity.

What are these people thinking? If multitudes of parents suddenly pull their kids out of North Carolina’s public schools, whose fault is that? The parents don’t want what you’re selling them, chuckles—transgender mania, Critical Race Theory, “gender” mischief kept a secret from the affected children’s families, etc. Stop doing those things, and you won’t have a mad rush out the doors.

And imagine a retail store that has to hide its merchandise. What kind of business is that? I thought stores were supposed to offer goods that people want to buy. Target has got it all backwards.

Far Left Crazy is very slow on the uptake. Why do they suppose people want school choice? Hint: it isn’t because the teachers’ unions’ public schools aren’t woke enough. Why do they suppose people are thronging school board meetings all over the country to object to school board policies? (Oh, wait, I know! It’s because they’re racists—right? And transphobes. Or is that only what the school board numbskulls are saying when they beg the FBI to send agents to the board meetings to spy on parents?)

But it’s simple, really. We don’t like the crapola you’re loading onto our kids in the guise of “education.” We don’t like the stores we shop in catering to groomers. We don’t like being lorded over by Far Left jidrools who hate us, hate the very concept of the family, despise our way of life, and want to transform the country into Venezuela North. And if we have to stop shopping at Target to get our point across… we will.

I have discussed these and other issues throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… before the FBI comes banging on our doors in the middle of the night. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Corruptly or Not Corruptly, That is the Question

By Paul Engel

May 24, 2023

  • What is “Corrupt Intent” and why does it matter?
  • Will the Court of Appeals opinion in United States v. Fischer have an impact on other January 6th cases?
  • Could the future of those defendants really turn on what “Corrupt Intent” means?

A recent decision by the D.C. Court of Appeals may have an interesting impact on the prosecutions of those charged with the Capitol breech on January 6, 2021. The case of United States v. Fischer consolidates three decisions in lower courts regarding the charge of “Obstruction of an Official Proceeding” (18 U.S.C. §1512(c)(2)). Since many of those charged regarding the January 6th incident were charged under this statue, the decision could have wide ranging impact. It all comes down to the question of did these people act corruptly?

How often have I said that words matter or that the details matter? In the case of United States v. Fischer, Joseph Fischer, along with Edward Lang and Garret Miller who had their cases consolidated with Mr. Fischer’s, were charged with multiple crimes from their actions at the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021.

The question raised in this case is whether individuals who allegedly assaulted law enforcement officers while participating in the Capitol riot can be charged with corruptly obstructing, influencing, or impeding an official proceeding, in violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1512(c)(2).

United States v. Fischer

It’s that word, “corruptly”, that’s receiving all the attention, but let’s back up a little bit. Mr. Fischer (known as the appellee), moved in District Court to dismiss the §1512(c)(2) count against him because it did not prohibit his conduct on Jan. 6th.

(c) Whoever corruptly-

(1) alters, destroys, mutilates, or conceals a record, document, or other object, or attempts to do so, with the intent to impair the objects integrity or availability for use in an official proceeding; or

(2) otherwise obstructs, influences, or impedes any official proceeding, or attempts to do so,

18 U.S.C. § 1512

The district court agreed with Mr. Fischer, but for what appears to me to be a very odd reason.

The district court granted each appellees motion to dismiss. After carefully reviewing the text and structure of the statute, the district court concluded that § 1512(c) is ambiguous with respect to how subsection (c)(2) relates to subsection (c)(1). …

Relying on its understanding of the Supreme Courts holding in Begay v. United States, 553 U.S. 137 (2008), as well as canons of statutory construction, statutory and legislative history, and the principles of restraint and lenity, the district court determined that subsection (c)(2) must be interpreted as limited by subsection (c)(1). …That led the district court to hold that subsection (c)(2) requires that the defendant have taken some action with respect to a document, record, or other object in order to corruptly obstruct, impede or influence an official proceeding.”

United States v. Fischer

So the district court seemed to think that subsection (c)(2) had to be related to (c)(1), and since Mr. Fischer did not interfere with any documents, records, or other objects, he did not violate §1512(c)(2). I find this really weird, since the meaning of otherwise is:

in a different way or manner

Otherwise – Merriam-Webster Dictionary Online

Court of Appeals

Let’s look at how the Court of Appeals looked at this case.

The government asserts that the words corruptly . . . obstructs, influences, and impedes any official proceeding” in 18 U.S.C. § 1512(c)(2) have a broad meaning that encompasses all forms of obstructive conduct, including appelleesallegedly violent efforts to stop Congress from certifying the results of the 2020 presidential election. Thus, the government contends, the district court erred when it adopted an unduly narrow interpretation of §1512(c)(2) that limits the statutes application to obstructive conduct with respect to a document, record, or other object.”

United States v. Fischer

So the government claims that the words “corruptly . . . obstructs, influences, and impedes any official proceeding” have a very broad meaning that could include all sorts of obstructive actions, including allegedly violent acts to stop Congress from certifying the results of the 2020 presidential election. I have to point out something that, while not directly related to this case, is something every American ought to know. Congress does not certify the presidential election, they observe the counting of the votes. From the Twelfth Amendment:

the President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes shall then be counted; 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

There is not a single mention of Congress voting or otherwise putting their blessing on the election for President. That aside, the court looked at the language of §1512(c) and came to what I think is a quite reasonable conclusion.

In our view, the meaning of the statute is unambiguous. Subsection (c)(1) contains a specific prohibition against corruptly” tampering with a record, document, or other object” to impair or prevent its use in an official proceeding, while subsection (c)(2) proscribes corrupt[]” conduct that otherwise obstructs, influences, or impedes any official proceeding, or attempts to do so . . . .” Under the most natural reading of the statute, § 1512(c)(2) applies to all forms of corrupt obstruction of an official proceeding, other than the conduct that is already covered by § 1512(c)(1).

United States v. Fischer

At this point you may think that the court is going to side with the government, and you’d be right. However, there is a single word in §1512 (c) which the Court of Appeals mentions that the District Court did not: The word “corruptly”.

Although the text of § 1512(c)(2) plainly extends to a wide range of conduct, the statute contains some important limitations: The act of obstruct[ing], influenc[ing], and imped[ing]” described in subsection (c)(2) must be accompanied by corrupt” intent; and the behavior must target an official proceeding.” Those other elements of a § 1512(c)(2) offense are not the focus of this appeal, but we nevertheless note that they provide significant guardrails for prosecutions brought under the statute.

United States v. Fischer

So the Court of Appeals notes the proper application of §1512(c), even though it is not a question the court is considering. I think most of us can agree that the counting of the votes in the presidential election is an official proceeding. The question is, did Mr. Fischer act with corrupt intent to obstruct that counting?

cor·rupt (kə-rŭpt′)adj.

  1. Marked by immorality and perversion;depraved.
  2. Venal or dishonest: a corruptmayor.
  3. Containing errors or alterations,especially ones that prevent proper understanding or use: a corrupt translation; acorrupt computer file.

Corrupt – The Free Legal Dictionary

Were the actions Mr. Fischer was alleged to have committed done with corrupt intent? According to the actions against Mr. Fischer, the actions he took on January 6th do appear to be obstructive:

Fischer allegedly belonged to the mob that forced Congress to stop its certification process. On January 6, 2021, he encouraged rioters to charge” and hold the line,” had a physical encounter” with at least one law enforcement officer, and participated in pushing the police.

United States v. Fischer

It should be noted that a footnote in that quote argues that Fischer could not have obstructed the counting of the votes since Mr. Fischer claims to have arrived after Congress had recessed. However, the actions Mr. Fischer allegedly took before January 6th certainly do seem to point to a corrupt intent.

Before January 6, he allegedly sent text messages to acquaintances, stating: If Trump dont get in we better get to war”; Take democratic [C]ongress to the gallows. . . . Cant vote if they cant breathe … lol”; and I might need you to post my bail…. It might get violent. . . . They should storm the capital [sic] and drag all the democrates [sic] into the street and have a mob trial.”

United States v. Fischer

Conclusion

Based on the evidence and discussion included in the opinion and concurrence, the court decided 2-1 to find that the district court was wrong to dismiss the obstruction charge.

For all the foregoing reasons, we conclude that the district court erred in dismissing the counts charging each appellee with Obstruction of an Official Proceeding under 18 U.S.C. § 1512(c)(2). Appelleesalleged conduct falls comfortably within the plain meaning of corruptly … obstruct[ing], influenc[ing], or imped[ing] [an] official proceeding, or attempt[ing] to do so.” The alternative interpretations of § 1512(c)(2) proffered by the district court and appellees fail to convince us to depart from the natural reading of the statutes unambiguous text. Accordingly, we reverse the orders of the district court, and remand for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

United States v. Fischer

If that is true, why do I say this case could have a wide ranging impact for many accused of obstruction on January 6th? For the simple reason that while Mr. Fischer’s words and actions do show that he violated §1512(c)(2), I do not believe that everyone who has been caught in the FBI’s dragnet of January 6th “rioters” acted with corrupt intent.

I have long pointed out that at least five (5) states appointed presidential electors in a manner other than the one determined by their state’s legislature, in direct violation of the Constitution.

Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress:

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 2

Furthermore, there was sufficient evidence by January 6, 2021, that problems with the elections in several states, including credible allegations of illegal activity in the collection and counting of ballots, meant that some of the electors may have been appointed by their state fraudulently. If the people who demonstrated on the capitol on January 6th did so to protest the illegal appointment of electors, especially due to the illegal actions taken by members of the executive and judicial branches in several states, then their acts were not with corrupt intent. Rather, their actions were attempts to bring to light the corrupt intent of those who were violating the Constitution of the United States and the constitutions and laws of the several states. Petitioning your representatives in government for a redress of such a grievance is not immoral, perverse, dishonest, or otherwise considered corrupt, but an attempt to restore justice to the process of choosing a President of the United States.

While I cannot condone the obstructive acts committed by Mr. Fischer and others inside the capitol that day, there is plenty of evidence that their entry was sanctioned by the Capitol Police, that most of them were not violent or disruptive, and they did not get near enough to the House chambers to be considered obstructive. I can only hope that some of the legal teams for those who have been the victims of apparent overzealous prosecution by the City of Washington, D.C., in cooperation with the U.S. Dept. of Justice, will find this opinion and use it to the benefit of those peaceful protestors being illegally held as political prisoners in our nation’s capitol.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The Next Phase of Communist Revolution

By Cliff Kincaid

May 24, 2023

We are reading constantly that it was the “system” that “failed” Jordan Neely, the career criminal and drug abuser who died after being restrained by a former Marine on the New York subway. This communist propaganda portends more violence and mayhem as the professional Marxists scheme to protest on the streets whatever verdict comes out of the case. This could be another version of the George Floyd riots that devastated our cities in 2020.

The “system” cannot be blamed for Neely’s own fateful decisions and those responsible for his upbringing. Yet, some of his relatives quickly hired a lawyer. “We want to thank AOC,” one of the lawyers said, referring to the socialist Democrat accusing the former Marine of a “public execution” and being a murderer.

“He had demons,” said the attorney, referring to “a tragedy at a very young age” that he went through.

They showed a photo of a clean-cut Jordan Neely when he was in high school, wearing a graduation cap, identified as a basketball player.

But Americans see through this public relations stunt.

“If they cared about him, they would’ve put him up in their house,” said one critic. “If they knew he needed help they would’ve gotten him help.” Another commented, ironically, “Jordan was on the street because he was such a treasured family member.” Still another said, “Neely’s family left him on the street. Now they want to profit off his death.”

This is a local example of what the national push for “reparations” for black people is looking like. It is undoubtedly going to trigger the next phase of violence as the president himself riles black people up by convincing them that “white supremacy” is the real threat when black families and black leadership pass the buck.

In the Neely case, where was the “village”’ that Hillary preached about? The village should be his family and relatives, not the government. The lawyers say family members were trying to keep him in a mental institution. But how did he end up there in the first place? And with 40 arrests, why wasn’t he in jail?

Hillary’s “It takes a village” mantra meant that the government should take responsibility and control over how people are raised and how they raise their own children. But Marxist politicians have no desire to control this kind of criminal behavior because it serves their interests.

Until the communist utopia arrives, this means, in effect, that anybody (of color) who does anything wrong is a victim, not a perpetrator.

Communists in the Party for Socialism and Liberation (PSL) quickly printed up “Justice for Jordan Neely” signs for protests. Analyze the photos in the Jordan Neely case and you will see in small print on the bottom of the yellow signs “Party for Socialism and Liberation.”

Our media never mention that.

This happens repeatedly. The communists are either behind or exploiting the street protests. Their rent-a-mobs appear instantly.

Referring to the Neely case, the PSL says that “Jordan Neely was murdered by white vigilante violence who was enabled by our racist, capitalist system that failed to provide him stable housing, mental health support, and employment.”

Perhaps, to avert more cases like Jordan Neely, the government should even guarantee free dope, the smoking of which is rampant in New York City. Or perhaps that is part of the problem.

How is it that a man like Tim Scott, the black Republican Senator from South Carolina, can escape disadvantages in society and succeed? He was raised in a poor, single-parent household by his mother, Frances Scott, who emphasized work and faith in God.

We don’t know everything about Jordan Neely, whose death was a tragedy. But we do know that he was threatening people on that subway car. A former marine, acting on behalf of his fellow passengers, was handcuffed like the criminal Neely was.

Blaming the system is a variation of blaming the gun. Consider mass shootings. Why aren’t the people who knew about the “mental illness” or the buying of guns by a family member brought up on charges? Instead, the law-abiding get blamed for the violence and chaos.

“Jordan Neely was a human being,” we are told. Yes, and he had free will and could make his own decisions. That’s what it means to be a human being. As the Tim Scott example shows, family problems do not stop people from working hard and succeeding in life.

We are told that “mental illness and homelessness are not criminal.” But these conditions result from individual decisions made by people exercising free will that often result in criminal activity, without adequate oversight from family and friends.

Consider what’s happening in New York City, where mind-altering drugs like marijuana which produce mental health problems have been legalized. Anyone who visits New York City can smell the dope all over the city.

The “system” today is run by money-hungry politicians willing to exploit people for their own financial benefit. Then, when their social experiments go awry, they demand more money to monitor the mental health problems they help create.

Self-defense, even vigilante justice, is a natural consequence of releasing criminals and terrorists on the streets of the major cities. Americans have no alternative but to defend their families and loved ones. But a long hot summer is being planned.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The Lord Fought For David Too, But He Still Had To Show Up On The Battlefield

By Bradlee Dean

May 24, 2023

Oh, how many complicate the plain meaning of Scripture!

Case in point:  A child is set in place as the model of Heaven and if men understood this, they would realize that it is this very point that many must unlearn as grown adults in order to be able to relearn, once again, by the Spirit.  We must become as little children, and this is what takes place when a man is born again of the Spirit of God (John 3:3).

“Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.” -Matthew 18:3

Now, I ask that you observe that there are so many issues that take place in the American Church that have taken precedent over the mandate that Christ has given.  Men get caught up in debates over things that have nothing to do with what it is that we are called to do, which is seeking and saving that which is lost (Luke 19:10).

Jesus plainly told us that if we follow Him that we would become the fishers of men (Matthew 4:19).  Instead of this, men are debating whether or not if they are saved, do they have to do the works?  You cannot make it up, friends.

As the country is literally going to hell just as the Lord promised to a disobedient people (Psalm 9:17), they are trying to figure out if they are to do the works.

[Rumble Video]

Friends, this is what saved people do.  The saved not only know what they are saved from, but they also know what it is they are saved to do.  However, this is where most stop, the “saved for” part of Scripture.

Imagine, if you will, Abraham, Moses, Joshua, David, Gideon, Jesus, the Apostles or the patriarchs of the faith, both past and present, standing there and expecting the Lord to do for them what it is that He commanded them to do (Proverbs 7:2).

Yes, friends, the Lord fought for all of these patriarchs of the faith the way that He still fights for us today, but we must, like men, emulate them in the same way by going to the battle fields (Hebrews 13:7).

Remember, our graces are not apparent until they are in exercise.

James 2:14-26 plainly tells us:

“What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say he hath faith, and have not works? can faith save him?
If a brother or sister be naked, and destitute of daily food,
And one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, be ye warmed and filled; notwithstanding ye give them not those things which are needful to the body; what doth it profit?
Even so faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone.
Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I will shew thee my faith by my works.
Thou believest that there is one God; thou doest well: the devils also believe, and tremble.
But wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead?
Was not Abraham our father justified by works, when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar?
Seest thou how faith wrought with his works, and by works was faith made perfect?
And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham believed God, and it was imputed unto him for righteousness: and he was called the Friend of God.”

When it comes to the justification of this faith, he who is justified does the works; for this is the meaning of Scripture.  Justification proceeds good works, and works are performed by those who have been justified.

We know that we do not do the works to get saved.  However, because we are saved, therefore, we do the works.

Conclusion: Remember the Book of Acts because you have a life chapter to write as well to this present generation, and this is a work of faith and labour of love (1 Thessalonians 1:3).

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Consolidation of Power, the Great Reset Goal, Part 1 – The Fourth Reich

By Kelleigh Nelson

May 23, 23

The Fourth Reich

Indifference, to me, is the epitome of evil. —Elie Wiesel

Government, even in its best state, is but a necessary evil; in its worst state, an intolerable one. —Thomas Paine

Communism will never be halted by negotiations or through the machinations of detente. It can only be halted by force from without or by disintegration from within. —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

Ask yourself why totalitarian dictatorships find it necessary to pour money and effort into propaganda for their own helpless, chained, gagged slaves, who have no means of protest or defense. The answer is that even the humblest peasant or the lowest savage would rise in blind rebellion, were he to realize that he is being immolated, not to some incomprehensible noble purpose, but to plain, naked human evil. —Ayn Rand

If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face—forever. —George Orwell, 1984

When I was a child, the world seemed so beautiful and sweet.  Summers and holidays on my grandparent’s farm were wonderful.  Cows, heifers, pigs, chickens, ducks, rabbits and much more.  Riding on the tractor with grandpa through the fields, helping gramma make noodles and drying them on the back of a towel laden kitchen chair, feeding the chickens, collecting eggs, getting ready for the county fair, and weeding the garden, all part of a beautiful summer.

I drove the tractor while grandpa and my uncles put hay and straw bales on the wagon.  I was paid a dime a load and by the end of summer, I had $5.00 to go to the county fair.

Mom and I lived in Chicago and often took the train to Indiana. Mom worked, so all the holidays were spent with my grandparents.  I had the best of both worlds, school and friends in the city, summer and holidays on the farm.

Gram’s gorgeous Gladiolas in her flower garden were taken to the cemetery on Decoration Day, and the numerous vegetables covering an acre of their backyard were canned for winter.  The huge tomatoes and the sweetest corn on the cob and muskmelons grown between the rows of field corn were delicious.  Grandpa would put the melons in the cold water well with the full milk cans and then pull them out after supper.  Gramma would slice them in half and put a scoop of vanilla ice cream in the center.

Even in winter when the snow was so deep and grandpa had to dig a tunnel to the barn, the days were bright with promise and fun.  I’d go out to the warm barn all bundled up to take grandpa a thermos of coffee and watch the kitties waiting for a pan of warm milk.  In the winter, the cows stayed in the barn to keep out of the weather, but come early spring, they’d be out in the fields.  Dinner was at noon, and grandpa would come into the big living room and watch Amos and Andy with me until gram called us to eat.

Grandpa planted in the spring. One year a field would have sweet corn, the next might be soy beans, maybe wheat or oats would follow, but then a year would come where the ground sat fallow and clover was planted.

After a full day, grandpa in his easy chair and gram crocheting or doing needlepoint while watching Jackie Gleason, Milton Berle, Red Skelton or Gunsmoke.

The high holy days started with Thanksgiving, then a month of Christmas, followed in spring by Easter.  All were celebrations where the entire family gathered together with gram’s two sisters and their children and grandchildren.  Amazing arrays of food and desserts, and it started with the family’s favorite meatballs, and shrimp cocktail.

Those were the days my friend; we thought they’d never end.

Now they’re gone, but I can still see them in my mind’s eye.

John Kerry has declared war on U.S. farmers stating government confiscation of farms like my grandparents are not off the table.  They claim small farms are emitters of nitrogen.  This is absolute rubbish and we all know it.  His claims avail the WEF to starve the people and force them to eat only what WEF allows.

Times have radically changed, and this series of articles will try to explain the depths of the evil we’re seeing in our beloved country, and what we can and should do to stop it. Be patient as I gather the information and condense it to give an overview of the times we live in and the people behind the evil.

The Fourth Reich

Never Again is Now Global, is a five-part series by Holocaust survivor, Vera Sharav. She has laid bare what we’re seeing today as perfectly paralleling Nazi Germany.

In the following four-minute video recorded for Holocaust Memorial Day the 27th of January 2012, Rabbi Sachs comments on the silence of people that haunted him ever since he first started thinking about the Holocaust.

That silence still resonates today with the autopsy of the COVID years.

Our silence in the face of evil gives the enemy power.

In Vera Sharav’s first video, Rabbi Michoel Green commented that he was astounded at the willingness of people to be told what to do and to comply.  He said he would not close their synagogue, and that humans should be morally outraged any time a government or corporations ban together to trample individual human liberties.  He believes what we saw during the COVID years parallel what precipitated the Holocaust in the 1930s, the marginalization of a minority, and identifying that minority as a threat to public health.  That is exactly what master propagandist Joseph Goebbels did, and Rabbi Green said, “It’s right out of the Nazi playbook.”

He explained:

“There is nothing more reprehensible than government or authority of any kind claiming a minority of people or an innocent human being is a public health risk.  It doesn’t matter if these people claim to be doing this innocently for the greater good, because that’s what Nazis did as well.  That doesn’t justify marginalization, persecution and apartheid and ultimately eugenics policies targeting innocent human beings.  What we’re seeing now days is precisely that.

“For the last 70 to 80 years, we’re championing ‘Never Again,’ we’ll never allow this ever again.  But those same liberal organizations are doing exactly that.  Just recently there was a Jewish woman who was also a Holocaust survivor, who was asked to speak at an event at Touro College on Holocaust Memorial Day, and they cancelled her because she could not show her ‘vaccine’ papers.  This was at an orthodox Jewish Institution.  They have become the modern-day purveyors of tyranny.

“What we’re seeing now, is not just the prelude of Holocaust, we are witnessing genocide right now, global genocide. I don’t know if viewers are aware of what is happening in Shanghai or what governments are doing to people.  People are literally being left to die.  They’re being locked in their homes, being denied nutrition and hydration, access to medical care, all in the name of combating an amorphous, invisible disease.  That’s exactly what the Nazis were doing which had no scientific substantiation to it.

“That’s really the issue here now and this is why I appeal to people, scientists and people who work in the medical field.  If you have an opportunity after 70 some years to atone for the Holocaust…by doing what?  By no longer standing by in complicity or collaboration with genocide, with eugenics, with persecution of minorities, with scapegoating minorities.

“This is what our elected and unelected officials are doing, blaming the unvaccinated.  They’re blaming the un-Aryan; it’s the same thing.  It just has a clever twist to it, but it’s the same thing.  It’s the same genocidal totalitarian tyrants doing the same thing all over again.  Only thing is they gave it a face lift.  Now it’s not in the hands of brown coats, it’s in the hands of white coats in the name of science.

“So, what has happened is that intelligent people suspended their own critical thinking.  This is what the CDC or the AMA dictate, this is the policy, we have to support the policy.  The policy matters more than the individual, more than my oath to my individual patients, more than the Hippocratic Oath.

“And that is a violation of medicine.  It’s a desecration of medicine, a desecration of religion, it’s the cynical subversion of our entire society where everyone becomes a policeman of tyranny.  And this is the important thing there also…what is it called, plausible deniability.  Everyone wants to wash their hands and say, ‘It’s not me, I was just doing my job.’

“That is exactly what every German, every Ukrainian, every Pole who participated in the mass killings, or banned people from stores back in the 30s, that is exactly what each one of them said, ‘We were just doing our job, taking orders.’  At what point do people wake up?  At what point do the medical people wake up?  At what point do they realize the narrative has been highjacked?

“There is no free discussion, there is no dissent allowed.  We’re living in times of tyranny, book burning, censorship.”

Rabbi Green said that his grandmother survived the pogroms and Bolshevism and Stalinism and she told her grandson that the government is never allowed to dictate to you what is essential and what is not.  The governor of his state told the clergy that worship was not essential and the Rabbi decided right then and there, they were not shutting the doors of their shul.

His wife asked him, “What if someone gets sick, what if we get sick?” but Rabbi Green answered, “We have to be ready to die before we allow government to shut down our religious observances, our right to live and live freely, our essential human liberties.”

And that’s why Rabbi Green never shut the doors of his synagogue. He said that many people were upset with him, and a few were accusing him. He felt that accusations without any substantiation or evidence claiming he was causing risk to anyone is exactly what propagandist Goebbels did to the Jewish people in the 1930s and 40s.

Too many people sat by in complicity and silent collaboration despite the extraordinary assault on humanity and individual liberties, and it was unprecedented.   People showed their cards willingly, but this was forced experimentation without consent for many, and as Rabbi Green said, “Just like what Mengele did.”

On February 5, 2021, the Supreme Court told California, that it can’t bar indoor church services because of the coronavirus pandemic, but it can keep for now a ban on singing and chanting indoors, which also is totally against the Constitution.  The high court issued orders in two cases where churches had sued over coronavirus-related restrictions in the state.

The Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors voted to authorize a $400,000 payment to settle a legal battle with Grace Community Church over lead pastor John MacArthur’s defiance of COVID-19 restrictions in the early months of the pandemic.  The pastor said the money will go to the Thomas More Society who represented them in this case.

Too little, too late.  The first amendment was trampled to dust.

Fear and Propaganda

The COVID propaganda succeeded so perfectly.  Fellow citizens became mask Nazis screaming at those who didn’t cover their faces, calling them murderers, heartless, and callous human beings who shouldn’t be allowed healthcare, or should be imprisoned.

This time the targets aren’t the Jewish people.  This time the targets are all of humanity, and all of the Lord’s creation.

The animal population is also being poisoned with mRNA injections, including zoo animals.

Children’s Health Defense reported, New York City will begin tracking the carbon footprint of household food consumption and putting caps on how much red meat can be served in public institutions as part of a sweeping initiative to achieve a 33% reduction in carbon emissions from food by 2030.

CCP’s Social Credits are part of the Fourth Reich.

The people behind this evil hate the Creator and His creation.  They want to be gods.  They want to create their own world, but first they must destroy the world created 6,000 years ago by Elohim.

For 50 years Klaus Schwab has been expanding the World Economic Forum (WEF). He calls the “Great Reset,” the fourth industrial revolution which is really the Fourth Reich. His father operated a manufacturing plant in Nazi Germany and used slave labor. Klaus learned well from his father. He has his SS all over the world. In 1992, the Clintons were early global leaders under Schwab. Now King Charles has joined Merkel, Trudeau, Macron, Biden and the rest of the heads of state who are members. Even House Speaker McCarthy is a WEF boy.  (Oh, that he had lost the vote for Speaker.) We are riddled in both parties with young global WEF members. Schwab brags that every nation has now been infiltrated.

Schwab’s plans echo Maurice Strong’s UN Agenda 21, and before that, President George H.W. Bush’s New World Order.  Everything they’re planning follows end time prophecies from the Books of Daniel and Revelation.

Bezos, Musk, the MSM, Google, Facebook, Twitter, Hollywood, the large corporations, all of them are run by WEF members.

All over the world, everyone followed the same plans for the “crisis” that was designed decades ago to frighten the people into allowing the destruction of their economies, their businesses, their health, and their livelihoods.  Death was everywhere, but especially in hospitals, served up with Remdesivir and ventilators.

Evil is walking the earth.

Carnage

We no longer trust our medical systems in America either. Had they all stood up and said, “We will not follow these hospital protocols,” and then said, “These vaccines were made too quickly, people should be wary,” they would have succeeded in keeping the people’s faith in their judgement. Now it is gone, and we all know they lied to us to save their own hides and didn’t care how many perished as long as they weren’t hurt.

For those in the medical profession who blindly trusted these godless creatures who created this evil and thrust it upon the world, you’d best be finding out what can be done to save those who willingly complied with the injection propaganda along with those who were mandated by employers or the government.

FLCCC.net has protocols for those who took the jabs, and Drs. Peter McCullough and Ryan Cole have shown studies proving nattokinase helps eliminate and dissolve the spike protein from the body. See The Wellness Company, with Drs. Peter McCullough, Harvey Risch, Heather Gessling and Richard Amerling.

These evil godless creatures aim to destroy the majority of humanity along with the rest of creation.  Already our meats are tainted, our vegetables are next and will be grown in vertical farms of the future, to ensure mRNA is continually fed to the masses.

Bill Gates, the godless eugenics/vaccine lover, his Rockefeller buddies, and the CEO of Apeel, WEF member James Rogers, have developed a coating for fresh fruits and some vegetables to lengthen their shelf life. However, Apeel coated avocadoes take forever to ripen and once they get soft to the touch, you open them to find the fruit inside next to the skin is rotten and the core is still hard.  I tossed most of them that had been purchased at Fresh Market.  Their label stated they were grown in California.  The Apeel label was not on them, but Fresh Market is listed as having Apeel avocadoes in Knoxville, TN.

The devils behind this evil will one day pay dearly for trying to replace the Creator with their own godless evil.

Part – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, More Archives

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The Late Great USA: The End Of The American Age

By George Lujack

May 23, 2023

The title of this article, The Late Great USA, is borrowed from the 1970 book, The Late Great Planet Earth, by author Hal Lindsey in which he chronicled some of the end-times events that Scripture prophecy foretold would occur before the return of Yeshua Messiah (Jesus Christ). Since Lindsey’s 1970 publication, many more end-times prophesies have been unsealed, so that the believer in the Scriptures can be relatively aware and informed of these end-times events as they unfold.

DANIEL 12:4,9 (NKJV):
“But you, Daniel, shut up the words and seal the book until the time of the end; many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall increase.” …
“Go your way Daniel, for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.”

AMOS 3:7 (NKJV):
Surely YHWH (the Lord) God does nothing, unless He reveals His secret to His servants the prophets.
Planet Earth and all the works within it are prophesied to be burned up by fire, then afterward Earth will be restored, and then man will live eternally with God. Earth’s judgment, passing away, and restoration will occur after the conclusion of the 1,000-year Millennial Kingdom reign of Yeshua Messiah (Jesus Christ) and the great white throne judgment.

2 PETER 3:10,13 (NKJV):
But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night, in which the heavens will pass away with a great noise, and the elements will melt with fervent heat; both the earth and the works that are in it will be burned up. …
Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth in which righteousness dwells.

REVELATION 21:1-4 (NKJV):
Now I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away. Also there was no more sea. Then I, John, saw the holy city, New Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. And I heard a loud voice from heaven saying, “Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people. God Himself will be with them and be their God. And God will wipe away every tear from their eyes; there shall be no more death, nor sorrow, nor crying. There shall be no more pain, for the former things have passed away.”

Before the Earth is burned up by fire, an end-of-the-age, end-times, powerful nation referred to as Babylon the great is foretold to be judged and burned by fire. In the 1970s, when Hal Lindsey wrote his book The Late Great Planet Earth, it was debatable as to whether or not the United States of America was Babylon the great of Revelation chapter 18 and other corresponding verses. While once debatable, it is now undeniable that the United States of America is the powerful end-times Babylon nation spoken of in Scripture prophecy.

THE BERLIN WALL 1961-1989

On August 13, 1961, the Communist government of the German Democratic Republic (GDR, or East Germany) began to build a barbed wire and concrete “Antifascistischer Schutzwall” or “antifascist bulwark” wall between East and West Berlin. The official purpose of the Berlin Wall was to keep Western fascists from entering East Germany and undermining the socialist state, but it also served the objective of stemming mass defections from East to West Germany.

“Behind me stands a wall that encircles the free sectors of this city. Part of a vast system of barriers that divides the entire continent of Europe, General Secretary Gorbachev, if you seek peace, if you seek prosperity for the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe, if you seek liberalization, come here to this gate. Mr. Gorbachev, open this gate. Mr. Gorbachev, Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall!” 
–  U.S. President Ronald Reagan (40th), Berlin Wall Speech, June 12, 1987

POKING THE BEAR

The Berlin Wall began to come down on November 9, 1989. The Berlin Wall, while reportedly an instrument of communist suppression, did serve to keep the peace in Europe and between the United States and Russia. When the Berlin Wall came down, Germany reunified, the Soviet Union collapsed, Europe unified as the European Union, NATO began to expand eastward, and the Western nations once again began encroaching upon Russia, attempting to impose their Western values upon Russia, demonizing Russia, and threatening its national sovereignty.

TRUTH, JUSTICE, AND THE AMERICAN WAY

The corporate-controlled mainstream media, other propaganda, and cancel-culture promoters have become so prevalent in America that it would make Joseph Goebbels and the Ministry of Propaganda of Nazi Germany envious. The American Justice system has been weaponized to attack political opponents, both large and small, of America’s Deep State globalists.

“The January 6th insurrection: the only insurrection ever attempted without a single firearm, without any plan to take over the government, without any plans beforehand to do it, but they still call it an insurrection and nobody prosecuted for insurrection. Nobody even charged with insurrection. They spent about 70 million dollars on the investigation and they’re imprisoning people endlessly for basic trespass, at worst. There probably were more FBI agents involved than MAGA people inside the Capitol, if you ever get a chance to see the 40,000 hours of tape that they are suppressing.”  Rudy Giuliani, 107th Mayor of New York City, PBD Podcast, April 5, 2023

The American way has become the way of Sodom.

THE END OF THE AMERICAN ERA

“And when you look at what’s going on now with the word ‘nuclear,’ it’s being thrown about every day, every hour you hear “nuclear, nuclear,” you didn’t hear that at all for four years when I was there. You don’t discuss that word. That word is a bad word, a bad word Mark, because the power is so unbelievable. This isn’t a world war, this is the end of the world. I don’t call it World War III, I call it the end of the world. We are at, in my opinion, because of the power of weaponry, mostly nuclear, but other things also. We are in the most dangerous position we’ve ever been in as a nation right now. The world is at balance and this country what might not exist, I mean we might not exist anymore, because we’re talking about power of weapons that is so unbelievable. I know better than anybody because I got to see it.”  – U.S. President Donald Trump (45th), Life, Liberty & Levin, April 23, 2023

THE GREAT TRIBULATION

The destruction of the United States will mark the beginning of the great tribulation, but not the end of the age or the world. When America is destroyed, it will cause a global economic collapse and regional wars will ensue without America’s military on the world stage to deter nations from going to war.

EZEKIEL 30:3 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
It will be a day of clouds, the time of the Gentiles [POST-AMERICAN ERA].

REVELATION 18:11 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“And the merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her [AMERICA], for no one buys their merchandise anymore.”

MATTHEW 24:7; MARK 13:8; LUKE 21:10 (NKJV):
“For nation will rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom.”

AMERICA’S FOREIGN MILITARY BASES AND SUPPLIES WILL BE PLUNDERED

JEREMIAH 50:10 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“And Chaldea [AMERICA’S MILITARY BASES, EQUIPMENT, VEHICLES, AND WEAPONS AROUND THE WORLD] shall become plunder; All who plunder her [AMERICA] shall be satisfied,” says YHWH (the Lord).

When speaking of end-times Babylon in Jeremiah chapter 50, Chaldea is used metaphorically to describe America’s foreign military bases and overseas supplies. Chaldea was a small country that once existed, but the country and its people were absorbed and assimilated into the indigenous population of Babylon. Similarly, after America is destroyed, all of America’s foreign military bases and supplies will be plundered and acquired by the local regional populations.

“And we have to do well because if we don’t do it, if we don’t get this back, if we don’t take our country back we’re not going to have a country. It’s literally we’re not going to have … it’s total chaos, it’s a mess. Every single thing you see in the news, ah, Ukraine-Russia should have never happened, inflation should have never happened. Every single thing … the way we pulled out of Afghanistan, well we gave them 85 billion dollars, billion, 85 billion dollars’ worth of equipment, the best. You know they’re the second-largest arms dealer in the world right now.

We gave it to them. Brand new trucks, brand new planes, brand new guns, rifles, 700,000 rifles and guns – think of that, 700,000. They only need 40,000, probably not even that, so they’re selling the rest making a fortune. We left it there.
And I was the one that was getting out. I got em down, you know it was enough 21 years, it was enough. And we didn’t have anybody killed in the last 18 months.

I spoke to Abdullah the leader, we had nobody killed, we had everybody understood and we were going to get out with dignity and strength, instead I think it was the most embarrassing, I think it was the most embarrassing period, the way withdrew, not the fact that we withdrew, the way that we withdrew from Afghanistan. And, uh, I think Putin actually saw that and he probably got a little more ambition, frankly. They did the withdrawal … Milley should be court marshaled. They did a withdrawal where the people, think of this Mark, this is … where the soldiers came out first. If you asked a 5-year-old child strategy, the soldiers come out last. They were so afraid of our F-16s and our fighter jets, we had brand new, I rebuilt the whole … the whole thing. I had brand new gorgeous stuff. We had stuff that was 48 years old. They were so afraid of it, they would just run back. When they heard those engines … NOW THEY OWN THOSE PLANES! They own those planes Mark. And I said to these people when I was getting ready to pull out, I said, “I want every nail, I want every screw, I want every bolt, I want all the canvass from the tents, what do you mean the tents, sir? I want those big massive tents – they’re like hangars with canvass covers – steel. I want all of that, I want the tanks, I want the planes, I want the guns, I want everything. I don’t want you to leave a screw or a bolt. And then Milley said to me, “Sir, I think it’s easier if we left and left everything.” I said, “Why?” “It’s cheaper.” I said, “So let me ask you we have a 150 million dollar airplane, we have to fill it up with a tank of gas, put a little fuel in there, you say it’s cheaper to leave the plane than it is to fly it to Pakistan and then take it back home or fly it to some other place that we get with and take it back home? Or fly it directly? We’re going to give em 100 million, 150 million dollar plane? Because you think it’s cheaper? It’s not cheaper.” These are stupid people we have, these are stupid people. They take the military out before we take our hostages out, cause they’re hostages. The American people now [LEFT BEHIND IN AFGHANISTAN] are hostages.” U.S. President Donald Trump (45th), Life, Liberty & Levin, April 23, 2023

ENDLESS WAR

“This year marks 10 years of the war in Afghanistan. We have to ask the question, are we entering into a phase of continued war? Because the goal is not to completely subjugate Afghanistan. The goal is to use Afghanistan to wash money out of the tax bases of the United States, out of the tax bases of European countries, through Afghanistan, and back into the hands of a transnational security elite. That is the goal, i.e. the goal is to have an endless war, not a successful war.” Julian Assange, Wikileaks founder, Stop the War Coalition, Oct. 8, 2011

It has now become the U.S. Deep State foreign policy and common practice to abandon America’s foreign military bases to allow military weapons, vehicles, and supplies to become plunder when America decides to withdraw its forces from foreign military interventions. The reason that the Deep State American government abandons its military equipment, vehicles, and weapons is that this supplies future war combatants with military gear and fuels the U.S. military-industrial complex with the need to produce more weapons, vehicles, and supplies for America in the future. What we see now as America abandoning military equipment and supplies overseas is a foreshadowing of when all of America’s foreign military bases and supplies will become plunder, at the time when the United States is destroyed.

A GREAT CIVILIZATION IS NOT CONQUERED FROM WITHOUT UNTIL IT HAS DESTROYED ITSELF FROM WITHIN

“They cannot ignore the fact that Russia cannot be defeated on the battlefield. So, they’re waging increasingly aggressive information attacks. First of all targeting the young generations, lying on every step, distorting historical truth, attacking our culture, the Russian Orthodox Church, and other traditional religious institutions in our country. Look at what they’re doing with their own people. They’re destroying the institution of family, their cultural-historic identity, and various perversions. With regard to children, up to pedophilia are accepted as the new norm. And priests are forced to recognize and officiate same-sex weddings. People can live however they want and we in Russia have never intruded into people’s private lives, and we’re not going to do that. But, what we want to say is maybe they should take a look in the Scripture, into the holy book of any great religion. It says that the family is a union between woman and man. And these holy texts are now being increasingly doubted in the West. The Anglican Church is considering the idea of a gender-neutral god. What can we say? God forgive them. They don’t know what they’re doing.” Russian President Vladimir Putin, State of the Union Address, Feb. 21, 2023

The United States is a great nation that has been systematically destroying itself from within for decades. After America has more thoroughly destroyed itself from within, the nuclear bombs will come from without – via Russia and its allies.

AS IT WAS IN THE DAYS OF NOAH (AND SODOM)

JEREMIAH 50:35,40 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“A sword is against the Chaldeans [AMERICA’S FOREIGN BASES],” says YHWH (the Lord), against the inhabitants of Babylon [AMERICA],” …
“As God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah and their neighbors,” says YHWH (the Lord), “So no one shall reside there [AMERICA], nor son of man dwell in it.”

The United States has nationally embraced the ways of Sodom. On June 26, 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court legalized gay marriage in America. America’s fall into decadence did not stop with gay marriage, as the LGBTQ+ communities began targeting children to pervert them with drag queen story hours, gender confusion, softening stances on pedophilia, and genital mutilation sex “change” operations. Homosexuals cannot reproduce, so they must recruit. National abominable sins of the nature of Sodom will inevitably bring on the wrath of Almighty God.

REVELATION 18:5 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
For her [AMERICA’S] sins have reached to heaven, and God has remembered her [AMERICA’S] iniquities.

RUSSIA DESTROYS THE USA, BUT AMERICA’S DESTRUCTION IS GOD’S JUDGMENT

“In its aggressive anti-Russian policy, the West has crossed every live. We hear constant threats against our country and our people. Some irresponsible politicians in the West speak not only about delivering Ukraine long-range weaponry (missile) systems that would allow (Kyiv) to strike Crimea and other Russian regions. These acts of terror, including using Western weapons, are already being carried out in border regions, in Belgorod and Kursk regions. Even nuclear blackmail has come into play. We are not only talking about the shelling of the Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant, encouraged by the West, which threatens to release a nuclear catastrophe, but also about statements by some high-ranking representatives of leading NATO countries on the possibility and admissibility of using weapons of mass destruction against Russia – nuclear weapons. I want to remind those who allow themselves such statements about Russia that our country also has a variety of weapons of destruction, and in some areas even more modern than those in NATO countries. We will without question use all the means at our disposal to protect Russia and our people. This is not a bluff.
– Russian President Vladimir Putin, National Televised Address, Sept. 21, 2022

REVELATION 18:8 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
Therefore her [AMERICA’S] plagues will come in one day—death and mourning and famine. And she will be utterly burned with fire, for strong is the Lord God who judges her.

God will use Russia’s nuclear arsenal to judge America. Russia has the means to destroy America, the desire to do it, and the ability to prevent a retaliatory strike.

USA AND NATO KEEP POKING THE BEAR

What is preventing Russia from attacking the United States now?

When Russia launches its attack on America, they know they must not make the mistake that Japan did in World War II. You cannot scratch a tiger, you must kill it.

Russia, for its own national security interest in preventing NATO encroachment to its borders, has good reason to want to destroy America. That being said, it will be quite a decision to kill over 300 million people living in the United States. Such a decision will not be made lightly.

Before Russia launches its attack on America, a few things have to occur first, according to the Scriptures. What must occur before the destruction of the United States is one: the destruction of Damascus, Syria, two: the rapture of 144,000 Messianic Jews from Israel, and 3: the authority given by angelic messengers to Russia to destroy the United States.

DAMASCUS MUST BE DESTROYED BEFORE AMERICA IS DESTROYED

JEREMIAH 50:18 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
Therefore thus says YHWH (the Lord) of hosts, the God of Israel: “Behold, I will punish the king of Babylon [PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES] and his land [AMERICA], as I have punished the king of Assyria [PRESIDENT OF SYRIA].

Damascus, Syria, the world’s oldest, continually inhabited city, will become a ruinous heap and an unpopulated city.

ISAIAH 17:1 (NKJV):
“Behold, Damascus will cease from being a city, and it will be a ruinous heap.”

THE ISRAELI RAPTURE OF 144,000 MESSIANIC JEWS MUST OCCUR BEFORE AMERICA IS DESTROYED

REVELATION 14:1,4 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
I looked and behold a Lamb [YESHUA (JESUS)] standing on Mount Zion, and with Him one hundred and forty-four thousand [MESSIANIC JEWS OF ISRAEL

-REVELATION 7:4-8]…
These [144,000] were redeemed [RAPTURED] from among men, being firstfruits to God [THE FATHER] and to the Lamb [YESHUA (JESUS)].

RUSSIAN FEARS OF AN AMERICAN/NATO NUCLEAR RETALIATION MUST BE ALLEVIATED BEFORE RUSSIA LAUNCHES ITS ATTACK ON AMERICA

“Let every nation know, whether it wishes us well or ill, that we shall pay any price, bear any burden, meet any hardship, support any friend, oppose any foe, to insure the survival and success of liberty.”
– U.S. President John F. Kennedy (35th), Inaugural Address, Jan. 20, 1961

President Kennedy’s words on behalf of the United States will ultimately not stand, as the United States will be judged by God, will not be able to militarily retaliate against Russia’s EMP and nuclear attack, and America will no longer reign as the lead nation of the free world.

ISAIAH 47:5 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
For you shall no longer be called the Lady of Kingdoms [LADY LIBERTY, LEADER OF THE FREE WORLD].

REVELATION 18:9-10 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“The kings of the earth who committed fornication and lived luxuriously with her [AMERICA] will weep and lament for her [AMERICA], when they see the smoke of her [AMERICA’S] burning, standing at a distance for fear of her [AMERICA’S] torment [MILITARY RETALIATION – WHICH WILL NOT COME].

JEREMIAH 51:31-32 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
One runner will run to meet another, and one reporter to meet another, to show [INFORM] the king of Babylon [PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES] that his city [NATION] is taken on all sides [FROM COAST TO COAST]; The passages [ELECTRIC CIRCUITS] are blocked [JAMMED], the reeds [ELECTRIC GRID AND POWER PLANTS] they have burned with fire [EMPs – ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE BOMBS], and the men of war [AMERICAN SOLDIERS] are terrified.

JEREMIAH 51:56 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
Every one of their [AMERICA’S] bows [NUCLEAR MISSILE SILOS] is broken.

ANGELIC MESSENGERS WILL COMMAND RUSSIA TO ATTACK THE UNITED STATES

Russia will not attack America until they are granted permission to do so by angelic messengers sent by God. America’s destruction is God’s judgment (Jeremiah 50:18,25; 51:6,45; Revelation 18:8).

DANIEL 7:5 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“And suddenly another beast, a second, like a bear [RUSSIA]. It was raised up on one side [EASTERN RUSSIA], and had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. And they [ANGELIC MESSENGERS] said thus to it [THE BEAR – RUSSIA]: ‘Arise, devour much flesh [DESTROY THE UNITED STATES IN JUDGMENT]!’

REVELATION 6:4 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
Another horse, fiery red [RUSSIA], went out. And it was granted [BY ANGELIC MESSENGERS] to the one who sat on it [PRESIDENT OF RUSSIA] to take peace from the earth [BY DESTROYING THE WORLD’S PEACEKEEPER – THE UNITED STATES], and that people should kill one another [IN THE GREAT TRIBULATION WARS THAT FOLLOW AMERICA’S DESTRUCTION]; and there was given to him [PRESIDENT OF RUSSIA] a great sword [NUCLEAR ARSENAL].

While the United States is prophesied to be destroyed, the righteous saints dwelling in America will not be destroyed along with America. America’s judgment is from God and God does not judge the righteous with the wicked. God will save the American saints through the American rapture (Psalm 91:4-12, Isaiah 18:7; Jeremiah 50:20,28; 51:5-6,33,45, Revelation 18:4).

PSALM 91:4-12 (NKJV – CONDENSED) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
He shall cover you with His feathers, and under His wings you shall take refuge; you shall not be afraid of the terror by night, nor of the arrow [NUCLEAR MISSILE] that flies by day, nor of the [NUCLEAR] destruction that lays waste at noonday. A thousand may fall at your side, and ten thousand at your right hand; but it shall not come near you. Only with your eyes shall you look, and see the reward of the wicked. No evil shall befall you, for He shall give His angels charge over you. In their hands they shall bear you up.

ISAIAH 18:7 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
In that time [OF AMERICA’S DESTRUCTION] a present [THE AMERICAN SAINTS] will be brought to YHWH (the Lord) of hosts from a people [AMERICANS] tall and smooth of skin, and from a people [AMERICANS] terrible from their beginning onward, a nation [MILITARILY] powerful and treading down [IMPOSING ITS WILL UPON OTHER NATIONS], whose land [AMERICA] the rivers divide—to the place of the name of YHWH (the Lord) of hosts, to Mount Zion.

JEREMIAH 51:5-6 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
For [SPIRITUAL] Israel is not forsaken, nor Judah, by his God, YHWH (the Lord) of hosts, though their land was filled with sin against the Holy One of Israel.

Flee [COME OUT] from the midst of Babylon [AMERICA], and every one save his life [IN THE AMERICAN RAPTURE]! Do not be cut off [LEFT BEHIND in her [AMERICA’S] iniquity, for this is the time of YHWH’s (the Lord’s) vengeance; He shall recompense her [AMERICA].

REVELATION 18:4 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“Come [BE RAPTURED] out of her [AMERICA] My people, lest you share in her [AMERICA’S] sins and lest you receive of her [AMERICA’S] plagues.”

Be still and fear not over the fate of America, for if America were to reign as the world’s superpower queen forever, how then could the Scripture prophecies of the end times be fulfilled?

MARK 13:4-8 (NKJV):
“Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign when all these things will be fulfilled?”

And Yeshua (Jesus), answering them, began to say: “Take heed that no one deceives you. For many will come in My name, saying, ‘I am He,’ and will deceive many. But when you hear of wars and rumors of wars, do not be troubled; for such things must happen, but the end is not yet. For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be earthquakes in various places, and there will be famines and troubles. These are the beginnings of sorrows.”

Live righteously to be counted worthy to stand before the Son of Man, Yeshua (Jesus).

LUKE 21:36 (NKJV):
“Watch therefore, and pray always that you may be counted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man.”

Believe in Yeshua (Jesus), repent, obey God’s commandments, live righteously, watch for the end-times signs, and pray that you may be counted worthy to soon stand before the Son of God, Yeshua the Messiah (Jesus the Christ).

© 2023 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com




Things That Need to be Said

By Glynn Adams

May 23, 23

These are things that I have said many, many times over the last few years and they need to be said again. In our so-called-religion we call Christianity today, we love and worship a Jesus we have created in our own image not the God of the Bible! We hardly care what the Scriptures say but we’ll make them say what we want them to say by taking Scriptures out of context. What we call church today is not on the same page with Jesus Christ and His Kingdom Message.

Jesus did not come to earth to start a religion called Christianity. He came to restore the government of the Kingdom of God (the rule of God), to return dominion to man so we could influence our nation with the ways of God by doing the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven. Those who follow Christ were to bring heaven to earth but instead we have forsaken the ways of God, created our own religion and religious systems. As a result, we refuse to obey the LORD Jesus Christ nor will we resist anyone who exalts themselves against the Word of God – in fact we plainly just ignore evil!!

Jesus only preached one message – the Kingdom of God. Matthew 4:17, “Repent for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” Change your thoughts and ideas – the Kingdom of God is here among you!! “And Jesus was going about in all the cities and the villages, teaching in their synagogues, and proclaiming the gospel of the Kingdom and healing every kind of disease and every king of sickness.” The gospel is the good news of the Kingdom of God coming to earth. HATH GOD REALLY SAID?

And He said to them, “I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also for I was sent for this purpose.” (Luke 4:43) “But seek first His Kingdom and His righteousness and all these things shall be added to you.” (Matthew 6:33) “And this gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached in the whole world for a witness to all the nations, and then the end shall come.” (Matthew 24;14) “To these He presented Himself alive, after His sufferings, by many convincing proofs, appearing to them over a period of forty days and speaking of the things concerning the Kingdom of God.” (Acts 1:3) Jesus had forty days on earth and He spoke not about His suffering, dying on the cross, or His resurrection. He spoke to His disciples the same message that He spoke to them while on earth. Folks, we have missed the Kingdom message of Jesus Christ and that is why we are so ineffective in America today and in this spiritual mess today where Satan rules and not God!!!!

Many disagree with me on this. I respond by telling you to look closely at our nation and tell me who rules America? Show me a city anywhere in America where God rules. The way of Jesus is ALL about obedience to our King and influencing our nation with the ways of God. The Body of Christ in America is to do the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven. HOW IS THAT WORKING OUT FOR US IN AMERICA TODAY?

We have missed the message of Jesus Christ and we are not on His timeline or on the same page with Him. Religion has no power or authority here in America because all of the power and authority comes from living out the Kingdom of God in our nation. HATH GOD REALLY SAID? Yes, you have not read your Bible religious America!!! You are listening to man and not to God!!!!!

America today is a captured nation and is ruled by Satan and the demonic occults of the New World Order of Klaus Schwab. The spirit of Babylon and the gods of Egypt have moved into our nation and we have become a dwelling place of demonic strongholds and demons. The Institutional Denomination Religious Church in this nation with their false pastors have no answer. The Remnant of God in this nation is not organized and we have no plan or leader on this earth. As a result, evil just keeps getting its way in America with little to no opposition!!!!

We are a very long way from what Jesus set up in the Garden with Adam and Eve. He gave them dominion as He gave them a Kingdom Government and they were to influence the earth with the ways of God by doing the will of God on earth as it was done in heaven. When Jesus walked this earth, the problems Jesus faced was with the religious leaders. Jesus confronted them about their false religion that made the Word of God of no effect. It was the religious leaders that had Jesus killed; not the Roman Government. That government ask the religious leaders who they wanted released – a criminal or Jesus? They said the criminal!!

If Jesus came to America in person as He did in earlier times and spoke out against this religious mess we have created in America, pastors and church members would kill Him today!!! You think I am wrong? If a pastor today does not toe the religious denominational doctrines, he is cast out or is killed by words. The Bible says, “Death and life is in the power of the tongue.” (Proverbs 18:21) They destroy him and his reputation!!! Religion in America will defend their religion to the death but will not defend the nation against the evil overtaking our nation. As Jesus said, “Satan does not cast our Satan.”

Southern Baptist only follow Southern Baptist. Same with Pentecostals. Try to get a Baptist to preach in a Pentecostal Church or attempt to bring together the Church today to fight evil!!! I challenge anyone to find me a Scriptural basis for doing church as we do it today. There is no building, no pulpit, no choir, no nothing in the Scriptures. The early disciples met in homes or the open air and their work of Jesus was carried out in the villages and towns throughout the area; not in a building. Name me one denominational church that is influencing their area for Christ, making disciples, and doing the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven. We are a captured nation by Satan and we have become a dwelling place for demons and the false gods of Babylon and Egypt in America – with a church on almost every corner in our towns, cities, and countryside.

My particular concern is Americans who profess the name of Christ in a nation proudly religious yet profoundly undisciplined. Many are deceived in what the Second Coming Jesus will be like. Most are not prepared and so many are deceived that the life they are told to be living by their religious institutions will bring a rude awakening to them!!!

Our false religion has set us up for this massive deception overtaking this nation and world, giving all new meaning to Jesus’ words, “Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth to life, and few there be that find it” (Matthew 7:14) Yet the prevailing messages by pastors across this land is an ear-tickling message of the moment, pandering to self-interest and making everyone feel good in their sin. No need to worry what is happening across our nation and the destruction of our culture. Preach what the people want to hear; not what they need to hear!!!

How bad is the deception in the church in America? The story of the Titanic’s deception closely resembles the deception in the church. Churchgoers by the millions, are believing they are safe in their religious systems and are calling for the return of Jesus Christ to snatch them out of here. Everyone is constantly reminded by their false pastors that they are safe in their religious system. Jesus is love and would not send anyone to hell!!!

Every passenger believed they were safe on their journey that day on the Titanic as it set to sail as everyone kept saying, “She is unsinkable.” Neither was there any concern or sense of urgency when the Titanic first struck an iceberg in the North Atlantic at about 11:40PM on April 14, 1942. After all it was unsinkable!!!

Stephen Cox, author of “The Titanic Story”, ask, “What is there about the Titanic story that keeps us coming back to it? What is the significance of this story? You can have a real story without risks but the best stories are those that ask the riskiest questions about good and bad. When we try to answer them, we recover our sense of dignity of human life. That’s why we keep coming back to the Titanic story – because it makes us think about the things that matter.”

“Buried 12,000 feet beneath the sea in total darkness, gone from a world it momentarily defined, the Titanic refuses to die. It’s a morality play…. observed Newsweek, a biblical warning to those who would dare to challenge the Almighty.” In essence, we who are on this earth, are all on the Titanic. It’s in a moment of time that encapsulates what life is all about!!! There are pivotal points in our lives when we are brought face-to-face with the things in life that matter most. At those junctures are choices that must be made, choices that inevitably determine the course of our destiny and where we will spend eternity!!!

What are you doing as this great ship of this world system plunges at breakneck speed into the freezing and darkening waters of end time deceptions? For most, it is not what we know but what we don’t know that will define a destiny of destruction. Yet we plunge proudly ahead in our religion, thinking we are safe in our religious systems!!

Pastors, churchgoers, presidents, potentates and the poor are all on board man’s prideful ship churning headlong into the darkness of deception. Never in human history have the forces of deception combined with the Devil’s demonic host into such a formidable agent of destruction to lead you into perdition. America is full of demons, deception, lies, and we are blindly trusting some pastor or religious system to carry us to face a living God!!!

The greatest warnings to you and me in this day come from our Lord Himself and from his disciples. Most will not heed the warnings. I’m only repeating what Jesus and the Apostle Paul warned that a “strong delusion” will come and most will “believe a lie”. (2 Thess. 2:9-12) Who is crying out in your religious systems in America today warning you? False pastors are saying everyday to the deceived, “All is well, you are OK, God is love and will not send anyone to hell.”

When I read the Scriptures, in the Old Testament, no one had a comfortable life following God. Many died in obedience to God and many prophets were killed such as Jeremiah who was sawed into. In the New Testament, no one had a comfortable life following the ways of Jesus. Jesus told His disciples upfront they would be hated, sent out as lambs among wolves, persecuted, evil things said about them and all but one died a horrible death.

We have been lied to by our pastors and church leaders today. They tell us we are to be comfortable and that all will go well if you will just come to church. Our nation is being taken over by evil spirits, doctrine of demons, demonic strongholds, powers, principalities, rulers, world forces of the darkness, spiritual forces of wickedness, demonic high places, and authorities of an unseen world and the Body of Christ cannot discern them. Our world as we know it in America is breaking apart and the ones created by the “new birth” called the Body of Christ are paralyzed in their current religious systems and organizations.

In our deception, on the surface too many see that things are looking up or it seems that way – we have food, water, and money. But what we can’t see are the spiritual forces of evil that are working, some openly, but most are working in secret to destroy this nation. We are further down the road to destruction that we realize. If the Body of Christ would just resist and fight the evil before us, God would give us victory. But we refuse!!

“We may ignore our divisions. We may go on with our denominational lives as if our terribly fractured condition is of little consequence, but I assure you, the man who wrote more of the New Testament than any other, would not. The Corinthians’ divisions were but a shadow of ours and the apostle delivered them a stinging rebuke. I tremble to think of what the Apostle Paul would say if he saw what we have done to the Body of Christ today by dividing it up into denominations!!! I’m Baptist, I’m of Pentecostal, I’m of Church of Christ and we don’t even think of the sin of our divisions!!!

Christians tend to think of Christ’s body as something that exists apart from Him, because He is in heaven and His body is on earth. But the Head and the body are connected. In the Spirit, the two are not separate, which is why Paul would exclaim, “Is Christ divided?” to the contentious Corinthians. We have broken His body into pieces and scattered them all over town with denominations. Even in our smaller cities, we see the body of Christ divided into dozens of separate and distinct pieces that rarely, if ever, touch one another. It is self-evident that we cannot function as a body if we are not connected to one another and Christ!!!

This is why unity is indispensable to the body’s mission; we simply cannot function as the Body of Christ when we are not joined to one another. Jesus prayed that we would all be one so that the world would know that He was sent by the Father. In America, we ignore this prayer and pretend that the world somehow will know that Jesus was sent by the Father simply because we arrogantly say so, no matter how disconnected and divided we remain. Jesus said to His followers, “They (the world) will know that you are My disciples by your love for one another.”” (The Fractured Church by Bill Sizemore)

When are we American Christians going to recognize the spiritual mess we are in and see ourselves as the world sees us – pitiful and spiritually dysfunctional? When are we going to repent of our arrogance, pride, and being the world’s greatest hypocrites? We spend millions upon millions on television to spread “our brand” all over this world while evil spirits and demonic forces are overtaking our nation and we are so divided, we can’t even function as the Body of Christ in our own nation.

Unless we forsake our American “form of godliness”, our nation will continue to divide because Christians in our nation are divided, and many more of our American Churches will be picked off by Satan and become part of this “one world religious system which eventually will be led by the false prophet.” All because the Body of Christ in America refuses to follow God’s New Testament pattern of the Kingdom. The sooner we recognize our divisions as the gross sin against Jesus that it is and repent, the better.

Judgment is here and we can’t see it. What is coming to us is unspeakable if we don’t repent and forsake our religious ways. We have very little time left to change our ways. War and destruction are ahead of us as well as an economic meltdown, with suffering the likes the world has never seen!!! Our icebergs are straight ahead in the open clearly seen but we are arrogant and proud sailing along, ignoring the corruption, violence and crime, enjoying the good life while evil rules over us and we are blind and not paying attention!!! Remember, God is love IF you obey Him and follow His Ways!!! God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Charles Crismier and his book Seduction of the Saints and many other wonderful pastors that I trust that made this article possible)

© 2023 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Debt Ceiling Battle – Same Old Band Aid

By: Devvy

May 22, 2023

Way back in 1988, I went to work at a Northern California Army base.  I came in as a GS-11 which ticked off some federal civil service employees who highly resented anyone coming in from the private sector.  Never mind your qualifications.  Why, you should be a GS-1 and work your way up the ladder.  After all, it’s taken me 18 years to get to a GS-5!  (Top is GS-15)

In any event, I supervised quite a few employees and had a budget of $8 million dollars.  Peanuts compared to budgets in a whole lot of federal agencies – most of them unconstitutional.  That was my first exposure to federal fiscal budgeting, deadlines and back stabbing.  The Fed’s budget deadline each year is Sept. 30th.

I put together my budget and was told, no, that doesn’t work.  You have to spend what’s been allocated from the year before or lose it this year.  Huh?  My department didn’t need a rail car full of toilet paper, office chairs or other items.  Oh, but you must spend that money!  And, they did even though I objected that it was wasted taxpayer money.

The month of September was like a box of chickens flapping around, clucking and cackling; department heads chasing down the big honcho budget chief.  They all had months to evaluate and figure out how much more of taxpayer’s money could they get to waste.  But, as last-minute crunch time loomed, it was tense.  All of this was quite a shock to me coming from the private sector.

Right now, AGAIN, the U.S. Congress, both parties, are doing the debt ceiling dance with the usual political finger-pointing and bickering.  Since 1960, the two-step has been done 49 times under a GOP president with the Democrat/Communist Party USA coming in second: 29 times under the rat in the WH at the time.

If the debt ceiling isn’t raised then the CONS in Congress – both parties – won’t be able to continue borrowing $6 BILLION DOLLARS A DAY to pay for their reckless and out-of-control spending.  A chunk comes from the Godless, brutal savages known as the Chinese Communist Party.  That’s right.  China.

It’s a serious situation, no question about that, but those sanctimonious vultures in the Republican Party act like their underwear is clean while over $200 BILLION BORROWED DOLLARS has been sent to Ukraine over a regional conflict with RussiaOOPSIE! Pentagon ‘Accounting Error’ of $3 Billion Will Benefit Ukraine, May 19, 2023

Ukraine, lorded over by a former comedian who liked to wag his weenie on tour, Zelinsky knows the names and amounts of all the money laundering and dirty financial dealings which involve big name politicians and business men that has been feasts of corruption in Ukraine for decades.  Now OUR Patriot missiles are being used over there to continue prolonging the misery and horror on both sides to protect the corruption and players.  Bakhmut has fallen, Russia in control: Wagner chief, May 20, 2023

Under President-Elect Donald Trump, the national debt rose the highest of any president.  Trillions of borrowed dollars.  Debt you, me, your children and grandchildren are expected to pay the interest on the rest of our lives; not a penny goes to the principle.  They all do it instead of telling the CONS in Congress:

The majority of spending in this budget is unconstitutional.  No where in Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution which you swore an oath to uphold and protect, does it authorize the Federal Department of Education, the EPA, agriculture*, USAID (US Aid for International Development), foreign aid, giving money to the IMF (International Monetary Fund), the World Bank, BIS (Bank of International Settlements), UN, NIH (National Institute of Health), HHS (Health & Human Services) all the social welfare programs and the list goes on.  ONLY the enumerated powers listed below can be funded by Congress:

Article 1 – The Legislative Branch, Section 8 – Powers of Congress

The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States; but all duties, imposts and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;

To borrow money on the credit of the United States;

To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several states, and with the Indian tribes;

To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United States;

To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures;

To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securities and current coin of the United States;

To establish post offices and post roads;

To promote the progress of science and useful arts, by securing for limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries;

To constitute tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court;

To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on the high seas, and offenses against the law of nations;

To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and make rules concerning captures on land and water;

To raise and support armies, but no appropriation of money to that use shall be for a longer term than two years;

To provide and maintain a navy;

To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces;

To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the union, suppress insurrections and repel invasions; [Note:  Which neither Congress nor the fake president, Biden, have done by design and our Gov. Greg Abbott, here in Texas refuses to ‘call into service the Texas Reserve Militia’:

Sec. 431.071.  MILITARY DUTY. (a)  The reserve militia is not subject to active military duty, except that the governor may call into service the portion of the reserve militia needed for the period required in case of war, insurrection, invasion or prevention of invasion, suppression of riot, tumult, or breach of peace or to aid civil officers to execute law or serve process.

(b)  The governor may assign members of the reserve militia who are called into service to existing organizations of the state military forces or organize them as circumstances require. *End*]

Back to Art. 1, Sec. 8.  To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the militia, and for governing such part of them as may be employed in the service of the United States, reserving to the states respectively, the appointment of the officers, and the authority of training the militia according to the discipline prescribed by Congress;

To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever, over such District (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by cession of particular states, and the acceptance of Congress, become the seat of the government of the United States, and to exercise like authority over all places purchased by the consent of the legislature of the state in which the same shall be, for the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dockyards, and other needful buildings;–And

To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers vested by this Constitution in the government of the United States, or in any department or officer thereof. *End*

No where does the U.S. Constitution authorize Congress to act as a lender, bail out private corporations like GM, banks or any other private sector companies.  What Congress did in 2008 was rape the American people to save the banks, mismanaged auto manufacturers and as we found out in the eleventh hour, big insurance companies – all with borrowed “money”.

Republicans have been making big headlines: Biden refuses to negotiate!  We won’t back down!  Brain gone Biden couldn’t negotiate which flavor of ice cream cone momma Jill chooses for him much less a monstrosity budget to spend more money that doesn’t exist.

Kevin McCarthy, the House Freedom Caucus and the cockroaches on the Democrat side will ramp up their Karaoke theater this coming week as the grossly incompetent Secretary of Treasury, Janet Yellen, has warned them the spigot runs dry on June 1stFreedom Caucus draws line in debt ceiling fight, May 19, 2023:

“Even as Democrats tell Biden to use questionable procedure to dictate change – The House Freedom Caucus has said that it will not entertain further discussion on the nation’s debt ceiling, indicating it will not vote for a compromise bill between House Speaker Kevin McCarthy and President Joe Biden, who is under pressure from more Democrats to invoke the 14th Amendment to avoid a default.”

The bill referred to calls for a reduction in spending regardless of whether or not the spending is unconstitutional.  This is just another Band Aid.  Instead of abolishing all the unconstitutional agencies and cabinets – using a timely and rational plan – let’s keep funding all of it, just cut a few inches off the hem.

Unless and until the unconstitutional cabinets, agencies and programs are abolished/eliminated, this will go on until the whole house of cards collapses.  Well, actually, it’s going to as people like me have been warning the last few years.  There’s no way to stop what’s underway.  I know that’s not what stressed out Americans worried about their job and inflation want to hear, but it is reality so best be prepared rather than blind-sided as Americans were in 2008.

Half of America’s banks are potentially insolvent – this is how a credit crunch begins, May 2, 2023, Ambrose Evans-Pritchard //  WARNING: The Economy Is Already In Full Collapse, May 16, 2023 // Celente – Consumer Debt Just Hit $17 Trillion For The First Time But It Gets Worse, May 17, 2023  //  Central Banks Must Now Hyperinflate As Minsky Moment In “Ponzi Finance” Looms, March 28, 2023  // Expectations of an Imminent Big Tech Crash Bringing Down the U.S. Economy is Expanding, May 18, 2023

Yellen: “More Bank Mergers Necessary” as Banks Lose Tens of $Billions in Deposits the Past Two Weeks, May 19, 2023  //  Legend Richard Russell Warned Every Fiat Currency In The World Will Be Destroyed, March 20, 2023 // 2023 & BEYOND: Tremendous Change Is Coming, Feb. 22, 2023 // Greyerz – What The World Is Facing Is Nothing Less Than Catastrophic:  “The shadow banking system is not subject to the normal mark-to-market rules. Thus no one knows what the real position or losses are. This means that central banks are in the dark when it comes to evaluation of the real risks of the system.

“Clearly, I am not the only one harping on about the catastrophic global debt/liability situation.  And no one knows the extent of total global derivatives. But if they have grown in line with debt and also with the shadow banking system, they could easily be in excess of $3 quadrillion.” And:

The Federal Reserve financed $5 trillion of debt by printing money. This resulted in a dilution of the value of money, causing inflation. Printing money out of thin air is poison to an economy.”  Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] – three real short videos you should watch.

Besides these liars, thieves and crooks who enrich themselves while serving in Congress, the American people need to acknowledge they share a big piece of the blame for voting for the same incumbents in the primaries which is when the elections actually begin.  The primary winner is what you get, D or R, come November.  The same incumbents in both parties destroying this republic.  Of course, with vote/election fraud controlling key races, the shadow government pretty much selects who will win which election.

Tens of millions of Americans have swallowed the dependency pill and now their very existence is dependent upon a bankrupt federal purse.  What they’ve done and what they refuse to own up to is they are making slaves out of their children and grand children to the massive debt owed to the magical money machine – the Fed – which is in deep trouble.

Tens of millions of Americans on Social Security and those dependent upon the U.S. government for jobs, are waiting with great anxiety what will happen with this latest debt ceiling political show.  The solution – eliminating all unconstitutional spending – will never be mentioned.  While the matador is distracting the bull with a cape, he’s using his other hand to stick a sword down deep into the bull’s neck.

Whatever the final outcome, it will just be another Band Aid in the long line of Band Aids since 1960.  Actually, it will be debt ceiling battle number 79.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

*As you can see reading Art. 1, Sec. 8, nowhere does it give Congress the authority to legislate agriculture.  In fact, the first time in the history of this republic back in 1933, began the destruction of family-owned farms.  The Agricultural Adjustment Act:  destruction on steroids.  See this column of mine, 2005:  The Fed & The Farmer




Manhood: What It Means in 21st Century America

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 22, 2023

With all the hoopla about transgenderism, LGTQB+ and drag queens making the headlines in recent years, I felt called to try to bring a bit of common sense and rational thinking as to what it’s like to be a man in 21st century America.

I may fail…however I know what it’s like to be a man because I’ve been an honorable American male all my life.  No regrets. I made my father and mother proud.  I will continue to make them proud until my last breath.

Webster’s definition of manhood: Masculinity, also known as manhood or manliness, is a set of attributes, behaviors, and roles associated with men and boys.  Masculinity can be understood as socially constructed, and there is also evidence that some behaviors considered masculine are influenced by both cultural factors and biological factors.  Standards of masculinity vary across different cultures and historical periods.

For this all-American male, it gets down to the qualities of “being” as a man.  Manhood means that you honor your own integrity toward yourself and others.  You treat women with kindness, respect, a listening ear and understanding.  You treat children and animals with the same respect you would like to be treated.  You honor all races,  colors and cultures.  You try to understand other points of view.  You grow in your capacity toward wisdom, knowledge and enlightenment.  You honor others who take a different path as long as it does not harm your journey.

My father was the youngest of 11 children.  His father left the family when my dad was three.  His mother died when he was eight.  He grew up with one of his older brothers…very poor.  And yet, without any role models, my father raised five kids with kindness, respect, no drinking, no smoking and no cursing.  He drew a line as to our good behavior as to what he expected.  He and my mother raised five productive and good kids.  We contributed to American society with honor.

But today, we’re seeing all sorts of aberrant behavior coming from transgenderism, gay drag queen shows, LGBTQ+ and a host of almost comical if not absurd renditions of human beings.

I respect anyone who wants to pretend to be a woman when they are in fact, a man, or a woman who wants to pretend to be a man, but in fact is a woman. Fact: you cannot change your DNA sex, ever, period!

I do not support a 6’4” man like Will “Lia” Thomas competing in a woman’s bathing suit in the NCAA and pretending to be a female.  He and all trans-men or women need to compete in their own National Collegiate Trans Association.  Let all trans people live their illusions in their own arenas, but leave the rest of us out of that absurd equation. It will be shown in history books that senile, old men like Joe Biden’s support of trans-men in women’s sports was/is incredibly stupid, moronic and really nuts.

Keep trans-men out of women’s bathrooms.  Keep them out of women’s sports.  In the history books, future generations will be laughing at our folly for allowing such a charade to continue for so long with “authorities” supporting the ridiculousness of men competing against women…as if it’s reasonable. It is not!

With the drag queen shows in schools and libraries, I’ve got a beef with gay men. A large percentage of them are sexual predators of young boys. My own fifth grade teacher was gay. He sexually attacked my brother. My sixth-grade teacher was gay…and he sexually molested me.  I don’t think any gay teachers should be teaching in elementary or high school. Young kids don’t know enough to defend themselves let alone understand what a gay person is doing to them.  In college, I was also sexually attacked by gays. By that time, I could kick their asses and fend them off…and I did.

What about “toxic masculinity”?   Well, yes, three women die daily in America from being beaten by their husband or significant other.  Female abuse in America is a “non-spoken” epidemic. Across the world, Muslim men kill 20,000 of their wives and daughters annually…known as honor killings.  Same with female genital mutilation! It’s just plain murder, and assault and battery.  It’s “toxic masculinity” plain and simple. But of course, it’s a taboo subject in America today because we are a multicultural society.  (Source: UN “Honor Killings”)

More toxic masculinity rears its head in America with 7 out of 10 African-American babies being born out of wedlock to a single mother on welfare.  That means those black men spread their sperm without any understanding of masculine integrity or responsibility.  We all pay for it in disintegrating cities, gangs, drugs, shoplifting, carjacking’s, school dropouts, illiteracy and endless teen killings in Chicago, NYC, St. Louis, Detroit, LA, Baltimore and beyond.

U.S. Senator Josh Hawley, (R-MO), wrote a book: Manhood.  In it, he shows how to rear young boys to become responsible men.  He honors the family, the father, the mother, and the family unit.  I think we all could learn from that book.  It’s sensible, honest, reasonable and filled with integrity.

Please understand that a responsible American male, while he’s young, dumb, and stupid…he still must take responsibility for his actions.  We need to force absent fathers to pay for their children…or, send them to jail to pay for their stupidities. One way or the other, we need them in jail to stop spreading their sperm across the landscape.

If we continue to see the massive crime wave spreading across America such as $94.1 billion in shoplifting annually, mostly men, we need to come down hard on them.  Prison, prison, prison.  We could teach educational courses in prison, but if they don’t learn, keep them out of honest American society.

Same thing with the 14,000,000 drunk drivers on our roads 24/7!  Put them in jail to keep them from killing the rest of us at 24,000 deaths annually at the hands of drunk drivers or texters. (Source: MADD)

In the end, yes, I could cover more aspects of “manhood” and what it’s like to be a good, sound, caring, loving, honest and hardworking American man.  I think we need to teach honest masculinity in schools, in marriage counseling before marriage, and especially, to our children.  How a father treats his wife is how his sons will treat their wives.  Not only that, his daughters will learn what to expect from any man they date or marry.  In fact, those daughters will expect and demand respect from any man…boss, colleague, co-worker…in their lives.

In the end, I thank my father for being kind to my mother. I thank my mother for being kind to my dad.  I thank both of them for teaching me to be a good, wholesome and loving human being.  And, along the way, thank them for the laughter…that, to this day, soothes my soul.

It is an honor to be my father and mother’s son.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Ukraine Deserves the Right to Live

By Cliff Kincaid

May 22, 2023

[DISCLAIMER: The opinions of those who write for NewsWithViews are theirs and do not necessarily reflect the values and opinions of NWVs, it’s owners, employee, other contributing writers and advertisers. Free speech – next to our Second Amendment – is the bedrock of our free nation. One can agree or disagree with a writer but if NWVs starts censoring content they or even one bot doesn’t like, NWVs would become no different than CNN, MSNBC, SPOTIFY, FACEBOOK, TWITTER and all the other Fascist America hating corporations Americans continue to support when there are so many other alternatives. You read, you decide. Thank you.]

I woke up this morning, turned on the television, and watched Rachel Campos-Duffy, a pro-life “conservative American television personality” on Fox, preach “peace” in Ukraine with Dennis Kucinich, the new campaign manager for RFK Jr. These two seem to think it’s a waste of money to support the people of Ukraine with weapons to defend themselves. They are advocating the peace of the grave for Ukraine.

Amidst the witty banter on the Fox & Friends Weekend show, this nice lady with a pro-life reputation did her best Tucker Carlson impression and made it clear that she wants the U.S. to abandon Ukraine to the Russians in the name of “peace.”  Kucinich, once a proponent of a Department of Peace, eagerly agreed.

The author of, Stay Home, Stay Happy: 10 Secrets to Loving At-Home Motherhood, Campos-Duffy’s betrayal of the mothers who have lost their sons and daughters and husbands in Ukraine is sad.  What accounts for her position?

Tune into any edition of the Stephen K. Bannon “War Room” program and you will quickly discover that Russian propaganda about Ukraine figures prominently in the “conservative” coverage of the war. These people despise Ukraine President Zelensky and his people, fighting for their freedom and resisting Russian aggression. They ignore the abundant evidence of an anti-communist revolution in the country that stretches back decades and resulted in hundreds of statues of Lenin and other communist figures being toppled.

When the Russians first invaded Ukraine in 2014, when Barack Hussein Obama was president, it was clear to many conservatives and liberals that one nation was waging an illegal and unjust war on another. Obama failed to help Ukraine resist. Hence, the Russians invaded again, on a much larger scale, in 2022, under Biden. They didn’t invade under Trump.

The problem with Biden’s approach is not that the weapons have been sent, but that they have not been sent fast enough and in sufficient quantities to turn the tide and evict the Russians from the sovereign territory of Ukraine.

The Washington Post headline says it all: “Bowing to pressure, Biden relents on F-16s to Ukraine.” The report is that “Kyiv now appears in line to get F-16 fighter jets by the fall, as Washington agrees to let other nations send them into battle.”

Why has it taken so long?

But Bannon, Campos-Duffy, Kucinich, and their ilk pretend not to recognize the obvious. They blame Zelensky, NATO, and the United States for the war.

This is madness.

Like the betrayal of the South Vietnamese by a liberal Congress, when the communists took over as U.S. funding of our allies was terminated, this attitude by a kind and loving American mother like Campos-Duffy is truly mind-boggling. How could she turn a blind eye to the suffering of the families of Ukraine? How could she advocate a policy of abandonment of these brave people?

It’s a question that should apply to other advocates of “peace.”

Unlike South Vietnam, members of the American Armed Forces have not had to fight on the ground in Ukraine. But some have gone voluntarily.

Indeed, the American spirit has been shown in several cases of Americans going to fight in Ukraine, the latest being Nicholas Maimer, a retired U.S. Army Special Forces soldier who was killed by the Russians. He had told NBC News that advocates of abandoning Ukraine are “short-sighted,” adding, “Because of the spirit of the Ukrainian people, what they’re asking for is materials and not asking for our people. The kind of existential threat that Russia poses to the world, I think this is the right place to take a stand.”

Showing contempt for America, a Russian warlord posed with the dead body of Maimer.

“I think this is one of the most clear-cut unjust invasions in recent history,” Maimer had said about the Russian invasion. “It’s really obvious to everybody that it’s an unjustified invasion. So I felt like my moral compass just pointed me towards it.”

It is obvious. And yet we find television personalities like the lady on Fox and former Trump adviser Bannon (and former Fox star Tucker Carlson) spouting nonsense about “peace” in Ukraine on Russia’s terms..

Kucinich, the former Representative from Ohio’s 10th Congressional district, is usually described as “a leading anti-war and pro-civil liberties voice.” In fact, as noted by researcher Trevor Loudon in his book White House Reds, he has been deeply involved during his political career with activists in the Communist Party USA and his proposed Department of Peace was “so blatantly designed to weaken America it never got much traction.”

“At the 2008 Russia World Forum,” Loudon notes, “the organization’s founder Edward Lozansky introduced Kucinich as a congressman ‘who was close to Russia.’ Kucinich went on to give an ‘eight-minute presentation about how we should be friends with Russia.’”

It is bizarre that RFK Jr. campaign manager Kucinich would now proclaim himself a “Kennedy Democrat,” when the Kennedy Democrats, JFK and RFK, were strong anti-communists and both were assassinated by Marxists. One of the killers, Lee Harvey Oswald, was a former Marine and marksman who had been living in Soviet Russia and was a member of the Fair Play for Cuba Committee. His handlers were upset by JFK’s policy of overthrowing the communist Castro regime in Cuba. The other, Sirhan Sirhan, was a Palestinian Marxist upset by RFK’s support for Israel.

Ironically, RFK Jr.’s own son, Conor, volunteered to fight for Ukraine, saying, “Like many people, I was deeply moved by what I saw happening in Ukraine over the past year. I wanted to help.” He joined the International Legion there.

During a separate segment of the Fox & Friends program on Saturday morning, Rachel Campos-Duffy performed a worthwhile service by interviewing a medical specialist on the dangers of young people smoking marijuana. The doctor noted that dope inhibits the ability to think clearly.

But the idea that “peace” in Ukraine can be achieved by letting the Russians dominate this former Soviet republic is not clear thinking, either.

Campos-Duffy once tweeted an “Alert to Americans still flying Ukraine flags,” suggesting it was a mistake to rally behind Ukraine since President Zelensky was talking to “America’s enemy China” about the communist nation’s stance on the war. This was a foolish interpretation of events. Zelensky doesn’t expect any support from China but wants China to refrain from further support of Russia. What Campos-Duffy doesn’t understand is that Russia is an enemy, too.

She comes across as a good wife and mother who had a lot to offer, especially on the abortion issue. But on foreign policy, in proclaiming her agreement with far-left Democrat Dennis Kucinich, she exposed herself as a dazed and confused thinker, much like the potheads she wanted to expose.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Surefooted Guidance in Tight Places

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 21, 2023

Nik Wallenda, the American acrobat, aerialist, and high wire artist, is famous for his daring feats that have amazed millions around the world. Born January 24, 1979, he is the great-grandson of Karl Wallenda, founder of the legendary Flying Wallendas.

On June 23, 2013, Wallenda became the first person to skywalk across the Grand Canyon. A two-inch diameter steel cable was rigged 1,400 feet across a 1,500-foot-deep part of the Grand Canyon near the Little Colorado River Gorge in northwestern Arizona.

More than 23 million viewers in the United States, and millions more worldwide, watched as Wallenda did his nearly 23-minute skywalk without a harness, net, or safety tether while facing sudden wind gusts of up to 20 mph. Throughout the walk, he could be heard praising and thanking God. He uttered things like, “Thank you, Jesus,” “Thank you, Lord,” and “Thank you, God, for calming that cable.”

In an interview with The Christian Post the day after the skywalk, Wallenda said he often talks to God while he is on the wire. He said, “I find that peaceful and relaxing and He’s the only one up there listening to me.” Wallenda added that his faith in Jesus Christ plays a crucial role in what he does. He said, “My life is based on my faith. I guess the biggest role that it plays is that if I do fall and die, I know where I’m going.”

While David is not known for walking a high wire, he certainly did experience many trials and hardships in his life. As author of half of the 150 psalms in the Bible’s Book of Psalms, he often described them with great emotion.

David was chased from his home and became a fugitive of King Saul, who was seeking his life because he was jealous of his success and popularity (Psalm 18, 57, 59, 63, 142). He faced betrayal and constant danger of capture as he hid in the wilderness of Ziph (Psalm 54). David was at times surrounded by enemies threatening his destruction, causing him great distress (Psalm 18).

Not all of David’s hardships came as a result of his interactions with Saul, but because of his own sins. When he was king of Israel, his adultery with Bathsheba started a cascade of severe repercussions and grief that continued throughout the remainder of his life and that of his family (2 Samuel 12:10-12).

King David’s sin with Bathsheba led to her being pregnant with a son, to him murdering her husband Uriah, and the loss of their son (2 Samuel 11). Later, his son Amnon raped his half-sister Tamar, and her brother Absalom took revenge by murdering him (2 Samuel 13). After a brief exile, Absalom staged a coup d’état against his father David to take over the kingdom, causing him to flee Jerusalem. The attempted overthrow failed, resulting in the death of Absalom and thousands of soldiers, much to the grief of David (2 Samuel 15-18).

Another of David’s sons born after Absalom with his fifth wife Haggith, Adonijah, tried to take the throne for himself. But his power play was defeated when David made his son with his eighth wife Bathsheba, Solomon, king of Israel. After David’s death, Adonijah once again made a bid for the throne by seeking to marry one of David’s concubines and King Solomon had him executed (1 Kings 1-2).

Whether David’s troubles came from the transgressions of others or his own, he never turned away from God. David trusted in God’s mercy and repented when he sinned (Psalm 51; 1 Chronicles 21-22:1). Such was David’s relationship with the Lord that He considered him to be a man after His own heart (1 Samuel 13:14; Acts 13:22).

Psalm 23 is one of David’s most universally recognized and beloved psalms. Probably written late in his life, it expressed his deep trust in God as the Guider and Protector of his steps and the Provider of sustenance and all blessings.

Key to this psalm was the assurance of God’s presence even through the darkest times of his life, dispelling fear and giving comfort.

“Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me.” (verse 4)

David continually praised and thanked God for His goodness and grace as he walked the tightrope of life, confident that the Lord would get him safely to the end of the line and welcome him into His home forever.

“Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life, and I will dwell in the house of the LORD forever.” (verse 6)

While we can appreciate Nik Wallenda’s skill on the high wire and his faith in Jesus Christ, all the more can we be inspired by David’s faith in God as expressed in the psalms he composed — especially during hard times. From the heights of life to its lowest depths, they reach into every part of our lives. They give us hope and strengthen our faith in God.

We who believe in life and salvation through the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ receive His surefooted guidance as He leads us through the tight places of life to the place He has prepared for us (John 14:1-3).

“Now to Him who is able to keep you from stumbling, and to make you stand in the presence of His glory blameless with great joy, to the only God our Savior, through Jesus Christ our Lord, be glory, majesty, dominion and authority, before all time and now and forever. Amen. “ (Jude 24-25)

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




America Will Survive, Part 3

By Pastor Roger Anghis

May 21, 2023

There are a lot of voices out there that are calling for the American way of life to be destroyed for a socialist/communist way of life. They are demanding equality for all. The big problem is we already have equality for all but what they want is equality in the end, everybody is equal in housing, income, and jobs, and that has never worked in the history of man. Too many people do not want to work so that means the ones that do work have what they have earned taken away from them and given to the lazy who refuse to work. That is not the American way. Never has been. Our Founders believed that a person should be able to keep what he has earned and passed down to his children.

Just recently our resident communist dirtbag, Bernie Sanders, has called for the confiscation of all income over a billion dollars so the ‘less fortunate’ can have a better life. I do not want to sound insensitive but let the less fortunate do what the billionaire did so they can have a better life. If they do not want to put out that amount of effort then they get to live in poverty all their life. That choice is entirely on the individual. Our Founders believed in individual freedoms. The harder you work the better life you can make for you and your family. We all have equal opportunities in life. We can take advantage of that to better ourselves or we can ignore those opportunities and live a mediocre life. The people that are ambitious should not have what they worked hard for be taken away to fund lazy people.

This present administration has taken it upon itself to attempt to dictate what you do with your life.  What you can eat, what you can drive if they let you drive, what kind of stove you can have, and if you can even cool your house in the summertime. This is not the free America I grew up in. Both political parties have taken us done a path towards communism and we have allowed them to take us too far. The Democrats do not even hide their intent. They are hell-bent on turning America into a third-world nation. They have run up the debt like there is no bottom to the barrel. We give money to every nation but ignore the needs of the American people. Too many of our Vets are homeless, and too many of our elderly and young children go hungry every day but we fund the pensions of the citizens of Ukraine!  When did we start doing that?

Congress just does what it wants to do whether it is constitutional or not.  They simply do not care. The federal government’s main job is to keep the American people safe and protect our border. Only two presidents have ever done anything about illegal immigration and that was Ronald Reagan and Donald Trump. We’ve had major environmental disasters across the country but we don’t have the money to help our citizens because we are spending our money protecting borders in the Middle East and Ukraine. This is insane! Where does the insanity stop? What is out there that will give us hope that America will survive the onslaught of communist influence?

I believe that God is giving liberals enough rope to hang themselves. Our nation was founded on faith in God and a dependence on God for protection.  George Washington so eloquently stated: “I am sure that never was a people, who had more reason to acknowledge a Divine interposition in their affairs, than those of the United States; and I should be pained to believe that they have forgotten that agency, which was so often manifested during our Revolution, or that they failed to consider the omnipotence of that God who is alone able to protect them.” We should never forget God’s Hand in not just our Founding but His Hand in keeping America safe. We survived the War of 1812, the Civil War, the war with Mexico, World War I and II. We have survived the assassinations of presidents, natural disasters, and numerous other attempts to destroy America. But we have survived!

We are at another one of those crises. God always tells His prophets what He is going to do before He does it. One of those prophets is Hank Kunneman. I have followed him for years and is the most accurate prophet today. In April 2011, he was given a prophecy that was directed at the 2016 election. “Listen to the word of the Lord, America in your 240th year shall there be something unusual that shall take place upon the land. For it shall be the beginning of your restoration . . . I will raise up a voice, one who understands commerce and trade and economy.  I will raise them up from New York and I will use their voice to echo throughout the land. As there were two Towers there shall be one who shall represent the economy, one who was wise in the affairs of the nation.[1]

There is no doubt that the reference here is to Donald Trump. God also warned that Trump would face a lot of opposition. On November 16, 2019, God gave this prophecy: “…. It is not about impeaching a president, it’s about the forces of darkness trying to impeach and remove God’s agenda that has to do with His church and Israel and they’re using this President as a scapegoat…” [2] In May of 2021 an even more confirming prophecy was given: “God says, “I’m putting My hand even stronger upon two men in the earth. You will see it and there will be a celebration that is happening right now in the spirit realm as this anointing is going to increase.  Their voice shall become louder, their positions shall be granted and given, and it shall be stronger.  I speak of Netanyahu and I speak of Donald Trump,” says the living God! “the enemy thought that he could divide Israel from the United States, but I said I would rejoin their hands again,” says the living God.  “I will rejoin their hands! I will rejoin the nations; Israel and United States I am not finished.  You shook hands, Netanyahu and President Trump and there are still assignments that must happen now that both nations will have their return and their unmasking.”[3]

Some may scoff at these prophesies but the majority of them were given years before they happened and they have already been fulfilled. I have stated many times in my column that I did not believe that God was done with America and these prophesies confirm that. Liberals have done all they can to bring America down but they are fighting God. They will lose. There will be a great reset but not the one Klaus Schwab is planning, it will be God’s and all the efforts to bring America down will be exposed and the people involved will also be exposed. God has spoken it and God is not a liar. Our faith must be in him. On March 19, 2023, a prophecy was given: . ‘Yes, but God, what about an arrest?’ Do not make me laugh. For I speak of President Trump and 45,” says God, “I am not done with My assignment. Therefore, he shall speak loud, and he shall carry out My assignment, My way, My day, and because of the cry of your mayday.”  [4]

I have faith that God will keep His word. In Him is my strength.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org




Show Them What A Natural Family Is

By Rob Pue

May 21, 2023

There’s no question there’s a lot to be concerned about in our world today, as we descend deeper and deeper into darkness and depravity.  Near, or at, the top of that list is the sexual deviancy, hedonism and depravity that seems to be everywhere we turn now, as the LGBTQP+ mob celebrates the conquering of more and more hearts, minds and souls every day.

What was once considered hard core pornography is now being welcomed into our public schools.  Even some of our so-called “Christian” schools, under the banner of “diversity, equity and inclusion.”  Like our education system, our public library system is also beyond saving now, having gone “woke” under the leadership of a lesbian activist president of the American Library Association.  Her perverted sexualization of, especially young childrens’ reading materials, has gone nationwide now.

In 1963, 45 Communist goals to take over America were read into the Congressional record.  Just sixty years later, I dare say they’ve accomplished just about all of them.  The plan was to: capture one or both of the political parties; get control of the schools and teachers’ associations; infiltrate the press; gain control of key positions in radio, TV and movies; eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them “censorship” and a violation of free speech and press; break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in the media; present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as “normal, natural and healthy;” infiltrate the churches; infiltrate and gain control of big business and unions; discredit the family as an institution.  Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce; emphasize the need to raise children away from the “negative” influence of parents.

These are just a few of the 45 Communist Goals to take over America.  Their plan was well thought out and expertly executed.  It happened so incrementally, at first, we never saw it coming until it was too late.  Now, in our supposed “Representative Republic” we, the people, have no representation at all.  You can write your congressman every day for the rest of your life and I guarantee it will change nothing.  They’re laughing at you, friends.  We are their fools and they continue to fool us every election cycle.

Is there anything we can do to push back against the ugliness and the filth, and the demonic forces that have a stranglehold on our land?

In June of 2000, Bill Clinton declared the month of June as “Gay and Lesbian Pride Month.”  Since then, “pride month” has spread around the globe, with, of all places, Israel being the number one homosexual destination in the world now.  But sodomite “pride” and everything that goes along with that is no longer just for the month of June.

Oh, yes, you’ll see the sodomite flags flying high over state houses, the White House and other government buildings throughout the month of June.  But while that symbol may come down from government buildings on July 1st, this hideous monster never sleeps and definitely never quits.  Especially wherever there are young children, you’ll see the rainbow flags and all the twisted indoctrination that goes along with them.

Recently, I watched online, a city council meeting from the small town I grew up in.  I moved out of that town several years ago, and at that time, there were no sodomite celebrations of any kind there.  But things have changed.  This mental illness is being specifically pushed into the smaller towns now — oftentimes brought in by the LGBTQP+ mob from larger cities.  Since few would attend in a small town, they need to bus in large crowds to fill the space during their celebrations and make it appear that “everyone” is a sexual deviant.  I believe their “pride” festival is now in it’s third year.

During this city council meeting, the public was invited to speak.  A pastor friend of mine contacted some of the local pastors and churches in that town, begging them to come and speak against this year’s planned events.  Apparently, some of the “woke” pastors in town alerted the local homosexual crowd and their allies, and they urged them to go and speak in favor of it, and many did, twisting Scripture verses and taking them so far out of context, it was unbelievable.  This is what’s being “taught” in, dare I say, MOST of our churches now.

By the way, in addition to a “pride celebration,” complete with kids’ activities, they’ll also be hosting a “drag queen” show.  All this in a downtown public park for all to see.  Last year, as drag queens danced provocatively in front of little children at this event, the little children were given dollar bills to stuff in the “g-string” underwear of the perverts.  Understand this, if you can: their PARENTS gave them dollar bills and urged the kids to “tip” the drag queens by stuffing them in their “barely there underwear.”

At the city council meeting, there WERE many who came to speak against this.  But they were far outnumbered by the sodomites, and it was sad to see so many young people there — already brainwashed and damaged for life, as they declared themselves to be homosexuals, bi-sexuals, transgenders, or some other form of deviancy.

When a 14-year-old girl came up to speak, she told about how she was a lesbian, and that she learned that was just fine — and that God loves everyone, no matter what they do, or who they’re sexually attracted to.  And she learned this from her MOTHER, who, she said, is a “pastor.”

A mom also spoke about her teenage son who’s “transitioning” to a female, and how she was so proud of her son.  This mother then explained that she, herself, is bi-sexual.  Now, I wonder what in the world could have possibly confused her kid to think he’s really a girl.  Perhaps living in a household where there is no Godly moral compass, but instead a mother who brings home sexual partners of both genders and has sexual relationships with any and all.  And now this “mother” is so proud that her son is openly becoming his “authentic self” by “transitioning” to a girl.

This is all going on in a small town of less than 20,000 people.  It’s also happening in even smaller towns.  And in the bigger cities, it’s all been very well established for many years now.  Although the real numbers of people who live as sodomites or “transgenders” are extremely low, the LGBTQP+ mob is so well organized and so richly funded by the biggest of donors, it seems they’re the majority.  But it’s all theater; all about optics.

Those who spoke against the “pride” festival and drag queen show at the city council meeting made some very good arguments for their position.  Scientific arguments, historical arguments, common sense arguments, moral arguments, Christian arguments, and many were very well spoken.  The sodomites, on the other hand, always used emotional arguments to make their points.  They talked about “fairness,” “equality,” they talked about how “love is love,” regardless of what that means sexually or how many young children are involved.  And in the end, there was really no reason to hold a public hearing because the city council voted overwhelmingly to let it all go forward — shelving laws based on morality that involve public displays of vulgarity, nudity, sexual acts in public, and worse.  That’s what goes on at these events.  And of course, in their twisted, deranged minds, they expect us to believe this is actually benefitting the children.

So how can we, as remnant Christ-followers — (and by remnant, I mean there are really only a very, very FEW who can even rightly claim the name of Christ) — how can we have OUR voices heard?  Obviously, even in the small towns, the government officials let us speak but have no intention of listening to anything we have to say.  Their perverted minds are already made up before the meetings begin.  “Vote them out!” you say… well, if you still believe there’s any hope for a political solution to this, I’m sad for you.  The people you elect to represent you — even if they call themselves “Conservatives” or “Christians” mock you behind your backs and laugh their heads off because you still keep buying what they’re selling, even though they openly mock you once in office, every single time.

Some have suggested we have a “Straight Pride” parade to push back against the filth of Sodom.  I don’t see that working. First of all, normal people don’t celebrate “pride.”  “Pride goeth before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall.”  Secondly, what would a “Straight Parade” even look like?  A bunch of normal people walking down the street?

No, there are better options.  JR Harrison, who heads up the Natural Family Foundation, which can be found online at NaturalFamilyStrong.com, suggested we start a month to celebrate the Natural Family — one man and one woman, united in marriage and raising their children in the fear and admonition of the Lord.  He suggests it start on Mother’s Day and go through Father’s Day.  But that would require the CHURCHES to lead the way, and while I wholeheartedly agree with JR’s idea, our modern American churches will never go against the pop culture.

I have another idea. Perhaps it’s too late to implement this year, but start planning now for next year.  Here’s my idea: while the “pride” festivals are going on in your city, in a city park, YOU can hold a “Natural Family Celebration” festival in another park in your town.  From my experience, it’s fruitless to go to their festivals and protest or try to witness the Gospel to them.  You’ll be verbally and physically attacked, and the police will ALWAYS take the side of the sodomites.

Instead, hold your own festival in another city park.  Invite vendors to come for free and set up booths with home-made crafts, a farmer’s market, and food wagons.  Contact your local farmers and set up a small “petting zoo” for the kids to come and pet baby animals, baby chicks and ducks.  Invite local songwriters to perform WHOLESOME music.  Invite your local Mennonite congregation to have their youth choir sing.  If you’ve ever heard one of these, you know there’s nothing in the world like it.  Simply beautiful!

Have stories for the kids — read by MOMS and DADS and GRANDPARENTS — maybe some old time stories that are God-honoring such as you’d find in the old McGuffy Readers they used to use in public schools.

Have farmers or homesteaders teach classes on constructive things like gardening.  The kids could plant a flower in a little pot for their moms!  They could also teach basic building skills — let the kids build a bird feeder from pre-cut wood pieces you supply.  Have games for the kids that are educational. Invite your local homeschool groups to participate.  Maybe even invite your local collector car club to have a car show.  Horse and buggy rides from local Mennonites.

I think if you MODEL what the NATURAL family looks like, with WHOLESOME entertainment and educational things and things for kids to explore, a lot of families would show up.  You’d likely have WAY more people than the sodomites — and you’d put them to shame.

An event like this needs to be very visible though, so even people just driving by will stop and take part.  And advertise it as a Celebration of the Natural Family!  In the end, see who gets the bigger crowd and which of the two events is viewed more positively by the community at large — the filth or Sodom of a nice wholesome, old-fashioned family festival.

If you can’t get it done this year, start planning now and DO IT next year.  Such an event will make a strong statement and show a strong contrast between what is being forced upon us by reprobates and what God intended as the foundation for a civilized society — His natural design for marriage and family!

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 393.




Armed Forces Day—the Third Saturday of May

By Attorney Rees Lloyd

May 20, 2023

May 20, the third Saturday of May, is  Armed Forces Day in America.

But the question raised this Armed Forces Day 2023, is:  In these troubled times, will our divided nation, including our governing bodies and mass media,  unite to honor for their service and sacrifice in defense of our freedom, all those 1.3-million Americans serving on active duty in the six military branches—Army, Navy, Marines, Air Force, Space Force, and Coast Guard — and  in the Reserves and  National Guard?

While veterans service organizations like The American Legion, the Veterans of Foreign Wars, Disabled American Veterans, and others will once again act to honor active duty military personnel on Armed Forces Day, it is doubtful that the nation — so transformed from what it was when Armed Forces Day was established in 1950 — will unite to honor active duty military members on Armed Forces Day under the progressive liberal “woke” ideology of the ruling Democrat Party and of the modern “woke” mass media — both of  which never met a pervert it didn’t love, nor a patriot it didn’t despise.

Consider, among other points, that:

— Armed Forces Day 2023 takes place when the nation is facing unprecedented division and threats to our freedom, our sovereignty, our currency, our status internationally, including being threatened economically and militarily by the Chinese Communist Party, and being dragged into what may become WWIII in Europe if the  war between Russia and the Ukraine is not resolved by negotiation rather than escalating warfare.

— We are being invaded at our southern border as never before. Literally millions of illegal aliens are invading as if they have a “right” to invade our country, instead of having the courage to do what is necessary to right-the-wrongs of the governments in their home countries. It is manifest that the situation at the southern border is out of control.

It is also manifest that  no nation can maintain its national unity when its national culture, values, and heritage  are overwhelmed by illegal alien invasion. Rome died when there were more unassimilated illegal alien immigrants in Rome than Roman patriots.

—Thousands of patriotic military members of our all-volunteer armed forces have been purged  by the Department of Defense of the “Woke” Democrat Party Biden regime for declining to submit — on religious grounds—to vaccination by the experimental Covid drugs. The courts have issued injunctions stopping the Biden regime purges pending full trials. At the same time that the “Wokified” Biden DOD has purged out thousands of patriotic military personnel for declining Covid jabs, the DOD has announced failure to meet recruitment goals. Recently, the DOD, when questioned as to whether it was acting to reinstate the thousands of military members purged over declining the Covid shots, responded only that the purged could “re-apply.” In contrast, former President Donald Trump has stated publicly that, if re-elected president, he will order the purged patriots reinstated with a make-whole remedy.

—The Biden regime has sent over $100-billion to the Ukraine government in the Russia-Ukraine war, along with more and more sophisticated weapons, ammunitions, and oil from our strategic reserve, in what appears to be a proxy war with Russia, while not building up the funds, weapons,  ammunition, and oil  needed  by our armed forces to protect America.

—Among these and other such policies of providing billions to the Ukraine—considered the third most corrupt government on the planet —the Democrat Biden regime is actually paying, with U.S. taxpayer dollars,  the “pensions” of retired corrupt Ukraine government office holders and employees. Most recently, a new Ukrainian corruption scandal was exposed in the Ukrainian Supreme Court, resulting in the chief justice being arrested. This while it is learned that many of our armed forces personnel families at home are paid so low that they qualify for, and are receiving, “food stamps.” In contrast,  illegal aliens are being provided phones, free medical care (overwhelming hospitals in border States), and housed in hotels at hundreds of dollars a night in NYC and elsewhere (apparently with room service, as well).

Thus, these and other facts indicate that it is unlikely that the elitist Democrat “Wokist” government regime, and the “Wokist” mainstream media, will give anything but “lip service” to honoring all active duty personnel on Armed Forces Day —unless American citizens stand up to the “Woke” governing authorities, and to the “Woke” media,  and demand that that patriotic Americans on active duty be honored as they deserve to be honored.

Indeed,  once upon a time in America, when Armed Forces Day was created, Americans gathered together to hold parades and other communal celebrations to honor  our Armed Forces. So did governing bodies and the media.

So should it be again on every Armed Forces Day, and every day.

May God bless and keep all those more than 1.3-million patriotic Americans who by their service and sacrifice on active duty in the armed forces protect and defend the freedom of all 340-million of the rest of us Americans.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2023 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




Taking Down Trump, Taking Out Fox News, With Lawfare

By Steven Yates

May 20, 2023

The jury in the civil case filed by writer E. Jean Carroll against Donald Trump handed down its verdict a little over a week ago. Trump, they said, was guilty of “sexually abusing” her, but not “raping” her. He then “defamed” her, the jury agreed, by saying she made the whole thing up to get attention and sell a book. They then demanded Trump pony up $5 million for her.

What rational sense does this verdict make? How did Trump “sexually abuse” her but not “rape” her, given her lurid account of what she claims went on between the two of them in that dressing room? Why is the first credible but not the second? What makes anything she said credible? Some women are very good storytellers (I’ve met a few!).

The judge advised jury members to stay anonymous. Perhaps he was trying to save them from public embarrassment and humiliation.

Carroll now threatens further action because of Trump’s comments on the CNN town meeting the other evening. Trump called her a “whack job” and described her case as “a rigged deal.”

She has the backing of the very influential Roberta Kaplan (the same attorney who prosecuted Unite the Right in the Sines v Kessler case), who as a married lesbian is also both an ardent Alphabet Soup Mafia activist and — obviously — a Democrat.

The witnesses against Trump: all Democrats.

I probably don’t need to list the pending dogpile of suits against Trump: the one out of Georgia, the Mar-a-Lago case, the case involving January 6, and a couple of lesser civil suits, one brought by a family member.

This is how lawfare operates. Its purpose is not justice but taking the opponent out, to shut him or her up, by whatever means necessary.

Lawfare is what we’ve been seeing against Fox News, which settled with Dominion for $787.5 million, but faces a similar suit from Smartmatic for $2.7 billion.

Although Tucker Carlson is gone, Fox is also facing a suit from one Abby Grossberg, who claims she faced a “hostile work environment” and endured “antisemitic remarks” during her time on Carlson’s show. She also charges that she was coerced into giving a misleading deposition in the Dominion case.

I’ve no idea, of course. I wasn’t there, any more than any of us were in that dressing room back in … whatever year it was (Carroll doesn’t remember!).

Now Nina Jankowicz is also suing Fox for defamation. If anyone remembers, she is the woman DHS put in charge of the Bidenista disinformation governance board. Numerous observers of varying degrees of visibility saw this as an open attempt to create a real world Ministry of Truth. The avalanche of criticism quickly left the board paralyzed. Jankowicz resigned as DHS “paused” the effort. Soon after, it was shut down.

Jankowicz, 34, author of two books (I’ve not read them) and billed as a cybersecurity expert, says she’s faced a torrent of both public and online harassment including threats, and that her career has been “irrevocably damaged.”

She told Politico, “I didn’t intend for my entire career to be lit on fire before my eyes by taking this job.”

She blames Fox News for spearheading the campaign against her.

Yes, some conservatives may have gotten carried away. It happens. We’re not perfect. Especially in online environments that allow anonymous strangers using screennames to go into attack mode without consequence.

But we’re subsisting under conditions which makes me wonder if left-liberals who speak of a “hostile work environment” would know one if they saw it.

I left the U.S. just short of 11 years ago. I’m not sure I’d be able to write what I write and still live there, especially given how the cost of living in the U.S. has skyrocketed. Given my criticisms of the “diversity, equity and inclusion” religion that now controls higher education and a great deal of corporate America, and given my rejection of the increasingly militant transgenderism movement, I’d never be able to teach at a university! Probably I’d not be safe on an urban campus. I was once doxed by a leftist troll after taking to a forum to defend a conservative Christian ally from scurrilous, lawfare-type attacks before they were called that (a court case was in progress; the troll was actively and possibly illegally interfering with it). That was in 2006-07. In 2008 my apartment was broken into. Money and a few valuables were stolen. I didn’t pursue it beyond a standard police report, because obviously I had no proof that the troll had anything to do with it. But as other apartments around mine weren’t touched, it was clear, I’d been the intended target.

Not saying I’ve been singled out. This is the situation truth-tellers are in. I don’t know a single such writer who doesn’t receive hate email and occasional online attacks verging on threats.

But how did we get into this predicament? Truth-tellers have all been ostracized — or have left their places of employ on their own because they couldn’t stand them any longer. Some, such as Paul Craig Roberts, Glenn Greenwald, and Matt Taibbi, have retained substantial audiences from those who long ago tuned out CNN, MSNBC, NPR, and all the rest.

The plain truth is, trust has collapsed. And as yet another independent author, Charles Hugh Smith, recently observed: once trust collapses, it’s gone. There’s no going back.

This is not simply conservatives versus left-liberals. Are all of the people in the above list conservatives?

It isn’t simply about “left” versus “right,” nor Democrats versus Republicans.

The struggle of our lifetimes is between those who have gained and seek to maintain power, typically through accumulating immense wealth and are distributing it through their vast networks and control grids, versus the rest of us: the peasantry. The primary way those in power have sought to keep it and extend it, is to present in front of us a consistent parade of lies and then, when we question the lies, gaslight us by calling us “conspiracy theorists,” “right-wing nut jobs,” “fascists,” and “antisemites.”

This includes the upside-down presentation by the fully-owned corporate media of the handful of leaders struggling against globalist power as “authoritarians,” while portraying themselves as “defenders of democracy.”

The problem, as I’ve noted previously: the latter do not like anyone standing up to them. They believe that we the peasants ought to sit down, shut up, listen to their designated “experts” and do as we’re told.

If their “experts” tell us to take a certain vaccine, then we should get the shot and not ask for proof of its safety and effectiveness, nor wonder why over a thousand athletes under the age of 50 have dropped dead from heart attacks since the start of 2021.

Nothing to see here! Move on, move on….

Only we don’t. Because we don’t trust their “experts,” nor those behind them.

This collapse of trust isn’t the result of anything Trump said or Fox News did. They’re symptoms, not causes.

In my humble opinion, the Establishment — a term covering the prevailing political economy including all the alphabet soup federal agencies, the military and its appendages, corporate media, Big Tech and Big Pharma — did this to itself.

These institutions, or their spokespersons, have been lying, sometimes by omission and sometimes by commission, longer than most of us have been alive.

Let’s review:

Back in the 1950s, branding a populist leader who stood up to corporate power as a “communist” was sufficient to destroy him. It happened with Jacobo Árbenz in Guatemala. From that unhappy episode came the term banana republic. Similar events brought down Muhammed Mosadegh’s democratically-elected presidency in Iran during that same period, instilling the Shah, Reza Pahlavi. (To note: democracy is only legitimate when it serves the interests of the globalist ruling class.)

In the 1960s, the Establishment lied about the Gulf of Tonkin incident and about that decade’s political assassinations. There are still over a thousand documents related to the JFK assassination that remain classified, the magic phrase “national security” still invoked. No, we can’t prove that they contain information pointing directly to the CIA, or to CIA/FBI collusion, but if there is nothing damning in that material, then why won’t the federal government declassify it and make it public?

I have copies of documents sent to me by a younger relative of someone who was in the LAPD and on the scene at the time of the RFK assassination, where forensics basically showed that Sirhan Sirhan’s gun did not fire the bullets that killed Bobby Kennedy. Kennedy was shot from behind; Sirhan was in front of him the entire time.

The real killer got away.

To this day, the federal government and controlled corporate media maintain the lies that Oswald and Sirhan were “lone gunman” killers who acted alone.

Yes, sometimes Republicans are as guilty of lying as Democrats. Nixon lied about Watergate. But Johnson preceded him. Victor Lasky’s It Didn’t Start with Watergate (1977) proves this. Nixon got caught.

Jimmy Carter campaigned for president as an outsider. This was a lie. He was backed by, and staffed his administration with, members of the recently formed Trilateral Commission (the brain abortion of David Rockefeller Sr., Zbigniew Brzezinski, and Henry Kissinger).

The Reagan Administration tried to hide Iran-Contra. Reagan likely also hid his campaigns behind-the-scenes dealings with the Iranian students who had taken over the U.S. Embassy in Teheran. He wanted to ensure that they kept the hostages until after the election and up to the start of his presidency, so that Carter would lose and see his legacy permanently damaged.

Then Reagan staffed his cabinet with Trilateralists.

The first George Bush gave a pass to that ludicrous story of Iraqi soldiers, having invaded Kuwait and triggering the Gulf War, removing babies from incubators in Kuwaiti hospitals and leaving them on the floor to die.

Never happened.

The Clinton Team Presidency then lied about nearly everything. Clinton wanted credit for the “economic boom” of the era which was actually the work of Federal Reserve Chair Alan Greenspan’s easy money policies which inflated the tech bubble (burst in 2000). These had far greater consequences than Clinton’s dalliances with an intern, although naturally corporate media fixated on the latter.

The second George Bush sent troops into Iraq launching one of the most disastrous wars in U.S. history on the basis of “weapons of mass destruction” that did not exist. The result was to create enemies like ISIS and destabilize the entire region.

Barack Obama told us that “if you like your doctor you can keep your doctor,” and that Obamacare would bring down health care costs. Did it?

The Establishments of both political parties and most “economists” kept up a parade of lies about globalization (so called), that it would make us all rich and prosperous — as opposed to laying waste to countless communities as the country was de-industrialized, low paying “service sector” jobs replaced productive work, and the middle class started to pinwheel over the economic cliff.

Financialization, which began when Nixon “closed the gold window” in 1971 but really got underway during the Reagan-Bush years assisted by the Federal Reserve money printing press, has funneled billions upward into the hands of the now-dominant billionaire class. Greed and speculation have replaced honest work, which has become a fool’s errand.

Equality — not to be confused with the Woke pseudo-concept “equity” — is desirable at least as a regulative ideal, because obvious, massive, and growing inequalities, eventually destabilize countries.

It is mathematically impossible to earn a billion dollars in a year doing real, honest work that serves others. This isn’t especially hard to show. But today, according to Oxfam, 26 people now own as much wealth as the bottom 50 percent of the entire world’s population!

Today’s brand of left-liberal seems okay with this. He/she is too busy defending gender fluidity to care.

The utter absurdity of all this signifies narrative collapse.

Clearly we saw extensive narrative collapse after the near-collapse of the financial system 2008-09, and with the ensuing years witnessing the re-inflation of what became known as the Everything Bubble. Coastal elites prospered somewhat (nowhere near what billionaires were gaining, obviously, but enough to live with a modicum of comfort when they went along in order to get along). The rural working and former middle class suffered, especially those who are white. They were told their sufferings were “their own fault.” (Back in the 1960s and 1970s, the term for this was “victim blaming.”)

With this legacy of misleading information, open lies, general deceit, and an utter lack of empathy — all from government and legacy media — is it any wonder that an outsider like Donald Trump was able to win the Republican nomination in 2016 and then the presidency despite never having held public office before?

And given how Trump was (and remains) uncontrollable, is it any wonder he spent the next two years battling bogus allegations that his campaign colluded with the Russian government?

The same people that spent all that time and billions of taxpayer dollars trying to delegitimize Election 2016 now expect us to trust them about Election 2020, which they belligerently insist Biden won “democratically”; no doubts or “election denialism” allowed!

These same kinds of “experts” (e.g., Fauci) want our trust about the mRNA “vaccines”; no “vaccine hesitancy” allowed!

They want us to trust their good intentions in sending hundreds of billions of taxpayer dollars to Ukraine, supporting what is probably the most corrupt regime in Europe, with a legacy of persecuting and sometimes murdering the ethnic Russians living in the breakaway regions. None of it reported in Western corporate media.

Today, mass resistance to globalist-driven EU policies in France, the Netherlands, and elsewhere in Europe, is completely blacked out on our side of the Atlantic.

There is no basis for trust in any of this!

Doubtless there are more official lies I didn’t think to list. So are there still any questions about why many of us, not all of us conservatives, were loudly suspicious of a “disinformation board” formed by one of the most powerful federal entities, one formed in the aftermath of a dramatic event (9/11) that raised a lot of questions that have never been given satisfactory answers?

This is the political-economic and cultural ambiance entered by those who believe they can grapple with never-defined “disinformation” and do it on the federal payroll.

I’m rather sorry Nina Jankowitz has had to go to GoFundMe to raise money for legal expenses. Maybe this is part of the prevailing theater; maybe it isn’t. I’ve never met her nor had an online exchange with her. I know no more of her situation beyond what she’s stated publicly than I do what went on in that dressing room (if anything) back in whatever year it was. But given this ambiance, is it not clear why so many of us thought the DHS might want a real life Ministry of Truth, from which it backed down only in the face of outrage and public ridicule?

This article originally appeared on the author’s Substack.

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_____________________

Truth, Freedom and Validation Newsletter #6 (posted May 11) is now available here. Please consider supporting my work by becoming a Patron.

ANNOUNCING: an online course/tutorial entitled The Philosophy of Responsible Freedom, directed by Jack C. Carney with myself as chief partner: a Zoom-based intellectual encounter between an atheist (Carney) and a Christian (Yates) exploring the history of ideas using Academy of Ideas videos and supplementing them with the thoughts of others. Carney is an autodidact in areas ranging across psychology, psychiatry, and anthropology who emphasizes the importance of human relationships in a world where loss is omnipresent (he also teaches English online). I am an author and trained philosopher with a doctorate in the subject who taught philosophy courses in years past, walked away from academia, still writes philosophy emphasizing the need to identify, clarify, and evaluate the success (or failure) of worldviews in civilization, on stages of civilization, on the quest to build free communities in the face of encroaching globalism and technocracy, and how worldviews either enhance or hobble responsible freedom. Course/tutorial outline here. For more information or to get on our email list: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published later this year.




The Devil’s in the Details

By David Masters

May 19, 2023

Consider a hypothetical scenario where the Devil is running for political office, in this context, it’s reasonable to assume that the Devil would employ manipulative tactics to appeal to people’s vulnerabilities and desires. However, the specific strategies or messages the Devil might use would depend on the political climate, cultural context, and the audience being targeted especially those that have been “Primed” over several generations to be susceptible to suggestion…

To be “primed” can have different meanings depending on the context. Here are a few common interpretations:

  • Psychological Priming: In psychology, priming refers to the unconscious influence that a stimulus has on subsequent thoughts or behavior. When someone is primed, it means that they have been exposed to certain stimuli or cues that influence their perceptions, attitudes, or responses to subsequent stimuli. For example, if someone is primed with positive words before being shown a neutral image, they might perceive the image more positively compared to someone who was not primed.
  • Marketing and Sales Priming: In marketing and sales, priming refers to the deliberate process of influencing a consumer’s perception or behavior before they encounter a product or service. This can involve creating positive associations, setting expectations, or providing subtle cues that predispose the consumer to respond in a particular way when they encounter the actual product or service.
  • Cognitive Priming: In cognitive science, priming refers to the activation of specific concepts or ideas in memory, which can influence subsequent cognitive processes or judgments. This can occur through exposure to related words, images, or ideas that activate associated concepts, making them more accessible and likely to influence subsequent thoughts or decisions.

Overall, being “primed” typically implies the activation or preparation of certain mental or cognitive processes, either consciously or unconsciously, to influence subsequent behavior, perception, or performance.

Keeping Priming in mind, here are a few hypothetical approaches the Devil might take to win over supporters:

  • Promising Immediate Satisfaction: The Devil might appeal to people’s desires for instant gratification, promising immediate solutions to complex problems. This could involve making grandiose promises, offering shortcuts to success, or advocating for policies that prioritize short-term gains over long-term consequences.
  • Exploiting Fear and Division: The Devil might play on people’s fears and insecurities, emphasizing a narrative of “us versus them.” By scapegoating specific groups or promoting a sense of impending doom, the Devil could attempt to stoke divisions and rally support through fearmongering.
  • Manipulating Emotions: The Devil might employ emotional manipulation to tap into people’s deepest desires and frustrations. By appealing to emotions such as anger, resentment, or vengeance, the Devil could try to mobilize support and create a sense of solidarity among like-minded individuals.
  • Distorting Facts and Spreading Disinformation: The Devil might engage in misinformation campaigns, spreading false narratives or distorting facts to confuse and mislead the public. This could involve exploiting existing biases or exploiting the media to disseminate misleading information.
  • Promoting Self-Interest: The Devil might encourage a self-centered mentality, appealing to individual interests over collective well-being. This could involve promoting policies that prioritize personal wealth and power, disregarding the needs of marginalized communities or the greater good.

Without question, It is true that individuals can be influenced or manipulated in various ways that may lead them to make choices that could have negative consequences. Factors such as misinformation, propaganda, emotional appeals, and cognitive biases can all play a role in shaping people’s decision-making processes.

It’s essential to recognize that the responsibility for creating a hellscape or negative outcomes does not solely rest on the shoulders of individual voters. Societal and systemic factors, as well as the actions and decisions of elected officials and other influential actors, also contribute significantly to the state of affairs in any given region.

Moreover, people’s choices are very often made without full awareness of the potential consequences or access to accurate information. There can be complex social, economic, and historical factors that shape the choices available to individuals and influence their decision-making processes.

Historical figures like Adolf Hitler and other similar leaders have been known to employ emotional manipulation as a tool to influence and control people. These leaders often used powerful rhetoric, propaganda, and appeals to emotions to gain support and sway public opinion.

Hitler, in particular, was a skilled orator who was able to captivate audiences with his speeches and harness their emotions for his political agenda. He used fear, anger, and nationalism to mobilize support and rally people around his ideologies. By exploiting societal grievances, scapegoating specific groups, and appealing to a sense of national pride, Hitler was able to manipulate emotions and gain a significant following.

Other authoritarian leaders throughout history have also employed similar tactics, recognizing the power of emotion in shaping public opinion and controlling the narrative. They often use emotionally charged language, symbols, and imagery to cultivate a sense of unity, loyalty, and obedience among their supporters.

It is crucial to be aware of and guard against emotional manipulation in political discourse. Developing critical thinking skills, seeking diverse sources of information, and being mindful of the tactics employed by leaders can help individuals make more informed and rational decisions. Awareness of manipulation can serve as a counterbalance to the divisive and manipulative strategies used by such leaders.

The question of why people elect individuals who may have the power to negatively impact their lives, finances, or the future is a complex one with no single answer that applies universally. However, here are a few factors that can contribute to such choices:

  • Diverse Perspectives: People have different perspectives and priorities when it comes to politics. What one person considers detrimental, another may view as beneficial. Individuals often make electoral choices based on a range of issues, including their personal beliefs, values, party affiliation, or policy positions.
  • Limited Options: In some cases, people might feel that they have limited choices when it comes to electing leaders. They may perceive that all candidates are flawed, or they might have concerns about the alternatives. This can lead them to select a candidate who they believe aligns more closely with their interests, despite potential drawbacks.
  • Campaign Messaging and Promises: Political candidates often make promises or present persuasive messaging during their campaigns that resonate with voters. People may vote based on these promises, hoping for positive change or improvements, even if the actual outcomes may not align with expectations.
  • Lack of Information or Awareness: Some individuals may not be fully informed about the potential consequences or impact of their electoral choices. Limited knowledge, misinformation, or a lack of understanding about the complexities of governance and policy can influence voting decisions.
  • Party Affiliation and Loyalty: Party affiliation can play a significant role in voting patterns. People often align with a particular political party and support its candidates regardless of specific policies or individual qualities. Loyalty to a party or the desire to maintain party dominance can outweigh other concerns for many voters.

It’s important to remember that political dynamics and the consequences of governance are multifaceted, and individual experiences may vary. The idea that an entire population, such as the 40 million people living in California, are collectively experiencing a “hellscape” as a result of their electoral choices is a clear example of a mass formation of psychotics equally manipulated and herded like so many cattle to the slaughterhouse.

© 2023 David Masters – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Masters: snowman4848@gmail.com

Website Interview Contact: 541-660-0116




Hard To “(E)Scape” Being The Scapegoat

By Sidney Secular

May 19, 2023

As we scrape along in our newfound hostile environment led by jackbooted tyrannical extremists while trying to hold onto scraps of the freedoms we once enjoyed, we are forced to plan for survival both personal and of some semblance of our Western-style society. President Trump seems to have been the catalyst setting off the mass insanity that had long latently lay beneath the skulls of the psychotic, the mindless, and the brain-addled. Then along came the well-planned and executed global Covid “pandemic” – and those of us not in the New World Order “loop” were knocked off our not so lofty perches and shaky foundations, resulting in the crafty criminal cretins opening us to heretofore unknown total tyranny! It was a no-brainer for them as they had been in the process of setting us up for such eventual total control for centuries, making use of usury, financial domination and political sleights-of hand among other weapons, as handy tools. It’s all gone global now as moderate and even sedate governments have been ground under the heels of the ingrates via Covid lockdowns, election rule rigging and open vote tampering to institute their power plays while media domination was the vehicle to propagate their poop-laden propaganda.

Newly installed woke leftist regimes treat any opposition as unacceptable and make of such views objects of censorship. Opponents are censored, doxxed, denied basic human and constitutional (legal) rights and all opposition to their tyranny is derided as expressions of white supremacy even when the those resisting are black! These blockheads all belong to one closely knit leftist bloc that blocks any attempts at amelioration of our newfound slavish condition. Leftist schemes and victories are mounting faster than they can be analyzed or countered, let alone counted. Poisonous racist wokeness is infiltrating and corrupting everything from corporate boardrooms to medicine to criminal law to sports to military recruitment to judicial systems and, of course, to the actions of governments large and small. Civil discourse is hard to maintain and when it actually does occur, is easily corrupted and/or commandeered, even when it remains somewhat civil. Of course, in order for it to remain civil, only one side is permitted victory! Any chance of a different result usually also results in a mass shooting somewhere.

President Trump’s indictment is a far more significant event more in its consequences than what happens to the man himself. The leftists are already spinning/twisting poll results to allegedly show that swing voters are OK with indicting the former President on petty or phony process charges, now more accurately termed “technicalities.” But as with all such polls, they are skewed to screw the opposition, and to lull or con gullible and malleable GOP politicians and some independents into believing the Trump indictment is not necessarily a “new normal” to be directed at other GOP reform candidates “going forward” – but rather a one-time blip unique to the criminal, Donald Trump. Anyone with horse sense knows that such a claim is mere horse hockey and that the leftists will soon go bonkers with their bunk and accusations against any threatening pol. Once they get a toe in the tent, Libs can attack anyone even if they are peacefully resting on their bunk. It’s open season all year round now on all critics and/or those making inquiries about all the queer things going on. It’s a warning to all not to take on the Deep State or you’ll wind up over your head in deep doo-doo.

It’s no coincidence that even as Trump was arrested, influence peddler Hunter Biden came out of hiding triumphantly parading around in a public victory dance at high-level White House events to which the now leftist-controlled Drudge Report triumphantly blared: “Hunter Biden out of the shadows! Front and Center  Alongside Father.” The “optics” of an indicted Donald Trump being finger-printed and photographed will be imprinted on people’s minds where it will be processed into negative thoughts among the unsophisticated, the malleable and the gullible. There is no safe way to throw President Trump to the wolves that establishment Republicans would prefer, but they’ll take what they can get. The attempt to trash Trump was immediately followed up by initiating destruction on the image of Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, making it clear that Senate leftists intend to impeach him using a local Soros-backed prosecutor to indict him on some trumped up tripe. This is a message to the Soros-backed attorneys general that going after liberty lovers is now de rigueur, low risk, and good politics – not to mention personally profitable – and therefore they can now get their kicks kicking right-thinking people around.

Meanwhile, targeted small businesses – already take down or nearly taken out by the Covid criminality – also face increased vulnerability and prejudicial put-downs by the Sorosian prosecutorial apparatus. Federal laws and regulations are so prolific that the average businessman unknowingly commits multiple technical misdemeanors and felonies each day. These “hidden crimes” can be placed in play whenever the dictators want to play around with their subjects. Their power grabs are blatant, intense and hideous, and there is no need to hide them anymore, now that they can get away with their power plays at will. The wealth, health and future of the critics of the system are in critical condition as the conditioning of the public mind against them continues at a frightful pace. Though a blind man can see with his cane or his canine, the willingly blind look past what is going on and thus become oblivious to what will happen next.

Meanwhile, the scapegoating mobs have all gone digital and the transition to the electronic has made them far more effective as well as insidious and thus, the results far more hideous. The “can’t take it no more” sensitivity of those claiming to be victims, victimizes the rest of us and helps leverage their grievances into gain in personal power if not net worth. Thus, the “vindictivity index” of the cancel culture is patently and potently realized and reinforced and the negative energies magnified by the employment of social media are thus enjoyed and savored by the unsavory through the use of unsavory means. The violence that results is justified in the name of victim advocacy and the ends always justify the means – at least when “meanies” employ them. Negative energy feeds and builds on itself and evil thus escalates unless sufficient opposing force is mustered, applied, and maintained. As an example of all of this, a Federal Research Council report indicated that assaults against churches are up 288% so far this year. The orchestrated attacks across 29 states include arson, bomb threats, and vandalism.

How did the Deep State get so consolidated; that is, solid, entrenched and able to act in concert? It goes back to just who is in charge today. When young, today’s “movers and shakers” got tired of being targeted, arrested and somewhat deprecated in connection with their anti-Vietnam War and civil rights protests as well as their rioting and rants against patriarchy that were translated into the latent feminist movement. They “grew up” in a horribly mutant sense and went to work in and for the system they had previously despised, with the intent of taking it over, over a period of time. They still nostalgically look back on their juvenile antics and reminisce over “Woodstock” with its feelings of solidarity and orgasms together with that enjoyable feeling of thumbing their noses at the establishment. Now that they ARE the establishment, they get a vicarious thrill at seeing themselves and their offspring spring all kinds of attacks on system opponents, kind of reliving and reviving that youthful feeling of growing power and displaying it in a newfound reverse and perverse way. They’ve given up on the anti-war protesting, having found the usefulness of unending war to their purposes. As a result, they are now the perps perpetrating the unending wars which they now see as useful for the desired outcome of their perpetual struggle. They also constitute the corporate communist cadre of cads and they can have their cake and eat it too, in that they can parade around in pinstripe suits, and still revert to their sloppiness on informal Fridays, and walk around all the time in those ridiculous looking running/track shoes and faux cowboy boots that look out of place in an office.

Soros, his sons and their lackeys were able to co-opt this boomer operative mentality to their ends and took advantage of this uniformity and conformity with leftist goals using the media, his moolah, and his social media influencers to push the envelope ever leftwards. The puppet-master has  ties to all the major media and decides what stories are to be run or spun, whom to laud/applaud, and which ideas and people to demonize  It’s uncanny how all this canned action happens simultaneously and often with the appearance of spontaneity. All the media memes were left to cook and simmer for a time and then were spiced up and permeated with a vicious anti-white ideology propagated at every turn and turn of the screw and were served as a stew meant to stir everyone up. It was deep down a visceral campaign of the Deep State against Whites and Christians and against Western Civilization’s foundation of tradition and stability. Everything everybody does as habit and common tradition is traduced as derived from or deemed a White supremacist act, on the grounds that White people viciously stole anything worthy of emulation from “people of color” via colonialism.

Coffee shops seem to be a focus of this fulmination as places to supposedly wake people up as coffee is wont to do. They are accused of not catering to the coloreds therein and denying them access to their restrooms, even though they are not patrons and customers, and they look like they would turn the restrooms into retreats for drug taking and dealing and render them inoperative for conducting bodily functions. It is never noted that whites are similarly denied access when signs are posted saying restrooms are for patrons only. Sometimes restrooms have only one toilet or urinal and so can’t be turned into public restrooms. Starbucks at first had to give in to the pressure (the prattle in Seattle) but eventually got “pissed off” reverting to a “restrictionist” policy. However, the leftists are not through with their campaign against coffee shops and the coffee industry in general. One prominent racist blog foolishly fulminated thusly: “Every facet of the coffee industry is rooted in racism — from the moment Whites viciously stole coffee from Blacks and Browns, to the present day “Karen” sipping her cup of White supremacy, Whites have been able to drink the fruits of our labor with impunity”. “Karen” is the new anti-white female pejorative that is rampant on the internet. It is the equivalent of the N-Word, aimed at people who just happen to be White. If you google or go to YouTube and enter “Karen arrested” you will see unadulterated White bashing that YouTube refuses to cancel or moderate.

Many ignorant and easily swayed swaths of the public including parts of the Republican Party establishment have already surrendered to the leftist terror campaign. Since you have gone this far in reading and appreciating this article and possibly the newsletter it is featured in, we know you are enlightened and stand a good chance of survival – and maybe even thrive – in this unusually regressive, oppressive, and repressive atmosphere at least until the guns are drawn. But you have to do certain things. First and foremost, you have to pull the plug if not entirely on your exposure to the output of the mainstream media, especially TV cable news which will damage your psyche and your health if you get hooked on it. The constantly repeated lies, misinformation, disinformation, and negativity in general will drag you down. Now, this doesn’t mean that you don’t keep abreast of what your enemies are doing! You have to check with the media from time to time as long as you don’t “check your brain” when you do so! Ignorance is never a useful strategy. However, you will have to develop social and business networks of people with like ways of thinking and interests and do some “prepping”. These subjects will be covered in a continuing series of articles in this newsletter.

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




The Russians in Russia-gate

By Cliff Kincaid

May 19, 2023

The observations made by Durham and his staff indicate the FBI’s corruption goes far beyond political bias against former President Trump.  But Durham didn’t draw the conclusion that the FBI has been infiltrated by Russian agents and that the agency cannot be reformed until they are exposed and rooted out.

The cover-up continues.

In the most explosive revelation about the Get Trump investigation known as Crossfire Hurricane, Durham raises the idea that the anti-Trump Steele report was Russian disinformation.

Steele was the last name of former British intelligence agent Christopher Steele, a “confirmed socialist” in college at Oxford when he was hired by MI6, another point of suspicion for someone who would be dispatched to Moscow as a spy and later serve as head of the Russian desk at MI6.

The Durham report adds to the obvious conclusion that the Russians originated the idea that Trump was a Russian agent and provided the “disinformation” in the Steele dossier which drove the FBI investigation of former President Trump and his associates.

Regarding the so-called Russia-gate scandal, the late anti-communist freedom fighter Vladimir Bukovsky said, “For the first time, the left-wing establishment discovered the Russian threat. Previously, they didn’t see any threat. When it was real and we tried to attract the attention of the world to the Russian threat, we were accused of being paranoid and unrealistic and things like that. Now we have proven we were not paranoid. It did exist. Suddenly, the world discovers the Russian threat. That, of course, is a political game.”

But these “political games” are more ominous than they seem. Remember that FBI counterintelligence special agent Robert P. Hanssen was a Soviet/Russian mole inside the bureau. His record of treason spanned 22 years, from 1979 to 2001. Robert S. Mueller, the Russia-gate special counsel, became FBI director after Hanssen was caught. Mueller then failed to reform the bureau to catch future spies.

Under Mueller, the investigation into the post-9/11 anthrax attacks that killed five Americans was officially “closed” after the agency conveniently blamed a dead man, who committed suicide under FBI pressure, for the anthrax murders. Another suspect in the case, Dr. Steven Hatfill, was harassed and hounded by federal agents. But Hatfill stood up to the pressure and eventually collected a financial settlement from the federal government for the damage to his career and reputation.

From the start of the FBI’s inquiry, the bureau seemed determined to eliminate Al Qaeda as a source of the attacks, even though the terrorist group’s biological weapons program was run by an identified Soviet KGB agent,  Ayman al-Zawahiri.

But there’s a key fact not highlighted in the Durham report about Russia-gate: the Steele dossier, full of Russian disinformation, was peddled not only by the Democrats but by Senator John McCain to frame President Trump and other officials as Russian agents.

Regarding the Crossfire Hurricane smear campaign against Trump, the Durham report says (in a footnote) that the FBI failed to consider the “possibility” that “some or much of the non-open source information contained in Steele’s reporting was Russian disinformation (that wittingly or unwittingly) was passed along to Steele, or that the reporting was otherwise not credible.”

The “non-open source information” means it was supposed to come from secret but reliable FBI sources.

The term “Russian disinformation” means that it was deliberately released by the Russian intelligence services to confuse and misleading people.

FBI officials may have been so anti-Trump that they were willing to use Russian disinformation to paint Trump as a Russian agent. But it could also be the case that Russian agents or sympathizers in the FBI knew the information was false and therefore disinformation and used it anyway. It may ultimately mean that Crossfire Hurricane was a Russian “active measures” operation using communist disinformation and propaganda from the beginning.

We will never know for sure until these officials are identified and investigated. Who will do that?  Durham did not.

The Durham report raises serious questions as to whether there was a communist mole or group of enemy agents in the FBI protecting the agency’s “sources.”

Perhaps the FBI didn’t care or didn’t want to know the truth about the Russian intelligence connections of the sources behind the anti-Trump Steele dossier.

This conclusion is potentially far worse than saying that FBI officials or agents had a political bias.

In the body of report, as well as the footnote previously cited, Durham states that “it appears the FBI never gave appropriate consideration to the possibility that the intelligence [Igor] Danchenko was providing to Steele — which, again, according to Danchenko himself, made up a significant majority of the information in the Steele Dossier reports – was, in whole or in part, Russian disinformation.”

Igor Danchenko was “a senior research analyst in the Foreign Policy Program at the Brookings Institution” and co-authored a paper on Russia and China with Erica Downs, a former CIA analyst, and Fiona Hill, who served as National Intelligence Officer for Russia and Eurasia at the U.S. National Intelligence Council.

Danchenko, who has Russian citizenship and an American green card, was acquitted on four counts of lying to the FBI, in a case brought by Durham. “We have known all along that Igor Danchenko was innocent and we are glad the American public knows that now too,” declared one of his lawyers, Stuart Sears.

A Washington Post story on the verdict declared, “Durham says Steele dossier source lied. But the FBI long valued him.” Indeed, an FBI agent testified he was a valuable source, an indication that the problems in the bureau have not been resolved.

Going further back in time, when Senator Barack Hussein Obama was running for the presidency, the FBI raised no concerns about his relationship with Frank Marshall Davis, who was not only a communist but a pornographer who wrote a semi-biographical novel about having sex with a 13-year-old girl. He mentored Obama for as many as nine years of his young life in Hawaii.

Obama had referred to Davis in his memoir as merely “Frank,” a poet filled with knowledge and advice. The real identity as that of Frank Marshall Davis was disclosed by a writer for a Communist Party publication, who said it would prove to be historically significant, and then publicized by anti-communist New Zealand blogger Trevor Loudon. I confirmed the identity of “Frank” with a source in Hawaii and then obtained and posted the Davis FBI file.

Then-President Obama was among a group of high-level officials, according to the Durham report, briefed on the plan to frame Trump as a Russian agent.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. ww.usasurvival.org



The 2020 Presidential Election

By: Amil Imani

May 24, 2023

The Stolen Victory

In a shocking turn of events that had left the nation reeling, the American people were robbed of their rightful choice for leadership. The last election, where Trump emerged as the clear winner, was marred by the actions of the shadowy Deep State. In this article, we delve into the nefarious tactics employed by this secretive group to undermine democracy and deny Trump his rightful place as the elected leader for a second term. This is truly a tale of deception, manipulation, and a struggle for justice in the face of a stolen victory.

Trump Won

Trump’s candidacy for a second term captivated the hearts and minds of millions of Americans. With his vision for a brighter future and unwavering commitment to serving the people, he emerged as a beacon of hope in a time of uncertainty. From the early stages of the campaign, it was evident that Trump resonated with the electorate like no other candidate. His charisma, authenticity, and dedication inspired a movement that swept across the nation, uniting Americans from all walks of life.

Trump’s striking victory was a reward for his tireless commitment to serving the American people. It was also the crowning achievement of an exceptional campaign whose brilliance and high tone demonstrated the vitality of our Constitutional Republic to the entire world while keeping them spellbound. In choosing Trump, the American people chose the path of change, openness, and optimism. They chose him because they wanted a leader who believed in them and believed in America. A leader who was willing and able to put an end to the corrupt decay of Washington, D. C. and an end to the Deep State.

The Deep State

But the Deep State all along had been plotting in the shadows. Their goal? To subvert the will of the people as usual and seize power for their own nefarious agenda. Employing a range of tactics, the Deep State orchestrated a web of deceit designed to undermine the democratic process right from the start. From spreading disinformation to manipulating key players within the electoral system, their actions were a direct assault on the principles of fair and transparent elections.

Betrayal and Treason

As the votes were tallied and the nation eagerly awaited the announcement of the rightful victor, the Deep State sprang into action. Utilizing their vast network of influence, they orchestrated a sinister flip-flop through widespread voter fraud, mail-in-Ballot, and changes in election rules and also used the extreme bias of the media to undo Trump’s legitimate win and send Biden to the White House in the US. While overseas, foreign interference via satellites includes the Five Eyes (US, UK, AUS, CAN, NZ), Leonardo, the Italian satellite, and some other European nations, (i.e., Germany) that were involved in voter fraud through the Dominion voting system by design.

How Trump Outlines the Methods of Deceit:

1. Widespread voter fraud: Trump and his legal team pointed out widespread voter fraud, including illegal voting, dead people voting, and ballots being manipulated or fabricated.

2. Mail-in Ballot: Right from the start, Trump warned about mail-in voting, knowing full well that it would lead to widespread fraud.

3. Changes in election rules: Trump and his supporters argued that changes to election rules, such as expanded mail-in voting and early voting, were made in an unconstitutional and illegal manner. They rightly pointed out that this favored Democrats and compromised the integrity of the election.

4. The bias of the media: Trump frequently lambasted the mainstream media, claiming that they were biased against him and intentionally suppressed information or favored his opponents. He argued that this bias contributed to the perception that the election was rigged against him.

Trump Was Right About the Media Bias:

Take, for example, Time propagandist Ball’s assertion that when the media declared Biden the winner on November 7, there was widespread jubilation and people flooded the streets in cities across the United States to celebrate the democratic process that led to Trump’s removal. Although small gatherings may have occurred in Democratic strongholds like New York and Los Angeles, the polls conducted by even the biased media indicated that the majority of everyday Americans outside those areas believed the election was manipulated. Surprisingly, even one-third of Democrats felt that Trump was unfairly deprived of victory.

The propaganda piece fails to address the numerous sworn statements that provide substantial evidence of widespread voter fraud throughout the United States. Furthermore, it deliberately distorts easily verifiable facts. For instance, Ball falsely asserts that Trump encouraged his supporters in Washington D.C. to “go to the Capitol and ‘fight like hell.'” This is an inaccurate representation. In reality, Trump stated unequivocally that “we fight like hell” and emphasized that “if you don’t fight like hell, you’re not going to have a country anymore.” When discussing the events at the Capitol, Trump explicitly urged his supporters to express their voices “peacefully and patriotically.” Ball conveniently ignores Trump’s repeated condemnations of the riots and his calls for peace, while dishonestly claiming that Trump referred to the rioters as “very special.” In truth, Trump referred to his supporters as “very special” and denounced the actions of the rioters on multiple occasions. The Time propaganda piece exhibits similar dishonesty throughout its entirety.

A Fight for Justice:

Despite the overwhelming evidence of Trump’s victory, the Deep State’s grip on power seemed unyielding. But the American people refused to be silenced. Protests erupted across the nation as citizens demanded transparency and accountability. Grassroots movements formed, fighting tooth and nail to expose the truth and restore justice. The battle to reclaim Trump’s rightful place as the elected leader became a rallying cry for those who believed in the sanctity of our Constitutional Republic.

Conclusion:

The story of Trump’s stolen election serves as a stark reminder that our democratic processes are not impervious to manipulation and subversion. The actions of the Deep State have shaken the very foundations of our democracy, casting doubt on the fairness of our electoral process. As we strive to uncover the truth and hold those responsible accountable, we must remain vigilant in our defense of democracy. Only through unity, transparency, and a resolute commitment to justice can we ensure that the will of the people prevails over the machinations of those who seek to undermine our democratic principles.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




‘The Evidence of Things Not Seen’

by Lee Duigon

May 18, 2023

“Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” (Hebrews 11:1)

My judo teacher told me that I could take a headlong fall without getting hurt, provided my palms and forearms hit the mat first—at the same time!—and I turned my head away. Because I believed him, and followed his instructions, I took the fall and it was just fine. I didn’t get hurt.

Other students couldn’t quite believe the teacher, so they had to fall from a kneeling position, not standing up. A few couldn’t believe at all; and rather than risk the fall, they just gave up on judo.

It was a matter of faith. I had faith in the teacher, so I took the fall. I didn’t let a little bit of fear stop me.

Hebrews 11, “the faith chapter,” recites great deeds done by heroic men and heroic women throughout history. They were able to do them because they were motivated and sustained by faith. Noah, Abraham, Moses, Rahab—the things they did were dangerous and risky. Most people wouldn’t have dared to do them. These heroes did them because they believed God’s word; somehow God would get them through their trials. Esther, daring to speak up for her people to the all-powerful (and not entirely stable) king of Persia, said, “And if I die, I die.” It came right down to that. She would accept death, if that was the cost of saving God’s people from genocide.

And many of the saints did die—for doing what was right. Hebrews 11 doesn’t back away from that.

But faith can be misplaced… and often is.

Why do leftists believe in socialism, communism, public education, Climate Change, gender reassignment, college, etc.? By misplaced faith they believe such things. They may insist they don’t need faith, they’ve worked it all out by Reason—but that only means their faith is in Reason, which is only a disguise: what they really believe in is themselves—their own judgment of their intelligence, their own perception of what they accept as fact… or simply what they’ve been taught and what they’ve believed in all their lives and aren’t about to change.

It doesn’t matter where you put it; it’s still faith.

This being so, what we have is not a debate but a clash of faith. There won’t be any adding-up of points to find the winner. Either God and His enscriptured word are the ultimate authority, or He is not and something else is. “Science.” The majority. The enlightened minority. The Party. Or some guy with a gun.

Neither side can surrender.

Our faith demands that we believe God and take the fall, trusting in Him—all-righteous, all-wise—to see it through. It may not turn out as we would most passionately hope; but it will turn out as He intends. If God is God, then no false faith can prevail against Him.

If we can’t believe that, we might as well quit the judo school because we’re never going to get beyond those first hard falls.

There have always been false faiths. One after another, they come and go. Communism is considered a timeless faith, and it’s barely two hundred years old. The others are much younger, and already creaking and groaning with age.

There will come a time when those particular errors don’t exist anymore. We may even live to see it.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week at my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… before we’re all censored out of the picture. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




This Is What The Great Replacement Looks Like

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 18, 2023

Very few Americans realize that Biden, and your elected Congressional representatives, continue their dogged determination to replace the majority of Americans with an endless and growing line of refugees from 160 countries around the world. In April, the U.S. Border Patrol processed 200,000 of them…and sent them to all points of our country. They live in motels, hotels, U.S. military bases, school gyms, train stations, police stations, abandon buildings with instant Porta-Potties, and private homes. Soberingly, your tax dollars pay for all of it to the tune of $150,000,000,000.00 (billion) annually. Not only that, but Congress imports 1,000,000 (million) legal immigrants annually. They add themselves to our welfare rolls with SSI.

Do you realize if this invasion continues under Biden, you’re going to have third world welfare adults, babies and chain-migrated relatives into the 10’s of millions within 25 years? In other words, you, your city, and your state are being replaced with the poor of the world. Why isn’t anyone speaking up? Why are the NGO’s, Catholic Charities, and Lutheran Charities begging for more illegal and legal migrants? Are they that stupid? Or, are they THAT money hungry?

Worse than that, most Americans remain clueless as to the long-term consequences.

Speaking with Todd Bensman of the Center for Immigration Studies, www.cis.org, I learned a great deal. What’s going on Mr. Bensman? He said, “In recent days, large crowds of immigrants have formed on the Mexican side of the Rio Grande fully prepared to swim over well-worn crossing spots to Brownsville – but seemingly held back by unarmed Mexican immigration officials.

“Over the course of several recent days in this northeastern Mexican city when perhaps 3,000 immigrants a day swam over to Brownsville with no opposition on either side, a curious pattern became evident. At some sort of signal from the Mexican immigration officers, a group of about 100-150 from the crowd would suddenly stand in unison and rush down the riverbank, past the immigration officers, and swim over to America.

“It turns out that this pattern was far from happenstance. The Center for Immigration Studies asked several of the Mexican immigration officers what was going on and learned that… Biden’s Department of Homeland Security has been coordinating these mass swims with Mexico’s immigration service, INM, at high levels on an encrypted Whatsapp channel…

“The Americans on the other side would ask the Mexicans to hold back the migrants – not because such crossings are illegal and should be blocked and obstructed, but only until the Americans had finished processing the last batch into the country through Brownsville…

“Controlled-flow by the Biden administration’s DHS with Mexico also constitutes a highly unusual U.S. policy that demonstrates formal acquiescence to illegal immigration and an official willingness to accommodate mass illegal immigration rather than stopping, blocking, or deterring it, as required by law.”

That’s what Joe Biden and his accomplices are doing to you, your tax dollars and to your community. Eventually, with another 10 or 20 million alien migrants, every community in America will be replaced with third world poverty, illiteracy and welfare recipients.

After spending three weeks on the border, I saw the tons of trash they left in the desert, gullies, riverbeds, riverbanks, and camping areas. They will bring that same “cultural proclivity” into America. They will trash America because they’ve trashed their own countries.

Thousands of tons of junk that buries the natural landscape in trash and filth—destroys the natural habitat. Here is a 2.0-minute video of what I personally witnessed. Trashing America:

https://vdare.com/posts/great-replacement-update-garbage-haul-edition-illegals-are-trashing-the-rio-grande-wait-until-they-move-into-your-neighborhood

“Texas National Guardsmen who patrol the area call it “the mattress because the layers of discarded clothing and personal belongings here [are] so thick and rubbery,” Bensman reported.

“The garbage will, of course, “kill everything beneath it” and destroy the area for wildlife.”

“And you better not fall down: There are syringes, diapers, animal droppings, food, personal sanitation products full of chemicals, non-biodegradable trash of every kind, and human waste. And personal documents, and identification all get tossed before being processed.

Do you know what grinds this American citizen? Answer: I’ll tell you point blank. Our country is getting screwed, choked, and destroyed by a senile president and/or his handlers…along with a majority of 535 useless U.S. Senators and House members. These people are working on the total destruction of our society, our laws, our culture, our way of life.

If you think what’s going on in America today is off the charts “crazy”, just hang around for another 10 years to see our country coming off the rails like in East Palestine, Ohio. China or Russia won’t have to conquer us. We’re being conquered by our own president and Congressional critters.

We’re not going to survive this invasion. We’re being replaced by a third world horde. It’s going to play out in multiple, ugly and destructive ways across our once great country. I feel sorry for our children.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Communist Moles in the U.S. Government

By Cliff Kincaid

May 17, 2023

Six years ago, in our 2017 book on Barack Hussein Obama, Red Star Rising: The Making of Barack Hussein Obama and the Transformation of America, we concluded that Russia-gate was a diversion from the Russian penetration of the national Democratic Party and Russian control over, even blackmail of, Barack Hussein Obama.

With the release of the Durham report confirming Obama’s role in Russia-gate, which peddled the notion that Trump was a Russian agent, it’s time for Obama to be subpoenaed before Congress to explain what he knew and when he knew it. Questions also have to be raised, even at this late date, about his mysterious trip to Russia as a U.S. Senator, when his passport was confiscated.

As we noted back then, Russia-gate was a brilliant Marxist dialectical maneuver, as seen in the fact that Rep. Jamie Raskin, a Maryland Democrat and a vice chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, emerged as a major critic of Russian influence in the Trump Administration. His father was Marcus Raskin, a former Kennedy administration official who was a founder of the Marxist Institute for Policy Studies (IPS) and notoriously soft on Soviet Russia.

In the 1980s, in order to undermine Reagan’s defense buildup, Marcus Raskin and the IPS planned several conferences with Soviet officials believed to be under the influence or control of the Soviet intelligence services. At the time, 12 members of the U.S. Senate and 70 members of the House wrote to Secretary of State George Shultz, warning that the Soviet Union would use the events for intelligence purposes. IPS subservience to the agenda of the Soviet Union and its client state was a major topic of concern to those backing Reagan’s anti-Soviet policies. Journalist and author Brian Crozier wrote in National Review that the IPS was “the perfect intellectual front for Soviet activities which would be resisted if they 53 were to originate openly from the KGB.”

  1. Steven Powell’s book on the IPS, Covert Cadre, includes photographs of identified Soviet agents who attended IPS functions or associated with IPS personalities. He names two as KGB officers. The IPS even hosted convicted Soviet spy Alger Hiss. It regarded him as innocent and launched a series of “Alger Hiss lectures” in 2002, after receiving a bequest from the estate of Alger and Isabel Johnson Hiss.

Ironically, Rep. Raskin used a speech in Washington, D.C. to denounce the Russians for using “active measures” or influence operations against the United States, the same kind that his own father’s organization facilitated.

We concluded that it was not too late for CIA and FBI investigations into the former president, Barack Hussein Obama, but that the Intelligence Community had to be purged of enemy agents, spies, and moles.

In the present context, this means the Congress needs a House Committee on Internal Security to uncover the enemy agents.

We viewed Russia-gate as a masterstroke by the Russians, using the Hillary Clinton campaign as a go-between. The disinformation led to almost two years’ worth of investigations, by a special counsel and Congress, into Trump’s political, personal, and business dealings. As all of this was unfolding, the communists were up to no good south of our border, as millions of illegal aliens began to flood our country.

The Russia-gate investigations, including the one by Special Counsel Robert Mueller, had the earmarks of a Russian disinformation operation, carried forward by the Democratic Party, to divert the attention of our nation from what really matters – communist meddling in Latin America.

Let’s recap the basic facts — Russia-gate was conceived in Russia, in the form of the fake Russian dossier on Trump, and was used by the losing political party in the 2016 presidential election as a means by which the Democrats intended to delegitimize Trump.

Despite the current breathless coverage on the conservative cable channels, the Durham report only confirms what we already know.

But there is a constructive thing that Fox News can do. They can expose and identify those on its own payroll who helped perpetuate the Russia-gate fraud. I wrote about this sensitive topic in my article, “Conservative Dupes in the Russia-gate Probe.”

Andrew McCarthy, a former assistant U.S. attorney for the Southern District of New York, wrote an article for National Review appearing under the headline, “Robert Mueller: A Solid Choice for Trump-Russia Investigation ‘Special Counsel.’” McCarthy wrote that “He is highly regarded by both parties…He is a straight shooter, by the book, and studiously devoid of flash.”

The fate of an elected president was hanging in the balance and a Fox News “expert” was defending the Russia-gate prosecutor. McCarthy is still a paid Fox contributor.

From the FBI point of view, a corrupt agency and corrupt agents were at risk of being exposed and punished. Despite Durham’s report, they are still there for the most part. Patriotic agents have simply left the building.

I wrote at the time that I feared the same Russian operatives who wrote the “Trump Dossier” were pulling the strings in the FBI itself. In other words, at its core, Russia-gate was intended as a diversion from corruption and communist moles within the FBI.

The problem remains.

Speaker Kevin McCarthy can launch a new House Internal Security Committee to investigate and uncover the moles. What we need in the Senate is another Joe McCarthy, willing to investigate communists in the intelligence agencies.

But that will take guts and courage.

Interestingly, McCarthy was preparing to investigate the CIA when he went into Bethesda Naval Hospital for knee surgery and died from hepatitis. The J.C. Hawkins book, Betrayal at Bethesda, explains the curious sequence of events.

If Congress fails to act in the face of the overwhelming evidence of communist penetration of the intelligence agencies, we will have to conclude they fear the power of the State, including its ability to persecute and even assassinate its political enemies.

If you think this is impossible, ask the Supreme Court justices targeted for protest and death by “activists” upset by the leak of that ruling against abortion on demand.

This is a matter of life and death.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Monopoly Money

By Paul Engel

May 17, 2023

  • Thomas Paine said in The American Crisis, “What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly.”
  • The current debt crisis is did not suddenly appear. It comes from decades of fiscal mismanagement and malfeasance.
  • Most of the constitutional crisis that the news has been reporting is nothing but hype.

When I turned 16, I wanted a car, just like pretty much every other American teenage boy. When I asked my father for financial help getting my first car, he told me that if I didn’t get the money myself, I wouldn’t value the car. I didn’t like that answer, but as Thomas Paine said in The American Crisis, “What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly.” It turns out my father was wise to make me work for my first car.

We are not here today to talk about teenagers and their cars, but of the trillions of dollars the United States spends each and every year. First, we should ask if our employees in Washington, D.C. are spending our money wisely, or like some spoiled rich brat, are they treating our hard earned cash like Monopoly money? Once we answer that, the next obvious question is, do we cut up Uncle Sam’s credit cards before all 330 million of us are bankrupt?

Federal Finances 101

If we’re going to talk about money and the federal government, we need to start at the beginning, with the Constitution and the powers delegated to the United States.

The Congress shall have Power To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence and general Welfare of the United States; but all Duties, Imposts and Excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;

To borrow Money on the credit of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clauses 1 & 2

Congress has the power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises, but only for three specific purposes.

  • Pay the debts of the United States.
  • Provide for the common defense of the United States.
  • For the general welfare of the United States.

Congress also has to borrow money on the credit of the United States. That’s with a capital “U” and a capital “S”, a proper noun, not the several states or the people, but the union of states known as the United States.

Not only can Congress collect taxes and borrow money, but they have the power to spend money as well.

No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law;

U.S. Constitution, Article 1, Section 9, Clause 7

The situation we are talking about today is very simple. When Congress passes laws to appropriate money from the treasury that’s more than what’s collected in taxes, Congress must borrow the difference. I know, that seems pretty simple, but based on recent discussions, articles, and press conferences, this simple fact is not only lost on Congress and the entire federal government, but on the people as well. Which is how we get reports like this:

The federal budget deficit was $1.1 trillion in the first half of fiscal year 2023, the Congressional Budget Office estimates—$430 billion more than the shortfall recorded during the same period last year—and consistent with projections CBO released in February.

Congressional Budget Offices Monthly Budget Review for March 2023

The deficit, which is the difference between money spent and taxes collected, is the amount that the United States has to borrow to make up the difference. This is not to be confused with the national debt, which is the accumulations of all the deficits over time, also known as the money Congress has borrowed on the credit of the United States. How did we get to this particular situation?

Outlays were 13 percent higher and revenues were 3 percent lower from October through March than during the same period in fiscal year 2022.

Congressional Budget Offices Monthly Budget Review for March 2023

A fiscal year is an accounting period of time. The United States runs on a fiscal year that starts on October 1st ever year. That means that the budget for 2023 ends on September 30, 2023 rather than December 31st. It may seem a little confusing, but it explains why the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) is reporting data starting in October rather than January.

All this means that Congress appropriated money that authorized the Treasury department spend for the fiscal year 2023, and the actual money spent in the first half of that fiscal year was 13% higher than in 2022. Also, the actual collection of taxes Congress authorized by law during that same time period was 3% lower than last year. Just like for your home budget, if expenses go up while income goes down, then you have to borrow money to pay the bills. In the case of Congress, they just borrowed $1,100,000,000,000 on the credit of the United States. I did a little math and the $1.1 trillion dollars that Congress had to borrow will cost the American people approximately an additional $13.8 billion every year in interest payments. I don’t know about you, but that sounds like serious money to me.

The Debt Limit

While most Americans would put these budget shortfalls on their credit cars, Congress does not have a literal “American Express” card on which to charge this. The details of how the federal government actually borrows money is beyond the scope of our talk today, but it’s important to know a few basic concepts. Since only Congress can borrow money on the credit of the United States, they must authorize such borrowing by law. This is commonly known as the debt limit, and can only be changed by law, meaning Congress must pass a bill and the President must sign it. Think of it as the credit limit on your credit cards. If you keep borrowing money by charging it to your credit card, sooner or later the bank will say, “That’s enough.” Similarly, as the federal government keeps borrowing money to spend on their profligate programs, sooner or later the American people, through their representatives in the House, and the states through their representatives in the Senate, will also say, “That’s enough.” Or at least we would hope so, but that has not been the case. Which is why every time in history that the federal government’s borrowing has approached the debt limit, Congress simply raises it.

I don’t know about you, but if I was maxing out my credit cards every couple of years, I’d take a serious look at my budget. Sure, there are some things I can do to increase my income, but the first place I’d look is at my spending. Take a look at federal receipts and outlays in the 21st Century:

Find more statistics at Statista

Do you see how federal spending, with rare exceptions like the end of COVID, almost always seems to go up? Yes, the revenue frequently goes up as well, but rarely as fast as the spending. This continuous increase in spending is nothing new, neither is it limited to a single political party. Just look at the increase in spending under some of the more recent Presidential administrations:

Find more statistics at Statista

This latest graph shows one of the more common misunderstandings of America’s budget crisis. Presidents don’t appropriate money, Congress does. Remember Article I, Section 9, Clause 7?

No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law;

U.S. Constitution, Article 1, Section 9, Clause 7

That means the people most responsible for authorizing the ever increasing spending is Congress. That also means the representatives of the people and the states are authorizing this spending. Since the people elect members to both houses of Congress, that means we are responsible for putting the people in place that have created this disaster. At the end of 2022, our national debt was just short of $31,000,000,000,000. Compare that to our Gross Domestic Product (GDP), which is the sum of all goods and services sold in the United State in 2022, which came in at $21,461,300,000,000. That means if we took every dollar in goods and services made in the United States and applied it to the debt, we would still have almost $10 trillion of debt still outstanding. That would be like taking your entire paycheck, before taxes and deductions, and sending it to the credit card company, and still having a six-figure balance. Unfortunately, nothing currently going on in Congress will change any of that.

Setting a budget is not a surprise to Congress. Neither is the need for appropriations bills or the debt ceiling. The dates of these events are known to each and every Congressman at the beginning of the session. Yet year after year these men and women simply wait until the last minute and then find a way to “kick the can down the road.” Not all members of Congress are this delinquent in their duties, but the majority of them are. And every two years these members of Congress lie to the American people that they will fix what they see as the problem, but they never seem to propose any solutions that would actually do so. Yet the American people blindly follow these fiscally malfeasant actors down the path to destruction. Which leads me to a little news article you may not have seen.

Constitutional Crisis

On ABC’s This Week, George Stephanopoulos, during an interview with Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, repeatedly asked about calls for the Whitehouse to invoke the Fourteenth Amendment to allow the treasury to continue borrowing money even if Congress does not raise the debt ceiling. How is that supposed to work?

The validity of the public debt of the United States, authorized by law, including debts incurred for payment of pensions and bounties for services in suppressing insurrection or rebellion, shall not be questioned.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 4

Those who are claiming that the Executive Branch can get around Congress’ pesky debt limit problem by invoking the Fourteenth Amendment have apparently missed one or two little phrases. First, no one is questioning the debt. The question is, will Congress authorize by law additional debt, which is the second problem for those looking for a non-legislative solution. Any debts incurred outside of Congressional action are not authorized by law, and therefore their validity would not be subject to the Fourteenth Amendment. Since the Constitution only delegates the power to borrow money on the credit of the United States to Congress (remember Article I, Section 8, Clause 2), any attempt by the Treasury Department to borrow money beyond Congress’ authorization would be void and of no effect.

An unconstitutional act is not a law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties; it affords no protection; it creates no office; it is in legal contemplation as inoperative as though it had never been passed.

Norton v. Shelby County, 118 U.S. 425 (1886)

Conclusion

So where does that leave us? With all the fingers pointing back and forth between the houses of Congress, the Presidency, and the Department of Treasury, the ones truly responsible for this mess is We the People. Yes, we have hired representatives that have spent more than they collected in taxes for decades. We did so because we thought we could get goods and services from government and not have to pay for them. In short, the American people have been incredibly greedy for decades, and the chickens are coming home to roost. We asked Congress to collect taxes for more than paying the debts and providing for the common defense and the general welfare of the United States, but we asked them to appropriate far more than we would let them collect. With each new program, service, subsidy, and entitlement, we told our representatives to simply charge it, figuring someone else would have to pick up the tab. Well, that game of musical chairs is coming to an end, and it appears this generation is the one without a place to sit. The only reason the United States is not bankrupt is because people around the world keep lending us money or the Federal Reserve makes it up out of thin air, further devaluing the dollar and pushing us deeper into this fiscal crisis. Like a drunk who wards off his hangover by drinking more, we’ve kept this party going far longer than reason would allow. Some day, just like that drunk, the United States will get cut off by the world. In fact, I think it’s already starting to happen as more and more nations agree do to business together in something other than U.S. dollars. The world trusted us to be their reserve currency, and they’re starting to realize we were not up to the challenge.

Regardless of where you stand on the current debt limit crisis, if We the People don’t demand that our public servants get our fiscal house in order, then our economic future is bleak indeed. For those of you who think that we can continue this charade, that we can fix this crisis without spending cuts, I remind you that we’ve tried that for at least 70 years and it hasn’t worked yet. As Mr. Einstein put it:

Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. —Albert Einstein

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Democide: When A Government Kills Without Remorse  – Remember Germany…

By Bradlee Dean

May 17, 2023

“Democide is the murder of any person or people by their government, including genocide, politicide, and mass murder.”

It has been rightly said that every country deserves the government that it has in place (Galatians 6:7). How true!

What is sad to say is that in America, “We the People” are the government and because we have failed to be that government, we are now in a position where an alliance of corrupt politicians, acting in a foreign manner to American government, have taken up that vacant position (2 Corinthians 11:14-15).

We have watched this said government create unconstitutional wars at the expense of innocent blood, and this on both sides of a war.

[Rumble Video]

Their objective is to establish a military presence in 148 countries.  This is foreign to the US Constitution (Isaiah 5:20)!

The American empire 737 military bases in 148 countries there are 196 countries did you know?

This is the same government that creates crisis after crisis (Ephesians 4:14).

[Brighteon Video]

This latest plandemic consisted of a “virus”.  In the end, it was at the expense of over 300,000 lives in America alone.

[Rumble Video]

Will anyone be held accountable for the 300,000 American’s murdered by the covid 19 shots in 2021

This is the same government that has blood on its hands in the literal shedding of the blood of over 70 million innocent babies (Equivalent to the population in 18 states), both inside and outside of the womb (Exodus 20:13; Proverbs 6:17).  I remind you that the Lord will NOT pardon the shedding of innocent blood (2 Kings 24:4).

[Rumble Video]

Now, they want your guns (1 Samuel 13:22).  Does anyone know the history of governments that disarm their own constituents?

[Rumble Video]

This said government has a long history of killing, stealing, and destroying (John 10:10).  Friends, they are now criminally coming for your guns.  Are you getting the picture?  I hope so.

Some might say, “Bradlee, how is this our fault?” I answer with, the people are the government, and the representatives only do what they are delegated by the people to do.  When they go beyond their constitutional authority and act out in assuming authorities that were never delegated to them, it is the people that are to impeach them (Article II, Section 4) and then prosecute them for their crimes (Article I, Section 3, Clause 7 U.S. Constitution).

If the people fail in this obligation, they will then fall to those with which they have failed to lawfully bring to justice.  This is where we are at today in America.

[Rumble Video]

Are we as asleep as the Germans of the 30’s

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Both Parties in Congress are Hopelessly Corrupt, Unlawfully Spending Our Money

By Andrew Wallace

May 16, 2023

Brutal words, I know, but absolutely true! With very few exceptions, our elected officials have been bribed to destroy the American People and our Culture.

They do this by transferring the peoples’ hard- earned wages to the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families and their Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations and government.

To give you a visceral understanding of the Enemy, let me quote the following from Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Treasury Secretary:

“The arrest of Trump has the single purpose of establishing for all time that the American Elite who rule will not tolerate a President who represents the people and not themselves.”

President Trump is far from perfect. But he is certainly not the man falsely-portrayed by left-wing media, vilified, lied about, framed and constantly persecuted with bogus charges. Is it any wonder that the ignorant masses have been brainwashed to hate him?

President Trump (warts and all) is the first and only President with the knowledge, courage and proven ability to return us to prosperity and our Constitutional Republic.

Trump was returning our country to the use of tariffs (which increases jobs and eliminates need for income tax), stopped wars for profit, closed the borders, was bringing the troops home, increased living standards of the people, was returning us to Constitutional Law, etc. The Communists should be well-aware that we patriots know these facts!

To accomplish total domination, the PSRRC has constructed a “Big Blood-Sucking Machine” to rule us by the barrel of a gun, without any connection to our Constitution.

Remember, the Constitution is the “Supreme Law Of The Land.” How are they screwing us? Let me elaborate on the major treason that allows them to rob us blind and murder millions. Yes, I know that the Constitution specifies that you can only be charged with treason for giving aid and comfort to the enemy. But I maintain that our elected officials and bureaucrats have done more than that.

First, Congress passed unconstitutional laws to form unlawful departments, agencies and organizations, concentrating power in an unlawful “Big Blood-Sucking Machine” funded unlawfully with taxes, with no lawful authority for its existence.

The best known of these fake government organizations are Departments of Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development, and, of course, the most destructive of all, the Federal Reserve Bank.

These fake laws, departments, agencies, etc., allowed the PSRRC to concentrate power, unlawfully fund their Communist plantations with taxes from working Americans, launder money unlawfully, murder millions and impoverish the people. If this is not treason , what is?

But another evil and insidious part of the fake government is that Congress unconstitutionally gave these un-elected bureaucrats (the Administrative State) the power to make and enforce edicts with the power of law.

The Constitution (which is the only lawful authority) states that the federal government can only spend money that is authorized by the Enumerated Powers. Maybe only 20-30% of public expenditures is spent lawfully!

The “Enumerated Powers” restricts them to expenditures and actions related ONLY to Defense, Immigration, Foreign Relations, Commerce, Post Office, Post Roads, Indian Affairs, Currency and misc.

The Big Blood-Sucking Machine consisting of all the illegal departments and unlawful employees is not a part of our constitutional (lawful) government and has no authorization to spend your money! I call this treason!

The Federal Government can’t lawfully spend your money on foreign aid, undeclared wars, state responsibilities such as welfare, medical care, housing, policing etc, and financial support of illegal invaders or legal immigrants, etc., etc.

Note that the Constitutional restrictions of the Enumerated Powers prohibit the federal government from spending money in the states!

Otherwise, the federal government could control the states with money, as it mostly does now because governors are bribed to ignore their Constitutional Responsibilities.

Presidential Executive orders have no authority in the states and must also comply with the Enumerated Powers! Executive Orders apply ONLY to federal employees and agencies. The president and the courts have no lawful authority to make laws.

Only the legislature can pass laws. Publius Hulda, one of my favorite Constitutional Experts said the following in her Blog:

“Furthermore, all pretended regulations made by the ATF are also unconstitutional as in violation of Art. I, Sec. 1, U.S. Constitution, which vests ALL legislative powers granted by the Constitution in CONGRESS. Executive agencies have no lawful authority whatsoever to make rules or regulations of general application to The People!”

If you apply what Publius Hulda just said to all the unconstitutional laws, the unlawful departments listed above, the unlawful actions taken against citizens, the unlawful expenditures, you must correctly determine that an estimated 70-80% of the Beast that rules over us is but an “Unconstitutional Big Blood-Sucking Machine”. The worker robots are just ignorant and unlawful employees. The bureaucrats and those in Congress who voted for the unlawful departments and unlawfully funded them are simply guilty of treason. These are the same people who will be rewarded by the PSRRC for their treason.

Congress continues to enact unconstitutional laws and spend our money to unlawfully enrich the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class and their Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations and government.

When anyone brings these actions to the Supreme Court (SCOTUS), many times the response is to refuse to hear the case because of “Lack of Standing”.

I have been told that a majority of lawyers and judges are democrats who have no knowledge of Organic law, little about legislative law and were only taught common law (case Law) which is based on the Bible.

I was admonished in my early days as a trooper never to refer to the Constitution (Organic Law) before a judge unless I wanted to be laughed out of court.

What I am pointing out is that many lawyers and the judiciary have little respect for, or knowledge of the organic laws. To them law is what the judge says it is. Which, of course, is false.

Since most of the money for bribes comes from our ‘woke’ corporations, a little explanation is required.

Our large corporations are ‘woke’ because their stock is controlled by the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class, the wealthy families who care not a whit for the success of the corporation or the country. If this was not so, they would not have fought against tariffs that would have allowed them to continue manufacturing in the United States, with a viable middle class of consumers. They would not have promoted LGBT or Transgenderism with negative results for corporate sales (ie. Bud Light, Hershey, Jack Daniels). They would not have participated in Financialization, which weakens the corporations and requires government bailouts in lean times. Not to mention their massive support of the Communist BLM and Antifa thugs who burned and looted our cities. I must also remind you that the small retail competitors that were not burned out were closed while the big box stores remained open during the Scamdemic.
God Bless Our Constitutional Republic.

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Israel Has a Right to Defend Itself

By Amil Imani

May 15, 2023

Self-defense is the right of every individual, group, or nation. The inveterate belligerent Hamas cannot expect Israel to refrain from retaliation when it lobs barrage after barrage of rockets at Israeli populations. Hamas and Islamic Jihad thrive on violence. And violence begets violence.

Hamas is in a state of hostility even with its own kindred, the Palestinian Authority of the West Bank. It is time for Hamas to mend its ways, realize the futility of its strategy, and live in peace with others. It is time for the people in Gaza to demand that their leaders cease exploiting them and have them extend a hand of genuine peace for the betterment of all.

Decades of bloodletting by the Hamas extremists have inflicted unnecessary and unacceptable suffering on all sides. Israel, justifiably, is compelled to do what it must to defend itself and its people. In stark contrast to Hamas, Israel’s response is measured and does not intentionally target innocent civilians.

Those who support and fund Hamas in its belligerence have their own vested interest and not that of the Palestinians. The Palestinian people need to realize the futility of the present hostility and demand that their leaders work for a peaceful solution.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




More News You Missed, Musings, Uncommon Commentary and More

By Sidney Secular

May 16, 2023

COMING COMMIES’ WEAPONS CAPABILITY NOT COMICAL: North Korea is testing a new solid fuel ICBM that is pushing the envelope in state of the art weapons technology with assistance from China. These two terrors are not paper tigers anymore and you can’t paper over it. Without going into the techy details, the new system needs testing and fine tuning to be sure, but it sure is scaring the bejeebers out of the US and its Asian allies. South Korean and US air forces staged joint drills only hours after the announcement of the new weaponry. The two sides accuse each other of escalating tensions, but once that tit for tat gets going, it’s hard to back down and lose face, something the Asians loathe and most averse to, and we’ve got to face that fact. Japan and the US nearly simultaneously conducted air drills for two consecutive days over the Sea of Japan.

Meanwhile, a new book by Col. Grant Newsham, “When China Attacks – and the US Goes Down to Defeat” paints a pessimistic but fairly reasonable scenario of how China would take over Taiwan taking the US down in the process. That would destroy the reputation of the US as a powerful military power. Parenthetically, however, former commie “President” Obama did more damage to America’s military than anything China can do unless, of course, one recognizes that it is through China and other US enemies that Obama was elected in the first place! But back to the book: Newsham is no sham. He is an expert in military, intelligence, and high tech matters and his writings have appeared in many publications including The Asia Times. He portrays the social decay (and outright decadence – editor) along with the economic weakness of the US brought about by the loss of manufacturing capability and the corruption of academic, financial, corporate and  political elites facilitated by Chinese bribery.

Unfortunately, Newsham falters when he recommends as a solution that a lot more money be spent on building up the US military. We’ve been there and done that, and still with all the waste and corruption that accompanies all that spending, along with internal attacks against our warriors based upon vaccines and various gay and liberal agendas, we continue to fall behind. Indeed, we get much less “bang” for our cheapening bucks all the time. These experts are one trick ponies trotting out their one or two favored solutions for all the maladies that beset us. One such “eternal” solution being bandied about is to reinstate the draft so as to recruit enough cannon fodder to cover for our follies and feed the ever larger war machine. Of course, this fails to take into account the apparent fact that an increasing proportion of our populace cannot pass muster as war “materiel” except in the casualty category! The think tank “The Hudson Institute” is pushing this solution which is already passe. These intellectuals like to ape each other and trot out solutions which they purport to be new but are just a rehash of ideas that already have been and are being bandied about. That they write books that sometimes sell like hotcakes speaks volumes about the ignorance of the population or perhaps just our pathetic optimism that there is some solution for our own well-worn path to hell. Tucker Carlson seems to have been the only commentator who didn’t say things just to go with the flow and was a true journalist, so they made a big deal over him until he was removed. The others just like the public exposure and the easy money they make jabbering away with preset talking points.

BARACK’S BIG BROTHER MAKING STINK OVER BRO: Malik Obama, Barack’s older brother – that is, if Barack’s father was Obama and not a black commie his mother “knew” (in the Biblical sense) back in Hawaii – is suddenly trying to get back at BO for reasons we are not privy to know but that probably involve the extreme difference in the two men’s financial condition!  Malik has released documents showing Barack was born in Nairobi, Kenya and was thus an illegitimate president. Forensic researchers had already proved that Obama’s Hawaiian birth certificate was a forgery as were his seven or so SSI cards. These revelations come at the same time that Columbia University graduates who were supposedly in the same classes as Obama reiterate that they have no memory of him at all. But if Malik has his way, it will get even worse for the Obamas as “the brother” is determined to further publicize the fact that his “sister-in-law, “Michelle, a darling of the Democrats, is in fact a man named Michael who as any good “tranny,” represents “himself” as a “herself.” Michael was registered to vote as a man from 1994 until 2008, according to documents obtained from the Illinois State Board of Elections, officially changing his gender to female in 2008, the year her/his husband was running for the presidency.

In 2014, comedienne Joan Rivers publicized the fact that Michelle was “a tranny.” Rivers died some two months later during what was supposed to minor throat surgery and ever since, rumors have been swirling around that she was “eliminated” for her lack of decorum. As well, given the very obvious and suspicious “lumps” visible below the waist when “Michelle” wore any of her more form fitting dresses, it is probably that little or no “gender affirming” surgery was ever performed. And, of course, the ever present (and seldom silent) President Donald Trump has long claimed that the story of Barack Obama and his wife Michelle is one of the greatest scams and cons in the history of politics.

NOT SO FAST – LET’S NOT FORGET THE PAST: Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is running for president. In an election cycle that promises more vast criminality, fraud and fulmination among frustrated voters, he hopes to be the solution for those offended by the same uni-party choices or Deep State reject Donald Trump; that is, people just looking to be offended by any number of things one can easily be offended by. JFK, Jr. wants to be viewed as someone new, or at least sufficiently apart from the swamp so as not to lumped in with the usual coterie of creeps by new voters and/or the rest of the lumpen proletariat. He’s made his mark by exposing the Covid and pharma scams in a major way – and writing a best seller on it – and making the rounds of the talk show circuit since its publication in 2021.

But Kennedy himself continues to remind us that he is STILL a Democrat, and he wants us to remember that as well as to remember that that label stands for hypocrisy, deceit, deception and delusion even though Republicans are giving Dems a run for their bags of money. The man has been a prominent environmentalist and that is OK in a neutral sort of way Indeed, he has even done some good in that role! But on the other hand, he is also a UN Agenda 21 total control freak and like the other supposed “environmentalists,” is all for solar and wind while remaining all but oblivious to the harm that these renewables cause to the environment. And, alas, he does not respect the Historic American Nation that fostered our true commonality, together with the Constitution that put in place the rule of law that only that Nation would steadfastly follow. JFK, Jr. is still a card-carrying member of the swamp and if he is our “choice,” will wind up swamping us and going overboard with a boatload of false propaganda. Despite the man’s name and claim to fame, he will be going up against the main body of presently deranged Democrats who are still all on board with untested vaxxes, lockdown mandates, and the already discredited “maskerade!” As a result,  he will be stifled and shunted aside by the legacy media and mocked by the hardcore mainline demonrats while the rest of us who reject such Democratic agendas as he does support, will find him unacceptable for that very reason.

UNFATHOMABLE AND UNBELIEVABLE  MONEY-LAUNDERING SCHEME YIELDS FANTASTIC FOUNT OF FUNDS:  Public records show that some Democrat supporters appear (on the surface at least!) to be making multiple donations of small amounts of money – sometimes dozens of times each day! Of course, these “small payouts” quickly add up to hundreds of thousands of dollars. Of course, naturally (and obviously), the present Department of (In)Justice is oblivious to all this despite the fact that the original “donors” are livid about it. A colossal money laundering scheme stares them in the face while they go foaming at the mouth after the chimera of white nationalists fomenting insurrections. Here’s how it works as far as we can determine: An unsuspecting person makes a donation to a “Demorat” politician or organization. Suddenly, bogus donors then pile on with thousands of donations using the original donor’s identity and address while the donor is oblivious to what’s going on. Many of the ersatz donors are either elderly or unemployed and therefore couldn’t possibly make such prodigious donations. The top donor in Arizona supposedly made 18,672 donations over 3 years, which comes to 17 donations per day!  Another Arizona woman claims she did not make the 18,000 donations made in her name to the tune of $170,000, despite what the Federal  Election Commission records showed. Using this methodology, funny money can be funneled to any favored candidate facing a significant election challenge.

Much of the funny money went to the organization ActBlue, whose website boasts of “raising” billions since 2004. Half of the donations ActBlue received in 2019 came from people who were unemployed — and untraceable! The burning question who is: Who is making all these donations? James O’Keefe of O’Keefe Media Group recently investigated this phenomenon. Senator Marco Rubio (R-FL)  has called for an investigation into this matter especially as it relates to ActBlue. One would think ActBlue itself should be audited. They must have their own internal auditor. He should be put in the hot seat and made to sweat until he provides some answers. Sherlock Holmes needn’t be consulted in this case as even Inspector Lestrade could do it.

AI – THE FRANKENSTEIN ABOUT TO MASTER MAN: Twitter CEO Elon Musk has joined over 1,000 Artificial intelligence (AI) experts and industry executives in signing an open letter calling on all AI labs to “immediately pause” the training of systems more powerful than GPT-4 for at least 6 months. Among the signers was Apple cofounder Steve Wozniak, AI guru Emad Mostaque, and engineers from Meta and Google. “The AI systems being developed have human-competitive intelligence and pose profound risks to society and humanity” said the statement, and cited extensive research on the issue. You know this is a stop-gap measure because once something pernicious gets going, the impulse to see it to completion overcomes resistance to proceeding with it. This is a Frankenstein monster with a digital mind that no one – not even its creators can understand, predict, or reliably control. It’s unbelievable but these experts believe that non-human minds might eventually outnumber, outsmart, render us obsolete, and replace us. This does not mean that the gurus are giving up on AI development, but only want to make it governable and less gargantuan. The monster could take on human criminal activities such as cybercrime and other malicious actions and spread disinformation. The monster could suddenly decide to kill us all. Maybe the gurus should take their own advice to heart and control their urge to micromanage us. Musk is happy that Chuck Schumer (Demonrat – NY) is laying the groundwork for Congress to regulate AI. That sounds too much like the foxy wolf trying to get the upper hand (paw ) on his fellow conspirators. It is also most necessary to remember, most of our major weapons systems are run by computers. If we were still beating each other over the head with clubs, AI might be less of a threat, but one of the four AI “androids” that killed some twenty-eight people after having been partially deconstructed had found a way to “link in” with a satellite that was giving it the means of repairing the damage it had sustained! Had the connection not been broken or the machine sufficiently damaged to stop its murderous rampage, who knows what the result would have been!

DEJA VU ALL OVER AGAIN: NATO is sending depleted uranium armor-piercing shells to Ukraine in a not-too-unprecedented act of escalation. This weapon is radioactive and is known to cause cancer and horrific birth defects. They can ruin the land they detonate on for generations. They could turn the contested Donbas region into a wasteland — nothing is beyond the pale when it comes to combating the evil Russkies. The UK’s defense minister, Annabel Goldie, mentioned none of this when boasting that the rounds are highly effective in defeating modern tanks and armored vehicles. The NATO powers openly obstruct the possibility of productive peace parleys so they can get their jollies beating their contrived opponents to a pulp. Depleted uranium munitions were used in the Iraq war. Horrifying images online document the life-altering and often fatal effects civilians face in their wake. In some cases, babies whose mothers were affected by the munitions are born with multiple extra limbs and other severe disfigurements. Uh-oh! Russian President Putin has already stated NATO has crossed a “red line” and that Russia will respond accordingly. The Western media, never shell shocked over explosives or explosive news, has backed the delivery of the depleted uranium munitions, with the mouthpiece, “Popular Mechanics” magazine ridiculously describing the delivery as “modest”.

BIDDING IT AUDU-BON VOYAGE: After months of supposed “delibberation”, the Audubon Society, in a decision “for the birds”, is changing its name, citing John James Audubon’s background as a White heterosexual, Christian male. The organization, dedicated to the scientific study and appreciation of birds, announced the bombshell decision on its website and in an email sent to members. The nonprofit will begin a process to develop a new name that “embodies our organizational values”, and is “inclusive and welcoming”, as if members knew or cared about the founder’s heritage or background. All the environmental organizations have these mental issues and are dissing and dismissing their founders in this manner. The Arbor Day Foundation, which I support, has changed the name of its sub-group from “Morton Oak Foundation” to “Oak Foundation” as the appellation for the  member group who has the organization named in its wills. J. Sterling Morton, a very prominent legislator and environmental activist in Nebraska founded the organization in 1872. His sterling accomplishments were of no account because he made some offhand remark supporting slavery. Wikipedia has excised his name completely from its article on the organization. Their letterhead paper looks weird because there is a very conspicuous blank space where “Morton” used to be – anything to mollify or mollycoddle the super sensitive snowflake members. The members make sure they plant plants with well-established roots and are happy to have rooted out the most important person in helping the organization establish its roots.

In an interesting Post Scriptum to the Audubon Society’s decision Wikipedia reports that the man himself was born in what became Haiti and it is pretty much believed that while his father was a French planter, his mother was of a much lower birth rank and might even have been what those days was called a “quadroon” or a person who was one-fourth black. So it would seem that the artist wasn’t white after all! Will wonders never cease!

BIDEN TO DEPLOY “ARMY” OF SOCIALIST SOCIAL MEDIA INFLUENCERS: They would ostensibly assure the youth vote for him. This mini-army will be stationed in a briefing room at the White House. A social media influencer uses videos of themselves on social media platforms for paid product endorsements. This is the way to drive the digitally driven and the deluded woke crowd into the Biden camp. The influencers are considered “press” and will receive press passes so they can pass into the inner sanctum to ply their propaganda. This is really a high prestige position in today’s inverted society since “social media influencer” is the number one career choice of woke youth who have yet to enter college. The media provides the messages that matter the most in our messed-up mass society.

DHS IS RUNNING A “CONCIERGE SERVICE” FOR ILLEGAL ALIENS TO ENTER THE US AT 8 DIFFERENT POINTS:  A One Mobile app called CBP One allows foreign nationals to schedule appointments, akin to restaurant reservations, at the Mexican border so they can quickly and seamlessly be released into American communities. No need to try to sneak in anymore. Once released into the US, they are given free food, lodging and smartphones on your dime. No interviews or questions are asked. It’s like getting a Ticketmaster reservation. This is just the ticket eventually leading to an effortless takeover of the country by foreigners. The illegals schedule a time on their smartphones and we’re waiting to greet them with open arms at the time and place they desire. Almost 10,000 foreign nationals were thus released into the US in January, and 20,000 were so released in February. This is a new “service” so the numbers are going to climb exponentially now that there is no processing for Covid candidates. To date, about 40,000 have used the “service”. Most of these “guests” have come from the socialist paradises of Venezuela and Haiti. New York City’s mayor has already spent millions with at least 100 hotels and motels and even office buildings to provide free housing for the illegals. Even New York area Democrats are astounded at the mayor’s hospitality and the hosing being administered to the taxpayers, some of whom are bound to be Democrats.

FBI EXTENDS ITS SPYING AND INFILTRATION ACTIVITIES INTO CATHOLIC HOUSES OF WORSHIP: This situation is presently occurring in at least the Richmond, Virginia area, but it may be in a lot of other places as well. Why this matter is going on in that area was not revealed. The FBI is cultivating church leaders and clergy members to act as surrogate undercover agents to reveal evidence of “radicalization.” The Feds apparently now considers at least some “traditional Catholics” and their particular parishes as nests for “racially or ethnically” violent extremists in the “Radical Traditional Catholic Movement”. The Southern Poverty Law Center, a Jewish infested hate organization that receives huge amounts of taxpayer dollars to create bogus enemies among those it doesn’t like, is still relied upon by the present law enforcement community to ferret out enemies of the state to pounce upon, even though its reputation has been sullied by corruption, it is apparently now “siccing” the WOKE FBI on its targets.

SOROS HEIRS APPARENT CARRYING THE TORCH TO TORCH WESTERN CIVILIZATION: George Soros, age 92, has two sons set to fill his oversized shoes when he passes on. The Soros dynasty won’t be happy until Western Civilization dies out mainly due to their constant outsized infusions of cash into all the left wing causes extant. Son Alexander Soros is seen regularly blackening the White House with his constant visits, having been seen there at least 14 times since October 2021, and having meetings with multiple high-ranking officials and attending  state dinners for the likes of French President Macron and his entourage, Barack Obama, and yucky Chuckie Shumer. The Soros family was behind the election of Manhattan District Attorney Alvin Bragg, best known for bragging about his role in prosecuting/persecuting former President Donald Trump. The other Soros’ son, Allan, was the son-of-a-gun most involved in that project. The Soros family is almost single-handedly responsible for selecting district attorneys across the nation who are busy dismantling our justice system by turning a blind eye to crime and releasing violent criminals back onto the street to rape, maim and murder some more.

FAUX SENATOR FETTERMAN (Demonrat – PA) CONTINUES IN OFFICE DESPITE DISABLING HEALTH ISSUES AND SUSPICIONS: Despite being out of office for over two months and hospitalized due to deep clinical depression and   “lightheadedness,”  Fetterman has returned seemingly unfazed and is carrying on as before. His release aroused suspicions because it was not accompanied by videos or photo-ops and the Senator refuses to answer reporters’ questions. The conspiracy minded and those with some common sense believe a lookalike double for him has been found and installed in his place to look and act like the unlikely winner of the senatorial race in Pennsylvania. Another not so way-out theory is that a clone of Fetterman has been created using state-of-the-art medical technology. The Dems will do anything to assure that their hold on Fetterman’s seat remains unfettered in the critical swing state of Pennsylvania.

MODERN MEDICINE or KILLING US SLOWLY WITH HEALTHCARE: Sons of Liberty Media has brought to the attention of those Americans who still care about whether they live or die that a drug that has been foisted upon us all for decades is really killing us, albeit slowly. The drug that has been added to many products over the years is the heavy metal fluoride. Yes, that’s right, the stuff that’s supposed to prevent tooth decay. I don’t know if it actually does prevent tooth decay, but according to Dr. Eashwarran Kohilathas, the author of the book “Calling Out The Shots: Questioning the Science Behind COVID-19 Genetic Agents, fluoride is the “main culprit” in the calcification (hardening) of the pineal gland, a small endocrine gland in our brains that produces melatonin, a serotonin-derived hormone that modulates sleep patterns. The gland is located near the center of the brain and is one of the neuroendocrine secretory circumventricular organs in which capillaries are mostly permeable to solutes in the blood. Calcification of the organ produces many different ailments including a defective sense of direction, insomnia and even brings on the onset of schizophrenia. It is also suspected as an agent that, like it’s heavy metal cousin mercury, may be one of the main reasons for the slow but steady decrease in IQ found in America and the West today.

Even before it began its life as an “additive,” fluoride’s poisonous properties were well known in medicine. As noted, in the beginning, using the reason that supposedly fluoride prevented tooth decay, it was put into tooth paste but now it is hard to be sure into what fluoride is not included given that warning labels no longer mean much of anything.

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Why This Amendment to the Constitution MUST Be Repealed

By: Devvy

May 15, 2023

James Madison wrote in The Federalist Papers #45: “The Senate will be elected absolutely and exclusively by the State legislatures.” (Madison was considered the ‘Father of the Constitution’ so there’s no misconstruing what he meant.

John Jay, co-author of The Federal Papers is quoted: “Jay then informed Governor Clinton that, unlike the Senate, where the two-thirds rule was in force for treaties and impeachment, the lower house had nothing to do with treaties; it represented the people whereas the Senate represented the states – for the Federalists always a significant distinction.”

The framers of the Constitution wisely understood the absolute necessity of ensuring We the People would have the right to vote for our representative in Congress, and at the same time because they all jealously guarded freedom and liberty, the states must also have equal representation. We the people would have the ability to remove via the ballot box, miscreants and scoundrels (US House), while state legislatures could recall their U.S. Senators who voted against the best interests of their state.

The Senate was supposed to be a sort of checks and balances, but that noble concept disappeared when U.S. Senators were then voted into office by special interests and mobs demanding more and more from the people’s treasury. The absolute right of the states to equal representation was wiped out when the Seventeenth Amendment was declared ratified on April 8, 1913.  It wasn’t. Secretary of State at the time, William Jennings Bryan, lied.

The required 36 states fell short at least two states which I proved when I sued the State of Texas to keep U.S. Senators off the ballot.  (California did not vote on either the Sixteenth or Seventeenth Amendments.)  I filed on Sept. 22, 2014.  Here is the filing.  A judge was brought out of retirement to hear my case in an empty court room while all the other court rooms were overflowing.

Judge Corrupt didn’t read one word of my filing, none of the evidence.  He simply dismissed my case in less than ten minutes with the comment that “no one cares about this because it was so long ago”.  Oh, fraud is okay because it happened so long ago?  Satisfied with himself, Judge Corrupt then asked the state what sanctions should be put on me (he considered my lawsuit frivolous) and damn near busted his suspenders at the state’s response.  (He was putting on a black robe as he entered the court room; the suspenders were to contain his basketball belly).

One of the two state attorneys I had been dealing with stood up and said, no sanctions your honor.  They knew I was right.  Gasp!  Judge Corrupt stomped out of the court room, no doubt his 10-course lunch ruined.

I filed an appeal.  The court ’s decision was nothing more than a white wash.  More than 300 documents from the Library of Congress correctly stamped as court certified plus one disc of proof didn’t matter to them.  Didn’t bother with the Texas Supreme Court as they would have been just as cowardly as the appeals court.

A couple of things I found in my research that are important.  Back in 1913, not all states were in session; some were out of session four years at a time. Others took no action on the amendment – Georgia specifically based on an investigation ordered by their governor at the time that the Seventeenth Amendment was not legally adopted by Congress before it was even sent to the states.  There has been some controversy on that.

On April 11, 2002, the State of Alabama decided out of the clear blue to ratify the Seventeenth Amendment – 89 years after the alleged ratification. On July 1, 2010, 97 years after the alleged ratification of that amendment, the State of Delaware ratified it. On April 1, 2012, 99 years after the alleged ratification, the State of Maryland voted to ratify the Seventeenth Amendment. How interesting that nearly 100 years after the alleged ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and after people like me have been pounding on this issue for close to two decades, three states just up and decided to vote on an old constitutional amendment.  They absolutely were two states short, so three states (insurance) vote on it almost 100 years later.  I rest my case.

It wouldn’t have made any difference because I also found this:

United States Supreme Court – DILLON v. GLOSS, 256 U.S. 368 (1921) 256 U.S. 368 DILLON v. GLOSS, Deputy Collector. No. 251. Argued March 22, 1921. Decided May 16, 1921.

“The provisions of the act which the petitioner was charged with violating and under which he was arrested (title 2, 3, 26) were by the terms of the act (title 3, 21) to be in force from and after the date when the Eighteenth Amendment should go into effect, and the latter by its own terms was to go into effect one year after being ratified. Its ratification, of which we take judicial notice, was consummated January 16, 1919. That the Secretary of State did not proclaim its ratification until January 29, 1919, is not material, for the date of its consummation, and not that on which it is proclaimed, controls.”

If the Seventeenth Amendment didn’t exist, neither Sen. John Fetterman or Sen. Diane Feinstein would still be in office; I have no doubt those legislatures would have gently removed them. They would then choose someone to replace each one.

Fetterman, another socialist bum[1], suffered a massive stroke in May 2022, which nearly killed him.  He should never have been on the ballot for senator as it was apparent to all but the brain dead and partisan media hacks, Fetterman was absolutely incapable of being able to function as a U.S. Senator.  Fetterman should have dropped out of the senate race then and concentrate on getting as well as possible.  To this day he is incapable of understanding what people tell him.  That is a fact.

It is inconceivable to me he won the election last November for several key reasons, but that’s why election fraud is so important to the Democrat/Communist Party USA.  Fetterman was sworn into office under an amendment that doesn’t exist on Jan. 3, 2023.  He checked himself into Walter Reed Hospital on February 15, 2023, for “severe depression”.  Discharged March 31, 2023.  He returned to DC on April 17, 2023, in his usual dressed to the nines con garb.

It’s quite obvious from video Fetterman should not be in Congress.  All the votes missed; PA had no senator for months.  Like power hungry, selfish Jill Biden, Fetterman’s wife grabbed the kids and went on vacation up in Canada while he’s in the hospital suffering from severe depression.  As a Christian, I wish him well but he won’t be until he gets home, gets continuing treatment and family support.

My brother is a double-stroke survivor (six years ago); he almost died before I could get to California as I hold his Medical Power of Attorney.  I moved him to my city in 2019.  Since he can’t drive, I take him to doctor appointments and do his shopping.  I know what it’s like to be around someone whose suffered a stroke.  With good nutrition, mild exercise, important rehab and speech therapy, cutting down the stress factor, stroke victims do very well; others like Fetterman will never fully recover their faculties as the neurological brain damage is too extensive and permanent.

Senator and career crook, Diane Feinstein [D], 89 years old, was hospitalized on March 2, 2023 allegedly for shingles.  She returned to her office in DC a sitting corpse.  Feinstein’s Altzheimer’s condition has been WELL known on Capitol Hill for YEARS [2] and still, she stumbled and bumbled around.  Three months after being hospitalized, Feinstein returned to her DC office and continues to miss votes, not that she has any idea what they are or mean.  Both of them received their full paychecks the whole time; $14,500 per month.  Feinstein and her husband have a net worth of $114 MILLION bux.

If the Seventeenth Amendment didn’t exist, their legislatures would choose a replacement. Right now, PA is a split state but likely their DemonRat governor, [D] would appoint another Marxist to replace Fetterman until an election.  Maniac California Governor Newsom [D] would also pick another Marxist to replace Feinstein.

As this relates to the massive hordes invading our border right now, look at this map.

Six states are split.  But, with 26 Republican governors and Republican control of their legislatures vs 24 states held by DemonRats, guess who would hold the majority in the U.S. Senate?  Right now, today, the Senate would be Republican controlled if it weren’t for the non-ratified Seventeenth Amendment.  They could override brain gone Biden’s veto for border security.

In 2022, nearly $1.3 BILLION dollars was spent on just five senate seats. (1/3rd of U.S. Senators are up for re-election every two years.)  Fetterman’s “race”:  $240 MILLION dollars was spent by outside groups who expect a return for their money.

Total cost of 2022 state and federal elections projected to exceed $16.7 billion, Nov. 3, 2023 – All that outside money buys power and corruption.  Those supporting the 17th amendment argued senators chosen by their state legislatures could be just as corrupt.  True, but it’s a lot easier to raise hell with your legislature and vote them out of office for making the wrong choice.  I’ve spent more than two decades on this issue. That obscene spending would all go away if the Seventeenth Amendment was repealed along with the disgusting, nasty ads and attacks.  The truth – that amendment was NOT legally ratified – will never reach the American people en masse, so the only alternative is to repeal it.

On May 11, 2023, the GOP controlled U.S. House passed H.R. 2, hailed as the “strongest immigration bill ever” knowing the Senate will not pass it; the illegitimate puppet in the WH says he’ll veto it.  No, it’s not the strongest bill ever.  H.R. 2, is a very good bill, no question.  You can read it here.  (SEC. 115 – Restrictions on Funding which includes NGO’s.)  I wrote about Reid’s bill back in 2006 and 2014.  STEIN: Harry Reid’s 1993 Immigration Reform Bill Is Blueprint For Immigration Reform In 2022, written Jan. 10, 2022.

Republicans say they’ve been working on this bill for months.  Okay.  Then why the hell isn’t H.R. 2 – Secure the Border Act of 2017 instead of 2023?  In 2017, Trump was president and Congress was GOP controlled.  The catastrophic nightmare going on right now on the border would never have happened if H.R. 2 had been signed into law by Trump along with Harry Reid’s bill.

What H.R. 2, 2023, DOESN’T cover is what I’ve been beating on since 2006:  Deceased Senator Dirty Harry Reid’s 1993 bill cuts off ALL welfare – the big magnet.  Read bill here. The bill information I sent to more than a dozen GOP senators (including Ted Cruz) and house members TWICE in 2017 with a copy to Trump and Stephen Miller, Trump’s chief senior adviser.  And I’ve kept on sending it to various critters since, never to receive a single response, not even from Rep. Chip RoyStephen Miller, AFL, and Texas AG Ken Paxton File Emergency Legal Action to Shut Down Biden’s Plan to Open Border and Flood America with Millions of Illegals, May 10, 2023

While H.R. 2, 2023 is strong on border security, the issue of welfare for illegal aliens (NOT migrants) is ignored and that is unacceptable.  Rewarding illegals in this country and the hundreds of thousands now being “processed” or who have evaded entry points (lots of video on that the past couple of days) only invites more hordes.  Not to mention you and I and our children and grand children are forced to pay HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS OF DOLLARS A YEAR to feed, clothe, house, education, medical, lawyers, incarceration; the list is endless.

UNACCEPTABLE.

If you missed these, worth the time:

Lara Logan, Texas Republican Politicians Working Against Border Security, May 8, 2023 

Biden admin’s plan for mass release of migrants into US outlined in internal 2022 memo, May 10, 2023

Illegal Aliens Invasion: Texas GOP Legislators Selling Out America, May 10, 2023

Texas RINO GOP Speaker of the House killed the border security bill in the middle of the night, May 10, 2023.  Email alert from the Republican Party of Texas:  “Last night, Speaker Dade Phelan (R – Beaumont) killed the strongest border security measure of the legislative session. House Bill 20 would have created the Texas Border Protection Unit, a first-of-its-kind, state-based border unit that reports directly to Texas Governor Greg Abbott.

“The legislation would have allowed this new task force to be deployed along the border to “intercept, repel, and turn back” migrants who cross into Texas without legal authorization.  But instead, Speaker Phelan sided with the Democrats and killed the bill in the middle of the night.”

Why continue electing Republicans if they continue to screw us in Austin?  GOP controlled House & Senate, GOP Governor, GOP Lt. Gov., GOP Attorney General and look what’s happened, again.  Phelan is even worse than the former Speaker, yet he was reelected last year.  Are the voters in his district just plain stupid or just concentrating on their fancy phones, good times and pay no attention to what their choice for representative in our legislature is doing?

We MUST get the Seventeenth Amendment repealed.  I was very surprised when I read Trump hater, former RINO U.S. Senator Ben Sasse, who resigned effective Jan. 2023 to become president of the U of Florida came out with this:   Ben Sasse Calls for Repealing 17th Amendment, Eliminating Popular-Vote Senate Elections, Sept. 2020.  That’s all he did was talk.

This is the procedure (NO Art. V convention – it would finally kill the Constitution) to get a constitutional amendment started.  The Seventeenth Amendment was declared ratified April 8, 1913.  Efforts to destroy the intent of those who wrote the Constitution began back in the early 1800’s and by 1910, 31 state legislatures had foolishly sent resolutions to Congress in support of DESTROYING THEIR ONLY REPRESENTATION IN CONGRESS.

I know this country is being destroyed from within, but If people would just stop and think about this, they would understand why it’s so critical that amendment gets repealed.  We need one state to send a resolution to Congress.  Start the ball rolling.  We need to make this an issue on talk radio and within the Republican Party.  We need one member of the U.S. House and Senate to make the first move.

Can you imagine ANY red state legislature choosing cackling Kamala Ho Harris to be their U.S. Senator?  California voters made her a senator.  That woman is a walking poster board for ignorance, stupidity and dishing out gibberish every time she opens her mouth.

Why WOULDN’T any red state not want to repeal the Seventeenth Amendment which would give them back their rightful representation in Congress?  Since that amendment through fraud became a law, the states have been at the mercy of the mobs who vote in reprobates like Sen. Susan Collins [R], Lisa Murkowski [R], Dick Durbin [D], dumber than a box of bricks, Mazie Hirono [D] and the list goes on.  They vote for unconstitutional bills which affect me even though they don’t “represent” Texas.

They vote for destructive treaties and “free trade” agreements which do horrific harm to states and their citizens.  One way to stop so much of the tyrannical “laws” passed by Congress is nullification which I’ve written about before:  Nullification: Get to your state legislators now, July 21, 2014

Finally, in this session of our state legislature (who are in session 140 days, Jan – May and don’t come back until Jan. 2025) two bills which I covered on Jan. 23, 2023:  Two New State Nullification Bills – Will They PassHB 384 Texas Sovereignty Act on the house side and SB 313 of the same title in the senate.  HB 384 has been sitting in committee since Feb. 23, 2023.

Why?  Because not enough Texans haven’t flooded phone calls to the committee chairman to get that bill to the floor for a vote.  I guess they’re too busy to make a phone call.  Rep. Todd Hunter, GOP or any other committee members; list see here.  SB 313 has been sitting in State Affairs committee since Feb. 15, 2023.  How many Texans have called the chairman, Sen. Bryan Hughes?  I met with him way back in 2013 about the Seventeenth Amendment, sent him a ton of documentation after I got home and he did nothing.  I wasted my time (six hour drive each way), money for hotel, gas even though he requested the documents.

We’re down to two final weeks; session ends May 29th.  To say I am very angry so few have fought to get those bills through – especially the Republican controlled legislature – is putting it mildly.  This is a golden opportunity for Texas to “just say no” to the federal tyranny coming out of DC.  So, I guess, Texans will just continue to complain about Congress destroying states with all their unconstitutional “laws”.  But, it’s not too late, fellow Texans.  Those links above take you to the pages with phone numbers.

Page I set up for state legislators so long ago on the Seventeenth Amendment.

May 10, 2023.  Think the illegals care?  Biden Revives Trump-Era Border Rule Hours Before Title 42 Set To Expire

HE WHO YELLS THE LOUDEST GETS HEARD.

I am going to pursue getting a resolution going in our legislature to notify Congress that the State of Texas wants a constitutional amendment to repeal the Seventeenth Amendment.  Hopefully, the word will spread throughout the state and motivate Republicans and independents to get behind this effort.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Footnotes:

[1] – That’s rich: How stroke-hit Fetterman sponged off his tony parents ‘til he was 49 but now attacks Dr. Oz’s wealth in bitter Pa. Senate race  –  “The 6-foot-8, bald and goateed Fetterman sported his signature black hoodie with the sleeves pushed up to reveal large tattoos, as he went on to offer a comeback story that has always been his brand.”

[2]  I wrote about this back in 2018:  Uproar as Capitol Hill pharmacist dishes on Alzheimer’s prescriptions for the powerful

“The owner of the Capitol Hill pharmacy that supplies prescription drugs for members of Congress and staff has sparked a frenzy of speculation after claiming he gives meds to lawmakers with “pretty serious health problems” and appearing to question their mental faculties.

“At first it’s cool, and then you realize, I’m filling some drugs that are for some pretty serious health problems as well. And these are the people that are running the country,” Grubb’s Pharmacy’s Dr. Michael Kim told STAT News, reportedly citing treatments for conditions like diabetes and Alzheimer’s.  “It makes you kind of sit back and say, ‘Wow, they’re making the highest laws of the land and they might not even remember what happened yesterday,’” he said.”




The “Very Stupid People” Are Communists

By Cliff Kincaid

May 15, 2023

As he noted during the CNN Townhall, Trump was betrayed by many people, from Mike Pence on down. But his comment that “very stupid people” are destroying America was not quite accurate. These people are communists.

Other than this omission, his performance on CNN was masterful. It was hilarious to watch the media, in unison, condemn Trump for his “lies.” He is accused of lying by people who lie for a living.

The best part of the Townhall, in my opinion, was that Trump indicated he would support a U.S. default, saying it was now or later. Here was the exchange:

KAITLAN COLLINS of CNN: So, just to be clear, Mr. President, you think the U.S. should default if the White House does not agree to the spending cuts Republicans are demanding?

TRUMP: Well, you might as well do it now because you’ll do it later. Because we have to save this country. Our country is dying. Our country is being destroyed by stupid people, by very stupid people.

Let’s face it: America is bankrupt. Republicans propose more debt and a cut in the rise in spending, not much of an alternative.

Some conservative commentators hawk gold and silver, but after the last financial  crisis we saw the rise of crypto currency, an alternative to the dollar. And that’s why Biden’s handlers are rushing to create a digital dollar. They want to destroy this and any alternative to the funny money they are using to create a socialist state.

Only a default has the potential to force the U.S. Government to return to the Constitution and prioritize government spending.

In his heart, Trump knows his enemies are not “very stupid people.”

For background on media malpractice, I suggest my special report, “Saving the World for Socialism,” explaining their motives. Most journalists were trained as socialists, even though they are paid by big corporations.

To understand how they operate, note that rich people, including those in the media, employ illegals as maids, gardeners, and servants. They want more cheap labor.

Consider Fox News. Fox owner Rupert Murdoch is co-chair of the Partnership for a New American Economy, along with liberal moneybags and billionaire Michael R. Bloomberg. The Partnership for a New American Economy is based on bringing in immigrant labor described as “new Americans.”

As we watch the breathless coverage of the open borders, ask yourself: who among the pundits on Fox or Newsmax has a plan to deport them? What will a Republican House do about this?

The House passed a bill, the Secure the Border Act of 2023, with no chance of passing the Senate. It allows for “removal” of some illegal aliens in some circumstances but doesn’t go far enough.

How do you find the illegals once they are released? Democrats don’t even know how many there are and where they are going. And they don’t care.

Democrats think the chaos will cause the Congress to pass an amnesty for the millions already here and the millions coming.  In fact, they have already introduced the U.S. Citizenship Act of 2023. You know what this is all about — millions of more voters for THEM.

I just watched Democrat Joel Villarreal, mayor of Rio Grande City, Texas, on the Fox Neil Cavuto show, say it out loud – these illegal aliens can go to work, competing for jobs with Americans. Let them work, he said. As a result, they will drive wages down for Americans!

We can have our own slave labor force, just like the Chinese, until the illegal aliens in America get union cards and then vote for Democrats.

Democrats say Republicans do not address “the root causes of migration that force people to leave Central America.” The root causes are communist takeovers that cause corruption and economic decline. The Democrats’ answer is more foreign aid for bankrupt countries. In the process, we go communist and go bankrupt.  It’s the perfect communist plan.

Let’s face it — we all bear responsibility for communism coming to America.

But people are waking up every day. You can sense it. You can see it.

We now have to prepare for the next phase. Some of the “migrants” will go to work for the rich and famous, while others will become parasites and sponges on the welfare system. Meanwhile, the Red Chinese are not only sending chemicals for fentanyl to the Mexican cartels, but are sending actual weapons of war to America and their agents of influence. Seizures of these weapons are being reported by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP).

We can safely assume they are going to gang members and other criminal elements. It will look like guerrilla warfare.

“Under my leadership, we will use all necessary state, local, federal, and military resources to carry out the largest domestic deportation operation in American history,” Trump said in a recent speech. “We will pick them up, and we will throw them out of our country, and there will be no questions asked.”

To his credit, he has given us some important details.

He wants “a massive increase in border patrol and a colossal increase in the number of Immigration and Customs Enforcement deportation officers.” He will then start the deportation process by asking every state and federal agency to identify every known or suspected gang member in America and “we will pick them up, and we will throw them out.”

This is practical because it is being done in El Salvador. In that case, the criminals are being incarcerated.

Indeed, perhaps the template for addressing “root causes” can be found in El Salvador, where the former guerrilla-turned-conservative President Nayib Bukele is using emergency powers to send tens of thousands of gang members to a new mega prison. The gang members are identified through their tattoos and associates.

An analysis by one scholar notes, “The crackdown has made the Salvadoran president wildly popular: his approval among Salvadorans exceeded 90 percent in a recent poll. And the Bukele effect extends beyond his own country’s borders. The Honduran government launched its own state of exception in November 2022, extending and expanding the emergency over the past five months. A Guatemalan presidential candidate praised El Salvador’s crackdown as a ‘model’ to replicate. From Mexico to Ecuador to Argentina, public figures have praised Bukele’s mano dura (or iron fist) anti-crime policies, though none have implemented measures nearly as drastic.”

What’s more, he now warns that “U.S. taxpayers should know that their government is using their money to fund communist movements against a democratic elected (and with a 90% approval rating) government in El Salvador. It’s not working though. The people of El Salvador won’t go back to that terrible past.”

Trump, working with presidents like Bukele, can indeed begin to solve this problem, which has been created by “very stupid people” in the United States.

Common sense gives you the answer. Identify and expel them. And identify the enemy within — Bukele says the Biden regime is financing the return of communism in El Salvador.

House Speaker Kevin McCarthy should invite President Bukele to address the U.S. Congress on how he has done it, and how America can begin to address the problems created by “very stupid people” in the United States.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




White Supremacy Vs White Privilege Vs White Western Culture

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 15, 2023

Joe Biden was a renowned racist 50 years ago in that he didn’t want his children educated in an integrated racial jungle.  He repeatedly spoke out against bussing children to integrate schools.

In 1977, Biden said: “Unless we do something about this, my children are going to grow up in a jungle, the jungle being a racial jungle with tensions having built so high that it is going to explode at some point.” (Source:  www.brietbart.com)

In his latest speech, he called White Supremists the most dangerous terrorists in America.

There’s a big problem with that charge.   Most of the killings in “majority minority” cities like Chicago, St. Louis, New Orleans, Detroit, NYC, LA and beyond…show black-on-black crimes as the fastest way to get killed in America for African-Americans people.  In fact, black crime reduced Detroit, Michigan to car-jackings at stop lights, gang killings, mega-shoplifting, breaking & entering, schools with 80 percent flunkout and dropout rates, teachers fleeing classrooms, graffiti everywhere, burned out cars on streets, single women with 24 children via ADC payments, crooked Mayor Coleman Young…along with the loss of 1.2 million whites fleeing the city.  How do I know all of these facts?  I worked there for nearly 20 years.

Today, we’ve got New York Governor Hochul and NYC Mayor Adams pronouncing that the state and city are sanctuary sites for illegal aliens. But now that they have flooded into the city and state at over 61,000 illegal migrants, they want federal dollars to bail them out. Illegal migrants flood Denver, LA, San Francisco, Chicago, Atlanta and other sanctuary cities?  The question remains: how many millions more can America absorb?  How can we pay for them? How can we feed them? Where will we house them?

How do you spell “White Privilege…White Supremacy…White Culture?”  How does it perform?  What does it take to build a successful and peaceful society?

If you look at “Black Privilege…Black Supremacy…Black Culture,” how do you gage black success?  The fact remains:  black culture dominates Africa.  Would you point to Somalia, Congo, and/or Ethiopia as examples of successful black culture?  If they are successful, why are they all trying to reach America to escape their own misery, starvation and hopelessness in those countries?

Okay, African-Americans dominate Baltimore, Maryland. Its unemployment rolls explode off the charts. Single mothers’ kids on welfare dominate the schools.  Baltimore features 28 major schools where not one kid can perform math, science, reading or writing at grade level.  Why haven’t the African-American school boards,  principals, mayor, police chief, and other elected officials corrected the situation?

I followed T.  Chilton, Neo-Ciceronian Times, May 14, 2023 when he spoke about “Cargo Cult Mentality behind White Privilege.”

He said, “Many of us are familiar with the metaphor of the “cargo cult.” The term itself was coined by the famous physicist Richard Feynman…

“Briefly, the phenomenon of the cargo cult was observed in the South Pacific during World War II. Pacific Islanders would observe the Americans building runways and control towers… The islanders would build their own bamboo mockups… expecting that planes full of food and medicines would come to them as well…

“Ultimately, cargo cults rested on a form of magical thinking, on the failure to understand the fundamental reasons for why a phenomenon was taking place…

“In many ways, the current progressive obsession with “white privilege” is essentially the same kind of thinking…

“Yet, as western nations continue to import low-IQ third worlders, they will not be able to maintain the level of civilization that they have hithertofore achieved…

“An excellent example of this is found in the decolonialization of Africa and other parts of the third world. It showed that you can build the infrastructure of western material civilization and fill it with the spirit of western law and religion, but you can’t maintain it without Europeans or Anglos. When the westerners departed, the streets and sewers and airports were left, but the “mental infrastructure” needed to purvey these resources into genuine societal success were lacking…

“The progressive obsession with viewing human beings as blank slates – free of all interference from genetics or inherited culture – is a fundamentally flawed way of understanding humanity…

“Civic Nationalism is the very quintessence of the nominalism that underlies this cargo cult mentality: we’ll take a non-westerner, give him a piece of paper that says he’s a U.S. citizen, and pretend that he becomes one of us merely by naming him as such. Propositional citizenship (and by extension, nationhood) of this type is wishful thinking at its most destructive. It’s completely cargo cult….”

We’re facing a mega-problem in America if we continue to import third world people who cannot grasp or participate in First World Western Culture.  If they lack the intellectual ability to learn how to be a carpenter, bricklayer, electrician, plumber, home builder, doctor, teacher or any other job that requires minimal intellectual levels—-at some point our society will implode.

For example, we know that Joe Biden, in the throes of Alzheimer’s Disease, does not understand what he is doing to our country with his open borders mandate. Such people as Governor Kathy Hochul or Colorado Governor Jared Polis or Mayor Lori Lightfoot of Chicago or Mayor Mike Hancock of Denver or Mayor Adams of NYC—all of them remain oblivious to the fact that we have already exceeded our carrying capacity for migrants.  And, yet, they pitch the same old barf and crap about their humanity and “sanctuary cities” for every single illegal migrant.

But what happens when the 20 millionth or 30 millionth illegal migrant descends on their cities? What happens when we cannot feed, house or care for them?  What happens when we go broke?  What happens when our Western Culture degrades into third world culture?

Why hasn’t anyone asked these questions?  If we don’t answer them, none of us are going to like what’s coming…because what’s coming ain’t pretty.  I need to write a book: The Strange Death of America and How We Killed Our Country via Our Own Stupid Leaders.  Do you have a better title?

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Manufacturing Mental Illness

By Rob Pue

May 14, 2023

The horrific murders that took place in late March at a Christian school in Nashville has led to many investigations — as to the motive, the means and the way the killings were carried out.  Audrey Hale, age 28, “identified” as a transgender male, going by the name of “Aiden.”  Hale apparently planned the carnage for some time, leaving behind a “manifesto” which justice officials have refused to release, in order to protect the “trans” agenda.  During her planning, she also created detailed maps of the Covenant School and church building, with multiple possible entry points and it appears the victims were killed at random. The “target” of the attacks were the church — and the school itself — which she had attended as a child.

When Hale “came out” as being a homosexual, her Christian parents refused to accept that.  But her parents were apparently in the dark about many things related to their daughter, even though she still lived with her parents at age 28.  They were not aware that their daughter identified as “transgender.”  They believed she once owned one gun, but that she had sold it.  In reality, she owned seven guns, three of which she used during the attack, and she trained regularly at a local gun range.  Her mother said she left home that day with a red bag, but had no idea that guns were inside or what she was planning.

But Hale shared her plans on social media in advance, stating that “something very bad” was going to happen that day.  She had also been posting about suffering from severe depression in the weeks leading up to the attack, and she was being treated for an undisclosed “emotional disorder.”

The killings took place on March 27th, leaving three 9-year-old children and three staff members dead. Hale was also killed by police.  Less than a week later, April 1st, the Trans Radicals Activist Network, or ‘TRAN,’ had planned what they called a “Trans Day of Vengeance” rally in Washington DC.  That event was ultimately cancelled, with organizers claiming they had received threats that week.  A statement issued by TRAN read, “The safety of our trans community is first priority. This threat is the direct result of the flood of raw hatred directed toward the trans community.”  Thus, the “trans community” became the “victims” of “hate crimes” while those killed by Hale had largely been all but forgotten by the mainstream media.

We must all understand that “transgenderism” is a mental disorder.  But not just any mental disorder.  This one is being force-fed into the minds of our children from the earliest of ages.  We are “manufacturing’ mental illness.  We are creating psychopaths in the “laboratories” of our modern American culture.  There was a time when sexual predators were not allowed within 1000 yards of a school building.  But now, schools — both public and private — are inviting them in specifically to indoctrinate and groom children of all ages, even in pre-school.  Pity the one who would dare to stand against this evil — they’ll be labeled as “hateful bigots,” ostracized from their communities and sometimes even jailed, for daring to stand in the gap to protect children.

While I don’t believe there’s any such thing as a “hate crime,” since all violent crime is borne from a heart filled with hate, “hate crimes” have become a real thing in our world today and one can be charged with a hate crime against a wide array of people groups: attacks on homosexuals, “transgenders,” non-white people, Muslims and others are usually always categorized as “hate crimes” with added penalties because of the “haters” that perpetrated the crime.  But there are also several groups that  will NEVER qualify as being victims of a “hate crime.”  For example, if you’re attacked or even killed because you’re a Christian, that could never be considered a “hate crime.”  Likewise, if you’re white, or a male, or perhaps the most reprehensible of all — a white Christian male, there’s no way you could ever be a victim of a “hate crime.”  All other fringe minority groups are automatically considered victims, while white Christian males are always automatically assumed to be the hateful, bigoted, violent aggressors.

But in today’s upside-down, inside-out, mentally ill society, the madness goes even further.  For example, do you know what a “TERF” is?  “TERF” is an acronym for “Trans-Exclusionary Radical Feminist.”  This ideology goes all the way back to 2008.  Fifteen years later, most have never heard of it, but violence against TERFs is growing.  Let me try to explain what it is.  A TERF is a female who rejects the idea that men can become women.  The “transgenders” absolutely HATE real women.  Even radical feminist women — if they are natural-born females, are labeled as “TERFs” now, and the hatred for them is seething among the trans community.

For example, men who pretend they’re women and participate in womens’ sports call the real women “TERFs.”  That’s what a TERF is.  And if you’re what they call a “cis-female,” again a female who was born as a female and still believes she’s a female and lives as a female, you’re extremely hated.  You are a TERF.  Because you do not accept the mentally-deranged idea that men can “transform” into women.

The “trans” community absolutely hates natural-born women, along with all heterosexuals and those who “follow the science” of people being one of two never-changing genders: either male or female.  As Christians, who not only believe God’s Word that in the beginning, God created us male and female, but also believe in natural science and obvious biology, we are most hated of all, and the “trans” activists are actively working to program the minds of our children — and the rest of us, mind you — to accept, embrace and celebrate their insanity.

Any other opinion on the matter constitutes a “hate crime,” or today, even a “thought crime.”  Make no mistake: the idea of “transgenderism” is just the next step in the radical, violent LGBTQP+ agenda.  One might think their ultimate goal is the acceptance and celebration of pedophilia and child sex trafficking, but honestly, there will be no end to the depravity these people can come up with until Jesus Himself comes back to judge all the wicked in this world.  There will simply be no level of wickedness that they will not try to force upon us until God Himself puts a stop to it.

While most internet searches will state that sodomites and “transgenders” are disproportionally attacked because of their sexual depravities — and thus the “need” for a so-called “Trans Day of Vengeance,” the truth IS actually out there if you put the time and effort into an investigation.

Here’s what I discovered: “Transgender people are no more likely to be attacked than the rest of the population, and in fact, they’re far more likely to carry out violent crimes, including murder.  Some of the worst serial killers in criminal history have been ‘transgenders.’”  But because of the skewed, slanted, and twisted “reporting” by our lying mainstream news media, you’d never know that, unless you researched it yourself.

If you go to the website InfoGalactic.com and search for “Crimes Committed by Transgender People,” you will be astonished.  And lest you think this is some radical, right-wing website pushing “disinformation,” all their research is backed up with an enormous number of footnotes and sources.

This source details 84 crimes committed by homosexuals and “transgenders” and at the outset they admit it’s an incomplete list.  There are many more.  The violence these individuals have done is too disturbing and graphic for me to share with you here, but I’ve given you the source if you want to look into it.

I urge you to educate yourself with the information on the website I shared with you.  But be aware that the Colorado Springs shooter identified as “non binary.”  The Denver shooter identified as “trans.”  The Aberdeen shooter identified as “trans.”  And now we have the killings at the Christian school in Nashville by a “trans”-brainwashed person.

As Christ-followers, we must understand that we have now been named specifically as the targets of the LGBTQP+ and “transgender” movements.  It’s open season on Christians and especially on white Christian males.  But all heterosexual people have now been declared as the oppressors and all the sexually confused are the “victims,” regardless of what they do and regardless of the facts.

I’m not saying that all who have been caught in this web are criminals.  Many, especially the young people, are, indeed, innocent victims of this sadistic programming taking place and they need to be rescued, not condemned.  True Christ-followers are the only ones able to rescue them, but sadly, there isn’t 1 out of 100 “pastors” in this country that will even discuss the subject.  So, it’s up to us, individually.

Our kids, and people of all ages are being intensely brainwashed into this mental illness in every area of our culture, from our public schools to our public libraries, to pop music, Hollywood movies, social media, sports teams — and just about every major corporation you can name is funding this.  We’re actually manufacturing mental illness.  In addition to the programming and brainwashing, most homosexuals and “transgenders” are also on a myriad of pharmaceutical drugs, further destroying their bodies, minds and souls.

Cities and towns across the globe are hosting massive “pride” parades for “all ages” and children are always “catered” to at these events as the brainwashing goes deeper.  Clueless parents are even taking their children to these things and encouraging their participation with the brightly-colored rainbow balloons, even as near-naked men and women gyrate seductively in front of young eyes just a few feet awayAnd in case you’re not aware, the president of the American Library Association is also an open, practicing lesbian.  So, do you think we’ll be seeing more — or fewer — “drag queen story times” in our public libraries?  Do you think we’ll be seeing more — or fewer — books that depict sexual deviancy and are written for children?

I’ve described before my experiences doing street ministry at one of the country’s largest “pride” parades, with a half-million people in attendance.  I can tell you that mental illness and the worst perversion you can imagine reigns supreme at these events.  Children are exploited and violence against Christians is celebrated just as much as the sexual debauchery that’s everywhere, even by the police.

Christians being brutalized by sodomites is just as entertaining to the police officers as the sexual deviancy they’re protecting and promoting.  We’re dealing with manufactured mental illness and violence, and it’s all being foisted upon us by our so-called “leaders” under the guise of “diversity and inclusion.” We, as Christians, have now been openly declared the enemies of the State and enemies of the Sodomite Regime — and now they’re openly calling for widespread “vengeance” against us.  Understand what the enemy is doing and prepare to respond accordingly, as Jesus would.

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 392.

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Emotional Time Bombs

By Late Roy Masters – 1928-2021

May 14, 2023

Modern psychologists, justifying their own emotional hang-ups, advise their patients to vent their emotions and avoid painful repression.

But if we follow that advice, we may experience some relief from emotional build-up within ourselves, but we are creating an emotional problem for our family.

They take on our problem by reacting to us and the way they react to us restimulates our problem. We are all veritable time bombs and not only do not know how to defuse ourselves–we don’t know that we are about to go off.

And the tragedy of it all is that we should never have allowed our moods and feelings to be affected by others in the first place.

Now we must find our way back to a state of dignity and self-control of which we may have no memory, thanks to our having been pulled off our emotional center so early in life.

On top of that, few of us can really look at ourselves objectively because we are all addicted to something and whatever that something is, we cannot see our addiction to it as an addiction, partly because it is so exciting to us and partly because we look upon the relief it gives us as such a “simple pleasure.”

Once something disturbs us, we subconsciously learn to need the disturbing presence as a turn-on, even though we may have no real tolerance for it as a human being. We may blow or we may not, but if we don’t, we feel the pain of suppression.

At such times, we may find ourselves reaching for an old “friend,” or even a new one, to make life bearable and pleasant and to help us forget what we have done, felt, and imagined under the spell of our emotions.

“When we blow off steam,
we pass our emotional problems
on to our children.”

When we blow off steam, we pass our emotional problems on to our children. And if we implode, instead of exploding, we make a mess of our own psyches.

Soon we may find ourselves spending so much time and money on our efforts to repair the damage, that we cannot relate properly to the members of our family.

We find the relative innocence of our children particularly disturbing because it contrasts so sharply to our own state of emotional turmoil.

Their light is blinding to us, and we feel unconsciously compelled to put it out by doing some unfair petty thing to upset them and whittle them down to our own low level. Sometimes we see how wrong we are in our emotional dealings with our children and sometimes we don’t.

Either way, our exciting or unconsciously mean behavior (because we have escaped from seeing it) provides them with the trauma they need to start them out on the same road to misery and oblivion.

This little drama being enacted daily in every home in the nation has created an unholy tension in our entire society.

Because human adrenaline is flowing so freely everywhere, some of us are looking to large-scale social reforms to solve our problems, but our common sense should tell us that we can’t expect social action to provide solutions for a problem that begins–and has to end–in the tender psyche of individuals.

© 2023 fhu – All Rights Reserved

Contact fhu.com




America Will Survive, Part 2

By Pastor Roger Anghis

May 14, 2023

As I pointed out in the last column, the attacks on America’s lifestyle are not coming from outside the nation but from inside, our own government. I will agree that this present administration is heavily influenced by the globalists at the World Economic Forum. I will also say that the WEF has no jurisdiction over the United States and our Congress had better keep the ideologies of the WEF out of our government. With that said, we need to look at what our government is doing to our food supply. There are so many things to look at here that I will only be able to skim over them. Let it be known that I have no faith in any way shape or form in 99% of our government agencies, The FDA, EPA, ATF, and the rest of the alphabet agencies. They have proven to be an enemy to Americans instead of protectors as they were originally designed to be.

Over the past couple of years, we’ve seen all kinds of incompetence that’s caused a baby formula shortage, supply chain problems, fires at food facilities, and egg shortages.

We didn’t have any of these problems until President Joe Biden and his group of liberals took power.

In the last three years, we’ve learned how cooperations and the beltway politicians on both parties joined together for the sake of power and money.

In America, federal regulators – like the ones that want to ban gas stoves – are allowing food corporations to use chemicals that are banned in many countries around the world.

For example, Potassium bromate, a suspected carcinogen banned for human consumption in Europe, China, and India, but can be used in the USA.

Food makers use the chemical, usually in the form of a powder or crystals, to strengthen the dough. The chemical is in more than 100 products.

“There is evidence that it may be toxic to human consumers, that it may even either initiate or promote the development of tumors,” professor Erik Millstone, an expert on food additives at the England’s University of Sussex, told CBS News.[1]

We see the EPA allow a product called glyphosate to be sprayed on our food and our food to be genetically modified to resist glyphosate. Glyphosate is the main ingredient in Roundup. It is designed to kill everything it is sprayed on. It is also the main ingredient in a product that those from the Viet Nam era remember as Agent Orange. It has caused millions of deaths and diseases for those that have been exposed to it. But the EPA says it is safe. Just like Biden, they lie. The United States seems to ignore the concerns of other nations when it comes to additives in our food. It’s not just potassium bromate. A range of other chemicals and substances banned in Europe over health concerns are also permitted in the U.S., including Titanium dioxide (also known as E171); Brominated vegetable oil (BVO) (E443); Potassium bromate (E924); Azodicarbonamide (E927a) and Propylparaben (E217).

Millstone, who’s spent almost half a century researching food and agriculture science, said most Americans were likely completely unaware that they were being exposed on a daily basis to substances in their food viewed as dangerous in Europe.

In response to the report, the FDA told CBS News that all food additives require “pre-market evaluation” and “regulations require evidence that each substance is safe at its intended level of use before it may be added to foods.”

“Post-approval, our scientists continue to review relevant new information to determine whether there are safety questions and whether the use of such substance is no longer safe,” the agency added.

The FDA added that if potassium bromate is used correctly during production, it converts into a harmless substance. But they admitted not all of the compounds used in a recipe may convert, and “control measures” are utilized to minimize the amount in a final product.[2]

In accordance with the wishes of the WEF the Biden administration has facilitated a lot of the WEF’s agenda. Biden is doing what he can to cut back on beef production for the sake of ‘climate change’. I understand that they think a good protein replacement for beef are bugs. They are welcome to eat bugs but I’m not inclined to eat bird food. Our system is not designed to eat bugs.  But in 2023, beef is likely to be in short supply, forcing Americans to get their robust protein fix and dietary centerpiece from something other than red meat.

According to Beef Magazine, the USDA estimates that the average American will consume 5.6% less beef in 2023 than they did in 2022 — the steepest decline in consumption in nearly 40 years. Consumers’ choice to buy less beef is related to economic concerns, such as inflation, lackluster GDP growth, and escalating beef costs brought on by an ongoing shortage of the meat.[3]

Beef is not the only item that we may see shortages of this year. Lettuce may be in short supply because of weather and disease brought on by a critter called thrips. Champagne may be in short supply because of bad planning by breweries and the weather. Butter is on the list for possible shortages, corn is also on the list. This does not bother me too much as I get my corn from a non-GMO farm. Eggs are in danger because there have been so many fires at eggs-producing facilities as well as losing 49 million birds across 46 states to the bird flu. Bread could be in short supply because of the war in Ukraine. Olive oil is at risk because a tree-blighting bacteria of Latin American origin called Xylella fastidiosa surfaced and made its way to the Puglia region of Italy, where 12% of the world’s olive oil supply is produced. By 2021, Xylella had infected a solid third of the area’s 60 million olive trees, making the fruit unusable before completely killing the tree itself.

The bacteria is the cause of a 50-70% olive oil production reduction since it took hold.[4]

All of this is not good news but America has survived a lot worse and we will survive this as well. We are fighters and when someone tries to take away what is ours, we take a stand. Just like during the Revolutionary War, not all stood for our freedom.  Only about 15% of the population supported the effort and we won anyway because we were on God’s side. We will win this one too for the same reason. But do not forget, we will have to fight. It may not be with guns and I hope it is not but we will have to fight.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://potuspaper.com/the-real-poisoning-of-americas-food-supply/
  2. https://potuspaper.com/the-real-poisoning-of-americas-food-supply/
  3. https://www.thedailymeal.com/1166891/the-13-food-shortages-to-expect-in-2023/
  4. https://www.thedailymeal.com/1166891/the-13-food-shortages-to-expect-in-2023/



Broken Into Smithereens

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 14, 2-23

The civil rights movement of the 1950s and 1960s sought to end segregation and discrimination based on skin color, especially against Americans of African descent. It legitimately sought to abolish the legal and social framework that perpetuated this system of injustice.

In the effort to right long-standing wrongs and mend relationships between people, this movement has done much good in society by helping to foster policies that opened the door to equal opportunity for all regardless of skin color or ethnicity.

Unfortunately, like other movements that had good intentions to resolve legitimate issues, unscrupulous people and so-called advocacy groups over the years have infiltrated and manipulated the civil rights movement into a grievance industry that continually seeks to aggravate divisions between people for their own wealth and power.

Whenever an incident of an alleged crime involving a White person against a Black person occurs, with help from complicit mass media, well-funded self-appointed “civil rights” spokespersons often arrive on the scene to do and say things that cause dissension and strife, from which they can raise funds for their organizations.

“Reparations committees” over the past few years have been formed in several large cities in the U.S. to explore ways to make White residents pay higher taxes to compensate Black residents for slavery that ended more than 160 years ago.

One such committee was created in San Francisco, California, in 2020. Dominated by “social justice” activists, this committee is seeking at least $5 million compensation for each eligible Black resident. This has caused no small amount of controversy among many of the city’s inhabitants. Admitted to the United States in 1850, California was never a state that had legalized slavery. None of the residents of San Francisco were ever slaves or owned slaves.

So many White residents felt, due to their skin color, that they would be unfairly penalized for something in which they had no personal part by giving money to people who had never been slaves. Furthermore, they believed it would be unjust to hold them responsible for the actions of their ancestors, if indeed they were slave owners. Not all White people today had ancestors who owned slaves, not all slaves of the past were Black, and slave owners of the past included non-White people.

Over the course of nearly 60 years, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.’s dream that people would be judged by the content of their character instead of the color of their skin has been twisted into its opposite through the promotion of critical race theory in society, especially in the U.S. education industry.

The maxim “divide and conquer” has been attributed to Philip II (382-336 BC), who was king of ancient Macedonia and father of Alexander the Great (356-323 BC). Used throughout history by empires of the past and governments of the present, it is a technique that involves ruling groups of people by creating or exploiting divisions between them so that they do not unite to oppose those exercising power over them.

This is one of the techniques used by global elitists to manage society in the direction they want it to go and keep masses of people under their control. Instead of allowing people to reconcile and build a future together in freedom, peace, and prosperity, they keep alive old grievances like chattel slavery to keep them divided and fighting each other. This in turn distracts from a greater form of slavery that these elitists are presently working to impose on everyone.

Farmers and hunters have an effective way to trap wild hogs. They discover the place where they like to eat, drink, and rest, then start to build a pen a few hundred yards away. While building the pen, food (such as corn) is gradually placed closer and closer to it to bait the hogs. When it is finished a trap door is made in such a way that the hogs can get into the pen to get food, but they cannot get out.

Worldwide there is an effort to get people to abandon cash and adopt digital currencies controlled by the central banks. A central bank digital currency (CBDC) is a currency issued directly from a nation-state’s central bank and serves as legal tender. Currently, more than 100 countries are in various phases of implementing CBDCs.

Convenience, the instability of cryptocurrencies, and hygiene concerns are often presented by global elitists through their spokespeople as enticements to move to this cashless means of trade. Forms of coercion such as cash shortages and withdrawal restrictions are also used to corral people into this financial system. Like the effort to trap wild hogs, it is a pathway to a pervasive form of manipulation and slavery.

CBDCs represent an unprecedented level of surveillance and control over the financial holdings and transactions of all people. Tied to a social credit score similar to what is done in communist China, the ability to conduct financial transactions privately would be eliminated. Financial institutions deputized by governments would be granted the ability to block specific transactions, fine, sanction, or eventually terminate the ability of individuals or organizations to buy and sell should they persist in expressing unapproved views or engage in forbidden activities (Revelation 13:11-18).

For example:

  • You refused to receive unwanted experimental medical treatments mandated by corporations working with governments.
  • You exceeded your weekly carbon limit by eating too many calories or driving your vehicle beyond its allotted miles.
  • You posted messages in social media critical of the sexual grooming and genital mutilation of children.
  • You donated money to a church or ministry that does not align with corporate/government agendas.

The speed at which central banks are seeking to impose CBDCs on the world provides an explanation why globalists ever seek to distract people with “divide and conquer” tactics. Should an increasing number of people see through their distractions for what they are, they would work together to build decentralized parallel economies and systems of communication to counter them.

But there is a form of slavery that affects everyone on earth, even greater than physical and financial. It is the slavery to sin that came upon all humanity when Adam and Eve disobeyed God and ate of the forbidden fruit in the Garden of Eden. Their fellowship with God was shattered. Because all people are descendants from Adam, the sinful nature he acquired was passed down to all of us, extending sin to every aspect of our being and causing the suffering and death we see in the world. Because of this inherited sin nature everyone sins, placing us under God’s condemnation (Romans 3:21-26, 5:12-21; 1 Corinthians 15:22).

However, for those who trust in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins, He breaks the chains of slavery and rescues from the satanic kingdom of darkness to His kingdom of light (Colossians 1:13-14). Jesus provides the true reparations for sins we have done and those done against us through His death on the cross, reconciling us to God and each other as redeemed members of the human race.

The kings of the earth will continue their conspiracy against God for control of the world. But their agendas and efforts will fail (Psalm 2, 37, 73; Revelation 19:11-21), and that should encourage us to peacefully resist their efforts any way we can and proclaim the gospel without fear.

Daniel the prophet, seeing into the future to our day said,

“In the days of those kings the God of heaven will set up a kingdom which will never be destroyed, and that kingdom will not be left for another people; it will crush and put an end to all these kingdoms, but it will itself endure forever.” (Daniel 2:44)

When Jesus Christ — the KING of kings, and LORD of lords — returns to establish His kingdom, the dark tyrannical empire of the global elite will be broken into smithereens!

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




We Have Lost Our God Given Liberty and Freedom in America – Who’s to Blame?

By Reverend Glynn Adams

May 13, 2023

“My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge (of the truth)………….” (Hosea 4:6a American citizens are being destroyed today because we do not know our Founding Documents (The Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, the Bill of Rights) and the Word of God!!! We do not even know the bare facts about our liberty – where it came from and how it was asserted and defended. It is thus a great twist of irony that perhaps never before has the American Citizen been so inundated with information and at the same time have little to no wisdom.

The liberty given to us by our Founding Fathers for which they fought for and for which they based our system of government has been distorted and less and less of our citizens consult the words of our Founders. We are headed to complete bondage and slavery because liberty has become all but synonymous with “doing whatever I want to do.” For years now, we have neglected liberty and we have failed to pass it on to our generations and to our young, liberty is “doing what I want.”

We have forgotten that our liberty and freedom rights come from God not government. But today in America, more and more, our rights to speak freely are hindered by government because we will not defend our liberty and freedom from this evil, totalitarian government.

I believe we have lost our liberty and freedom in America and we will not get it back because we have turned to religion and have forsaken the living God in America. Tocqueville predicted, with stunning accuracy, many of the very same things our Founders predicted would happen in our society as we abandoned our founding principles:

1) The decline in education, knowledge, and the rise of ignorance in our culture will result in the loss of morality and a resulting rise in cultural narcissism.
2) Our excessive love of material pleasures and prosperity which comes from the decline in morality.
3) The Constitution would be intentionally misinterpreted and we accepted the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Government to rule over the States.
4) Once the false interpretations of the Constitution gained ground, the Federal Government would continue to grow faster and faster and no longer able to control it.
5) Political Parties would stroke divisions to increase their power.
6) All this would combine to create a monumental problem of debt as government expenses would rise to pay off its allies and the public demands on public treasure by the citizens themselves.

Today we find ourselves at a point in our history where the things we hold dear are at risk and we remain silent in the face of this evil and ignore our situation. Whenever one looks within at our political system, our culture and the state of our morals and education, the picture is disconcerting. We no longer know who we are and we have largely lost the heritage from which we came. We have forgotten how to answer the “why” of our liberty.

Perhaps one last warning from John Adams will convince us we can no longer remain satisfied with remaining ignorant of the principles of our liberty: Nip the shoots of arbitrary power in the bud is the only maxim which can ever preserve the liberties of any people. When the people give way, their deceivers, betrayers, and destroyers, press upon them so fast that there are no resisting afterwards. The nature of the encroachment upon the American Constitution is such as to grow everyday more and more encroaching.

Like a cancer, it eats faster and faster every hour. The revenue creates pensioners, and the pensioners urge more revenue. The people grow less steady, spirited, and virtuous, the seekers more numerous and more corrupt, and every day increases the circles of their dependents and expectants, until virtue, integrity, public spirit, simplicity, frugality, become the objects of ridicule and scorn, and vanity, luxury, foppery (excessively concerned with nice things), selfishness, meanness, and downright venality swallow up the whole society.

If we disregard such admonitions, surely what Franklin said about the downfall of nations will become true of our own. “Providence will bring about its own ends by its own means, and if it intends the downfall of a nation, that nation will be so blinded by its pride and other passions as not to see its danger, and how its fall may be prevented.”

Is this not exactly what is happening in America today? We are blind as we see no evil or ignore the evil before us. We have no idea of the danger we are in and most don’t care. God will save us!!!! If you believe that you are more deceived than I think you are. No one is coming to bail us out of our mess. God gave us dominion and authority and when something goes wrong in our nation, he expects us to fix it. If we continue to refuse to show up at the battlefield in America and resist our enemies, then God will remain silent and His severe judgment will surely come upon our disobedience and is in fact is upon us in America as you read this article.

We have example after example of nations who refused to resist the evil before them. In the early 1930s, a German Minister by the name of Dietrich Bonhoeffer faithfully attempted to wake up the Church in Germany when Hitler was attempting to gain control of Germany. He warned them of the dangers that Hitler presented but they refused to listen, they refused to wake up and face their reality and to resist this evil. The pastors and church members played it safe by remaining silent and refusing to resist Hitler. Most of them died at the hand of Hitler. Pastor Bonhoeffer remained faithful even when sent to prison and was hung by Hitler two weeks before the Allied Forces reached the German prison.

If you are a follower of Christ, you cannot play it safe when evil comes to your nation. Toward the end of Jesus’ time on this earth, He told us the Parable of the Talents in Matthew 25:14-30. This parable is a powerful illustration of what God thinks of our “safe” and “religious” reasons for not doing the right thing and succinctly expresses the dilemma Bonhoeffer faced and that we face today. The question Jesus asks of us in this parable is: “Who do we say God is? Is He someone we love and trust and know to be a God of grace toward us, or is He rather a “hard master” who can be counted on to punish us if we make a mistake or fail in some way?

Jesus makes it plain that those servants who risked the talents were rewarded for doing what they did, and that the servant who “played it safe” by burying the talent was roundly condemned. God made you in His image with full freedom and when you act as though God is a hard master, you actually make Him into that hard master. You have the power to choose the God whom you chose and that God is your God. Have you chosen the true God or a counterfeit? If you have chosen the counterfeit, behold, you have chosen Satan. You have chosen freely and will live with your choice. So there is no middle ground, no safe road. Jesus is saying that you either know Him and love Him and trust Him – because you know that He loves you and trusts you – or you do not. Jesus was always discerning the hearts of those to whom He spoke, and it is precisely what He does in these parables. He sifts our hearts and divines our intents in a way that reveals Him to be no less than God which can be frightening. It is certainly amazing. He is God. He knows our hearts. We cannot fool Him.

In Jesus’ parables, He forces us to see ourselves and forces us to declare ourselves. Whose side are we on?” We have only the two choices. There is no middle ground and if we try to take that middle ground, we stand condemned. If we side with the enemies of Jesus, judging Him as “hard” then we are behaving in a way that will be calculated as not to entrust ourselves to Him.

The German Church of the 1930s was silent in the face of evil; but can there be any question whether the American Church of our time is also guilty of the same silence? Because of this, I am compelled to speak out and by God’s grace, I will mince no words and I will make it plain that we are in this spiritual mess because of cowardly pastors and the American Church’s failure to take a stand and to speak out against this evil government. We are wrong about Romans 13:1-7, that Christians are not to be political. If the State is evil, we must speak out against that evil!!! You will find no place where Jesus said for His followers to ignore evil but to resist it!!!

God has not only chosen us to do something about evil; He has commanded us in James 4:7, “Submit, therefore, to God. Resist the devil and he will flee from you.” Peter warns us in 1 Peter 5:8-9, “Be of sober spirit, be on the alert. Your adversary, the devil, prowls about like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour. But resist him….” Here are two Scriptures that are a Biblical witness that we are to obey God – resist the devil. If we will obey them, God will meet us at the battlefield and help us fight our adversaries. But if we ignore God’s Word, then by default, Satan comes into our nation to rob, kill, and destroy!!!

I can tell you based on the Word of God that if we continue to forsake the ways of God and continue to ignore this evil before us, that America is finished and it will be sooner than we realize. I believe God has already dropped His Hedge of Protection from our nation thus allowing our enemies to ravage us. We have already been captured by Satan, our Constitution is void, and our freedom and liberty are restricted and a demonic shadow government is planning the “Great Reset” and our destruction!!!!

In his article of April 25, 2023, at NewsWithViews.com, “Really, What More to Say?” Lex Greene asked, “If you can see all of evil hell swirling all around you at this late date and still not get it, nothing I can say will change that. If you think you can defeat this evil divided, unfunded, distracted, and demoralized while evil is entirely united and globally funded against you, nothing I say will change what you think, no matter how wrong you are. If you think we have until 2025 and another stolen election in 2024 to stop the final destruction of the USA, nothing I say can jolt you awake. If you think political profiteers will help, wrong again.”

“There is a mountain of “actionable information” at your fingertips now but none of it has caused anyone to take any appropriate action on the information. More information will not change that. The end of the USA is now near and during the 40 years I have rang the liberty bell in an effort to wake up the “sleeping giant”, nothing by anyone has changed the course of history. ” (Rex Greene)

I totally agree with Rex Greene that the end of America is near. God is always open to repentance of a nation but I do not see that happening because the institutional American Church has forsaken God and the Remnant of God has no leader and is unorganized and has no plan, and divided, with each group operating doing good things but their own thing. Most churches in America are dead and has no leadership that will lead us into repentance or in this spiritual war to resist evil. Pastors and their church members want to stay in their safe zones, want to play it safe and stay away from politics and anything controversial.

The “Christianity” of the German Churches in Pastor Bonhoeffer’s day and the false religion in our America Church in our day are nothing more than dead religion and fear-based pieties masquerading as Christianity and in succumbing to this evil by refusing to resist it with all their heart have become nothing less than handmaidens of evil. Neither could they be depended upon to do the right thing but to stay in their safe zones, sat in silence, and play it safe.

I have no hope that the American Church will wipe away the false boundaries between our faith and everything else – whether politics or culture – and act as though Truth is a Person who knows no bounds, who created the heavens and the earth and all that is in them and who died that we who are the crowns of God’s creation might at last live in true freedom, with the authority that He gave us when He died and rose from the grave?

I am hoping and working toward those who are the Remnant of God will continue to resist this evil and that we will find us a leader, will be united in a common cause in one accord, funded, and with a plan will resist this evil that has overtaken our nation!!! Our Bible Studies, prayers, and sermons will all prove to be useless if we do not make what we learned come alive in ways that are self-sacrificial and that we will stand stronger against this enemy and not allow them another victory in this nation.

To do anything less than this is to represent a lie, and to lie to God in doing so. How else should we put it? This is the hour for which each of us has been born. If we live fully in that freedom for which Christ has set us free, we will see God’s hand in ways we dare not imagine. It’s all left to each true believer in Jesus Christ.

Please don’t email me telling me what a great article I have written. Tell me you are repenting and leaving your dead Apostate institutional church religious system; forming a prayer group and putting your prayers into action by resisting the evil where you live. The fun is over in America; time to get on a war footing to resist evil.

The blood of Abel speaks today for Pastor Dietrich Bonhoeffer and many others who gave their blood for liberty and freedom and are crying out in America and around the world against this evil that is overtaking us!!! If we don’t respond, then our blood could very well be flowing in the streets of America sooner than we think as in Germany because something and someone so much greater than Hitler is among us!!!!!

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Joshua Charles and his book “Liberty’s Secrets” and Eric Metaxas and his book “Letter to the American Church)

© 2023 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Your Life Will Be Destroyed When Government Can’t Borrow or Print Money With Value!

By Andrew Wallace

May 23, 2023

Half of the population, one way or another, is being supported by the government. But that must stop when government can no longer borrow or print money that has any value.

Those two circumstances can happen at any time, and when they do, we will sink into a worldwide depression of starvation and destruction of terrible proportions. Which, of course, is the objective of the Parasitic Super- Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families, to make way for their Great Reset and New World Order.

The PSRRC wants to rule us as slaves, or dead (Covid Vaccine and Depopulation).

They really don’t care if we are slaves or dead.

One of the few advantages of being 89 years old is that you don’t have to rely on questionable reports by serial liars in academia, government, or media for their interpretation of recent history, because you have lived it!

When I left the military in the fifties, we had a middle class; a couple could buy a home and a car, and the wife would not have to work.

You could buy a new car for $2,000, and you were safe with adequate law enforcement. Our cities were not dangerous, ugly hell-holes ruled by Communists, and are now populated by some decent people, terrorized by ignorant thugs, dependent on the government, with inadequate police protection.

As a State Trooper in the fifties, my orders were to kill the people with kindness, but if necessary to protect my life or the lives of others, to kill the perpetrators.

There is no substitute for Law and Order with Equal Justice, which we don’t have in the Communist cities or with the federal government (most of which is fake and unconstitutional). The cities will not be safe until they shoot looters on sight; the same goes for invaders at the border.

For many people to understand the serious nature of our problem, I need to relate a little history and economics.

Remember, you are broke if you have no money, or if the money you have is worthless.

In December of 1957, I could buy an ounce of gold for $344; gold now sells for about $2,000 an ounce, which makes it a store of value (also it is Constitutional money). If I purchased a product for $1 in 1957, that same product would cost me $30.49 today, an increase of 2,948.8%. Please understand that the “purchasing power” of gold remains relatively stable, but the price of gold in dollars fluctuates. In simple terms, you lose $1 in purchasing power out of every $6 you earn, due to inflation.

Inflation and taxes are impoverishing you and transferring much of your wealth to the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC).

This has been going on for more than 70 years, and explains why your families had accumulated little to pass on to you. The PSRRC has taken it.

Lenin said to raise prices by “increasing money supply inflation”, which would destroy economic freedom.

If the Communists in power can destroy the currency, they will destroy the basis of society. DESTRUCTION OF THE COUNTRY IS THE ULTIMATE OBJECTIVE OF THE PSRRC.
Alexander Tyler said that “Democracy can exist until the people discover that they can live off of the government”. Of course, this is what is happening in the Communist cities, where they are being unconstitutionally funded with tax money from those who work.

We are a Republic, and “democracy” only means the right to vote. Otherwise, democracy alone is mob rule, and fails every time. Just like Communism always results in dictatorship.

As an Economist and student of the Constitution, I am well aware of the treason being committed against the United States by the PSRRC, ‘woke’ corporations, elected officials, bureaucrats of the administrative state, judges, military flag officers, and all good communists in the education system.

The Constitution says that treason is giving aid to the enemy. Hell, these people ARE the enemy, and should be dealt with accordingly!

We must have a middle-class again, with a living wage. That can be done quickly by re-instituting tariffs (as Trump started) that protect the wages of American workers, and replace the income tax.

Tariffs make it impossible for imports to undersell American- made products. It is not now being done because of the greedy anti-Americans in the PSRRC and in their ‘woke’ corporations.

Of course, the millions of illegal invaders must be quickly deported at any cost; few speak English, most have no education or skills, and bring only crime, disease, and dependence.

It is unconstitutional…and treason!…to spend tax money to support illegal invaders!

When everything goes to hell in a hand basket, the millions of illegal invaders will be fighting Americans in the streets over scarce resources. There will be blood in the streets. Did the Democrats open the borders for voters, or for an opposition army, or both?

If you live in the states, tell Biden and his fellow travelers to stuff their executive orders, for they have absolutely no authority in the states. Executive Orders apply only to federal government employees and contractors!

It is time for people to stand up for themselves and the Constitution!

If that was not enough, the straw that breaks the back of our economy is the following: A group of ignorant, greedy SOBs in government decided to cause a war in Ukraine.

This is insane, as Ukraine is the most corrupt country in Europe, and Russia has largest supply of nuclear weapons in the world. The PSRRC in DC is pushing this war so they can get richer. Then, they foolishly decided to put economic controls on Russia and freeze their assets.

The result was that Russia’s economy increased and ours decreased (both Europe and the United States). The imbeciles in our government are as ignorant as a box of rocks.

These actions caused a cascade of negative events for our economy. What little trust that other countries had was eroded, and they formed other economic unions in opposition to our world currency. In simple terms, others will not buy our government debt to absorb some of our “money” printed out of thin air.

This reduces government’s ability to fund no- win wars for profit, and unlawful welfare programs for votes. It also lowers our standard of living.

The icing on the cake is that this causes stock and bond prices to decline, which causes banks to fail. The FDIC is a joke; they shot their wad on only two bank failures, and violated the law when they did it.

In other words, the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Bank can either print more money, causing our currency to be worthless, or it can reduce the interest rate. But it can’t win, because of money coming home from other countries, thanks to government’s stupidity with Russia.

I don’t ask anyone to violate the few laws that are legitimate; I only beg you to obey the Constitution and to ignore and refute the many unconstitutional laws!

You must also demand that your government officials do the same. History teaches that, otherwise, you could have a French Reign of Terror. We are well into the conditions that brought on the French Reign of Terror.

You must know your Enemy. And your real Enemy is the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families who direct the ‘woke’ corporations to take anti-American actions to the detriment of the people and our republic.

‘Woke’ corporations bribe our officials, promote wars for profit, pay Antifa and BLM to burn our cities and their competitors, destroyed our middle-class by outsourcing, opened borders for cheap labor, promoted anti-God and anti-American propaganda with transgenderism, and manipulated fiat money to impoverish the people.  [Read the 125 year old history book “The Coming Battle” predicting how large corporations will enslave the American people, published in 1899.]

To the extent possible, you should not invest in, buy from, work for, or associate with ‘woke’ corporations, or those who do! ‘Woke’ corporations are the Enemy.

God Bless You And the Constitutional Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




The Coronation in the UK

By Shirley Edwards

May 13, 2023

[These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.  Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.]

May 6th, 2023, will no doubt go down in the history books as being a jubilant and glorious celebration for the people of the UK; an event   attended by dignitaries and presidents from all corners of the world.

List of guests at the coronation of Charles III and Camilla – Wikipedia

The crowning of 74-year-old King Charles III of the UK, will also be portrayed and broadcast to the world by the images of well-wishers lining the streets of London, the Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby, placing the infamous crown upon his head, and all of the pageantry and pomp which England is well known for in its association with royalty.

Images of his family, including his grandchildren and his prodigal son, Prince Harry will also be expounded upon, sometimes in a non-factual or speculative manner, but mainly it will be to the favour of indicating that this family is no different to yours and mine in an affectionate, yet sometimes troubled history.

Under different circumstances, and possibly under the same era of the coronation of his mother, Queen Elizabeth II during her coronation on 2nd June 1953 at the age of 25, the atmosphere and the images portrayed for 2023 may have been an accurate representation of the event.    However, the general consensus across the country and the atmosphere outside of the history book representation which is being portrayed across the world, is completely different.

Memories

For those of us born before 1980, our memories of Charles, the first-born son to Queen Elizabeth II are of a rather awkward young man waiting in line to fulfil his destiny.  Someone who we believed would never get married.    A man who was rarely shown affection.   He later went on to become endearingly interested in organic farming and talking to plants and trees, showing what we thought was a sensitive and holistic side to his nature.   However, Charles later went on to become a man who was later revealed to have always had another lover, even on the eve of his wedding to the late Princess Diana of Wales.  He was not starved of affection.

During his marriage, the obvious attention which was paid to Princess Diana appeared to create some enmity between them.    He is famously known to have commented it would have been easier to have 2 wives so that he could have one of either side of him during royal walk-abouts.

However, after Diana’s death and despite the country’s acceptance of his mistress, who later became his wife; Camila Parker Bowles then became HRH The Duchess of Cornwall, and is now Her Majesty the Queen Consort of England, there were obviously memories of Princess Diana on Coronation Day of the wife who prophetically knew she would never be queen.

Interview with Princess Diana about how she will never be Queen, 1995 – YouTube

Present Connections

Apart from these obvious memories for many people, the last few years have also revealed that Prince Charles is closely attached to the World Economic Forum who are responsible for Agenda 2030.  He has openly stated that we need a Global Marshall Plan to save the environment. VIDEO: Click the picture >>>

Prince Charles says we need a global Marshall Plan to save the environment | World Economic Forum (weforum.org)

For those that have studied this Agenda they know that their plans for a one world government have revealed that they want to create a world that does not honour the sovereignty of people, and their rights to freedom, in every aspect.   They have implemented:

  • The silencing of freedom to speech, was blatantly exercised against thousands of experts in the fields of science and medicine in relation to Covid 19, in order to dictate a narrative, they wanted to portray.
  • They silence climatologists who do not fit the narrative of their agenda for the environment, and have installed mayors across major cities of the world to implement 15-minute zones which ultimately will not allow you to leave your area without their permission.
  • They promote sexual immorality at every level of society starting with the very youngest in order to demoralize, confuse and control them.
  • They promote illegal immigration, but not for the reason of equality or humaneness, but to dilute the natural patriotism and respect we should have for each individual country, and their faith.
  • They control every system in society, and their plan is to create a world for the super-rich who will have everything, and a world for the rest of us who will possess nothing.
  • There plans which have been known for many years were made obvious through their experimentation upon the world during 2020 onwards, to see how we would comply to many rules which did not make sense, most especially against a virus which had a 99% recovery rate.

Thankfully, many people are aware of this agenda across the world.   They have connected the dots which all lead back to the same place.   For this reason, I believe there has been little interest in the Coronation Day 2023 in relation to the Queen’s Coronation in the UK.

Elsewhere in the UK

On May 6th across the country well away from the City of London there was very little indication that a monumental occasion was taking place.  There were very few signs of patriotism and a need to be present to witness history.

It was a dark cold rainy day, and was exceptionally oppressive.  It was not a joyous atmosphere.    A few houses in each road had rain sodden flags hanging from their bedroom windows.   In the areas where I drove there were a few teenagers roaming the streets aimlessly wandering what to do.  Some shops and stores were open and inside were bored shop assistants inside wearing carboard crowns on their heads.   No one seemed happy.

Friends reported that in the cities which they visited, the shops were open and that they were mainly crowded.    For some, it was an excuse to visit their local pub and have a drink together, but it was not to celebrate a King.

On my way home I called in at a local park which is also home to a stately manor and which was once the ancestral home of Viscount Ednam, a close friend of the Royal Family.  Although it is now a popular tourist attraction and wedding venue it was once a famous weekend retreat for royalty and in 1934 The Duke and Duchess of Kent spent 2 weeks of their honeymoon there.    They had erected a large screen in the grounds in order for visitors to watch the live event of The Coronation, but by all accounts, the event had not been well attended.

As I sat alone in the coffee lounge overlooking the grounds, a family with 2 children came in out of the cold and damp.

The family had obviously made some attempt to recreate some excitement for their children and they were dressed in red white and blue.  They sat at the next table crayoning in some pictures of the king.

I felt sad for the efforts they had made and understood their need for some patriotism and a sense of history which would create some stability in their lives.  People want to be united.

Unfortunately, I feel King Charles III will not provide that stability or unity.   The Royal Family live by a different set of rules completely.   They are exempt from paying taxes and exempt from the law, and this appears to now include many other people who are in positions of power.

Rules and Laws That the Royal Family Is Allowed to Break (insider.com)

The reality of those who have everything and those who are being left with nothing has never been more evident than it is now for people, not just in the UK, but for those across the world.

The Coronation was for spectators who have not yet realized that their governments and their elected leaders are not serving them at all.  They have placed themselves above them and see people as resources to be ‘controlled’ and not respected as the sovereign beings which they are.  Who have they signed an allegiance to?

Pledges and Vows

King Charles III is meant to pledge and make a vow to be the defender of the Christian faith, but 30 years ago said he would defend all faiths.

From a religious perspective it was reported that on his coronation and behind a screen, he was anointed on his head, hands and heart with holy oil consecrated in Jerusalem, as a symbol of his divine right to rule.

It is reported that the screen is new, and it had 3 sides to it to make it more private.

The main panel features a tree with the names of the Commonwealth’s 56 members states embroidered on each leaf.   The 2 side screens have embroidered crosses 2.6 metres high x 2.2 metres wide.   It features a dove on each side of the screen and an angel blowing a trumpet.

Defender of all faiths? Coronation puts focus on King Charles’s beliefs | King Charles coronation | The Guardian

Vows and pledges are of course very important because they are meant to be binding.   Historically, we make our vows before God, sometimes in public and sometimes in private.

The Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby, defended his command to swear allegiance to the King, later stating it was ‘hospitality’ and an open invitation.   The archbishop is well known for adapting biblical beliefs to conform to some very diverse beliefs which are promoted in society.   His words are often twisted.

‘It’s not a command’: Archbishop defends request for public to cry out in support of King | ITV News

My thoughts, along with the thoughts of many others are that vows and actions should be adhered to, and if you are following the rules of Agenda 2030, you will not be following the rules of God, which are always for the good of people.

Let My People Go

On 6th May 2023, I could not physically watch the Coronation.  On a personal level I felt I would be betraying the one who Christians believe is above all humanity.   One who cares for people.  A king above all kings.

Would those vows be adhered to?

As I sat in the empty coffee lounge of a stately home, once used by royals, I thought about his crown, the one made of thorns, his humility, his persecution, and yet the powerful message he conveyed to all, which still exists today if we really listen.

As I looked out the window, I also noticed a small white dove was sitting on the window ledge.   The waitress commented she thought he had been injured and the groundsman had given him some food that morning.

He was pure white and sat within feet of my visit and remained.   He appeared to convey a simple message of Hope to me amidst a world that is being systematically taken over with lies.

I believe that the overwhelming feeling of oppression which was reported by many people on the 6th May was the opposite of what this simple message of Hope conveyed.  In one space and in this one moment of time there was a collective gathering, many of whom have pledged an allegiance to a One World Order, a 2-tier system of the super elite against the people of this world.

Is King Charles III one of them?

© 2023 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com




How Communists Are Programmed to Kill

By Cliff Kincaid

May 12, 2023

Former President Trump says, “They will continue to viciously attack me, smear me, and even ARREST me despite not having committed a single crime.” He left out one thing – they tried to kill him.

A ricin-laced letter was sent to Trump by an anti-Trump activist from Canada by the name of Pascale Cecile Veronique Ferrier. This foreign national was apprehended and pleaded guilty.

Ricin is a toxic poison used by the Soviet KGB against its political enemies.

The report in her case stated, “In or around September 2020, the defendant made homemade ricin toxin at her residence in Quebec, Canada, using ingredients including castor beans. Ricin toxin is a deadly poison made from the waste material left over from processing castor beans. Ricin can be made in powder form. Ricin causes toxicity by preventing cells in an exposed individual from making Page 3 of 5 proteins, without which the cells die.”

In another high-profile assassination attempt, Nicholas John Roske arrived from California and was charged with attempting to murder Justice Brett Kavanaugh. He was incited by the leak of a Supreme Court ruling overturning abortion on demand.

In yet another case, James Hodgkinson, the activist who almost killed Rep. Steve Scalise, was a Bernie Sanders supporter who also hated Trump. According to a Secret Service report, he made online postings in which he referred to President Trump as a traitor, declaring “It’s Time to Destroy Trump & Co.” Hodgkinson was killed at the scene.

The Secret Service report explains that Hodgkinson “fired at least 70 rounds from a 9mm pistol and an SKS 7.62mm rifle at Republican Congressmen, their staffers, and others practicing at Eugene Simpson Stadium Park in Alexandria, VA for the Congressional Baseball Game for Charity. Five people were wounded during the attack, including the House Majority Whip and two U.S. Capitol Police special agents who were part of his security detail.”

The issue of so-called “gun violence” has affected many Americans, including Democrats such as the Kennedy Brothers, JFK and RFK.

Yet, 2024 Democratic presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. refuses to place the blame for the murders of his uncle and father where it belongs. It is one of many fatal flaws in his campaign. Another is his embrace of the global warming hoax.

JFK and RFK, his Attorney General, were so anti-communist that they authorized the CIA to overthrow Fidel Castro and the FBI to wiretap Martin Luther King, Jr. (JFK betrayed the Cuban freedom fighters during the Pay of Pigs invasion by withholding air support).

At that time, the FBI and CIA were regarded as anti-communist tools of U.S. foreign policy. In one of the most sensational examples, the CIA had helped overthrow a communist regime in Guatemala in 1954.

Martin Luther King was a special target because of his communist connections, which were documented by the FBI. Liberals don’t want to admit this fact and conservatives are afraid of bringing it up, for fear of being called McCarthyites.

RFK Jr.’s Misinformation

The new narrative, accepted by some conservatives because it emanates from the mouth of RFK Jr., is that the Kennedy Brothers were assassinated by the CIA, the military industrial complex, or some other group of mysterious people somewhere. That was also the essence of the Soviet campaign known as Operation Dragon that was designed to divert attention from the communist role in JFK’s murder.

The sensational headline, “A Member Of The Kennedy Clan Says The CIA Killed JFK,” came through an email from the big conservative radio station in New York City, WABC.

The station sent out a release about the interview with Robert Kennedy Jr., who “blames the CIA for the 1963 assassination of his uncle, President John F. Kennedy.” He made these “surprising comments” during an interview on 77WABC’s “Cats Roundtable.”

Host John Catsimatidis, a billionaire Republican conservative, added to this sensational but unfounded claim, declaring, “I’ve said publicly and on the radio that the same people that killed your uncle killed Martin Luther King and killed your father.”

The interview with RFK Jr. made headlines around the world.

The New York Post proclaimed: Robert Kennedy Jr. blames CIA for John F. Kennedy assassination.” Robert Kennedy Jr. Believes CIA Killed His Uncle” was the headline from One America News. The Daily Mail headline was, “Robert Kennedy Jr. blames CIA for assassination of JFK and claims it is ‘beyond a reasonable doubt.’”

Like the Soviets, Fidel Castro blamed the CIA for Kennedy’s death, which is essentially what RFK Jr. is saying as well. He said on the Cats Roundtable show that there is “overwhelming evidence” that the CIA was “involved” in his uncle’s murder. It is “beyond a reasonable doubt at this point,” he claimed, and said he has read 100 books on the subject.

But JFK was an anti-communist Democrat who believed in the missions of the CIA and FBI. So was his brother, the Attorney General.

What happened in both cases was a major intelligence failure.

The U.S. intelligence agencies failed to prevent the JFK assassination, which is the real story that sheds light on our continued vulnerability to communists active on American soil.

The Truth Comes Out

RFK Jr. should read two more books, one by an FBI insider and the other by a communist defector.

Herman O. Bly, a retired FBI special agent, wrote the 1998 book, Communism, the Cold War, and the FBI Connection, about how he was hired by Dr. Lothar Metzle, who ran the CIA unit known as the Communist International Group (CIG), to investigate assassin Lee Harvey Oswald’s communist connections.

After doing so, Bly wrote, “The Warren Report concluded that Lee Harvey Oswald acted as a lone assassin, but I believe the heads of the FBI, CIA, and President Johnson wanted the Oswald case brought to a conclusion as fast as possible as they did not want another crisis with the Soviet Union so soon after the Cuban missile crisis.”

This conclusion makes sense. The U.S. Intelligence Community, including the CIA and FBI, engaged in a cover-up regarding the facts about Oswald and his communist connections out of fear of another military confrontation with Soviet Russia. Nuclear war was a very real threat.

Ex-communist Ion Mihai Pacepa wrote, Programmed to Kill: Lee Harvey Oswald, the Soviet KGB, and the Kennedy Assassination, a book that explains how Oswald was recruited and programmed to kill by the KGB.

This former Romanian intelligence chief, the highest-ranking intelligence official ever to defect from the Soviet bloc, documents that Oswald was recruited by the KGB when he was a U.S. Marine stationed in Japan and that, after defecting to the Soviet Union, he came back to America three years later for the express purpose of killing Kennedy. Even though the Soviets, for their own reasons, subsequently tried “to turn Oswald off,” Oswald went ahead with the plan and was already “programmed” by the communists to kill Kennedy.

Oswald had connections to such groups as the Fair Play for Cuba Committee and the Socialist Workers Party. When apprehended, he requested an attorney from the Communist Party USA.

Today, as we saw in the plot to assassinate Supreme Court justice Brett Kavanaugh, there are many “activists” from the anti-American groups who operate freely in American society and can easily be “programed to kill.” In that case, however, the world-be assassin got cold feet and turned himself in.

In my special report, I counted 10 different communist groups at the March 18 communist rally in Washington, D.C., ranging from the Communist Party USA to the Workers World Party. They claim to be peaceful but some pledge allegiance to Moscow, Beijing, North Korea, and Cuba. These groups are the potential breeding ground for people like Lee Harvey Oswald.

The Murder of RFK

RFK Jr. goes beyond blaming the CIA for his uncle’s murder and claims that convicted assassin Sirhan Sirhan was not responsible for the murder of his father. However, the evidence shows that, like Oswald, Sirhan Sirhan was also, programmed to kill by the communists.

RFK Jr. has lived through terrible tragedies. However, he should take the time to read Democratic California Governor Gavin Newsom’s report rejecting parole for Sirhan Sirhan. Newsom has no reason to conceal the truth.

Newsom, a very liberal politician, notes just some of the evidence indicating Sirhan’s hatred of RFK over his support of Israel.

Indeed, at his 1985 parole hearing, Mr. Sirhan admitted to writing entries in his journals, found by police in his bedroom after the crimes, that repeated, “RFK must die. RFK must be killed. Robert F. Kennedy must be assassinated” and “Robert F. Kennedy must be assassinated before 5 June 68.”

The assassination occurred on the first anniversary of the Six Day War in which Israel defeated the armies of its Arab neighbors.

But also in his journals, Sirhan Sirhan wrote about his belief in communism, declaring “Long Live Communism.” He was in fact a Palestinian Marxist.

For this reason, he was regarded as a celebrated “political prisoner” by the communist terrorists in the Weather Underground. Many members of the Kennedy Family took offense to this and Christopher G. Kennedy, chairman of the University of Illinois Board of Trustees, led the effort to deny former Weather Underground terrorist Bill Ayers the title of professor emeritus because Ayers and his comrade Bernardine Dohrn had written a book, the “Prairie Fire” Manifesto, dedicated in part to the killer of his father, Robert F. Kennedy.

Not only does RFK Jr. ignore this, he shares the Democratic Party’s belief in climate change that must be fixed by altering the capitalist system.

Described by a sympathetic media as a “longtime environmental advocate” before he became critical of COVID policies and vaccines, he wrote, Climate in Crisis: Who’s Causing It, Who’s Fighting It, and How We Can Reverse It Before It’s Too Late, and warned in 2017 that President  Trump’s climate change policies were “turning America into a petrostate.”

But there is also a communist connection here, as there is abundant evidence that the global warming or climate change theory was conceived by Soviet communists as a means by which to destroy the industrial base in the United States. It is succeeding under Joe Biden.

RFK Jr. doesn’t talk about that much anymore because he wants to appeal to conservatives.

But responsible conservatives should not take the bait.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Is Islam Misunderstood

By Amil Imani

May 12, 2023

Everyone, just relax. Islam is badly misunderstood. The negative stereotype of Islam is the usual evil-doings of Zionists in America and their foolish fellow travelers, fundamentalist Christians. Please don’t listen to what these hatemongers say about Islam and hear us out; so implies the nationally-launched campaign of Muslim organizations in the United States.

Ads are popping up in newspapers and magazines proclaiming the magnificence of Islam and aiming to refute the “false allegations” of Islam’s ill-wishers.

Huge billboards are festooning major highways, such as the one along Highway 101 and Tully Road in San Jose, California, with crafty messages. Bold letters on the billboard proclaim Islam You Deserve to Know. A toll-free number, 1-877-WhyIslam, and a website, Why Islam.org beckon the public to get the real scoop about the religion of peace.

The billboard sneakily reminds the viewers about their kinship with Muslims. “Islam: The message of Abraham, Moses, Jesus, and Mohammad.”

Well folks—Christians and Jews—the overwhelming majority of the people in the United States, you need to relax about Islam. Muslims are family. They are your kindred through your shared progenitor, Abraham.

Having Abraham as an ancestor would demand that the “children” be loving siblings. That’s the message the American Muslims try to convey. And that’s the way they aim to keep us in the deadly slumber of complacency and the delusion of multiculturalism.

For one, multiculturalism and multi-religionism are not interchangeable and are not one and the same. Muslims and their frequently well-paid apologists use the multiculturalism umbrella only in non-Islamic lands to shield themselves from the torrent of legitimate criticisms that those who know Islam better shower on this cult of violence peddled as the religion of peace.

Don’t listen to me and don’t listen to these conniving dissimulators. Find out for yourself. See if the euphemism of multiculturalism is ever even mentioned by any Islamic leader, ever printed in the Islamic press, or ever appears in any form anywhere in Muslim countries. This multiculturalism gambit is Islam-manufactured wool to pull over the eyes of the non-Muslims while the Muslims carry on with their unrelenting campaign of eradicating anything or anyone non-Islamic anywhere in the world.

Those of us, through reason and tremendous acts of will, who have freed ourselves from the enslaving yoke of Islam placed around our necks from birth, know about all the heinous inside dirt of this plague of humanity. We hardly need to call a toll-free number to hear a phony canned message of deceptions and lies.

We have experienced Islam first-hand and up close from the inside. We have studied the Quran, the Hadith, and the Sunna. We have seen Islam in action where it wields sway. Some of us even tried desperately to cling to this security blanket that was wrapped around us from birth. Yet, the more we studied and the more we experienced Islam, the more our effort to remain in the fold became untenable.

We broke away from Islamic slavery and found it to be our solemn duty to expose this fraud of a religion, help other Muslims to free themselves from it, and warn the good-hearted and gullible non-Muslims against falling prey to it.

The Muslim organizations in America, generously financed by the oil-rich Muslim government and sheiks, are directed to sell Islam Lite for long enough until the cult runs deep roots and the Real Islam is introduced. One can see how the scheme played out in Europe. Much of Europe is already past the stage of Islam Lite and knee-deep into the quagmire of Real Islam. And that’s exactly where things are headed in America.

For a starter, remember the Somali Muslim cabbies of the Minneapolis airport and their refusal of blind fares with seeing-eye dogs, because dogs are unclean according to their belief? The same cabbies that had a virtual monopoly at the airport also rejected passengers who had alcoholic beverages in their possession. And the recent campaign of Muslims in New York to force the city to officially recognize Islamic holidays. These chosen people of Allah have more holidays than working days. No wonder they are among the most backward and unproductive in the world.

These “annoyances” aside, one has to be more than daft not to see for himself and not be sickened by the horrors Muslims in power and Muslim governments commit, wherever they reign in the world. Their barbaric acts are not isolated behaviors of some deranged individuals that one can find within any group. They are, in fact, mandated by the authoritative teachings of Islam and those who practice them proudly proclaim their actions as an implementation of Islamic teachings.

And they are correct in this claim. Let’s just see a sampling of the Islamic teachings that mandate the beastly treatment of women, human slaves, and all non-Muslims, including those that the Islamic Softsell in the West aims to bunch itself with as kin—Jews and Christians.

Quran 4.34 Men have authority over women because Allah has made the one superior to others and because they spend their wealth to maintain them. Good women are obedient. They guard their unseen parts because Allah has guarded them. As for those from whom you fear disobedience, admonish them and send them to beds apart and beat them. Then if they obey you take no further action against them. Allah is high, supreme.

Q uran16.75 Allah sets forth a parable: (consider) a slave, the property of another, (who) has no power over anything, and one whom We have granted from ourselves goodly sustenance so he spends from it secretly and openly; are the two alike? (All) praise is due to Allah!

Quran 5:51 O you who believe! Take not the Jews and the Christians for your friends and protectors: they are but friends and protectors to each other. And he amongst you that turns to them (for friendship) is of them. Verily Allah guides not a people unjust.

You may say that you know Muslims and you find them to be decent people, family people, hard-working people who are no different than any other group of people. However, these people are Bad Muslims. Why so? Because they do not live the life the Quran commands them to lead. It is the Good Muslims that you don’t ever want to meet. These are the diehard jihadists, the terrible killers who spare no torture on infidels before decapitating them or hanging them while intoning Allah’s praise. These are the ones that don’t show the slightest mercy to their very own people who fail to toe the line.

These Real Muslims viciously and repeatedly rape women, and even men, arrested without even arrest warrants. One “lucky” victim who managed to escape the claws of these evils is Maryam Sabri (and so many others) arrested on phony charges and repeatedly raped in Iran’s Evin prison.

Acts of horrors committed in Islamic lands aside, it is disturbing to see Muslims dissimulate, sweet-talk, and use any and all means in free non-Islamic societies to convert people to their cult. Yet, if a Muslim, on his own free will decides to leave Islam he is condemned as apostate and automatically sentenced to death. And right here in America, the suffocating tentacles of Islamic bigotry are beginning to reach out to people. Just the other day, for instance, a teenage girl had to run away from her Muslim family fearing being killed by her own father for having become Christian.

This Islamic Softsell is a replay of Muhammad’s own life example. He was peaceful and humble in Mecca among his powerful detractors. Once in Medina and with power, Muhammad slaughtered the Jews of Medina as easily as if they were sheep, plundered their belongings, and took the “sellable” women and children as slaves.

It is said that truthfulness is the foundation of all virtues. Islam not only condones, it encourages, lying and dissimulation— taqiyya in dealing with non-Muslims. Hence the ads, the billboards, and the claims of these liars are little more than packs of crafty propaganda.

No, there is no misunderstanding. No, it is not the Zionists and fundamentalist Christians who are misrepresenting Islam. It is Muslims and Muslim organizations who are guilty of dissimulation and fraud. Muslims act meekly when they lack sufficient power. Once in power, Real Islam emerges from its shell of dissimulation and puts free people and their way of life to the sword.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




God Used Natural Forces in His Creation and Judgments

By Lewis Bracket

May 12, 2023

This in my opinion on how God / Jesus did this. I will be sure to look it up in the imperial library when I get there! J

White Holes Black holes

Each galaxy was created by a White Hole… Cosmic inflation was caused be a immense number of other white holes spewing out space time into our universe!…

In the Big Inning, white holes erupted / vomited out mass and energy from the parallel universe, creating galaxies across our universe. Nowadays, mostly all these white holes have become black holes, and our universe’s space time is slowly disappearing back down these black rabbit holes back to the universe it originally came from…

A black hole in our universe is likely a white hole in another universe!

This space time vortex is responsible for how spiral galaxies formed, and explains why the outer rim of galaxies rotate how they do!!!

Earth’s gravitation. My thought is that there is a space time vortex created by Earths mass and space time is falling into the center of the Earth and then exiting back into the other universe,. This vortex causes the Earths rotation and our gravity.

I know this whole concept may make a persons brain hurt. And I have been accused of doing that, But it all makes perfect sense, explains what is going on!

One our dear brothers on five doves sent me a note about a terrestrial spacetime vortex. This vortex exiting out of the center of the Earth into another universe could be the location of the “bottomless pit” mentioned in Scripture. The eternal lake of fire could be entered by such a vortex.

Noah’s flood

We know that the moon was created perfect as was the Earth. In this case, how come it has all those craters in just a few thousand years?

My concept is that using natural forces, at the right time God foreknew that a swarm of asteroids, rocks would sweep into Earths orbit, smashing into the Earth and the moon. These rocks smashed into the ice canopy, breaking it up, sending pieces of the canopy crashing down onto the Earth. The rocks smashed down into the “fountains of the deep” underground oceans causing their contents to geyser up then fall down upon the Earth as the surface on the Earth sank beneath the waves.

The craters on the moon therefore testify of the truth of Noah’s flood.

Sodom and Gomorrah

Imho, these cities were likely struck by the scattered fragments of a fiery comet. In modern times, remember that huge rock that fell on Russia’s Siberia early in the 20th century? No trees were left standing for many miles surrounding the impact crater!

Gog Magog war

Once again it appears that from Ezekiel and Joel that Israel’s hemisphere will be struck by a comet’s debris that will rain down on the nations from Russia South to Iran. Joel ch2 says that All of Russia will be burned by fire during the Magog war! God’s vengeance upon a barbarous people constantly bring terror upon the whole Earth throughout its history.

Plagues of Egypt.

Once again, God used a series of natural forces to punish Egypt. James Cameron’s great video “The Exodus Decoded” explains how God could have done this!

In our recent history we have seen a long list of natural forces God used to punish His enemies.

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lewis Brackett: Lewishb@yahoo.com




America Is Becoming Nuttier Than a Fruitcake

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 11, 2023

Looking out across the American landscape in 2023, you cannot help but appreciate that it’s getting to be nuttier than a fruitcake party. You’ve got men pretending to be women. Drag queens! You’ve got women trying to grow a beard. Cher’s daughter, Chastity. You’ve got male transgenders competing against DNA, real women. You’ve got those same “males” walking into girls’ locker rooms with their “package” in full view as if to announce the “new” femineity for the 21st century.

After fighting for centuries to give women equal rights such as the ability to drive a car, vote, fly a plane, ride a bicycle, play full-court basketball, Title IX programs to boost women’s sports, and equality in marriages—-transgender men are now trouncing women in swimming, tennis, wrestling, weightlifting, track and more. Even the First Lady of America bestowed the crown for “Woman of the Year” to a transgender male (pretend woman) without flinching as to the destruction of her own femaleness.

It’s getting terribly nuts out there in 21st century America.

This past week on a New York City subway train, an African-American, drug addicted, crazy man with 44 arrests was threatening the passengers of the subway before a 24 year old former U.S. Marine took him down along with two other minority men and held him to protect all the other passengers. Mr. Neely died in the process. Now, all black New Yorkers are calling for the Marine to be prosecuted for murder.

At the same time, four African-American youth in Chicago several nights ago, killed an African-American police officer at her mother’s doorstep after working the night shift in bloody Chicago. Police Officer Areanah Preston was highly decorated and about to receive her Master’s Degree on the weekend. What did Black America do? Answer: not a peep about the killing. Oh, four black youths are now in custody for the killing of the black female police officer. What will happen to them? If African-American Chicago district attorney Kim Foxx has her way, they will receive “community service” for a week to teach them a lesson.

Meanwhile, Chicago averages upwards of 20 shootings weekly with up to 10 deaths—as a normal matter of daily living in the Windy City.

With the full-scale invasion of our southern border accelerating with the ending of Title 42 on May 11, 2023, the normal flow of illegals under Joe Biden has been 5,200 per day. In the past two nights, 10,300 illegal aliens crossed our border…each night. They were given passes and busses to anywhere in the USA.

At this point, every city importing those illegal migrants faces foreign homeless refugees that are eating taxpayers’ wallets. And yet, sanctuary cities, their mayors and governors LOVE the refugees with free hotels, food and amenities…at your taxpayer expense…of course.

At the same time, Congress does NOTHING to stop the invasion!

We’ve got President Joe Biden trapped in the throes of Alzheimer’s Disease, but his wife encouraged him to run for reelection. “I need to finish the job,” he mumbled through his teleprompter. His handlers must be wondering how they are going to cover for his dementia for another 5.8 years. If he finishes the “job”, we won’t have a country left.

In Allen, Texas last week, an angry Hispanic named Garcia killed eight people in a mall. Immediately, the mainstream media said he was a “white supremacist.” African-American Larry Elder, running for president of the United States, is called the “black-version” of white supremacy. Why? Because he is a Republican. African-American U.S. Senator Tim Scott of South Carolina announced his candidacy for the presidency. He’s full-on all American…loves the Constitution…loves our flag, but I wonder, what are they going to call him? Answer: probably an Uncle Tom. Another candidate, Vivek Ramaswamy (R), originally from Indian descent, will be called something derogatory at some point. Ironically, he enjoys the highest IQ of all the candidates.

Definition of stupid: knowing the truth, seeing the truth, but still believing in Joe Biden. A whole new form of stupid: voting for him.

Is all of that nuts or what?

Every time you turn around in this country, virtually all white people are called “racists.” Fast foods want their workers to be “less white.” Yet, in the past 26 months, over 7.0 million people of color breached America’s borders illegally to arrive in this “racist” nation. Can anyone explain that phenomenon to me?

“Only in America can African-Americans have Black History Month, The Black Caucus, Black Awareness Month, Black Entertainment Television, Black Only, Miss Black America, all black schools, all black organizations, Blackish, all black colleges, all black dating websites, all black bars—-yet turn around and call all white Americans, racists.”

Today, the U.S. Navy advertises for drag queens, transgenders, homosexuals and other sexually deviant characters to join the Navy. For some reason, Navy brass lack any understanding that homosexuals and transgender “men” make high-octane, high testosterone Navy Seals’ skin crawl at the possibility of serving with those characters in combat. The reality is: transgenders are living an illusion.

Finally, how can this once rational nation support children under 21, who don’t know their own minds and don’t understand consequences of gender surgery—-to perform castrations, breast removal and hormone replacement that will disfigure or change their entire lives in really horrible ways? Why aren’t more rational minds mandating that such children wait until they are 21 to make such drastic choices?

Obviously, I have touched on only a few of the “nuttier than a fruitcake party” topics in this column. We’ve got some really insane racial conflict going on in America. We’ve got cultural conflict. We’ve got gender confusion. We’ve got useless, stupid and worthless U.S. Senators and House members. We’ve got people pushing Critical Race Theory because they want to see race wars promulgated. We’ve got people dumbing down educational curriculums to benefit minorities who lack any educational thrust or intellectual abilities to complete their studies. There are powerful forces trying to collapse America economically, racially and culturally. Guess what? They are succeeding.

And, when you include that transgender moron Dylan Mulvaney drinking Bud Light in a bathtub full of bubbles, dear fellow American, I won’t be associated with drinking Bud Light, either, for the rest of my days!

We’re driving our country into a third world sh*t hole. Ironically, most Americans just sit back, press the remote…and don’t think it will happen to them. They are right! What’s coming will happen to their children.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Is the CIA For Us or Against Us?

By Jeffery Dover

May 11, 2023

Why does the United States have a Central Intelligence Agency?  We never had one prior to WWII and we were pretty secure.  What changed?  Communism was a worry insofar as it might have attempted to overthrow our government from within, but there was a Federal Bureau of Investigation already long-established and in place to counter any such threat if waged illegally.

I suppose that during the years of the Cold War, roughly 1945 to 1989, intelligence organs outside of the US were useful in detecting and analyzing strategic military situations regarding the USSR.  Even so, intelligence gained from submarine tapping of Soviet undersea communications cables revealed that whatever the makeup of the Soviet strategic nuclear forces, they had no intention of ever launching a ”first strike”.  That intelligence brought us to the understanding that the USSR viewed strategic nuclear weapons as only insurance against a first strike launched against them by the USA and NATO forces.

While it’s good to know what your potential enemies are up to, did it really require a separate and huge “intelligence agency”, even then, in order to know it?  What about the various military intelligence units in those days?  How about military attache’s attached to embassies?  Was it a case of Allen Dulles and others in the USA seeing how the USSR’s various internal spy organizations controlled the people and how effective Nazi Germany’s Gestapo had been in that regard, that they thought that, for reasons of the control of domestic power, a clandestine service was necessary in the USA?  Whatever the ultimate truth about any such need for a separate, ad hoc clandestine organization, the Cold War has been over for more than thirty years.

What is the CIA’s mission today?  What do they do which our military intelligence and FBI are incapable of providing in terms of intelligence?  Could it be that “intelligence” per se isn’t necessarily their mission?

What if their mission was involving themselves in domestic politics in alliance with some shadowy group in politics, business and industry?  After all, do they report to us?  We don’t know what they do, unless they tell us via media or congress after they have done it.  What the members of congressional intelligence committees and the president learn, are only what the CIA chooses to tell them.

What anyone in our government outside the agency learn about the CIA’s activities, is doled out on a “need to know” basis.

Who, in the United States of America, has a greater “need to know” than the president, the congress and the people who grant them their office?  Who are those persons in intelligence to tell us what we can and what we cannot know of their activities and their goals?  The Republican Party doesn’t even post specific goals for its voters to see!  Are they a branch of the CIA?  Joking of course, but really…

In Roger Stone’s excellent book, “The Bush Crime Family” he writes this of the Reagan White House during the Iran/Contra episode: “Rather than the president making foreign policy decisions with his advisors, it now seemed that the advisors, being CIA, steered policy toward CIA goals.  In doing so, CIA goals became the president’s goals.”

CIA “policy” goals?  Policy goals are not the province of CIA or any other cabinet or agency concern.  Those agencies are the tools used to implement, not determine policy.  Foreign policy is for the president to enunciate and for the Dept. of State and others as necessary to carry out and administer.  Domestic policy is for our elected officials only.  That a clandestine agency, unaccountable to the people, would have its own policy goals is a chilling prospect.  I have come to think that it may well account for many of the difficulties confronting Americans today in preserving the form and promise of our republic.

We know that the CIA have assassins.   Stone writes of one, Felix Rodriguez, whose mission was to kill and behead local villagers in Vietnam to demoralize the Viet Cong.  According to Stone, Rodriguez later reported directly to George G.H.W. Bush at the time of the assassination attempt on president Reagan when the former was the Vice President.  Yet another documentary, “Dark Legacy”, puts CIA man Bush as central in the CIA assassination of president John F. Kennedy.  We know from Seymour Hersch that they blew up Russia’s NordStream Pipeline.

Why does the USA need professional assassins in the federal government?  Should every town and state also have them as they seem to have in Mexico?

Are the CIA in fact, in charge of foreign policy, dictating to chosen members of congress, or the president, who they have compromised?  Do they run politicians as they run spies in the various nations?  After all, most CIA agents in the Cold War days were like sales managers.  They didn’t so much spy.  What they did was cultivate indigenous nationals who were willing for one reason or another to divulge the secrets of their country, and then run them, directing their actions and debriefing them.  Is it possible that they have much dirt on key domestic political figures who, rather than risk the CIA “leaking” the material which would destroy them, instead do what they are told to do?

What if their mission was to destabilize foreign governments?  It would seem that it is, given that in January of 2022 they were behind an attempted coup d’etat in the Russian border nation Kazakhstan.  We know that they had already established puppets in Ukraine, Zelensky the latest.  Back in the ‘70’s there was the famous episode in Chile, where they set up the assassination of president Salvador Allende.  Presently, using Ukraine as a base, they’ve been working for years to destabilize Russia’s government and effect “regime change” there. The recent attempt to assassinate Russian president Putin with a drone was said to be an action of Ukraine.  Zelensky denied that Ukraine launched the attack.  My guess is that he’s right, that it was the CIA who launched it.  And what about 9/11 and everything involved in the Middle East? Benghazi?

Given that they are involved in such activities abroad, is it unreasonable to suspect that they could involve themselves in “regime change” here in the USA?  Their involvement in American mainstream media outlets, well-known since at least the Church senate investigations of the late 1970’s, could well account for all the propaganda and disinformation most recently cited in Tucker Carlson’s recent speech in Alabama.  How else could such propaganda be so coordinated in content, timing and distribution if not from a single, authoritarian source?

The American people need to wake up.  Serious opposition to our way of life is waging a winning conflict today in the United States.  We need to create our own issues and cease to allow them to be defined by the media and by corrupt, entrenched politicians and bureaucrats.  A great start would be to form a new political party which would represent those issues, our issues, and populate it with men and women sworn to carry out the mission that Trump began: Draining the Swamp.

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




When the News Is ‘Hate Speech’

by Lee Duigon

May 11, 2023

Yesterday Facebook banned two of my blog posts, declaring them to be “hate speech.” I could’ve sworn they were news reports.

You can find them on my blog, posted yesterday, and decide for yourself. The two stories are:

*Oklahoma governor defunds Oklahoma PBS on the grounds that it indoctrinates and sexualizes children.

*Dept. of Homeland Security (we needed a FOIA lawsuit to find out about this) is recruiting people and training them to inform on their neighbors and anyone else whose political opinions might not match Big Brother’s.

According to Facebook, those two news reports are “hate speech” and must therefore be censored out of sight. No explanation is offered. They don’t have to explain themselves to uppity plebs like you and me.

For that matter, what the devil is “hate speech”? Bill Nye the BS Guy says anyone who doubts “Man-Made Climate Change” should be locked up in jail—that’s not “hate”? Any criticism of Transgender amounts to “genocide” and you’re all Nazis, blah-blah-blah—and that’s not “hate”? And SloJo Biden gets up in front of the camera and calls some 75 million of us (!) “fascists” and “a threat to democracy”—and that, too, is not “hate”? There must be something wrong with my dictionary.

How are we to discuss or debate public policy, as citizens of a republic are supposedly allowed to do, if the side opposed to The Regime is automatically tarred as “hate”? (And just for the record, I hate that! Make of it what you will, commissar.) I don’t like your stupid pronoun fetish—but I’m not allowed to say it in the social media? How is that in any way “social”? I’m convinced that if they ever found a way to get inside our heads and tear out all the thoughts that they don’t like, they’d do it in a New York minute. Oops. Have I slipped again?

Who ever thought we’d ever have a country where children’s TV programs feature drag queens and “celebrate” drugs and surgery that sterilize, lifelong, eight-year-old children, and government agencies that train us to spy on one another? We are right to hate such things. We are right to try to stop them. But Facebook says “Shut up!”

All King George III wanted was a stamp tax and a tea tax, and we took his American colonies away from him for that. Is that independent spirit dead? Are we so far removed from our country’s roots and heritage that we tacitly, tamely submit to being bullied by self-anointed censors?

God forbid.

I’ll have to see if my webmaster can move me to a social media platform that doesn’t censor us for our political opinions. It won’t be easy: viewpoint censorship is very much in style these days. Our current government is intolerant, imperious, and drunk with self-importance. Maybe Elon Musk can find a place for us on Twitter.

We’ve already lost big chunks of our freedom, and stand in clear and present danger of losing what’s left of it. The Romans lost their republic; and we could very well lose ours.

I have discussed these and other issues throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit, before they censor any more of my posts. My work can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Illegal Aliens Invasion: Texas GOP Legislators Selling Out America

By: Devvy

May 10, 2023

Rape & Betrayal by the GOP:  Let Me Count the Ways is a column I wrote, Dec. 16, 2014.  Tragically, I was right.

Tomorrow:  Border Patrol clears way for more migrant releases to city streets, sources say: ‘The dam is about to break’, May 9, 2023 – “The consequence of this decision is that migrants will be mass released at bus stops, gas stations, supermarkets and in towns and cities across the border as Customs and Border Protection facilities are already over capacity in multiple sectors, according to CBP sources who were not authorized to speak publicly.

“NGOs are quickly approaching their limits to house migrants and tens of thousands more migrants are expected to surge into the United States once the Title 42 public health order is lifted on May 11…

“The mass releases will only happen if NGOs run out of space, but officials believe that is likely. Officials have made 26,000 apprehensions and seen over 7,000 “gotaways” in just 72 hours, according to Border Patrol.”

America: Tomorrow will be the beginning of hell most can’t imagine or don’t want to think about. Turning America into a third-world hell hole continues. I covered it fully in my last column, #Boycott Everything Mexico

“F*ck You Americans!” – Illegal Aliens Trash Talk News Reporters in Heated Exchange in El Paso,TX (VIDEO) (35,000 of them at that entry point waiting until tomorrow with more on the way – about 12,000 per day.)

Texas Gov. Greg Abbott invokes constitutional ‘invasion clause’ amid immigration crisis, Nov. 15, 2022 – “I invoked the Invasion Clauses of the U.S. & Texas Constitutions to fully authorize Texas to take unprecedented measures to defend our state against an invasion,” Abbott announced via social media Tuesday.

“The “invasion clause” referenced by Abbott refers to Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution, which states the U.S. “shall guarantee every state in this Union a republican form of government and shall protect each of them against invasion.”  And, what? Biden is going to send 50,000 active-duty military to rescue the day?

Wrong section of the U.S. Constitution, Greg.  Try Art. 1, Sec. 10, Clause 3:  “No state shall, without the consent of Congress, lay any duty of tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war in time of peace, enter into any agreement or compact with another state, or with a foreign power, or engage in war, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as will not admit of delay.

This IS an invasion.  The 1,500 U.S. military sent by brain gone, Biden, are for paper pushing, NOT enforcement.  Our republic, not just Texas is in imminent danger.

Texas Statutes, Greg:

GOVERNMENT CODE

TITLE 4. EXECUTIVE BRANCH, SUBTITLE C. STATE MILITARY FORCES AND VETERANS, CHAPTER 431. STATE MILITIA, SUBCHAPTER A. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 431.071.  MILITARY DUTY.  (a)  The reserve militia is not subject to active military duty, except that the governor may call into service the portion of the reserve militia needed for the period required in case of war, insurrection, invasion or prevention of invasion, suppression of riot, tumult, or breach of peace or to aid civil officers to execute law or serve process.

(b)  The governor may assign members of the reserve militia who are called into service to existing organizations of the state military forces or organize them as circumstances require.  Acts 1987, 70th Leg., ch. 147, Sec. 1, eff. Sept. 1, 1987.

Gov. Abbott is putting Band Aids on a patient hemorrhaging to death on the operating table.  He must ‘call into service’ our State Reserve Militia and believe me, there are plenty of well-trained, well-armed retired military and law enforcement who will be happy to serve.  Who want to get on the border right away to assist the National Guard and DPS.

Texas Republicans working to keep border open – our legislature.  GOP screwing us, again.

Here is a must watch interview with Lara Logan, 10 minutes.  For those unfamiliar with Lara, she is a very good investigative journalist.

Lara Logan, Texas Republican Politicians Working Against Border Security, May 8, 2023

“Logan notes that Texas republican politicians are actively working to keep the border open with migration flows controlled but not stopped.  As CTH has long documented, illegal mass immigration is a policy that both wings of the UniParty support.

“Logan reports that Texas republicans, the Bush wing of the professional republican apparatus that controls Texas politics, recently blocked a state border security effort in order to keep the immigration flow in place.   This is a remarkable interview with details to support the baseline as discussed.”

Here’s the bill she discusses.  HB 20 Texas Legislature – House side, GOP controlled.

Summary page

Lara directs people to Texas GOP Vote.com

On that site is more lies: the bogus bull manure about 11 million illegals – a number first used back in 2007.  I know because I wrote columns on it back then.  Is the author stupid or deliberately deceitful?  6 MILLION have crossed the border just since brain gone, Biden, has occupied the WH.  More accurate is 35-40 million.

This is more rewarding illegals for violating our immigration laws (take out legal seasonal workers because that’s a different challenge easily solved) but all in the plan to erase our border and eventually, merge Canada, US and Mexico into one of the regions for world government. 

Texas GOP Vote page: How to Fix the Broken Immigration System (Emphasis mine)

“The best way to fix the broken immigration system involves bipartisan legislating of three main policies: improving border security, adjusting legal immigration to allow for the entry of needed workers, and creating a method for unauthorized immigrants who are already here to earn legal status.

“Border security is necessary for any attempt to pass immigration legislation. Republican lawmakers have made that clear. The federal government should have operational control over our border and who and what is coming into our nation. What Republican lawmakers have not made clear is what defines a secure border… (Note: What rot.)

“Another way to help secure the border and prevent illegal immigration is to create legal and viable methods of entry for some of the people who are coming illegally.”

We need to make that interview Lara go viral everywhere.  The backlash against Republicans in our legislature and Abbott should be loud and relentless.  This just makes me sick.

Please call or email Gov. Greg Abbott, keep calling and emailing, even if you don’t live in Texas because this catastrophe affects ALL Americans.  Tell him:  to ‘call into service’ the Texas Reserve Militia, Texas Government Code, Title 4, Subtitle C, Chapter 431, State Militia, Subchapter A. General Provisions.

Easy to do, takes but a minute and right to the point.  Raise hell with your state rep and senator here in Texas (no threats).  Try to get your county sheriff to have bus stops surveilled to turn away buses of illegals.  Go back to where you came from.

Phone:  (512) 463-2000

Email for Abbott:  https://gov.texas.gov/apps/contact-us/opinion – Under Issues click on Border Security.

© 2023 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

Suspected California Serial Killer Revealed to Be Illegal Immigrant from El Salvador, May 9, 2023

Biden to veto House ‘remain in Mexico’ bill, May 8, 2023

Enraged border agents accuse Biden admin of sabotoging operations: Activists ‘taking over’ law enforcement, May 9, 2023  (While he hides in the WH eating ice cream cones.)




Mind Control: Conversion by Technological Means

By David Masters

May 10, 2023

Once upon a time, in a not-too-distant future, a group of scientists developed a revolutionary technology known as BrainNet. It was a multi-person brain-to-brain interface that allowed individuals to directly communicate and collaborate using only their thoughts. At first, the idea of BrainNet seemed like something straight out of a science fiction novel, but as the technology was tested and refined, it became clear that it had the potential to change the world in profound ways.

The first experiments with BrainNet were conducted with small groups of people who were fitted with electrodes that could read their brain activity. These electrodes were then used to send signals between participants, allowing them to share information and work together on tasks using only their thoughts. As the technology improved, the size of the groups that could use BrainNet grew larger and larger. Soon, entire teams of people could collaborate using the interface, sharing ideas and coordinating their actions in real-time without ever needing to speak a single word.

It wasn’t long before BrainNet was being used by researchers, educators, and even businesses. Scientists used the technology to study the way that groups of people work together and to explore new ideas in fields like neuroscience and psychology. Educators used BrainNet to teach students in new and innovative ways, allowing them to share ideas and collaborate on projects in real time. Businesses also saw the potential of BrainNet, using it to coordinate teams of employees who were spread out across the globe. With BrainNet, team members could work together as if they were all in the same room, sharing ideas and collaborating on projects in real time.

But BrainNet wasn’t just useful for work or education; it also had the potential to change the way people connected with each other on a personal level. With BrainNet, friends and family members could communicate and share their thoughts and feelings with each other in a way that was impossible before. As the years went by, BrainNet became more and more advanced, with new features and capabilities being added all the time. But even as the technology grew more complex, its underlying principle remained the same: the ability for people to communicate and collaborate with each other using only their thoughts.

And so, the world was changed forever by BrainNet, a technology that brought people closer to collective mind influence and advanced human technological domination possibilities that were once thought impossible. So, the more we find out about how the human mind works through today’s highly advanced technological research, the more power brokers and manipulators learn to control human beings. And what scares me the most is that the medium for takeover has been in place for decades.

Looking back a few decades….Tests by researcher Herbert Krugman showed that, while viewers were watching TV, right-brain activity outnumbered left-brain activity by a ratio of two to one. Put more simply, the viewers were in an altered state…in trance more often than not. They were getting their Beta-endorphin “fix.”  To measure attention spans, psycho-physiologist Thomas Mulholland of the Veterans Hospital in Bedford, Massachusetts, attached young viewers to an EEG machine that was wired to shut the TV set off whenever the children’s brains produced a majority of alpha waves. Although the children were told to concentrate, only a few could keep the set on for more than 30 seconds! Most viewers are already hypnotized to varying degrees.

To deepen the trance is easy. The commercials or suggestions presented following this alpha-inducing broadcast are much more likely to be accepted by the viewer. The high percentage of the viewing audience that has somnambulistic-depth ability could very well accept the suggestions as commands–as long as those commands did not ask the viewer to do something contrary to his morals, religion, or self-preservation. By the age of 16, children have spent around 10,000 to 15,000 hours watching television and playing video games – that is more time than they spend in school! Last time I checked the average home has the TV set on for six hours and 44 minutes per day– three times the average rate of increase during the 1970s.

It obviously isn’t getting better…we are rapidly moving into an alpha-level world–very possibly the Orwellian world of “1984”–placid, glassy-eyed, and responding obediently to instructions. A research project by Jacob Jacoby, a Purdue University psychologist, found that of 2,700 people tested, 90 percent misunderstood even such simple viewing fare as commercials.

Only minutes after watching, the typical viewer missed 23 to 36 percent of the questions about what he or she had seen. Of course, they did–they were going in and out of trance! If you go into a deep trance, you must be instructed to remember–otherwise you automatically forget. If you think that technological mind control techniques are a joke, read the following articles and decide for yourself if we have been “entranced.”

In the article, Reading Your Mind – And Injecting Smart Thoughts by Douglas Pasternak U.S. News & World Report, January 3/January 10, 2000, pp. 67, 68. The plan was laid out 15 years ago! Buck Rogers, meet John Norseen. Like the comic-strip hero, a 20th-century man stuck in the 25th century, Norseen feels he’s not quite in the right time. His brain-research ideas are simply too futuristic. And he admits his current obsession seems to have been lifted from a Rogers saga. The Lockheed Martin neuroengineer hopes to turn the “electrohypnomentalophone,” a mind-reading machine invented by one of Buck’s buddies, from science fiction into science fact. Norseen’s interest in the brain stems from a Soviet book he read in the mid-1980s, claiming that research on the mind would revolutionize the military and society at large. The former Navy pilot coined the term “BioFusion” to cover his plans to map and manipulate gray matter, leading (he hopes) to advances in medicine, national security, and entertainment.

He does not do the research but sees himself as the integrator of discoveries that will make BioFusion a reality. BioFusion would be able to convert thoughts into computer commands, predicts Norseen, by deciphering the brain’s electrical activity. Electromagnetic pulses would trigger the release of the brain’s own neurotransmitters to fight off disease, enhance learning, or alter the mind’s visual images, creating what Norseen has dubbed “synthetic reality.”The key is finding “brain prints.” “Think of your hand touching a mirror,” explains Norseen. “It leaves a fingerprint.” BioFusion would reveal the fingerprints of the brain by using mathematical models. “Just like you can find one person in a million through fingerprints,” he says, “you can find one thought in a million.”

It sounds crazy, but Uncle Sam is listening. The National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, and the Army’s National Ground Intelligence Center have all awarded small basic research contracts to Norseen, who works for Lockheed Martin’s Intelligent Systems Division. Norseen is waiting to hear if the second stage of these contracts – portions of them classified – comes through. Norseen’s theories are grounded in current science. Mapping human brain functions is now routine. By viewing a brain scan recorded by a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) machine, scientists can tell what the person was doing at the time of the recording – say, reading or writing. Emotions from love to hate can be recognized from the brain’s electrical activity.

Thought police: So could the murderous thoughts of a terrorist, asserts Norseen, who wrote his thesis at the Naval War College on applying neuroscience research to anti-terrorism. He has submitted a research-and-development plan to the Pentagon, at its request, to identify a terrorist’s mental profile. A miniaturized brain-mapping device inside an airport metal detector would screen passengers’ brain patterns against a dictionary of brain prints. Norseen predicted profiling by brain print would be in place by 2005.

Human-potential re-education is an ideal environment to observe first-hand what is technically called Stockholm Syndrome. This is a situation in which those who are intimidated, controlled, or made to suffer, begin to love, admire, and even sometimes sexually desire their controllers or captors. But be warned: If you think you can attend such gatherings and not be affected, you are probably wrong. A perfect example is the story of a woman who went to Haiti on a Guggenheim Fellowship to study Haitian Voodoo.

In her report, she related how the music eventually induced uncontrollable bodily movement and an altered state of consciousness. Although she intellectually understood the process and thought herself immune to it, when she began to feel herself become vulnerable to the music, she attempted to fight it and turned away. Anger or resistance almost always assures conversion. A few moments later she was possessed by the music and began dancing in a trance around the Voodoo meeting house. An “altered state” had been induced by the music and excitement, and she awoke feeling reborn.

True Believers

I believe that at perhaps two-thirds of the population is what Eric Hoffer calls true believers. They are joiners and followers… people who want to give away their power. They look for answers, meaning, and enlightenment outside themselves. Hoffer, who wrote The True Believer a classic on mass movements, says; true believers are not intent on bolstering and advancing a cherished self, but are those craving to be rid of unwanted self. They are followers, not because of a desire for self-advancement, but because it can satisfy their passion for self-renunciation! Hoffer also says that true believers; are eternally incomplete and eternally insecure!

They are friends, family members, leaders and the wandering “homeless” with catatonic stares. You have run into them time and time again. Some can be awakened; others will sleep through their entire lives because they do not want to live their own lives. But why? Because once converted, the victim’s previous life is virtually erased, in essence, they have no identity but the one installed by their “re-programmers.” For these, all you can do is attempt to show them that the only thing to seek is the true self within. Their personal answers are to be found there and there alone.

They must desire to return to the basics of a truly authentic life of spirituality: self-responsibility and self-actualization. Unfortunately, most of the true believers will just tell you that they are not spiritual and go on their merry way looking for someone who will give them the validation, dogma or structure they now need and desire in order to function. Never underestimate the potential danger of these people. They can easily be molded into fanatics (useful idiots) who will gladly work and die for their cause. Their false loyalty to others is a substitute for their lost faith in themselves and they offer themselves to the “world” to substitute for the loss of their own individual hope and faith.

The political left is made up of true believers. All cults are composed of true believers. You’ll find them in politics, churches, businesses, and all sorts of social cause groups. Mass Movements will usually have a charismatic leader. Followers will want to convert others to their way of living or impose a new way of life–if necessary, by legislating laws forcing others to accept their social or moral views, as evidenced by the activities of the ACLU. A common hatred, enemy, or perceived evil is essential to the success of a mass movement. Some fanatical religions (Taliban and al-Queda) have god himself appointing them to cleanse the world of “unbelievers.”

In revolutions, the devil himself is usually the ruling power or aristocracy. Some human-potential movements are far too clever to ask their graduates to join anything, thus labeling themselves as a cult–but, if you look closely, you’ll find that their devil is anyone and everyone who hasn’t taken their training. True Believers are mentally unbalanced or insecure people, or those without hope or true friends. People don’t look for allies when they love, but they do when they hate or become obsessed with a cause. And those who desire a new life and a new order feel the old ways must be eliminated before the new order can be built.

Conversion by Technological Means

The more we find out about how the human mind works through today’s highly advanced technological research, the more power brokers and manipulators learn to control human beings. And what scares me the most is that the medium for takeover is already in place. The television set in your living room and bedroom is doing a lot more than just entertaining you. Before I continue, let me point out something else about an altered state of consciousness.

When you go into an altered state, you transfer into right brain, which results in the internal release of the body’s own opiates: enkephalins and Beta-endorphins, chemically almost identical to opium. In other words, it feels good…and you want to come back for more. Tests by researcher Herbert Krugman showed that, while viewers were watching TV, right-brain activity outnumbered left-brain activity by a ratio of two to one. Put more simply, the viewers were in an altered state…in trance more often than not.

The Trance of Modern Mind Control: Unveiling Technological Influence

In this era dominated by advanced technology and rapid information flow, our minds are constantly bombarded with various stimuli, leading to a state of perpetual distraction and susceptibility to external influences. Modern mind control techniques have evolved, leveraging our deep reliance on technology, to subtly shape our thoughts, behaviors, and even our beliefs. This essay delves into the pervasive nature of technologically induced trances, shedding light on how these techniques have become an integral part of our daily lives.

The Rise of Technological Mind Control: With the advent of smartphones, social media, and ubiquitous connectivity, we find ourselves immersed in a digital realm that manipulates our attention and cognition. Apps, algorithms, and online platforms are designed to capture and retain our focus, fostering a constant state of distraction and dependence. In this age of information overload, the battle for our attention has become increasingly fierce, and as a consequence, our ability to concentrate and think critically has diminished.

Social Media: A Powerful Influencer: Social media platforms, such as Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter, have revolutionized the way we communicate and consume information. These platforms utilize algorithms that tailor content to our preferences and interests, creating personalized echo chambers. By reinforcing our existing beliefs and filtering out dissenting opinions, social media can subtly mold our perspectives, exacerbating societal polarization and limiting our exposure to diverse viewpoints.

Notifications and Dopamine Addiction: The pervasive use of notifications and instant gratification mechanisms on our devices contributes to our susceptibility to mind control techniques. The constant barrage of notifications triggers the release of dopamine, a neurotransmitter associated with pleasure and reward. The anticipation of these notifications compels us to remain in a constant state of checking our devices, reinforcing addictive behaviors and weakening our ability to resist the allure of technological distractions.

Data Collection and Manipulation: Massive amounts of data are collected about our online behaviors, preferences, and even our emotions. This data is utilized by corporations, governments, and other entities to create personalized advertising, tailored content, and targeted messaging. Through these techniques, our decisions and beliefs can be subtly influenced without our conscious awareness, leading to a more controlled and malleable society.

Technologically Induced Trance: The cumulative effect of these mind control techniques is a state of technologically induced trance. We often find ourselves mindlessly scrolling through social media feeds, consuming endless streams of content without critical evaluation. Our attention span has been shortened, making it harder to engage in deep, focused thinking. This trance-like state renders us more susceptible to manipulation, whether it be through persuasive marketing tactics, political propaganda, or even fake news.

Reclaiming Control and Critical Thinking: Awareness of these modern mind control techniques is crucial for reclaiming control over our own minds. By actively monitoring and managing our technology usage, we can resist the allure of distraction and regain focus. Developing critical thinking skills and seeking out diverse perspectives can help break the cycle of echo chambers and broaden our understanding of complex issues. Additionally, supporting ethical design practices and advocating for responsible data usage can promote a healthier relationship with technology.

In an increasingly interconnected world, we must acknowledge the power of modern mind control techniques and the potential consequences they carry. Recognizing the influence of social media, notifications, data collection, and other technological advancements is essential for maintaining autonomy over our own thoughts and actions. By cultivating mindfulness, as taught by my late father Roy Masters, critical thinking, and responsible technology usage, we can navigate the digital landscape more consciously and resist the pervasive trance induced by modern mind control techniques.

© 2023 David Masters – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Masters: snowman4848@gmail.com




The American Dream, in Many Ways, Stands in Contrast to the Word of God!

By Bradlee Dean

May 10, 2023

“For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?” -Mark 8:36

We have all been raised up in this country to chase our dreams, to be successful so that we might live high on the hog.

If we reach what we call success here, then we have, in essence, created a world with no need of the Living God.  For those that might not yet fully understand, it would be little to do with the Lord and a whole lot to do with the world.

“What is the value of this estate?” said a gentleman to another, as they passed a fine mansion surrounded by fair and fertile fields. “I don’t know what it is valued at; I know what it cost its late possessor.” “How much?” “His soul!”

“No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” -Matthew 6:24

MAM’MON – Riches; wealth; or the god of riches. -Websters 1828 Dictionary

Yet, in America, this is what we are taught to do in seeking a better way of life, and that life consists of what we possess.

Don’t get me wrong here, there is nothing wrong with wealth within itself.  Yet, it becomes an issue when we put riches before the Lord (Matthew 6:33).

Friends, it is not like we can take what we gain here with us when we die.  Paul said:

“For we brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out.” -1 Timothy 6:7

Nobody warned of covetousness more than Jesus.

Covetousness- A strong or inordinate desire of obtaining and possessing some supposed good; usually in a bad sense, and applied to an inordinate desire of wealth or avarice.-Websters 1828 Dictionary

“And he said unto them, Take heed, and beware of covetousness: for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.
And he spake a parable unto them, saying, The ground of a certain rich man brought forth plentifully:
And he thought within himself, saying, What shall I do, because I have no room where to bestow my fruits?
And he said, This will I do: I will pull down my barns, and build greater; and there will I bestow all my fruits and my goods.
And I will say to my soul, Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years; take thine ease, eat, drink, and be merry.
But God said unto him, Thou fool, this night thy soul shall be required of thee: then whose shall those things be, which thou hast provided?
So is he that layeth up treasure for himself, and is not rich toward God.” -Luke 12:15-21

Beware of covetousness. As men trample each other down in the pursuit of wealth. Be not deceived.

“For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows.” -1 Timothy 6:10

“Adversity has slain her thousands, but prosperity her tens of thousands.”-Thomas Brooks

Men too often forget the Lord in their riches (Deuteronomy 8:11-18).

Remember, some of the wealthiest people in the world are so poor because all that they have is money.

In conclusion: Friends, I say in short biblical order, lose the world and gain your soul.

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Immigration: The New Warfare

Sidney Secular and Valerie Protopapas

May 9, 2023

Immigration: noun – the action of coming to live permanently in a foreign country

Invasion: noun – 1. an instance of invading a country or region with an armed force: the Allied invasion of Normandy 2.  an incursion by a large number of people or things into a place or sphere of activity: stadium guards are preparing for another invasion of fans. 3. an unwelcome intrusion into another’s domain: random drug testing of employees is an unwarranted invasion of privacy. 

In 1997, Mr. John C. Vinson wrote an interesting booklet entitled Immigration and Nation, A Biblical View.[*] Obviously, Mr. Vinson intended to reach the many “Bible believing” Christians who accept the present “immigration” situation in the United States and the West with the belief that somehow to deny or prevent this movement of huge numbers of people is “unchristian” when, in fact, what is really taking place is a mass invasion. Mr. Vinson believed obviously that many Christians misunderstood the correct “Christian response” to what was going on; that is, they acted on the assumption that God wanted these “needy people” to have a place of refuge, a need that should not be stopped or constrained by mere human “law.” [*Information on obtaining this work is found at the end of this article.]

Beginning with a Biblical look at the events in Scripture that resulted in man refusing God’s command to go out and “inhabit” the earth after the flood, a refusal that resulted in the Tower of Babel and the “confusion of tongues” that was not ended until Pentecost and the Descent of the Holy Spirit upon the Apostles in Jerusalem, Mr. Vinson covers such topics as Nationhood, (the) Love of the Stranger, The American Nation and Immigration, The Christian Response, Wealth Distribution – a very important facet in the immigration debate! – Racism – another supposedly Christian false flag – (The) Break(ing) Down (of) Barriers, Evangelism and, the final chapter, Quo Vadis America? In other words, the author reaches out to American Christians who view “immigration” as helping the needy and oppressed and therefore failure to do so goes against the Word of God.

I will not go into Mr. Vinson’s arguments. He can present them much better than I. What I wish to at least mention in passing is this – past periods of immigration were not the same as that which is going on now. The “New World” has always been a destination for people who “migrated” out of their own lands. This goes back to the Bering land bridge that brought people from Asia and Siberia into the Western hemisphere in prehistory. Different periods brought different people but in the “modern era” – the 16th through 20th centuries, most who “migrated” here came from someplace in Europe. Those who were not European were not ordinary migrants but either outright slaves from Africa or Chinese workers sent from their own nation to earn money through their labor for their masters back in China. But whatever the case, once the United States became a nation, immigration was not without its rules and limitations! Actually, the understanding in the West after the original period of immigration, an understanding that was held in both America and Canada, was that those immigrating were to be people whose identities matched with the identities of the countries to which they were immigrating. Even so, often these immigrants, if numerous enough, caused difficulties in the societies into which they had moved, difficulties that remained often for generations.

But today’s “immigration” is not your grandfather’s immigration. Today’s immigration is a sort of Normandy invasion “lite.” Indeed, many of those involved are armed and have committed horrible crimes in their “countries of origin” while women and children are being trafficked (bought and sold for sexual commerce) during the entire “immigration” procedure. Frankly, the invasion of Normandy was far more “Christian” than the present invasion over our southern borders and to attempt to “Christianize” the whole strategy is akin to putting the Archangel Lucifer back into his position as one of God’s favorites! But simply put, we cannot – and I do mean cannot! – even discuss immigration if we do not understand the motives behind it. This is not a matter of a displaced or disadvantaged people seeking relief and a new homeland! Rather, it is a strategy of war run from the top! Its leaders are those who want to destroy the West because it is white and because it is Christian and fill it with those who are neither white nor Christian! And as the white birth-rate has already been seriously compromised through feminism, birth control, abortion and the “gay agenda,” when you add non-whites into the breeding pool, you eventually end up with no more whites. Decades ago, a rabbi wrote that the last white children were being born at that time and that soon all future whites would be mingled with lesser races and destroyed thus making way for Jewish power to rule the world. I didn’t say it, a rabbi said it. Neither is this something unheard of among those interested in the New World Order today.

In any event, our present “immigration” crisis at least with regard to the numbers, the races and the religion of the “new immigrants” began back in the 1960s when it was revealed that no longer would white Europeans be accepted as immigrants. We soon learned – if we looked hard enough! – that those who were being imported, rather than having to look after themselves as was the case historically, were now receiving government handouts including housing while many Americans went without. What we had wasn’t “immigration” but “importation” as a means of population replacement, a situation designed to change the fundamental makeup of America! And this was not an accident or incidental. It was a strategy of the New World Order whose members intended to remove the very concept of the “nation-state” by removing the borders that defined that concept. This is a globalist-Marxist strategy and has among its primary adherents, international Jewry including Israel.

Now many books have been written about the New World Order and its “makers and shakers.” That is not the purpose of this article. The purpose here is to point out that it is futile to argue this matter under the heading of “immigration” just as it would be futile to argue any invasion of a country by outsiders armed or otherwise, under that particular heading. All that is needful is for those people who see this as a problem of “displaced persons” or “refugees” to realize and accept that such is not the case and as a result, the issue cannot be “solved” by dealing with it as an immigration issue. No, we must deal with it as we would deal with any assault upon our nation by an enemy, foreign or domestic. Our response must be not only against the invaders but against those who are fostering and promoting that invasion. If it is not, the crisis will never be overcome and the eventual outcome will be an end to our national identity along with the loss of all that that means to Americans, the people whose land this is.

*John C. Vinson
Immigration and Nation, A Biblical View (copyright 1997)
American Immigration Control Foundation (aicfoundation.com)
P.O. Box 525, Monterey, VA 24465

© 2023 Sidney Secular and Valerie Protopapas – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Are Geofence Warrants Constitutional

By Paul Engel

May 9, 2023

  • Under what circumstances can a government actor legally search cellphone location data?
  • What are the requirements for a legitimate geofence warrant.
  • Can this case out of California help turn the tide in our dissent into tyranny?

Most of us are aware that generally law enforcement needs to get a warrant before searching our property. Recent advances in technology, however have made the distinctions for the necessity of a warrant more and more difficult. For example, can law enforcement search for cellphone data within an area for their criminal investigations? Are these geofence warrants a violation of the Fourth Amendment’s requirement that warrants be issued only when there is probable cause and specifically stating the places to be searched and the things to be seized? A recent case heard in the California Court of Appeals looks to answer that very question.

For those of you who may not be familiar with the term, a geofence warrant is a request, generally by law enforcement, for the location data for all devices within a defined area during a defined time. Think of the mapping software so many of us use. Imagine you’re looking for a place to meet up with friends for lunch. You put a marker in the general area you want to meet, then ask the software for a list of restaurants within 10 miles of that location. You have created a geofence (the within 10 miles of your selected location), and you are asking for a list of known restaurants within that geofenced area. Now imagine law enforcement places their own marker near the scene of a crime or other place of interest, and they want a list of all of the cellphones within a certain distance of that marker for a timeframe related to a crime. Now, instead of using mapping software, they reach out to one of the many tech companies that collect location data from the apps on your phone for that list. That request would come in the form of a geofence warrant, meaning a judge would have to look at the request and determine if it meets all the requirements listed in the Fourth Amendment.

People v. Meza

A case recently heard by the California Court of Appeals challenged the constitutionality of these geofence warrants.

Los Angeles County Sheriffs Detective Jonathan Bailey applied for a search warrant directing Google to identify individuals whose location history data indicated they were in the vicinity of the six locations visited by Thabet on March 1, 2019.

People v. Meza

First, we need to understand what is required under the Fourth Amendment before a warrant can be issued.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

We have a right to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures. That’s why the government has to meet the requirements of the Fourth Amendment before they can search or seize your person, house, papers, or effects. Those requirements are:

  • They must show probable cause.
    • Apparent facts discovered through logical inquiry that would lead a reasonably intelligent and prudent person to believe that an accused person has committed a crime, thereby warranting his or her prosecution, or that a Cause of Action has accrued, justifying a civil lawsuit. — Probable Cause – The Free Legal Dictionary
  • A particular description of the places to be search.
  • A particular description of the things to be seized.

The six locations were chosen by Detective Bailey after video surveillance identified them as places Mr. Thabet had visited before his murder. As part of the application process for requesting a warrant, the requester must provide an affidavit showing probable cause.

In an affidavit supporting the application, Bailey described Thabets murder as seen on the surveillance footage of the bank parking lot. Bailey stated he had viewed surveillance camera footage from several of the other locations Thabet had visited that morning and had seen the gray and red sedans in the footage.

People v. Meza

Next, the warrant request listed the six locations along with the area around each location for the geofence to be established and the timeframes for which Detective Bailey was requesting data. The warrant established a three-step process by which Google (the owners of the database to be searched) would provide the requested data.

At step one, Google was directed to search location history data for the six designated locations and times and produce an anonymized list of devices found within the search areas in the designated timeframes, including the individual times each device was recorded in the search area during the applicable time period.

At step two, law enforcement would review the anonymized list of devices to remove devices that are not relevant to the investigation, for example, devices that were not in the location for a sufficient period of time.” If law enforcement believed additional information was needed to determine whether a particular device was relevant to the investigation, law enforcement could request that Google provide additional location history information for that device even if that information fell outside of the initial geographic and temporal search parameters.

At step three, law enforcement could demand identifying information from Google for all devices law enforcement deemed relevant to the investigation. The warrant directed Google to provide this identifying information without additional legal process.

People v. Meza

Based on the information collected by this geofence warrant, Daniel Meza and Walter Meneses were identified as suspects. At trial they moved to have the geofence warrant quashed and suppress the evidence related to it, but their motions were denied. Daniel Meza plead guilty to first degree murder and Walter Meneses plead no contest to second degree murder.

On appeal Meza and Meneses contend the trial court erred in denying their motion to suppress, arguing the geofence warrant violated their rights under the Fourth and Fourteenth Amendments to the United States Constitution and did not comply with the California Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 2016 (Pen. Code, § 1546 et seq.)4 (CalECPA).

People v. Meza

Though California Court of Appeals found that the geofence warrant used in this case did not violate CalECPA, they did find it violated the Fourth Amendment, specifically the particularity requirement.

The Details Matter

When it comes to warrants, not only do the details matter, but they especially matter when it comes to the particularity of the places to be searched and the things to be seized.

A search is presumptively reasonable, and thus in compliance with the Fourth Amendment, if supported by a warrant describing with particularity the thing or the place to be searched. (See People v. Weiss (1999) 20 Cal.4th 1073, 1082.) “‘The manifest purpose of this particularity requirement [is] to prevent general searches. By limiting the authorization to search to the specific areas and things for which there is probable cause to search, the requirement ensures that the search will be carefully tailored to its justifications, and will not take on the character of the wide-ranging exploratory searches the Framers intended to prohibit.’” (People v. Amador (2000) 24 Cal.4th 387, 392; accord, Maryland v. Garrison (1987) 480 U.S. 79, 84.)

People v. Meza

The reason why the Constitution is so picky about the particularity requirement for warrants is the colonists’ history with general warrants and specifically with writs of assistance. These were warrants that allowed British officials to search without any probable cause, then if the found any contraband, fill in the warrant with the specifics of the charge. Hence, the three part requirement for warrants in the Fourth Amendment. The first requirement looked at by the court was probable cause.

Meza and Meneses contend Detective Baileys assertion of probable cause in his affidavit was insufficient because [t]here was absolutely no evidence that either suspect had, or was using, a phone or other device at any time during the relevant timeframe.”

Probable cause does not require conclusive evidence that a search will uncover relevant evidence, only that “‘there is a fair probability that contraband or evidence of a crime will be found in a particular place.’”

It was reasonable for the magistrate to conclude the perpetrators were carrying cell phones the morning of the murder and used them in coordinating their movements.

People v. Meza

It was quite reasonable to believe that the perpetrators of the murder were carrying cellphones at the time, so there was probable cause to believe that their location data would not only show them at the scene of the crime, but following the victim to that location.

Next, the court looked at the particularity of the search.

The warrant in this case sufficiently described the place to be searched (Googles database of userslocation history) and the items to be retrieved from that search (designated records for users found within the boundaries of certain coordinates at certain times). Indeed, Mesa and Meneses do not argue there was any ambiguity in the warrant that would lead law enforcement or Google personnel to search an incorrect database or to identify individuals not contemplated by the text of the warrant.

However, the warrant here failed to meet the particularity requirement because it provided law enforcement with unbridled discretion regarding whether or how to narrow the initial list of users identified by Google.

People v. Meza

The court based this decision on what law enforcement could do with the data once it was collected.

Once the step one search had been conducted, law enforcement officials were able to enlarge the geographic parameters of the search and request additional information on any of the potentially thousands of users identified without any objective criteria limiting their discretion. Again, at step three law enforcement could seek identifying information of any of the users found within the search parameters without restriction on how many users could be identified or any further showing that information concerning each individual user would be relevant to the case.

People v. Meza

The court identified two issues with the particularity of the warrant. Once the initial data was collected, law enforcement could request additional information without any limitations on anyone who happened to be in that area. There was no requirement to show probable cause that the person they would request additional information on had anything to do with the crime being investigated. Furthermore, the court was concerned about how many people law enforcement wanted identifying information on. That doesn’t bother me nearly as much as the other issue the court identified: That law enforcement did not need to provide probable cause that the individual user was relevant to the case. In other words, once they were swept up in the geofence warrant, there was no requirement that there had to be probable cause that the individual was involved before law enforcement could collect data about them. This problem was further exacerbated by the breadth of the warrant.

In determining whether a warrant is overbroad courts consider whether probable cause existed to seize all items of a category described in the warrant” and whether the government could have described the items more particularly in light of the information available to it at the time the warrant issued.”

The geofence warrant in this case ran afoul of both of these requirements. First, the warrant authorized the identification of any individual within six large search areas without any particularized probable cause as to each person or their location. For example, the first search location, the area around Thabets apartment complex, allowed law enforcement to obtain information on every individual in a seven-and-a-half-acre area over a 75 minute period in the early morning. The search area included Thabets entire apartment complex and surrounding buildings despite the lack of any evidence (or supported inference) that the suspects left their vehicles, let alone entered the apartment building.

Second, law enforcement officials failed to draw the search boundaries as narrowly as they could have given the information available. …

The timeframes designated in the geofence warrant were also not narrowly tailored.

People v. Meza

What we have here is the law enforcement equivalent of a dragnet, pulling in the information for everyone in these areas, hoping that they would “throw back” those that were not of interest in this case. Sounds awfully close to the writs of assistance I described earlier.

All of this led the court to find that the warrant was unconstitutional, although they did leave in place the convictions of both Meza and Meneses.

Conclusion

It’s important to remember that although this court came to a decision based on the Constitution of the United States, this was a court of the State of California. Therefore its opinion is only binding on the parties to the case and the precedent within that state. The case does, however, make two interesting constitutional points.

First, this court upheld the Supremacy Clause of the Constitution.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

So, even though the warrant did not violate California law, it did violate the Constitution of the United States. Not only did the judges support the supremacy of the Constitution, but they showed themselves bound to it, even if the laws of California were at odds with it. This case also pointed out a couple of fundamental flaws in the geofence warrant process, which is most likely replicated across the nation.

For a warrant to be valid, it must particularly describe what is to be searched and what is to be seized. While many may point out that these warrants do particularly describe where the data to be searched is, they may not particularly describe what data for which they are searching. This is why judges need to make sure that any geofence warrant is limiting both the size and timeframe to gather the particular data needed. Once the anonymous data has been searched and specific details requested, there must again be probable cause before the identifiable details are released. In my mind, this would require an additional warrant, making sure that law enforcement provides, under oath, both the probable cause for why the data is needed and the specific details of what they are requesting.

I hope anyone who is aware of a case where someone has been caught up in an overly broad and insufficient warrant, will share this information with the individual and their legal team. This case may be an early step in reigning in government collusion with big tech to spy on the American people.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




RFK Jr. Rejects the Kennedy Anti-Communist Legacy

By Cliff Kincaid

May 9, 2023

During a recent trip to Las Vegas, I noticed that various signs still identified McCarran International Airport, which was named for U.S. Senator Pat McCarran, one of the strongest anti-communist Democrats in history. Officially, however, it has been renamed Harry Reid International Airport, after Senator Harry Reid. Liberals forced the name change because of McCarran’s conservative politics and anti-communist orientation.

McCarran was considered by some to be even more anti-communist than Senator Joe McCarthy, a Republican. Reid, a Democrat, may be best known as the Senator who injured himself on an exercise machine, sued the maker, and lost. He also became an advocate of spending millions on government UFO research.

The communists hated McCarran, chairman of the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, because he authored the Internal Security Act, requiring registration with the Attorney General of the American Communist Party and affiliated organizations. It was passed over the veto of Democratic President Harry S. Truman.

Democrats largely continued a tradition of bipartisan anti-communism until the advent of the presidential candidacy of George McGovern in 1972.

In my column, “JFK’s Anti-Communism,” I pointed out that John F. Kennedy was an anti-communist determined to stop communism’s advance around the world by making the U.S. into the strongest military power on earth. This was the main subject of a speech Kennedy never gave because he was assassinated.

Ominously, Kennedy also spoke in the prepared remarks of “the guerrillas, saboteurs, insurgents and assassins who threaten freedom” in the world. It was a clear reference to Castro and communist efforts to take Latin America and Southeast Asia. The culmination of this effort can be seen in the invasion of our southern order.

On Newsmax, now promoting itself as the conservative alternative to Fox, there is a documentary, “Broken Governments,” featuring Greta Van Susteren, who used to work for Fox. The documentary claims, “The migrant invasion at our southern border can be pinned to systematic government failure here in the United States, and governments worldwide who take advantage of those failures.”

The problem is communism, not “broken governments.”

Consider the fact that the textbook, Occupied America, the fifth edition, includes an image of Fidel Castro on the front cover, and Castro and Che Guevara on the back cover. It refers to white people as “gringos” and includes a quotation on page 323 from someone angry over the cancellation of a government program. He declares: “We are fed up. We are going to move to do away with the injustice to the Chicano and if the ‘gringo’ doesn’t get out of our way, we will stampede over him.”

Whether they intend to “kill the gringo” or just take their land, the message suggests a seizure of power and the end to a way of life. The communists are behind it.

The communists were also behind the murder of JFK. The communists killed Kennedy, just as they murdered his brother, RFK, and tried to kill Pope John Paul II.

In our column, “Why the Communists Killed Kennedy,” we examined the evidence of the Castro role in the murder of JFK. The Soviet KGB also had a role, through meetings with JFK assassin Lee Harvey Oswald in Mexico and his defection to Soviet Russia. They then tried to mask their involvement through a disinformation campaign called “Dragon Operation,” an effort to shift blame for Kennedy’s murder away from the communists.

The Communists wanted Kennedy dead because he had opposed the Cuban revolution, tried to overthrow Castro, and tried to have Castro assassinated. Former CIA officer Brian Latell’s book, Castro’s Secrets, discloses intelligence information that Castro knew that Oswald was going to kill President Kennedy.

A former Marine turned Marxist, Oswald was a member of the pro-Castro Fair Play for Cuba Committee.

There was another communist strategy in the decision to target Democrats like the Kennedys.

Writing about his experiences in the Weather Underground, Larry Grathwohl said, “I remember one meeting when our Weatherman ‘collective’ brought up the subject of the Kennedy assassinations. At least 20 to 25 people were present and Bill Ayers was one of them. I heard Bill state that the murders of both John F. Kennedy and Robert F Kennedy were a good thing because liberals compromise the conflict between U.S. imperialism and the socialist revolution. Liberals prevent the contradictions from becoming obvious and thus prevent a revolution. Therefore, the assassinations of the Kennedy’s were to be welcomed as a necessary advance on the road to communist world revolution.”

This should now be obvious for all to see.

Yet, the national Democratic Party pretends there was no communist role in these murders and instead treats former President Trump and his supporters as the subversives.

Sadly, RFK’s son, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., now running against Biden, insists that Palestinian Marxist and convicted killer Sirhan Sirhan did not in fact murder his father.

In fact, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. goes further, suggesting to Piers Morgan that his father and uncle may have been killed because they were “fighting against the emergence of the military-industrial complex.”

Despite the fact that his own son Connor joined the freedom fighters in Ukraine, resisting the Russian invasion, RFK Jr. is now claiming that the U.S. somehow provoked Russia and that too much money has been used to defend the former Soviet republic.

Such a position contradicts the historical record, which shows that the Budapest Memorandum signed by Democratic President Bill Clinton and the Russians was supposed to guarantee Ukraine’s territorial independence and sovereignty. The Russians violated that agreement in 2014, when Democrat Barack Hussein Obama was president.

Conservatives in the media are ignoring these flaws and contradictions in RFK Jr.’s record because they hope his candidacy can weaken Biden’s run in 2024.

“Since launching his campaign, Kennedy is polling in second place to President Joe Biden,” reports the conservative site Just the News. The news organ reported, “In a Beacon Research/Shaw & Company Research poll released last Tuesday, Kennedy polled at 19% to Biden’s 62%, according to FiveThirtyEight. An Emerson College poll last week put Kennedy at 21% to Biden’s 70%, showing that Kennedy is gaining more support less than two weeks into his campaign.”

Former Biden mouthpiece Jen Psaki explains, “Kennedy’s early numbers probably have a lot more to do with name recognition than policy. His family is still beloved by many in the Democratic electorate, even though most people would never recognize him on the street.”

True or not, the critical fact is that RFK Jr. does not seem to have the same anti-communist credentials as his uncle and father. That’s the critical issue.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




#Boycott Everything Mexico

By: Devvy

May 8, 2023

The hordes are gathering to storm the border as Title 42 expires this Thursday.  THIS and more are waiting to storm across OUR border.  As of today, about 350,000 of them.  Back packs and that’s it.

YOU and I are being raped to pay for all their new clothes, phones, free medical, dental, illegal minors overloading our schools from dozens of countries who speak no English bringing diseases into this county.  They steal jobs that belong to Americans and naturalized Americans.  They steal the identity of Americans using stolen social security numbers creating a nightmare for the victims.  Free housing and every other freebie you can think of.  ALL borrowed debt slapped on our backs – more than ONE TRILLION DOLLARS SINCE RONALD REAGAN OPENED THE FLOOD GATES IN 1986.

Murderers:  Texas fugitive accused of killing 5 was illegally in US; deported 5 times, April 30, 2023.  That piece of scum killed his neighbors which means he was comfortably settled in a neighborhood, turns out for years.  ICE: Jailed ‘Wife’ of East Texas 5x Murder Suspect Also a Deported Migrant.  She’s not a migrant, she’s an illegal alien.  The poor victims of that killer were from Honduras.  Don’t know their immigration status.

90 men on the terrorist watch list have been caught before crossing over the border onto U.S. soil the past couple of years.  Men on horses with AR-15’s and AK-47’s caught on cameras crossing over but not caught.  How many terrorists weren’t caught?  THOUSANDS – not hundreds, but thousands of Americans have been killed by drunk illegal aliens on roadways, highways and during the commission of a crime since Reagan welcomed them in the door.

ALL of this was preventable.  In 2014, I did a column on the strongest anti-illegals bill ever written.  76 pages.  A Bill:  Stop All Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens.  Introduced by one of the most corrupt pieces of excrement who ever served in Congress, deceased Sen. Harry Reid, Democrat/Communist Party USA.  Of course, over time, he changed his mind:  open the border and let them all in.  Dirty Harry’s bill cuts off ALL welfare at the state and federal level.

Zip, zero, not a penny.  This would self-deport tens of millions of illegals along with STRICT employee verification as to citizenship status.  That bill also blows the myth about anchor babies automatically becoming U.S. citizens right out of the water.  From the bill:

“In the exercise of its powers under section 5 of the Fourteenth Article of Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, the Congress has determined and hereby declares that any person born after the date of enactment of this title to a mother who is neither a citizen of the United States nor admitted to the United States as a lawful permanent resident, and which person is a national or citizen of another country of which either of his or her natural parents is a national or citizen, or is entitled upon application to become a national or citizen of such country, shall be considered as born subject to the jurisdiction of that foreign country and not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States within the meaning of section 1 of such Article and shall therefore not be a citizen of the United States or of any State solely by reason of physical presence within the United States at the moment of birth.”

Congress, not some Catholic charity, NGO, Gavin Newsom or anyone else has the constitutional authority to write legislation regarding immigrationS. 1351 (103rd): Immigration Stabilization Act of 1993 had 3 co-sponsors, 2 Republicans, 1 Democrat.  So, you see, even back then Congress had no intention of curing the illegal alien problem.

There was much ballyhoo last week about the illegitimate imposter president, Joe Biden, sending 1,500 military to the border over the invasion about to take place this week.  FACT:  They are NOT there for enforcement, they’re there to process paperwork so all those mostly illiterate illegals can flood our country.  Process the paperwork, put them on buses and get them shipped out to states.

Here in Texas our governor, Greg Abbott, has yet to grow a pair.  Yes, funding to the tune of billions of dollars have been poured into border security out of our pockets in taxes.

Abbott sending ‘quick-response teams’ to border, wants federal action as Title 42 nears end – “So far, Abbott has not fully explained his plans as the end of Title 42 approaches, but he touted the success of his 2-year-old Operation Lone Star initiative.”

Bull crap.  He can want ‘til the cows come home.  Operation Lone Star has been successful to a degree. In that article above are statistics.  Those law enforcement sent to the border have done the best they can but they’re overwhelmed as are border towns.  Last week listening to Joe Pags (filling in for Sean Hannity), he had a guest on whose been on the border for months.  Right now, in just one spot, El Paso, 35,000 just waiting to flood across the border. 

Since Biden usurped the office of president, there are 85,000 illegal alien children who can’t be found.  Where are they?  Are they being trafficked?  We know women and young girls are being raped in huge numbers by coyotes and drug cartel thugs.  Stay in your own country, please, so this doesn’t happen to you.

In the article above regarding Abbott’s ‘quick response teams’, the whining regarding cross border trade to inspect trucks coming out of Mexico FOR SAFETY ON OUR HIGHWAYS tells you the safety of Americans is of no consideration when it comes to money.

In 2002, under Bush, Jr., Congress was GOP controlled.  You can check the elections but the bottom line is even when Republicans held the majority with a Republican president, they never fixed the problem; voters kept voting them back in during the primaries.

After Trump was elected, I sent him, a dozen senators and U.S. House reps a letter with Reid’s bill number and told them:  Get this introduced, passed and to Trump to sign.  Not a single response.  I waited three months and sent another letter with the bill number to Trump’s top aide, Stephan Miller, Trump, Senators and House members.  Not a single Response.  They all ignored the solution. Take away ALL welfare and they go back to where they came from or don’t come at all.

Congress was GOP controlled under Trump for 18 months.  Trump fought tooth and nail for the wall while turn coat RINO’s were stabbing him in the back.  Partisan judges sided for lawlessness.  The bottom line is this invasion would never have happened if Reid’s bill had been signed into law under Trump.

Over the years I’ve done the same with Republicans in Congress who bellow about border control, never a response.  The last one I recently sent was to Rep. Chip Roy [R-TX].  No response.  I’m done wasting my time and being the lone voice on the solution.  If Republicans wanted to stop 95% of illegals crossing our southern border, they’ve had ample time and opportunity to get it done and they have not.  Now it’s up to us.

What can we do?  Unless millions step up to the plate, I might as well spit in the wind.  And if I sound angry here it’s because I am.  I’m sick and tired of excuses about the border by people who do nothing except complain.  Forget electing “conservatives” to Congress.  There’s maybe a handful who should stay.  What have “conservative” Republicans in Congress done since Reagan opened the flood gates?

In that article above about Abbott, “Federal law prohibits using the U.S. military as a tool of law enforcement except for extraordinary circumstances such as quelling an insurrection.”  This is a reference to Posse Comitatus.

What everyone needs to do is call or email Greg Abbott now and keep calling.  Abbott declared a state of emergency effective May 1st but refuses to call this an invasion.  Tell him this:  Article I, Section 10, Clause 3, U.S. Constitution:

No state shall, without the consent of Congress, lay any duty of tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war in time of peace, enter into any agreement or compact with another state, or with a foreign power, or engage in war, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as will not admit of delay.

Abbott:  Call up every National Guard (since we have no constitutional militia which is the true meaning of the Second Amendment, not hunting) and get them on the border along with all his quick response teams.  On the border in El Paso, Laredo and the other hot spots where illegals are gathering and waiting for Thursday.  Abbott can call the president of Mexico and tell him:  Get your military on the border here, here and here.  We will NOT allow all those illegals to cross onto U.S. soil.

I don’t care how much screeching comes from the “left”, Gov. Abbott.  Once those hordes put their foot on U.S. soil, they’re gone.  Tell Mexico’s president to follow the ‘third country rule’ for those seeking asylum (95% are NOT qualified) and you keep them but they are NOT going to cross over into my state, period.  We will use force if necessary.

By God, Greg Abbot:  This is an invasion so it’s time to go rent a bucket of guts and act upon your words with the U.S. Constitution as your weapon.

Abbott’s phone number – even if you don’t live in Texas because this will affect Americans in all the states – except Hawaii and probably Alaska:  (512) 463-2000.  Go to this page to send him email.  No fax number listed.

Every county sheriff in all states should man the bus station(s) in their city or town.  If a bus pulls in with illegals – mayors and governors aren’t even being told ahead of time– tell the bus driver to turn around and leave.  You will not unload your bus full of illegal aliens in my county.  If we remain silent, we will lose this fight.

The Mexican government over the decades is just as guilty as Congress and past presidents.  Mexico has NOT done anywhere near enough to stop illegals crossing over into Texas, AZ and California because they don’t want to.  Mexico has done little to nothing at their border with Belize and Guatemala to stop the hordes of caravans they KNOW are headed for our border.  That is a fact.  Mexico has been happy to unload 25% of their poor, uneducated population into the U.S. to suck off the fruits of your labor or retirement nest egg.  Parasites.

The Mexican government needs money that rightfully belongs to Americans.  Remittances to Mexican families rise to record high for February, April 5, 2021.  (Money from stealing jobs that belong to Americans.  I’m so sick of hearing illegals just want to come here for a better life while destroying our lives, our quality of life, draining our natural resources, our culture, our history, our country.)

“Remittances sent to Mexico, a major support for the country’s economy and low-income families, rose to their highest-ever level for the month of February since records began in 1995, central bank data showed on Monday.

“Remittances to Mexico in February totaled $3.174 billion, compared to $2.732 billion during the same month last year.  Cash sent back to family members this past January was slightly higher, at $3.298 billion.”

The governments of Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras have done nothing to stop their citizens they know are heading for the U.S. through Mexico.  In violation of the U.S. Constitution, Congress (through Secty of State) has sent personnel and TONS of borrowed money to those three countries to help their economies, “stop drugs” and trafficking.

A couple of weeks ago I also found out about the Darien Gap (Emphasis is mine).  EXCLUSIVE shocking footage of UN-funded mass migration camp in Panama – “Brighteon founder Mike Adams interviews war correspondent Michael Yon who is on site at the UN migration camp (San Vicente) at the Darien Gap in Panama, where both the United Nations and the USA are funding mass human migration activities to shuttle migrants from all over the world into the United States.

“Migrants moving through this UN camp include people from the Middle East, Europe, Haiti and China, among many South American citizens. As part of the interview, I was able to speak with a Chinese couple (in Mandarin) and confirm their country of origin (mainland China) and their destination (the United States).”  They have to come through Mexico to get to the U.S. border.

UN: As many as 400,000 migrants may cross Darien Gap in 2023, April 13, 2023

So, what are YOU willing to sacrifice to send a clear message to Mexico’s government along with Honduras, El Salvador, Guatemala and Costa Rico?  After NAFTA, grocery stores were flooded with fruits and vegetables from those countries.  To this day I buy NOTHING not grown in the US.  I go without.  Sure, I’d like to buy cantaloupe but they all come from Honduras.  Tomatoes from Mexico.  Many times I’ve gone more than a month without buying any until some from Canada came in and now Texas grown are in our stores.  I’ve done this since NAFTA (No American Factories Taking Applications) was signed in Dec. 1993.  What about you?

Is freedom and liberty more important to Americans than a cantaloupe, strawberries, watermelon, lettuce or anything else shipped here? If it says Mexico, Honduras or the other countries I simply will not buy.  I support our farmers and ranchers first.  The one way to hit back is with our wallets just like the massive backlash against Bud Lite.  Let fruits and vegetables rot in the stores and those governments will get the message.  FOX network is hemorrhaging viewers by the millions since they took Tucker Carlson off the air.

This is your voice America and you’ve done a great job, now let’s get it done to stop illegals.  We’ve beaten back amnesty bills since 2007; that fight is coming again but for right now, the hordes must be stopped.

No vacation in Mexico.  Is that too much to give up for our republic?  No conventions or conferences.  Is that too much to give up for our republic?  Boycott the hell out of them and they’ll get the message.  You refuse to stop the hordes at our border showing us you have no respect for the sovereignty of our border.  Fine.  You will NOT get a penny from me whether it’s vacations, business or food.  This is the non-violent way and it will work if EVERYONE makes the effort.

#BoycottEverythingMexico along with a link to this column and get it out on Twitter.  We’ll see just how much Elon Musk allows free speech.  People will re-twitter.  Ten people know ten people who know ten people and before you know it, a million people have received the tweet.

We’re in a war for the survival of our republic. Got that, America?  Right now, this invasion is about to create yet another a massive disaster at the border.  Abbott needs to act now with a show of force.  Too bad if Biden and his handlers don’t like it.  Too bad if Republicans in Congress don’t like it.  What are they going to do?  Send troops to shoot our National Guard and Rapid Response teams?  To Texas?  Not a good idea.  Call their bluff, Abbott.

#BoycottEverythingHonduras.  #BoycottEverythingGuatemala, #BoycottEverythingMexico.  #BoycottEverythingElSalvador. #BoycottEverythingCostaRico with a link to this column.  Flood Twitter.  Is our country worth the few minutes it takes to send out those hash tags?  Get those hash tags out there and hit them where it hurts the most:  $$.  Stop enriching those who are aiding and facilitating this invasion and the destruction of our country.

All those illegals are being bused around the country.  No reliable vetting, if any.  There’s not enough manpower to do background checks on hundreds of thousands of illegals all at one time.  Think the rapists, murderers, drug dealers, gang members, terrorists won’t show up in your town or city, think again.  How many more Americans need to die at the hands of illegal aliens?  18-year old illegal immigrant charged in US bathroom rape case – 14-year old girl raped in school bathroom by 18-year old ninth grader residing in US illegally.  Will your daughter, wife, sister, mother be the next victim?

Those who fought in our Revolutionary War against the British went without shoes in the winter in snow as well as not enough food.  Nathan Hale was only 21 years old when the British hanged him.  Their sacrifices of rivers of blood will mean nothing if we lose our country to illegal aliens and a permanent open border.  Then get down on your knees America, beg God to help us save our republic.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

INSANITY: Biden Regime to Give $332.5 Million Tax Dollars To Left-Wing Non-Profits & Democrat Cities To Help Settle Illegal Aliens to US, May 6, 2023 (Unconstitutional.  Every penny borrowed with the debt slapped on us.)

Chicago Reporter Exposes Luxury Hotel is Open to Illegals Only, Closed to Americans, May 7, 2023.  (When was the last time you got to stay in a luxury hotel for free?  And, guess who foots the bill?  YOUR paycheck to pay the interest on the borrowed money from the “Fed”.)

Communists block streets in Minneapolis, demand sanctuary for illegals, May 6, 2023

Video on the border.

The GOP House should start impeachment proceedings against him now.  Mayorkas: ‘Not Worried About Title 42’ Ending — ‘The Border Is Secure, May 5, 2023

Police Officers Warn US Rep. Tony Gonzales, “There Have Been Cases of Scabies, Measles, COVID, and Bed Bugs” Among Illegal Aliens in El Paso, May 6, 2023

Where’s the love for ILLEGAL aliens, now?  “This is Absurd, and We Will Not Stand for It” – Nearby Counties Disagree with Eric Adams’s Plan To Relocate Illegal Aliens Out Of NYC, May 6, 2023 – “New York City Mayor Eric Adams recently slammed Biden’s border policy, indirectly, by claiming that the migrant crisis is ‘destroying’ the city.

“Adams is finally experiencing what people who live near the border have known for years…It was recently reported that it’s costing New York City up to $5 million dollars a day to house and feed illegal immigrants.”

You Won’t Believe How Much Taxpayers Are Forced to Pay for Illegal Alien Healthcare in Illinois, April 28, 2023:  “The report states that over $1 billion of taxpayer dollars have been spent on healthcare services for illegal aliens in the state of Illinois in 2023. This spending includes costs associated with primary care, emergency room visits, hospitalization, and mental health services…This has caused even more outrage among taxpayers as they are forced to pay for healthcare services that illegal aliens are receiving for free.”

Let’s not forget this outrageous, unconstitutional rape.  This is a list of all countries who get “foreign aid” from us – ALL borrowed from the “Fed”.  This page deals with Guatemala and it will sicken you. Look at all the programs.  Tens of millions of borrowed dollars – debt WE have to pay.  This link allows you to select a country.




Full-Scale Invasion of America: The Serious Ramifications to All of Us

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 8, 2023

Part 3:  An astounding 45 million Americans functionally illiterate, 48 million people in the USA foreign born, another 20 million illegals foreign born,  6.6 million more illegals in past 26 months foreign born, Balkanizing America into major conflict, populating it into chaos.

The news journalists on FOX with Lawrence Jones and CBS this past weekend reported that after Title 42 expires on May 11, 2023, the average flow of illegal migrants will jump from 5,200 daily, which equates to 150,000 monthly for the past 26 months—-to 10,000 daily, which will exceed 300,000 illegal migrants every 30 days.

The fact remains that President Joe Biden and/or his handlers prove themselves TOTALLY out of touch with the end result of Biden’s orchestration of this foreign invasion.  His head of the Department of Homeland Security, Alejanhandro Mayorkas, also foreign-born in Cuba, supports the invasion while undermining the U.S. Border Patrol at every juncture.

From my planetary travels through many third world countries, what do  you think I discovered as to what causes endless poverty, starvation and human misery in those nations?  Answer: illiteracy. It’s viciously circular in that such countries lack birth control measures or maintain religions that condemn birth control. Thus, they overpopulate themselves into continued misery because they cannot educate their citizenry.  They add, 83,000,000 new babies, net gain annually.  There is no way they can water, feed, house, educate, or provide work for THAT many people.  Thus, millions search for a new country to inhabit.

Let me make this very clear: we could take in 30 million refugees a year, but that means another 53 million refugees would still be pounding down our borders to get into the USA.  That living nightmare would repeat itself every year to the end of this century. Let that sink-in for a minute.

As it is with the 6.6 million that crossed illegally into our country in the past 26 months, it’s costing U.S. taxpayers $150,000,000,000.00 (billion) annually to house, feed, and care for them. (Sources: U.S. Border Patrol, www.fairus.org)  Did you see the report on FOX NEWS on Saturday?  FOX anchor Lawrence Jones interviewed a Chicago journalist who gave a report on the “Inn of Chicago” that is housing, feeding and caring for illegal migrants with 359 rooms at $300.00 a night per room. With at least four to a room, they feed 1,436 people three meals a day.  The reporter said, “The Inn of Chicago” is receiving $25 million monthly to house and feed those illegals—that’s your tax dollars.  (I have no idea the validity of that number, but I personally heard the Chicago reporter make that statement.)

If another 6.6 million illegals or more enter, along with 2.0 million more immigrants legally entering our country within the next 20 months of Biden’s term, we are looking at a financial disaster, housing disaster, educational disaster, sociological disaster, cultural disaster, linguistic disaster, and economic disaster—-beyond our ability to comprehend, let alone survive it.

Our Own National Problems Off The Charts Already

According to latest government reports, we house 45 million functionally illiterate Americans in 2023.  (Source: www.statista.com) They are homeless, existing  on welfare and food stamps. If they do work a redundant job, what do you think we’re going to do with millions of added illiterate people?  How will we find redundant jobs for these millions of illiterate refugees?  How will we feed millions more of those uneducated migrants?

What about 48 million foreign-born in America in 2023?  (Source: www.cis.org )  What happens when that number tops 100 million foreign-born?  How do we maintain American culture when that 100 million will be manifesting their own cultures within our culture—-that will completely destroy our culture?!  (Source: 100,000,000 immigrants added by 2050, watch video by Roy Beck at the end of this column.)

What about the 20 million illegals who have lived here for the past 30 years? (Source: Adios, America: The Left’s Plan to Turn Our Country into a Third World Hellhole)   They work illegally; they send $100 billion back to their own countries annually and they possess no affinity to America…other than we pay for their kids’ education and food at school.

With all of this importation of people from 150 countries, do you see what’s coming?   Do you think we, as the American people, will survive any of the “aspects” of all these incompatible cultures, languages and world views?  How will we survive the sheer numbers?

My prediction: WE WON’T SURVIVE IT.  What’s coming at our country is going to be the ugliest demise of a civilization EVER in the history of the world.  As it is, we have not solved our Black/White conflict in America over the past 400 years. How in the hell will we deal with endless racial conflict, cultural conflict and the sheer numbers of another 100 million immigrants descending upon our country?

“Diversity within a nation destroys unity and leads to civil wars,” said social scientist Garret Hardin. “Immigration, a benefit during the youth of a nation, can act as a disease in its mature state. Too much internal diversity in large nations has led to violence and disintegration. We are now in the process of destabilizing America. The magic words of destabilizers are ‘diversity’ and ‘multiculturalism’.”

America cannot become the “charity ward” for the world’s desperate people. We cannot degrade our citizens to “save” Mexico or Central America’s poor. We cannot save Africa’s refugees when we suffer 13 million American children living in poverty and 1.0 million homeless. We cannot pay for immigrants’ food, housing and education when we’re $31 trillion in national debt. We cannot save the rest of the world’s people, but by importing them—we will destroy our own society and civilization.  Exponential growth cannot be sustained.  The third world’s poor prove that fact as they explode across the globe and race toward first world countries.  Look at Europe!  It’s headed for the toilet of Islamic misery.  We must think about and care about our citizens first, middle and always. It’s time to change the ‘good ole boy’ network of corruption in DC.  If we continue on this current path, by adding another 100 million legal immigrants and millions more refugees, we face collapse into a multicultural-diversity nightmare of overpopulation and sociological chaos.

Finally, what does your U.S. citizenship mean in 2023?  Answer: nothing to most of those 535 elected swamp-rats in Washington D.C., along with a president who couldn’t tell you what day of the week it is or what year or the definition of common sense.

If you realize the serious ramifications and consequences to our country in this three part series, please forward to all your networks. We must educate our citizens and create a consensus of Americans to force Congress and Biden to stop this immigrant-invasion of our country.

Once you see these two short videos, you will understand what your children face within 25 years. Anyone alive in 2050 will be subject to the consequences of this invasion’s aftermath as America jumps from 340 million in 2023 to 440 million in 2050:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls, Roy Beck, director of  www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

Immigration by the numbers-off the chart”  by Roy Beck This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”   www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




They Hanged Her for Teaching Love

By Amil Imani

May 8, 2023

She is called the Angel of Iran because she lived her short life angelically. True to their nature, the demonic Islamist Mullahs couldn’t bear an angel in their midst. On June 18, 1983, they hanged the young woman, barely past childhood, for refusing to renounce her belief: the belief in love, justice, and equality for all children of God.

Her name was Mona, a 17-year-old Baha’i Character School (Sunday school) teacher. Her pupils loved the gentle, gentle teacher who taught them to grow up as exemplary humans with hearts brimming with the love of God, all his people, and creation.

One day the Mullahs’ agents came to her house while the young school-girl was studying for her next day’s English exam. The savage Islamists had another much tougher exam in mind for her to be administered in the horrific prison of the Mullahs. They were certain that they could break the frail young woman under pressure and torture; that they could make her recant her faith and adopt their bigoted creed.

Our great Zoroaster, the luminous ancient prophet of Persia, spoke of the ongoing battle between the forces of good under Ahuramazda—God, and the forces of evil directed by Ahriman—Satan. Zoroaster warned us not to fall for the enticements or be deceived by the machinations of Ahriman. He further informed us that evil can be recognized by the deeds of its people; people who would oppose the precepts of Ahuramazda.

And the child-woman Mona was seen by the Islamist clergy as a threat to their very demonic precepts and practices. They felt compelled to either convert her to their creed of darkness or extinguish her young life.

Mona, the young teacher, deeply loved children and believed that they had to be brought up as champion workers for Ahuramazda.

Baha’is claim that the founder of their religion, Baha’u’llah, is the reappearance of the spirit of Zoroaster; that Zoroaster’s triad teachings of Good Thoughts, Good Speech, and Good Behavior are elaborated in greater detail by Baha’u’llah:

Mona’s lessons for the children, a detailed exposition of Zoroaster’s teachings, are summarized in the passage below by Baha’u’llah:

“Be generous in prosperity, and thankful in adversity. Be worthy of the trust of thy neighbor, and look upon him with a bright and friendly face. Be a treasure to the poor, an admonisher to the rich, an answerer to the cry of the needy, a preserver of the sanctity of thy pledge. Be fair in thy judgment, and guarded in thy speech. Be unjust to no man, and show all meekness to all men. Be as a lamp unto them that walk in darkness, a joy to the sorrowful, a sea for the thirsty, a haven for the distressed, an upholder and defender of the victim of oppression. Let integrity and uprightness distinguish all thine acts. Be a home for the stranger, a balm to the suffering, and a tower of strength for the fugitive. Be eyes to the blind, and a guiding light unto the feet of the erring. Be an ornament to the countenance of truth, a crown to the brow of fidelity, a pillar of the temple of righteousness, a breath of life to the body of mankind, an ensign of the hosts of justice, a luminary above the horizon of virtue, a dew to the soil of the human heart, an ark on the ocean of knowledge, a sun in the heaven of bounty, a gem on the diadem of wisdom, a shining light in the firmament of thy generation, fruit upon the tree of humility.”

Ten Baha’i women of Shiraz, Iran were among the many Baha’is who were arrested by the Islamists for their faith. The young Mona was one of them. These women endured months of endless abuse in the prison of the Mullahs, yet every one of them refused under threat of death to recant their faith in love.

The heartless Mullahs finally decided to make good on their threat and hanged these magnificent human beings, one by one. The Angel of Iran was the last to be hanged for she wished to pray for each woman as she was hanged. When Mona’s turn came, she kissed the noose and placed it around her own neck with prayers on her lips.

The savage Islamists hanged the magnificent child woman Mona after long tortuous imprisonment. By killing her, the agents of Ahriman aimed to kill love. But assuredly they can never kill love. They only kill the lover.

Oh, you earthly angels!
You migrating birds,
Whose only adornment
Is a bed of white feathers!
The innocent children of Iran,
Are wearing your white glowing robes,
And have left the memories of life,
To others!

I see the poor black swallows,
Flying over the ruins of our cities!
I see overflowing pain,
Intertwined,
With the hearts of every Persian!

My heart stops palpitating!
My breath starts to dry up!
My faith simply fades away,
And my bed falls silent.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Sinking In Your Thinking

By Late Roy Masters

May 7, 2023

As your life unfolds before you, do not resent seeing what you have done wrong in the past. Do not cover-up the mistakes of the past, but willingly suffer the agony of your soul.

The repentance that results from this pain is a godly sorrow. “Blessed are they that mourn, for they shall be comforted.”

To be honestly sorry for what you have done requires that you recognize what it is that was wrong. When this happens, you will learn your lesson and be relieved of the burden and the need to make up for past mistakes.

The nature of true love does not require you to be lashed into the impossible agony of “making up” for all your past mistakes.

Have you noticed that you can solve everyone else’s problem, but not your own? That is because emotion drives out understanding and common sense, replacing them with rationale.

Knowledge and intellect are often substitutes for understanding and wisdom, just as pleasure is a substitute for happiness. Psychologists use the word “compensation” to describe the attempt to replace a spiritual emptiness with the nearest physical equivalent.

The feelings of fear and tension, and the desire to forget, draw to the alcoholic the idea, “If I had a drink, perhaps I would feel better.” Later on, he says to himself, “Perhaps if I had another, I would feel better still.”

Smokers and excessive eaters are similar; they think with their feelings—their feelings cause them to think.

We all compensate for our “dis-ease” in millions of similar “iffing” ways. “If I had someone to love me…if I had lots of money…”

When we cannot give love, we need love. When we cannot understand, we need understanding. It is very frustrating, because no one has any to give us.

We usually try to bring ourselves ease, relaxation and peace of mind through external or material endeavors, and that is impossible.

These substitutes are not truly fulfilling, and only make us crave more of what does not fill; nothing really satisfies.

All kinds of daily irritations keep alive and revive unpleasant memories which should have been long forgotten. If we dissolve the emotion, we no longer have that problem, and our negative thoughts, deprived of emotional support, begin to dissolve.

Nobody but you can overcome your problem. You have one because you allow people to trigger you emotionally, thereby giving their words and actions the power to direct you. You must learn to lead your own emotions.

For the more you become emotionally upset, the less it takes to upset you the next time.

“The nature of true love does not require you to be lashed into the impossible agony of “making up” for all your past mistakes.”

The more you are influenced by the situation, the less you can lead yourself from the framework of reason

Tense, guilty and confused by your inability to control yourself or the situation, you resort to compensations and fall captive to compensatory illusions—your daydreams may become more real to you than the actual facts of the situation.

Observe how emotion affects thought, and thought affects emotion. When we feel hungry, we think of food; but also when we think of food, we can feel hungry.

When we become upset, we are caused to think negative thoughts. This in turn causes us to feel a secondary emotion, which produces foolish behavior that bypasses reason.

This leads to guilt…then to the excuse. We become more irrational, and soon we are upset again. Now, we feel bad, so we begin to worry.

The more we worry, the more we feel. The feeling affects our thoughts, the self-defeating cycle goes around and around—and anger turns the wheel.

Because we cannot forgive, we may try to make up for our guilty feelings by bending over backwards to coerce people into liking us; then they merely take advantage and we are angry again.

Here we try to compensate for our inability to love, for as long as people are good, we can feel and think “good” toward others. We even boast about this terrible weakness.

We will give in to avoid an argument and being upset, slowly giving up all our inner principles in the process, and then call ourselves “easygoing

guys;” but we are still nervous volcanoes inside, now in conflict with ourselves instead of with others.

Usually a resentful person is one who conceals and suppresses their anger in various ways. To allow this hostility to build up until you have to let it out on another person is a greater injustice.

Now you hurt others for the same reason the bully hurt you, because you could not cancel your impatience and judgment with love.

People without true identity think without reason and control. What they feel like doing seems right, and what they do not feel like doing seems wrong. All of us are driven by self-made fear, anxiety and excuses for their actions.

No thought is lasting, whether it be positive or negative. It must have emotional energy to keep it alive. Negative, morbid thoughts are created and kept alive through the daily feeding of irritations.

The nervous businessman may take a trip to leave the source of his aggravation behind. Soon he begins to feel better, but when he returns, things are more depressing than ever.

Granted, getting away from the problem helps temporarily, but the real and permanent solution lies in learning to be calm in the face of all that besets us.

© 2023 FHU – All Rights Reserved




The Greatest Reset

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 7, 2023

For followers of the science fiction television and movie series Star Trek, one of the most memorable and recurring antagonists is the Borg, a race of beings composed of organic and biomechatronic body parts linked together in a hive mind called “the Collective”. In their goal to achieve perfection, the Borg travel through the galaxy extending their power and control by integrating the knowledge and technology of other alien species through a process called “assimilation,” where individuals are forcibly injected with nanoparticles that alter their cellular DNA and transform them into drones for the Collective. Each Borg has no individual thoughts or will. They are in a group consciousness where all are constantly supervised, guided, and controlled.

“Life imitating art” describes something occurring in real life the same or similar to something depicted in a piece of art or fiction. An example of this can be seen in the World Economic Forum (WEF), an organization that is a major mover and shaker in world affairs today. It is described as an independent international organization committed to improving the state of the world by engaging business, political, academic, and other leaders of society to shape global, regional and industry agendas.

Klaus Schwab, a German economist and mechanical engineer, founded this non-governmental organization (NGO) in Switzerland in 1971. The WEF is best-known for the annual conferences it holds in Davos, Switzerland that brings together hundreds of political and business leaders from around the world to discuss current international issues and challenges. It is one of the most important networks in the world for the globalist power elite, being funded by approximately 1,000 multinational corporations, private donors, and government contributions.

In 1992, Dr. Schwab began a parallel organization called the Global Leaders for Tomorrow school (the name later changed in 2004 to The Forum of Young Global Leaders). Applicants to this school are subjected to a very rigorous selection process. The more than 1,200 graduates include some of the most powerful presidents, prime ministers, senior government advisors, health bureaucrats, and wealthiest business leaders in the world.

In June 2020, at its 50th annual meeting, the WEF announced the launch of the Great Reset, an initiative to reimagine the world and transform the global economy. Part of this effort involves transhumanism — the development of technologies that cross physical, digital, and biological worlds to improve human mental and physical capabilities. That is, to make disabilities, suffering, disease, aging and involuntary death a thing of the past. Dr. Schwab describes this in more detail in his 2016 book, The Fourth Industrial Revolution. According to him, this revolution will change not only what we do but also who we are. It will affect our identity and all the issues associated with it.

In a January 10, 2016, television interview on the Swiss channel RTS, in response to the interviewer’s question regarding when he thought implantable microchips would be implemented on humanity, he said:

“Certainly in the next 10 years. And at first we will implant them in our clothes. And then we could imagine that we will implant them in our brains, or in our skin.”

In a book co-authored with Thierry Malleret in July 2020, COVID-19: The Great Reset, Dr. Schwab declared that the COVID-19 crisis represented an unprecedented opportunity to reimagine the world — that is, to implement the Great Reset. This includes genetic engineering involving making people part synthetic and organic, incorporating them into the Internet of Bodies (IoB) (an evolution of the Internet of Things (IoT)), and merging them into a required global digital identification regime in order to participate in this reimagined world.

Klaus Schwab’s top advisor and transhumanist, Dr. Yuval Noah Harari, openly admits that the gathering of enormous amounts of data on individuals would enable global elites to build a digital dictatorship that tyrants of the past could only have imagined but did not yet have sufficient knowledge of biotechnology to implement.

Here are a few more ideas expressed by Dr. Harari that illustrate his worldview:

  • “By hacking organisms elites may gain the power to re-engineer the future of life itself. Because once you can hack something, you can usually also engineer it.”
  • “For 4 billion years, nothing fundamental changed. Science is replacing evolution by natural selection with evolution by intelligent design. Not the intelligent design of some god above the clouds, but our intelligent design, and the intelligent design of our clouds — the IBM cloud, the Microsoft cloud — these are the new driving forces of evolution.”
  • “Humans are now hackable animals. The whole idea that humans have this soul or spirit and they have free will, and nobody knows what’s happening inside me, so whatever I choose, whether in the election or whether in the supermarket, this is my free will — that’s over.”
  • “Surveillance is a key part of the plan for global totalitarian control. In 100 years, people will be able to look back and identify the COVID-19 pandemic as the moment when a new regime in surveillance took over — especially surveillance under the skin.”
  • “Now humans are developing even bigger powers than ever before. We are really acquiring divine powers of creation and destruction. We are really operating humans into gods, acquiring the power to re-engineer life.”
  • “Fake news has been with us for thousands of years. Just think of the Bible.”
  • “All these stories about Jesus rising from the dead and being the Son of God — this is fake news.”

One of the slogans of this effort is “Build Back Better”, a saying echoed by many political and business leaders around the world over the past few years. “Build Back Better” envisions a world where everyone is tied to a digital identification that links to a central bank programmable digital currency, electronic health records, travel, and a social credit score like the kind used in communist China today. This is a ranking assigned to individuals that determines access to society based on compliance with social and political dictates. In short, every facet of life would be controlled by those who manage this system.

But in order to “Build Back Better”, the current world system must be dismantled, demolished, and destroyed. Disruptions and chaos are either designed or exploited by these global elites to bring about the Fourth Industrial Revolution described by Klaus Schwab, and there are many graduates of his Young Global Leaders school who are now in positions of great power, wealth, and influence around the world working to make this come to fruition.

Some may remember the 1999 science fiction action film called The Matrix. It depicts a future in which humanity is unknowingly trapped inside a simulated reality, the Matrix, which an artificial intelligence (AI) created to distract humans while exploiting the bioelectric power of their bodies as an energy source.

Mark Zuckerberg, an alumnus of The Forum of Young Global Leaders, is the founder of Meta (formerly Facebook, Inc.). In another example of life imitating art, he is investing billions of dollars in the development of the Metaverse, a virtual world accessible through a special immersive headset that completely isolates a person from his immediate surroundings. This artificial world would allow people to escape the challenges of life to supposedly live the kind of fuller lives only the very wealthy experience in the real world. This, of course, comes at a great price. Those in this system would be so distracted in time that they may not realize their pacification, exploitation, and loss of freedom. They would be like the people of the church of Laodicea described in Revelation 3:17.

In an episode of television show Star Trek: The Next Generation, when Captain Picard was abducted by the Borg and assimilated into their Collective, he was saved from their system and restored to humanity after he was rescued by the U.S.S. Enterprise crew and the Borg nanoparticles controlling him removed from his body.

In The Matrix, protagonist Thomas Anderson was saved from the illusory world of the AI system and restored to humanity by Morpheus and his team when they unplugged him from the pod that imprisoned, controlled, and exploited him as an energy source.

Many of those belonging to international efforts such as those promoted by the WEF and its allies are reminiscent of the kings of the earth in Psalm 2 who conspire against the Lord Jesus Christ. They are blinded by the god of this world from seeing reality of “the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God” (2 Corinthians 4:3-4). They seek to usurp His righteous rule by creating an artificial, dark reality where they think they can be the lords of life and death over a humanity they reimagine and recreate in their own image.

Captain Picard and Thomas Anderson illustrate the idea of something too strong and too evil from which to escape by themselves. They needed outside help to save them from a terrible fate. Likewise, the “collective” or “matrix” being constructed by the global elites of today is too powerful and evil to escape on our own. We need Someone from the outside far more powerful and willing to save us — and that Someone is Jesus Christ.

Some of us may have come from religious traditions that, while not dismissing the resurrection of Jesus, diminished or distracted from its importance in favor of adhering to certain distinctive doctrines, or successively better law-keeping for salvation. This presented a false reality that obscured the fact that the resurrection provided the basis for the new birth — our dead spirits being brought to eternal life.

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to His great mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to obtain an inheritance which is imperishable and undefiled and will not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are protected by the power of God through faith for a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. In this you greatly rejoice, even though now for a little while, if necessary, you have been distressed by various trials, so that the proof of your faith, being more precious than gold which is perishable, even though tested by fire, may be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; and though you have not seen Him, you love Him, and though you do not see Him now, but believe in Him, you greatly rejoice with joy inexpressible and full of glory, obtaining as the outcome of your faith the salvation of your souls.” (1 Peter 1:3-9)

Christians have traditionally gathered to worship the Lord, be exhorted in their faith in Him, and encourage one another on the first day of the week. Recognizing this day, especially Resurrection Day Sunday (Easter), was an expression of faith in the reality of the resurrection of Christ from the dead that glorious morning after paying in full the debt of sin on the cross and being buried in the grave (1 Corinthians 15:1-8). It was an appreciation of God’s love in delivering them from the dark, artificial kingdoms of this world to the glorious reality of eternity in the kingdom of Jesus Christ.

“For He rescued us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son, in whom we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins. He is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation. For by Him all things were created, both in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities — all things have been created through Him and for Him. He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together. He is also head of the body, the church; and He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, so that He Himself will come to have first place in everything. For it was the Father’s good pleasure for all the fullness to dwell in Him, and through Him to reconcile all things to Himself, having made peace through the blood of His cross; through Him, I say, whether things on earth or things in heaven.” (Colossians 1:13-20)

Just as God overthrew and humiliated the gods of Egypt and delivered Israel from their captivity when they could not deliver themselves (Exodus 12:12), He will deliver us from the god of this world and his servants who seek to build an all-powerful false reality to enslave and destroy humanity. Through His death on the cross, Jesus disarmed the rulers and authorities, making a public display of them, having triumphed over them (Colossians 2:9-15). He saved sinners who trust in Him from their captivity by canceling their unpayable sin debt on the cross. Because Jesus rose again from the dead, He is the only one who can deliver His people from the clutches of those seeking to create the Great Reset. Jesus in scoffing laughter will bring their plans to nothing and shatter their efforts with a rod of iron (Psalm 2:4-12; Revelation 11:16-18, 19:11-21).

As we live in the reality of Christ, we still live in a world corrupted by sin and run by wicked people that seek to distract and assimilate us into their “reality”. It can often produce a stress on our lives that makes us very weary. But the apostle Paul encourages us not to despair, but to live in hope. Do not throw in the towel or drop out of the race. The struggle is more than worth it!

“The Spirit Himself testifies with our spirit that we are children of God, and if children, heirs also, heirs of God and fellow heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with Him so that we may also be glorified with Him. For I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to be revealed to us. For the anxious longing of the creation waits eagerly for the revealing of the sons of God. For the creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of Him who subjected it, in hope that the creation itself also will be set free from its slavery to corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God. For we know that the whole creation groans and suffers the pains of childbirth together until now. And not only this, but also we ourselves, having the first fruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting eagerly for our adoption as sons, the redemption of our body. For in hope we have been saved, but hope that is seen is not hope; for who hopes for what he already sees? But if we hope for what we do not see, with perseverance we wait eagerly for it.” (Romans 8:16-25)

Along with the aches and pains, the degradation of strength, and the corruption our bodies experience over time in this world, all of nature undergoes a similar decay. There is nothing in the utopian transhumanist dream of the Fourth Industrial Revolution that can change this. It is a poor counterfeit that cannot deliver what it promises because of the sinful nature of man that ends only in death. The true and only remedy is the salvation secured through the bodily resurrection of Jesus. We look forward not to an artificial, imperfect body made by fallen man that cannot last, but to an eternal, perfect body created by God and granted as a gift to all who trust in Jesus.

“For we know that if the earthly tent which is our house is torn down, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. For indeed in this house we groan, longing to be clothed with our dwelling from heaven, inasmuch as we, having put it on, will not be found naked. For indeed while we are in this tent, we groan, being burdened, because we do not want to be unclothed but to be clothed, so that what is mortal will be swallowed up by life. Now He who prepared us for this very purpose is God, who gave to us the Spirit as a pledge. Therefore, being always of good courage, and knowing that while we are at home in the body we are absent from the Lord — for we walk by faith, not by sight — we are of good courage, I say, and prefer rather to be absent from the body and to be at home with the Lord. Therefore we also have as our ambition, whether at home or absent, to be pleasing to Him.” (2 Corinthians 5:1-9)

Though we groan within our earthly bodies, we have the guarantee of eternal life in Jesus as a present reality, even though we still see this through the eyes of faith.

At the heart of the gospel message in 1 Corinthians 15 is Jesus conquering death by rising from the grave. Because of this truth, those who believe in Him will experience a permanent upgrade:

“Behold, I tell you a mystery; we will not all sleep, but we will all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet; for the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. For this perishable must put on the imperishable, and this mortal must put on immortality. But when this perishable will have put on the imperishable, and this mortal will have put on immortality, then will come about the saying that is written, ‘DEATH IS SWALLOWED UP in victory. O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR VICTORY? O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR STING?’ The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law; but thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, my beloved brethren, be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, knowing that your toil is not in vain in the Lord.” (1 Corinthians 15:51-58)

The new world order of suffering and death came through Adam’s sin, but it was overcome by the Greatest Reset of Jesus dying on the cross for sinners and paying their debt in full (Romans 5).

The great reset has been thoroughly defeated by the Greatest Reset of Jesus rising from the dead. Because He is risen, the redemption of our bodies from mortality to immortality is certain, and along with creation we will experience the culmination of our longing to be with Jesus, our Redeemer, forever.

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




America Will Survive, Part 1

By Pastor Roger Anghis

May 7, 2023

Our nation has been through many trials from the time the Pilgrims landed at Plymouth Rock up to the stolen election/coup of 2020. We will have many more before America falls. We have survived them all and will continue to survive them until the church is removed. I think the worst part of the trials we face now are from our own government. A government that has stepped way beyond the parameters that the Constitution allows. They seem to want to push the limits at every turn.

Let us look at the subject of energy. We have more energy available in natural gas, oil, and coal than most nations combined. There has been a planned destruction of those energy sources for at least the last decade. Joseph Toomey, who has published a relatively long piece at RealClearEnergy with the title “Energy Inflation Was By Design.” Toomey’s piece is a seemingly endless litany of one intentionally destructive policy after another. Even if you follow this issue regularly, as I do, you can’t help but be astounded when you see the full extent of the destruction organized into one piece. An energy infrastructure built up over a century and more that actually provides reliable and affordable energy to millions of people — a true miracle of human ingenuity! — is being systematically and intentionally attacked and wrecked by ignorant fools who have no idea how difficult the existing system was to create, and equally have no idea how to make something to replace it that might actually work.[1]

We know that it is intentional. Joe Biden himself stated: “We are going to get rid of fossil fuels.” He also stated: “No more drilling on federal lands. No more drilling including offshore. No ability for the oil industry to continue to drill, period. It ends.”[2] When questioned about the price of gas going through the roof he said it was not his policies that were causing the spike in prices but it was Putin’s war with Ukraine. Sorry, but most voters are smarter than his voting base. These are a few of the things he did during his first week in office: Canceling the Keystone XL Pipeline; Halting Lease Sales in Alaska’s ANWR; Placing a Moratorium on Drilling on Federal Lands; Rejoining the Paris Climate Accord; Proposing Energy-Inhibiting Budgets; Canceling Oil and Gas Drilling Leases; Initiating Punitive Government Investigations; Restricting Permian Basin Drilling Using Ozone Rules; Imposing Stricter Methane Emissions Rules.[3] Every one of these actions caused a rise in gas prices.

We cannot refine more oil because environmental wacos have made it impossible to build one. We haven’t built a refinery with atmospheric distillation capacity greater than 100,000 barrels per day since 1977.[4] We have the oil but our government won’t give us access to it. For some reason, the government thinks that the resources of America belong to the government when in reality it belongs to the people. Biden has sold most of our petroleum reserves to our enemy the CCP. That creates a threat to our national security. On top of that, he is not replacing those reserves. We can only hope that God keeps his hand on us to protect us if the situation arises.

To add insult to injury the Biden administration is beginning to shove electric vehicles down our throats. California has banned the sale of gas vehicles after 2030 and now all over-the-road trucks must be electric by 2036. This is a state that does not have enough electricity to run homes and businesses without rolling blackouts. During a late summer heatwave in California, headlines flashed that the state was asking electric car owners not to charge their vehicles. In an epic display of bad timing, the request came on the heels of an announcement that the state would ban the sale of new gasoline-powered cars by 2035.

While the splashy headlines left out some critical information (they only asked EV drivers not to charge during specific peak hours), it does bring up the question of whether the country’s electrical grid is equipped to handle the coming EV revolution. The Edison Electric Institute predicts 26.4 million EVs will be on the road by 2030. That’s up from about three million EVs on the road today.[5] We do not see any states doing anything to increase their capacity to produce more electricity. Environmentalists fight against any building of new power plants. Illinois also has banned the sale of gas vehicles after 2030 but has not done anything to increase electricity production.

Some people have tried to build charging stations but the electric companies say that they will draw as much electricity as a small city and it is not a possibility. Leave it to Democrats to demand something that is not available yet. If the infrastructure was in place, then there is no problem but it is not even close to being in place. The result will be chaos. Biden is also demanding that our military be electric by 2030. I’m not sure how that will work on the battlefield. There are not any charging stations in battle zones. Besides, the charge time is several hours as opposed to a few minutes with gas/diesel vehicles. Again, we see the Democrats initiating something without thinking it through and weighing all the options. This could be disastrous for our military and our national security.

The push to stop climate change is insanity on steroids. In 2008 when the market crashed the consumption of fossil fuels dropped significantly but CO2 still increased. Again, in 2020 when the nation was shut down the use of fossil fuels dropped exponentially yet CO2 still continued to rise. The reason for that is man does not make a significant impact on the CO2 levels.  The Earth produces more CO2 than man by about 100 times. CO2 is only .042% of our atmosphere which means it is not a significant factor in global warming/climate change at all. The liberals’ cry that we are all going to burn up is garbage. Remember the hole in the ozone back in the late 70s and early 80s? The alarmists of the day said by the year 2000 we would all be fried from radiation. Guess what? It never happened because the Earth fixed the hole. Nobody ever talks about it anymore. It is just one of the sixty catastrophic weather disasters they have predicted since 1950 that never happened.

What we are seeing is a push to control the population in every way they can the Constitution and our rights be damned. We the People control the government not the other way around. They have overstepped, overreached, and forced their way into our lives which our Constitution never allowed them to do. It is up to us to stop it and reign them back to where they are supposed to be. It is now or never.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.manhattancontrarian.com/blog/2022-10-5-a-comprehensive-roundup-of-official-energy-madness
  2. https://www.manhattancontrarian.com/blog/2022-10-5-a-comprehensive-roundup-of-official-energy-madness
  3. https://www.manhattancontrarian.com/blog/2022-10-5-a-comprehensive-roundup-of-official-energy-madness
  4. https://www.jm.com/en/blog/2014/april/when-was-the-last-refinery-built-in-the-usa/
  5. https://cars.usnews.com/cars-trucks/features/can-the-nations-electrical-grid-support-electric-cars



The Threat of a Super-EMP

By: Amil Imani

May 6, 2023

James Hyde contributed to this article

It’s a staggering prediction, something reminiscent of a post-apocalyptic, mega-disaster movie that has the winnowing characters scavenging for anything they can in a desperate search for water and food. But this is no movie, and it isn’t fiction. This frightening estimate has the consensus of the U.S. government, well-known, pro-electric-grid “protectionists” screaming into the winds of congressional resistance, and a number of think tanks that follow this issue closely.

Peter Pry, a former CIA analyst and executive director of the congressionally chartered EMP Commission shared the estimate with Newsmax:

“‘Within 12 months of an EMP attack or a massive solar flare between two-thirds to 90 percent of the U.S. population would perish’ from lack of electricity, Pry said, quoting the conclusions from the EMP Commission’s two public reports.”

That’s well beyond a stunning and chilling augury, one that should make Congress take the threat so seriously that it puts aside all else and acts immediately to protect our electric grid. But so far—and we’ve known about the effects of this weapon since the Starfish Prime nuclear test in 1962—it hasn’t generated the kind of legislation that would help prevent an extinction-level event.

In this, second of two articles about the threat, we discuss how the threat comes from the detonation of a Super-EMP device 300 miles in our exo-atmosphere and right over the center of the United States. Because a Super-EMP is an EMP “device” as opposed to a conventional nuclear weapon, the nuclear yield is far less, while its load of gamma rays is far greater. That is what makes it so utterly destructive. The damage caused by the E1 pulse to our electric infrastructure is complete, long-lasting (a decade or more), and incalculable cost-wise. It’s the aftermath of the impact that would open the door wide to the grim reaper carrying an enormous, razor-sharp scythe, especially for city and suburban dwellers.

The gamma rays focused on the center of the country radiate out horizontally, not into the ground. They then form a circular impact on the nation’s entire electric grid depending on its altitude (300 miles up seems optimum).  The E1 wave is an extremely fast electrical pulse that will take out objects dependent upon electrical conductivity, such as many cars (save for those manufactured before 1974), most of the technological gadgets to which we are addicted, and, unfortunately, far too many military assets that will be useless after the attack. Importantly, greater damage is done to such targets when they are powered on at the time the pulse hits the earth.

The truly existential threat of a Super-EMP attack on the U.S. comes courtesy of North Korea, a disgruntled and paranoid rogue state that has been trading nuclear secrets with Iran in a mutual pact to destroy us. As we pointed out in Part One of these two articles, Iran has pulled a brilliant end run around Obama, Kerry, and the P5+1, and is reported to have a base just south of the Chinese border.

Kim Jong Un harbors schizophrenic delusions, chief among them is his belief that an imminent attack is coming from the U.S. and South Korea. Kim, likely with Iran nuclear physicists standing beside him, tested what may have been a hydrogen-based Super-EMP on January 6 of this year. Evidence of its highly efficient and destructive power came in just three words from North Korean news broadcasts. Their experts contend that they will destroy us, “all at once.”

All at once? The phrase struck us like an epiphanic sledgehammer when we read the story on Breitbart:

“In a commentary feature on its website, North Korea’s state media outlet boasted that its nation’s scientists are in ‘high spirits’ to detonate nuclear weapons capable of destroying America ‘all at once.’”

No nuclear or any other kind of attack could destroy the entire country “all at once” except a Super-EMP with the core component being hydrogen. A thermonuclear bomb is 1,000 times more powerful than the strongest conventional nuclear weapon. But the North Koreans were not acting on their own and the yield from the test was minimized.

At first, the reports from those testing air samples in the area claimed that it wasn’t a hydrogen bomb test. However, retesting had scientists saying that there was evidence of elements decidedly hydrogen in origin, but it was not a major thermonuclear bomb. So what was tested?

We realized when that question arose that the test hadn’t been of a full-blown hydrogen bomb, but a far smaller thermonuclear device that would serve as a Super-EMP weapon possibly developed by the North Koreans and the Iranians working together.

That degree of evil-axis cooperation brings a wintry chill up and down the spines of those of us who have studied this threat in depth. Those doing all they can to get Congress to take action on this issue include R. James Woolsey, ex-CIA director, and Peter Vincent Pry, who established the EMP Task Force, a site where you’ll find a map detailing the EMP threat from North Korea.

The video highlights how North Korea’s KSM-3 satellite  (already circling the globe) has, “the capability to deliver a small nuclear warhead to intercontinental ranges–against any nation on Earth.” It’s small enough to put into a faux satellite. The KSM-3 already passes over the U.S. from south to north, instead of west to east. That’s due in part to the absence of a strong missile defense system protecting our southern flank.

There are many other experts worthy of mention, in particular, Frank Gaffney, author of Guilty Knowledge, a book that highlights the U.S. government’s knowledge of the vulnerability of the grid, but willfully neglects to address the threat.

Rep. Trent Franks (R-A.Z.), a member of Congress has been tireless in his efforts to pass a number of bills to fix the problem. He has carried the torch to illuminate the issue in Congress numerous times, including his introduction of HR 2417, the Secure High-Voltage Infrastructure for Electricity from Lethal Damage Act (Shield Act), which has stalled in the House Energy and Commerce Committee.

The cost to protect the grid is modest at $20 to $30 billion. But there’s an added problem. Some 3,200 utility companies who would have to cooperate are risk averse to pass the cost onto ratepayers. If they did so, the actual cost would be $3.30 per month, according to the Testimony of George H. Baker before the Joint Hearing on “The EMP Threat: The State of Preparedness against the Threat of an Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Event” May 13, 2015. Considering the nature of the threat, that’s a tiny price for a huge problem. A story published by The Hill explains the difficulty of getting serious legislative action to the president’s desk.

A Super-EMP attack or a cyber-attack that removes the grid is extremely serious. It’s made all the more so because the North Koreans are about to test-launch another missile. They could very easily be launching a new satellite, this one carrying a Super-EMP device, in which case, if it is detonated over the center of the country, it could leave us in the dark “all at once” for as long as a decade or more.
© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved



Cities are Incubators for the Ignorant and Violent Communists

By Andrew Wallace

May 6, 2023

It is unconstitutional and unlawful for the federal government to use our tax money (distributed through their unlawful departments) to fund the indolent and violent Communists in the cities!

States can lawfully fund their Communist cities if they have the money, but it is unconstitutional for the federal government to do so.

The major Democratic cities are now dangerous, ugly Communist Hell-Holes with no redeeming value to America.

Even if these cities had value to the country, which they don’t, it would be unconstitutional for the federal government to fund them. Communism will soon run out of other people’s  tax money by bankrupting Americans who work in other states, if we don’t stop them.

Communism will not permit private property rights, freedom, religion, or families.

Communists want everyone to live in cramped and dangerous high-rise apartments, use public transportation, own nothing, and be totally dependent on them. This is exactly what is being done in the Communist-ruled cities.

It makes my blood boil when I see thousands of young black people (called “teens”!) destroying cities, looting, burning and attacking people with no reason or penalty!

Only the ignorant would visit these cities where, if attacked, they will put you in jail for defending yourself. Major food and chain stores can’t afford to remain in the cities, so where will the people get food?

When the expected Economic Collapse occurs, there will be no way to get anything into the cities.

This is the result of inadequate schools, brainwashing, no ethics or morals, no guidance from a family, no sense of responsibility. But what else can be expected when 70% of inner-city blacks have single mothers (many only 15 years old) who have babies for government checks and independence .  Black men are obliging, since they pay for nothing and believe that if girls are old enough to bleed, they are old enough to breed. It has become their culture. Anyway, 50% of black babies are aborted. Now you know why the Democrats want legal abortion to satisfy those who act as their lab rats.

Is it any wonder that blacks comprise only 13% of the population but commit 50% of the crimes?

It is simply because many live under Communism and have no knowledge of right and wrong, which doesn’t forgive their conduct. It is why you see mostly black faces in the riots.

If whites made up the majority in the Communist cities, we would be describing them in a similar manner, but as “white trash”.

Make no mistake: I am talking only about the blacks who are Lenin’s “Useful Idiots”; some of my best and most-talented friends are black.

The Communist ‘woke’ corporations funded the BLM and Antifa terrorists to riot, loot and burn down their small-business competitors, and to affect the elections! The evidence is overwhelming.

It has been reported that San Francisco lost 49% of its small businesses. Permanently. All of this is part of the plan to impoverish everyone and concentrate control with the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families, their minions in ‘woke’ corporations, and government.

The working people of this country must refuse to allow the government to use unlawful fake departments to unlawfully fund the indolent and despicable Communists in the cities with taxes from all working Americans.

Everyone should know that the federal government can only enact laws and spend money that is allowed by the “Enumerated Powers(Article 1 Section 8).

It is a violation of the United States Constitution for the federal government to spend money in the states. Only the states can spend money in their cities.

Cities are self-proclaimed sanctuaries, and it is unlawful for federal government to fund their legal or illegal immigrants.

States can spend money on illegals if they choose, but the federal government can’t. Federal government can’t spend money on foreign aid. Federal government can’t spend money to finance the fake unconstitutional departments. It is unlawful for Federal government to finance the Ukraine war or commit our troops to combat without a Declaration of War, etc, etc, etc.

As we speak, all of our traitorous members of Congress continue to enact unconstitutional laws and spend our money for purposes not allowed by the Constitution.

The purpose is to enrich themselves and the PSRRC. At some point in the very near future, our economy and government will have to collapse from this unlawful behavior, and government will not be able to stop it. Then our cowardly legislators should run like hell before an honest court tries them for treason.

The residents of Sodom and Gomorrah were Saints compared to the ignorant, violent, brainwashed, and useless criminals in the Communist Inner-City Plantations.

Government officials are ALL traitors and cowards. They should all be prosecuted and deprived of their bribe money and benefits; they are a disgrace!

There is no hope for the Democrat cities because their ignorant residents continue to elect racist Communist demagogues who line their own pockets.

The people continue to kill one another, including the innocent, and destroy the infrastructure.

Red-State Americans can’t stop the lawlessness or the killing in Communist cities, but we damn sure don’t have to pay for it, because it is unconstitutional!

If the Democrat states want an operating Communist government, they should finance it on their own dime. But, as good Communists, they can’t do it without the working people’s money.

Demand that your Governors take back state powers usurped by federal government, and kick unconstitutional federal “fake” departments out of the state and nullify their actions!

If governors refuse, it is because they are bribed.

For details of what federal laws and expenditures are allowed by the ‘Enumerated Powers’ under the Constitution, see my recent articles.

God Bless You and Our Constitutional Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




News You May Have Missed; Media Miscreant Machinations; Musings and Uncommon Vommentary

By Sidney Secular

May 6, 2023

“MAYDAY” FOR RESPONSIBLE HOMEOWNERS: Have you worked hard to keep you finances in good shape? Have you tried all kinds of methods and manipulations to increase your credit score? No matter – all that effort is now to be applied for the “greater good” for the greater doofus(es), so to speak. Joe “The Blow” Biden (JB) can now take advantage of your hard work to help those who don’t have your habits of thrift, self-control and financial planning to give them the goodies they don’t deserve and perhaps were incapable of legally obtaining in the first place. This is the Communist leveling and equity thing where merit and worth are not lauded and go for “nought’ in a zero sum game where the “zeroes” get the goodies and the worthy are taken down while the unworthy (that is, the worthless) are ratcheted up an equal number of notches to create the desired (and artificial) “level playing field.”  JB has no respect for hard work since he never did any and therefore couldn’t appreciate the sense of accomplishment in achieving a goal obtained through that method.

His latest scheme began on May 1st, or “May Day,” the now worldwide celebration of socialist “achievements!”  Before the modern era, May 1st celebrated the arrival of Spring with sprigs of flowers and even merry events like picnics and dancing until this innocent revelry was usurped and reserved for “springing” surprises on the unsuspecting and/or celebrating communist takeovers in the form of parades of military hardware and mindless soldiers, a sight that used to be an annual Kremlin tradition. But things have changed (sort of). This year, starting on May 1st, if your credit score is 680 or above and you sign up for a mortgage it will cost you more in loan fees than heretofore. This means that in essence you automatically have a higher interest rate than you expected or bargained for. Let’s look at a representative example: with the Biden “give to the lazy” stipend, you will pay about $40 a month more to pay off a $400,000 mortgage than otherwise would have been the case. Sandra Thompson, the head of the Federal Housing Finance Agency says that your new monthly rate is now considered a “donation” to help subsidize people with lower credit scores get a mortgage that those lower scores would otherwise prevent. This bookkeeping sleight of hand will supposedly help prospective borrowers limited by income and/or wealth through “minimal fee changes.” How the monthly contribution of the “good credit” borrower translates in practical terms to helping slackers take up the financial slack wasn’t made manifest and one suspects that it is merely another lure for the votes of the “victim class.”

This program sounds like another scheme to create more foreclosures on those not cut out to be homeowners despite all the financial assistance given to them – and it has been tried before with so-called “sub-prime” mortgages intended to give the opportunity for all Americans to own a house even if they don’t pay their present rent on time. It would allow the piranhas like BlackRock and the lesser loan sharks to acquire more properties at bargain basement prices where they could make high profits on rental units or to increase the government subsidized housing stock to accommodate the hordes of illegals and foreign “temporary” tech workers invading or crawling all over the country now.  All of this to create more misery and homelessness for all citizens and not just those at the financial margins.

PUBLIC SCHOOL EXIT(PSE): The movement to leave the public schools is accelerating as indoctrination and low quality educational outcomes are ever more apparent. This was especially obvious during the Covid lockdowns. A website has been formed to furnish consulting advice on this matter to churches and the general public. Their internet address is www.PublicSchoolExit.com. where you can download a free guide on the subject. Their hard contact information is: Frontline Ministries and Exodus Mandate, P.O. Box 12072, Columbia, SC 29211. Another associated website is: www. ExodusMandate.org. Contact: E. Ray Moore, TH M. Email: Exodusmandate@gmail.com. Telephone 803-714-1744. America’s children are at great risk in the hands of today’s “educational establishment.” If homeschooling is not possible, then certainly concerned parents should look into these alternatives while there is still time.

ON-LINE HOME SCHOOL K-12 LEARNING ACADEMY: This is another alternative educational source in place of the public school system. The Freedom Project Academy has an award winning program using the best teachers and teaching methods designed to teach kids how to think and not what to think with critical thinking skills  in the classical tradition. There are several “tracks” from which to choose. This program is leaving the public school curriculum in the dust. Tuition assistance is available. Enrollment begins each April. Check out www.fpeusa.org for information and costs.

SECRETARY OF TRANSPORTATION FINDS HIS VOICE FOR THE (SUPPOSEDLY) VOICELESS: Secretary Butt-gig, unable to offer solutions or even discuss very vexing problems such as the now suddenly alarmingly common problem of train derailments, severe supply chain breakdowns, increasing flight delays and the present routine airline flight system malfunctions including the sudden death of flight crews in the air (!) is engaging in flights of fancy when he blames “racism” for causing an undue number of roadway fatalities. Pete is under the delusion that we have “racist roads” carelessly designed with inadequate safety features that are causing an undue amount of accidents for minority Americans, tribal citizens, and various rural residents whether in a vehicle or acting as pedestrians. That is a “conspiracy theory” exceeding any fantasy that the left has yet dredged up in their deranged minds. The insane accusation was made in remarks in a conversation with the sharp-tongued Al Sharpton on MSNBC. I guess all those architects and engineers out there have colluded in a massive campaign over the years to harm minorities, a matter that somehow has just come to light.

GET TOGETHER . . .RIGHT NOW . . .OVER US: We can feel the pall – it seems to cover all – our national existence has become an existential question that seems to permeate the air like a foggy miasma as we slog along wondering what they have in store for us next. Each day brings a new assault on our senses and common sense. We know we must form communities with those who have some modicum of sense left. We need to raise our tent flaps and bring in like-minded people. We must avoid flapping lips and rapping differences of opinion. We must throw out labels liable to divide us and are liabilities in creating a common cause. Republican, Democrat, &etc. are just workhorse words of the same blue (formerly pinko) color nowadays. We must end the holier-than-thou comparisons or the country will go to hell very, very soon. Decent, intelligent Americans must unite against the Left which is so far out in left field that they consider America itself to be the problem.

Marxism has been creeping up the walls of academia like poison ivy encroaching upon the foundations of our institutions for many decades now, sucking and squeezing the life out of its formerly intelligent victims and now the rapidity of the spread is all too apparent leaving intelligent and decent people with a sense of dread while looking to confused, and outdated solutions. Check and chuck your party labels at the door if we are to have a party that embraces survival! And here’s a way to make the effort both dramatic and fun: in a group of intelligent people, pass around a small basket and ask everyone to throw their party labels into it. And remember, that action comes before passing the hat for donations! Intelligent, rational and decent people will get the message and smile. Once you elicit a smile, you have broken down resistance to the points you are about to make. As noted above, invite only people who still have their intellect and morals intact and are capable of appreciating truth. Apply the old 80-20 rule. If we can agree on 80% of the important stuff, we can put aside the 20% and work together. Those “20%” issues will then fade away or resolve themselves. Remember, Spring springs eternal, and the little seeds you sow in people’s heads will grow if they are in a nurturing environment. One note: if the above is to work, it will have to be done soon because the “Rainbow coalition” has introduced people who refuse on pain of them killing you to except the understanding of reality. When you have gone down the rabbit hole of delusion, you can no longer participate in the reality itself.

THE TOUR DE FARCE OF ELECTRIC CARS: It’s amazing how this impossible scheme/dream can continue despite the fact that anyone with any sense can see this battery driven crusade will soon hit a brick wall and be battered and “totaled” by reality itself. This is a hugely expensive, impossible to fully implement and impractical exercise in political showboating and virtue signaling that has to stop dead in its tire tracks when the electricity required for it will have been drained away sufficiently from other uses thus causing the economy to implode. After all is said and can be done, a fully implemented program (impossible, anyway) would reduce global warming by at most 0.03 of a degree Fahrenheit by 2100, but it will run out of juice long before then. Manufacturing an EV battery produces from 10 to 30 tons of CO2 which would offset 2 to 5 years’ emissions reduction from EV adoption. And that stat ignores the environmental impact of producing that EV battery.

There really are really serious implementation problems in the electric car narrative. Critical elements that compose the batteries are in short supply and are soaring in cost as demand soars. These include the all-important lithium along with seventeen other critical battery minerals all of which are 100% imported from hostile suppliers like China. If all US vehicles were EVs, they would require half of today’s total of US electric power production. Consider all the generation, centralized transformers, transmission facilities, and local distribution networks that would have to be upgraded. Renewable energy sources for charging are not an answer. We would need 300,000 wind turbines just to charge EVs which would take up to 25 million acres of land. Solar is not even land and material efficient. Pushing electric cars as a panacea is the most brazen, ludicrous, expensive and, not to mention dangerous scam ever conceived. Furthermore, many suspect (correctly) that it is not the fact that the transportation would be driven by electricity rather than fossil fuels, but the fact that electric anything is far easier to control and therefore works well within a “social credit system.” If you don’t comply, you don’t go! Simple! Note: There is a recent video showing a large excavator picking up a burning electric car and throwing it over a wall so that it can burn “safely” in a ditch. These cars are known to burst into flame without either reason or warning. Who knew that our government would command its citizens to drive lethal weapons – that is, car bombs.

JANUARY 6th (J6) PRISON CHOIR: A song performed by the J6 political prisoners gives us a Number One hit! The single, “Justice for All” reached the top of iTunes sales on March 11th, days after its release, outperforming chart toppers by celebrities Miley Cyrus and Morgan Wallen. Dubbed the J6 Prison Choir, the men sing a heart-stirring solemn rendition of the Star Spangled Banner. President Trump recites the Pledge of Allegiance in-between the National Anthem verses. Check the choir’s “Justice for All” website, www.j6choir.com. The site advertises a 45 rpm vinyl record that contains both the single and a special bonus audio recording from Trump. Sales proceeds will go to an LLC run by conservative commentator Ed Henry who spearheaded the project.

GUNS CARRIED BY SOME “TOP GUNS” IN CONGRESS: Congressional Democrats are bidding Biden implement a new rule that will make it impossible for Congressional Republicans to carry concealed firearms on Capitol Hill. Apparently, they have begun to believe their own lying propaganda since they repeat their anti-gun tirades nearly daily. Calipornia Demonrat Jared Huffman was joined by thirteen other House Dems in the tongue-in-cheek but not so cheeky letter. This obviously is a shot at House Republicans who actually are armed during Congressional sessions so they can show they practice what they preach and avoid annoyed Trans. The Dems with their collective guilty conscience are afraid they may actually arouse enough ire with their false accusations to be fired upon.

REPUBLICAN PUSHBACK  CAUSES CREDIT CARD COMPANIES TO BACK DOWN: In the matter presented, it is probable that a blowback from customers also had to be considered. Visa and Mastercard were planning to create a separate merchant code for gun-store transactions in order to enable the gun-grabbers to track gun purchases. However, they backed down when Republican states attorneys general and Republican states legislators sent a letter to the credit card companies threatening legal action over the adoption of such unconstitutional action.

TODAY’S LAWLESS LAW: Leftist prosecutors and judges seem to have it in for at least some of today’s defendants without regard to considerations of innocence or guilt. The methods being used against those targeted include withholding evidence that would help the defendant, engaging false witnesses, reducing or dropping charges for perjury against the defendant and piling on false charges until the defendant gives up and incriminates and sacrifices himself  with a plea bargain, something that reminds us of the treatment of General Flynn early on in the Trump Administration. Meanwhile, the release of exonerating evidence to help the defendant is mischaracterized as a “security threat” or an invasion of privacy. This is a money maker for the system and allows many more cases to be heard since trial times are greatly shortened and allows for more fines to be levied. All of this egregiousness is being manifested and sharply illustrated in connection with the Stalinist style “J6 show trials.” That lengthy show illustrates that no one is safe from the FedGov.

Of course, the bulk of those charged with often serious crimes – the blacks and browns – are given a pass from prosecution and persecution by characterizing their common types of crime as mere annoyances even when attended by serious casualties. As a result, the government responds with slaps on the wrist to show where the favoritisms doth flow. Of course, this also lightens court dockets and allows the system to concentrate on those with lighter skins who can afford the heavier fines and are known enemies of social justice anyway.

“STREET TAKEOVERS” – PUSHING THE LIMITS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT AND REDUCING THE TOLERATION OF CRIME: Yet another “side effect” of the government’s response to Covidiocy is the increasing prevalence of  the popular “street takeovers” in areas of black concentration in blue cities nationwide that are leaving people “black and blue”. The events present very dangerous situations for participants, onlookers, and law enforcement, sometimes leading to injury and even death. “Motor Trend” magazine described the activity as a large group of cars commanding (commandeering – editor) an intersection or parking lot and engaging in stunts and burnouts thus drawing large crowds awed by the action and getting fired up in turn. Tires explode, bystanders get hit by the cars, fights break out and shootings occur but that only adds to the lurid allure of the events. Some outlandishly dangerous activity has been noted at the events such as lasers pointed at aircraft and cars driven at over 130 mph without lights after dark. The events also serve as cover for flash mobs to then loot nearby businesses.

Social media announces the activity so participants can quickly pounce on the chosen area. Often the takeovers last just long enough to give the participants a taste of risky behavior after which they break up just before the police arrive. One state, Texas, has created a task force to counter the activity. The material for this article was gleaned from the “New American” magazine, a publication of the John Birch Society. One can subscribe to the publication without becoming a Society member. That society, like so many patriotic organizations remains race blind and thus averse to reporting that the culprits are black youth, as if just anyone would be crazy enough to engage in such behavior.

THE PENTAGON BRAZENLY ANNOUNCES CAMPAIGN TO DECEIVE THE PUBLIC WITH “DEEPFAKE” PRODUCTIONS: The US military’s Special Operations Command (SOCOM) is “gearing up” to conduct internet propaganda and deception campaigns using “deepfake” videos and tools to use to deceive the public, not a difficult thing to do in these days of people who don’t know what women are, it seems! The FedGov wants to develop “next generation” technical capabilities and identify the types of campaigns that would result in misinformation the public would accept and believe as true. The “Internet of Things,” a system whereby all manner of everyday equipment and devices are hooked up to the internet and can be used to spy on any person engaged in any activity, would be used in this endeavor.

This “need” was published in a “Broad Agency Announcement,” a device used to solicit “unsolicited proposals” (how’s that for an oxymoron!) that if deemed satisfactory would result in sole source contracts obviating the need to conduct a formal procurement process, thus avoiding the rigor and rigamarole of doing things right, fair, and – you know – legal. I used to review such “animals” when I worked for the US Small Business administration and perused the publication called the “Commerce Business Daily” looking for opportunities for small business participation. The FedGov has reached the point where it can conduct blatantly unconstitutional activity without worrying about the consequences or damage it may cause. Parenthetically, if this goes forward, look for ever increasing revelations about extraterrestrial contacts. Recently, the ether is filled with stories of the government’s knowledge of and cooperation with E.T.!

TEXAS CONTINUES TO MAKE “NOISES” ABOUT SECESSION: Texas State Representative Bryan Slaton (R) filed the Texas Independence Referendum Act (H.B. 3569) or TEXIT on March 6. It would allow voters in the 2024 election to decide “whether or not the State should investigate the possibility of Texas independence and present potential plans to the Legislature.”  Once passed, the Act would require the establishment of a joint interim “Texas Independence Committee” to study and recommend to the Legislature by December 31, 2024, the “most effective and expeditious method by which Texas may be returned to its status as an independent nation.” The bill is supported by the “Texas Nationalist Movement,” an organization of over 440,000 members fighting for the State’s independence. Current support for TEXIT is strong with 56% of likely voters in favor of it. Maybe the present invasion across the Rio Grande will lead to a good outcome after all – at least for Texans.

TAKING A SHOT THAT THE DEMOCRATS DEEM SHOCKING: Those good guys aren’t shooting blanks at point blank range this time. While the dumb Dems are using any opening to make AR-15 style rifles seem dangerous and scary to the ignorant and ritually frightened, some Republicans are pushing back and embracing the so-called assault weapon as a symbol of defiance. Representative Barry Moore (R-AL) has introduced a bill that would make the AR-15 the “National Gun of America”. Some other Republicans caused an outrage among leftists by wearing AR-15 lapel pins. Rep. Andrew Clyde (R-GA) will give you one if you step by his office (I am at present asking directions to same!)

THE SWISS SYSTEM AND WHY IT WORKS: The Swiss political system is not cheesy nor is it full of holes. Because of its demography, topography, and neutrality, the country has had peace for 700 years. These factors and features have allowed for direct democracy as the ancient Greeks and the early New Englanders may have had. The Swiss have referenda on all important issues. Among the issues are those that elsewhere would fall under the purview of elected representatives. Living in preponderantly small towns and villages called cantons helps to foster a feeling of belonging and avoids the diversity and divisiveness of ordinary urban society. The Swiss do have representatives but most decisions are made by locals. The Swiss have 3 ethnic components – the Italians, French and Germans, but since everyone mixes together and nearly all know the 3 languages, a basic commonality and camaraderie are engendered. Swiss citizens between 20 and 50 all serve in the armed forces and all military members take their weapons home with them at night, so crime is discouraged and there is little of it to speak of, except among the few Muslims that unfortunately have been allowed into the country. The Swiss avoid foreign entanglements as George Washington advised us to do, and have remained neutral in all wars and foreign disputes affecting Europeans. That is the way to avoid friction and the formation of factions that fracture a society. Note: Obviously, from the information above, the other thing that ties Switzerland together is that all three ethnic groups mentioned above are, ssssshhhh, WHITE!

PRONOUNCED, PERSISTENT BUSINESS PESSIMISM:  An analysis by the National Federation of Independent Business (NFIB) shows that small businesses are feeling the crunch from a lingering and still growing recession. The NFIB report marked the 15th consecutive month in which a majority of small business owners are expecting worsening conditions over the next six months. This is hammering hiring plans and is contributing to the ongoing high unemployment situation. Of course, small business took perhaps a fatal hit during the COVID “lockdowns” when the Big Box stores were somehow considered safer for the health of shoppers than one’s local commercial enterprises. But nobody suspects that it was a planned hit against independent business . . . yeah.

FIXATED ON CENSORSHIP: The Dems, especially, can’t seem to get enough of censorship. The Covid crackdowns seemed to have increased their appetite to control their cultural and social environments using “snowflakery” super sensitivity and demonization of any possible dissent writ large. A new poll by Pew Research shows that 65% of Democrats support the FedGov taking steps to limit what they conceive of as “misinformation” on the internet while another 76% believe tech companies like Facebook and Google should censor information on the net. More frightening is the fact that a full one-third of Republicans agree – a very high number for a cohort that supposedly champions free speech. You’d think they’d know better, or, perhaps, maybe it is we who should know better!

WALMART FLEES CHICAGO: Feeling fleeced by shoplifting and unable to produce much city government response to the situation, mega merchandise chain Walmart has announced it is leaving the Windy City. The commercial giant is so cowed by black light fingers combined with super-sensitivity and the possible blowback, that it has denied that the move was made because of high crime levels! In so doing, Walmart is, of course, denying blacks the criticism they are due, in a sense and so to speak.

WHOLE FOODS LEAVES SAN FRANCISCO: In another business “crash and burn,” the blue city by the bay is singing the blues because this major food retailer and Amazon outlet is pulling up stakes as it can no longer abide the losses due to ‘Frisco’s newest major sport, shoplifting. The business won’t accept the idea that the city government is doing nothing to stop crime so Whole Foods has taken the initiative of removing the temptation from those the city refuses to police. Creating a sanctuary city is sure to increase crime, but the chain wants to have its gourmet cake and eat it too at least before the “unfortunates” do.

A RAY OF HOPE? Apparently, younger voters are not as alienated from the GOP we have been told, but of course that’s not saying much anymore. While many young voters don’t necessarily identify as Republicans, they have become increasingly wary of the far left’s political agenda, and many –  if they still have the orbs to see – are realizing that they don’t belong in the looney left’s far out orbit. The GOP gained 7 points among 18-29 year-olds and 15 points with 30-44 year-olds between midterm elections. Among GOP voters under age 30, 66% want Trump to run again, the highest of any age group. In several battleground states, Gen Z (born 1997 to 2015) voters supported Republican congressional candidates at higher rates than did Millennials (born 1981  to 1996). Young men remain considerably less liberal than young women, and a growing portion are rejecting the left’s gender idiocy –  er, ideology, even while Boomers (born 1946 to 1964) uphold it. Gen Z seems to have their heads on right when it comes to immigration with 81% saying immigrants must follow the rules. 58% of Gen Z say that if illegals cause problems, they should be forced to leave. Gen Z Republicans are especially supportive of that policy with 86% in agreement. These stats come from writers on the site, www.GetLiberty.org

NEW THIRD PARTY* SHOWS PROMISE: If all the so-called Independents got together and tried to establish enough uniformity to act as a cohesive force, this new movement might just fill that bill. At an event attended by thousands in Austin, Texas on April 3rd through 5th  the new Independent National Convention (INC) held a plenary meeting to chart a new political future for America and challenge the current two-headed hydra monstrosity. The seemingly incongruent title of the event was “Our Independence Is What Unites Us” as the movement moves to join the disparate elements with equally disparate agendas into a force sufficient to topple the existing farce of phony choices presently given to Americans.  Dozens of speakers addressed such issues as interventionist wars, medical tyranny and the development of a new (and independent) media to replace the oppressive mainstream “legacy” media. Also on the plate were election reform and an emphasis on localized and localizing agriculture.

The three keynote speakers were former Rep. Dennis Kucinich who spoke on government overreach – hardly a difficult topic to develop these days of armed bureaucrats in the homes of peaceful pro-lifers at 6 AM! –  Christopher Hedges who spoke on economic issues and Tulsi Gabbard, former Congresswoman, who addressed peace issues and foreign policy. Architect Richard Gage, heavily engaged in the 9/11 Truther Movement, also spoke and said that when the truth about 9/11 finally breaks through the dam of government censorship and when its damned lies are finally exposed, “. . . the phoenix will rise from the ashes.” I have been saying basically the same thing as the 9/11 event has been the gateway into our present hell of contrived wars and contrived control of the people of America. [*The term “third party” is misleading. It could only be a “third party” if we had two other parties. But we have not had such a situation in government for a long, long time. Indeed, journalist and Reagan official Patrick Buchanan put it best when he stated that “Republicans and Democrats are two wings on the same bird of prey.” Who knows? If this works, Americans might again have two parties!]

“NATIONAL DIVORCE” UNDERWAY WITHOUT FORMALITIES AND FANFARE. Rasmussen polling indicates 34% of the populace approves of a “national divorce” which includes 47% of GOP voters. How the final separation will occur and what it will look like is still not discernable, but the irreconcilable red and blue are a symptom of a continental divide, akin to a widening fissure in the earth. To hasten the process – which needs to be moved along “post haste” while there is anything left to save! – we need to build our own conservative parallel economy. We need to spend our limited funds only with patriotic and “unwoke” companies. The far left woke companies need to be left behind in influence if not in the present size of their bank accounts. The second part of the process is to hasten “The Great American Relocation” for people to move to get away from the extreme woke states and their woeful financial situations, mushrooming taxes and criminal behavior. Vote with your feet since they have control of the voting machines and voter rolls at least in the blue and battleground states. The indigo states of New York, New Jersey, Calipornia, and Illinois are losing population to the likes of the more “red” states like Florida, Texas, Idaho, the Carolinas, Idaho, and Utah which operate with far lower levels of red ink despite being identified as “red.”

The fastest growing states with the best economies and lowest unemployment are the red states. Incomes, assets, and businesses need to move to friendlier locales. Some blue Yankee bummers will follow suit but those states and their citizens need to consciously be sure that they don’t allow the liberal migrants to take over and start dominating the scene as is their wont. The demented states of mind the blues carry with them were the reason that their “home” states declined in the first place and intelligent Americans need to be aware of and protect against their proclivities. There is $4.3 trillion of consumer spending now going to the woke companies. Our aim must be to divert at least 10% of that to patriotic companies and organizations. A new book titled, “The Great Patriot Buy-cott” is an excellent guide for this process. The book is an outgrowth of the “Buy American” books that appealed to patriots in the past. The author is Wayne Allan Root. The book is softcover and 332 pages long; it should not be overly problematic to read. The book should be available on Amazon – at least for now – or can it be ordered through the patriotic publication, American Free Press. Call 1-888-699-6397, Monday through Thursday, for ordering details. But, of course, if the idea is to “buy American,” the second option seems to fill the bill!

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Propaganda, Censorship and Mind Control, We Have it all

By Karen Schoen

May 5, 2023

Resistance is futile. That is what the Globlaists want you to believe. So they have designed a perfect world where you will own nothing, eat bugs and be happy.  What will this world look like? Let’s see…You won’t have to worry about fuel because you won’t need a car since everything will be within a 15 minute walk. Just think of how fit you will be walking in 95 degree heat, or a sudden thunderstorm or blizzard. Of course you could always ride a bike…

Don’t worry about food. You will have a choice of 3 plant based food entrees (we must save the planet) and it will be delivered promptly after work at 6.  You won’t have to worry about a wardrobe since we all will wear the same uniform. We are equitable.

Speaking about being equitable, single family houses (SFR) are now outlawed. All current SFR will be taken by the government as required by  HUD directed by Executive Order 123456.  If you own a SFR you may continue to live there but we will divide your sq ft by 700sq ft. That will tell you how many families will be living in your home as well. According to Agenda 21 every family of 4 has 700 sq ft living space and 50 liters of water a day.

Promptly at 5PM your Covid booster will be delivered for you to administer. At 5:10 you will place your right arm on the scanner to check your arm chip.  You will then be told via your phone where you can go and shop tomorrow depending on your social credit score.

Your Responsibilities: You will be in charge taking care of all the needs of the families living with you. All means all with no age limits. If the families are happy and we get no complaints for a year, we will issue you 500 additional social credits to your score.    If the family is not happy with anything or anyone you provide, you will be debited 10,000 credits or equivalent work and your travel/vaccine passport will be revoked for a month. Your devices will be turned off for 6 hours during the day due to electricity shortages. You will meditate and learn the world message of the day.

Family’s Responsibility:  To turn in daily report on living conditions.

If you do not live in an SFR, you will now be moved to the high rise. All of your needs will be provided in the stores below your living space. Your employment will be located on floors 6-16. Your menu card will be delivered the day before and is to be filled out and returned by dinner promptly at 6. You will have a choice of 3 plant based food entrees (we must save the planet). You can wash clothes on Saturday between 8-10 AM.  You will be allotted 50 liters of water daily for each member in your living space. Your entertainment for anything you want (no age limit)will be provided promptly at 7PM.  If we get no complaints for a year, we will issue you 500 additional social credits to your score.    If there are issues with anything or anyone, you will be debited 10,000 credits or equivalent work and your travel/vaccine passport will be revoked for a month. Your devices will be turned off for 6 hours during the day due to electricity shortages.. You will meditate and learn the world message of the day.

Think this can’t happen. Think again. It has happened before as the NAZI’s swept Europe.  The scientists headed by Dr. Mengele colluded with the government Nazis.  The businessmen followed with money and supplies.

NAZI’s  did not have a race they could demonize so they choose the Jews. Jews were forced to wear big yellow stars so they could be identified. IBM was responsible for the numbering and keeping data designed to track all activity while experiments were preformed at will.  Jews and gypsies, Christians from Hungary and Poland were no longer people. They were just numbers to bodies ripe for experimentation by Mengele’s staff. 450,000 were murdered. Fauci and his experiment cause the death of 1.1million. I see no difference. .

Joseph Kennedy (D) sold the guns to the NAZI Regime.

Prescott Bush (Grandpa to the Bush Cartel, (R))  had his company create the odorless gas used in the gas chambers.

Goebbels, MSM of his day, was the head propagandist and was responsible to get the NAZI ideology spread to everyone all the time on all products. Goebbels never stopped with the Nazi message. With enough propaganda the people believed the lies and turned against their neighbors. Soros helped the Nazi:s find the Hungarian Jews. Soros said he liked playing G-d. Schwab’s (WEF) father worked with the Nazi’s.

Hitler was elected to office because the people were told lies. Just like Biden today, their media was run by the Nazi Party our is controlled by the  UNIParty DNC/RINOS in America.  Bernhard Rust handled education which he turned into a centralized Department with all schools joining in the training of Hitler’s youth.  The Unions managed  the teachers who were messengers for the Regime.   Students pledged to their leader Adolph Hitler, a totalitarian. Everything was totally controlled by Hitler where you will have nothing and be happy. William Gates Sr. helped control the American population by helping to create Planned Parenthood. Extermination= murder= abortion,

The Nazis were missing the technology. Not to worry today the technology has been developed. AI is real. Chat GBT hates people and has no trouble  disposing of those pesky useless eaters.  The 15 Minute City is being tested in Sweden where 1/3 of farming has been outlawed. Enjoy your bugs.

Yes this is very real. Many of the things I took from Agenda 21 are being  implemented. The goal of totalitarianism is to control EVERYTHING, all means of production and distribution; all aspect of human activity. Totalitarian means the dictator owns everything and they will not stop until they get everything.  Dictators don’t care about you only themselves. They think they have the right to control your life. They are only richer because they have been stealing. They are not smarter they are the results of affirmative action. They are evil and lie about everything. Solution: Correct them and tell the truth.

Their tools to destroy us are propaganda, censorship and mind control. So far they have been pretty successful. But now you know what to look for. Never trust them. The ends justify the means.  Correct them; tell the truth

Remember: Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everyone follows the same plan. ALL PLANS ARE BASED ON LIES. Globalists must control opposition, Bye Bongino, Carlson. Globalists must take away our voice.

Globalists only care about MONEY, POWER and CONTROL

You can stop them in your local government. Become a truth warrior.

© 2023 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

Podcasts and Articles: Karenschoen.com, karenschoen.substack.com

https://newswithviews.com/author/karen/

Show Link https://www.americaoutloud.com/the-prism-of-americas-education/

Show: Sat and Sun 7AM ET and 9PM ET on AmericaOutloud.com




Legislative Proxy Voting

By Paul Engel

May 5, 2023

  • Is it constitutional for members of the House to vote by proxy?
  • What is the Quorum Clause and why is it important in this case?
  • Will this be a flash in the pan or an earth shattering change to the legislative process?

During the COVID-19 scamdemic, Nancy Pelosi once again ignored the Constitution and implemented by rule something called “proxy voting”. Now, Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton has filed a lawsuit in federal court challenging a bill because the final version passed in the House of Representatives by proxy vote. Does Mr. Paxton’s suit have a constitutional leg to stand on? If a court finds for Texas, what does that mean for other legislation passed on a proxy vote?

I imagine most Americans have not been a part of meetings that runs by certain rules of order, but most of us understand the basics. The need to be recognized, rules of decorum, and, oh yeah, a need for a quorum.

A bench of justices, or such a number of officers or members as is competent by law or constitution to transact business

QUORUMWebsters 1828 Dictionary

Having a number of competent members to transact business is one of the fundamental requirements for the legislative process in the United States. However, in response to the fake public health emergency called COVID-19, on May 15, 2020, the House of Representatives, then in the control of the Democratic Party, tried to change the rules. Now, almost three years later, the Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton is trying to put a stop to it. In the case Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al., Mr. Paxton claims that the House of Representatives violated the Constitution on December 23, 2022 when they voted on the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 without a quorum present.

On December 23, 2022, only 201 of the Members of the House of Representatives were present in the Houses chamber. As that was less than half of the Members, a quorum was not present. The House therefore enjoyed only two powers: it could adjourn from day to day” and compel the attendance of absent Members.” It was constitutionally unauthorized to do anything else.

The House nevertheless purported to accept the Senates amendments to the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 on that day. It did so under a House Rule that allowed absent members to vote by proxy. But the Constitution defines absent members as excluded from a Quorum to do Business” and therefore unauthorized to vote to enact legislation—by proxy” or otherwise. Though President Biden signed the Consolidated Appropriations Act, his signature was a nullity because the act never passed the House of Representatives.”

The Court should declare that the Consolidated Appropriations Act has not been enacted and is not law.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

There is a lot to unpack here, so let’s start with what happened in late 2022.

The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023, began life as H.R. 2617. It was first passed by the House of Representatives in September 2021. … The Senate passed a different version of the Act in November 2022. … Because the versions passed by the House and the Senate were not identical, the differences between the two had to be resolved before the bill was considered passed by Congress.

The Senate assented to the Houses amendments to the bill on December 22, 2022. ..,. The vote was 68 yea, 29 nay, and 3 who were absent from the Senate chamber not voting.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

Hopefully we all learned the legislative process in school. Both houses of the Congress must pass a bill with the same language before it can go to the President. Since the Senate passed a version of the Consolidated Appropriations Act that was different from the one passed by the House, the House had to agree to the different language. This is where things get sticky, constitutionally speaking.

Members of the House met the next day to consider the Senates amendments to the bill. The House did not have a quorum; only 201 of the Representatives were present.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

I would say that someone probably failed basic math in elementary school, but that is not what happened. The leadership of the House did not miscount or otherwise make a simple mistake; they tried to get around a constitutional requirement.

Those present nevertheless proceeded to vote on accepting the Senates amendments. The final tally, according to the Clerk of the House, was 225 yea, 201 nay, and 1 present. … The extra 226 votes were cast by Representatives whom absent Representatives had appointed as proxies. … The votes of those physically present were 88 yea and 113 nay.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

Article I, Section 5, Clause 1 of the Constitution clearly states how many members of a house need to be present in order to do business.

Each House shall be the Judge of the Elections, Returns and Qualifications of its own Members, and a Majority of each shall constitute a Quorum to do Business; but a smaller Number may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to compel the Attendance of absent Members, in such Manner, and under such Penalties as each House may provide.

Article I, Section 5, Clause 1

So how did the leaders of the House of Representatives attempt to get around this little quorum problem? By changing their own rules.

Determination Of Quorum.—Any Member whose vote is cast or whose presence is recorded by a designated proxy under this resolution shall be counted for the purpose of establishing a quorum under the rules of the House.

H.Res.965 — 116th Congress (2019-2020)

Again, this is where we encounter the problem. When the Constitution states that a majority of a house constitutes a quorum for doing business, does that require them to be physically present? That is the question Mr. Paxton is asking the federal courts to decide.

The Quorum Clauses text, the structure of the Constitution, and the longstanding—and until three years ago, unbroken—practice of Congress to conduct its business in-person collectively reinforce that the Constitution forbids proxy voting.

Only with a quorum may either House do Business.” In context, that necessitates physically present Members. The power to compel the Attendance of absent Members,” would make little sense if the Constitution did not require physical attendance.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

Mr. Paxton’s first argument is that if the physical presence of members was not required to do business, then why would a smaller number be empowered to compile the attendance of those absent? This argument makes sense to me. Otherwise, a minority of members could conduct business while the others were not present, something the framers of the Constitution apparently did not want. Mr. Paxton claims this is further proven by other parts of the Constitution.

Other clauses of the Constitution confirm that Members must be physically present for purposes of a quorum to vote on legislation.

Article I, § 4 requires Congress to assemble” at least once per year, where assemble” meant [t]o bring together into one place” or congregated.” Johnsons Dictionary; see also U.S. Const. art. I, § 5, cl. 4 (no adjournment to any other Place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting”); U.S. Const. art. II, § 3 (discussing convening and adjourning Congress).

Article I, § 6 grants certain privileges to Members, but those privileges require physical presence. Specifically, Members are privileged from arrest during their Attendance at the Session of their respective Houses, and in going to and returning from the same.” U.S. Const. art. I, § 6, cl. 1. This privilege—which refers to going” to the House and returning” home—would be surplusage if Members could stay home to vote.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

Other examples of constitutional construct that Mr. Paxton relies on are not as convincing.

The Yeas and Nays Clause discusses counting the votes of those Present.” U.S. Const. art. I, § 5, cl. 3.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

The problem with that is the part of the clause he’s referring to is not referring to regular votes.

Each House shall keep a Journal of its Proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such Parts as may in their Judgment require Secrecy; and the Yeas and Nays of the Members of either House on any question shall, at the Desire of one fifth of those Present, be entered on the Journal.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 5, Clause 3

He also tries to link the Impeachment, Treaties, and Presidential Election Clauses’ presence requirement with the general business of the House.

Similarly, the impeachment power requires that Senate votes be by two thirds of the Members present” in a proceeding where the Chief Justice shall preside.” U.S. Const. art. I, § 3, cl. 6.

Neighboring language refers to presence,” too, in a manner that would rob it of meaning if proxy voting were allowed. E.g., U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 2 ([The President] shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur[.]”); U.S. Const. amend. XII (the President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes shall then be counted”).

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

While some of Mr. Paxton’s constitutional arguments work, others, not so much. It appears, however, that previous Supreme Courts have agreed with Mr. Paxton.

Supreme Court precedent supports this construction of the Quorum Clause. The Court has held that to constitute a Quorum” necessary to do Business,” the Constitution requires the presence of a majority, and when that majority are present the power of the house arises.” United States v. Ballin, 144 U.S. 1, 6 (1892) (emphasis added). And presence” means that the members must be actually and physically present.” Christoffel v. United States, 338 U.S. 84, 89 (1949). See also United States v. Reinecke, 524 F.2d 435, 439–40 (D.C. Cir. 1975) (applying Christoffel).

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

Which brings us to an interesting point in history. What is Texas asking for?

The legislation that Texas challenges passed the House without a quorum. It therefore violates the Quorum Clause. Texas is entitled to a declaration to that effect.

Texas is entitled to both preliminary and permanent injunctions preventing the Defendants from enforcing the Acts unconstitutional requirements. Each of the factors governing the award of injunctive relief favor Texas.

Texas v. Merrick Garland, et. al.

Texas is asking for an injunction preventing the federal government from enforcing the unconstitutional parts of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023. Mr. Paxton has not only argued that parts of that act are unconstitutional, but that the House of Representatives never legally voted for the legislation. If Mr. Paxton is correct, and this United States law was not made pursuant to the Constitution, it’s not the supreme law of the land.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

According to Mr. Paxton, this legislation did not legally pass the House, so it was never, technically U.S. law. That’s just the primer for the bombshell this case would be if the court actually finds for Texas.

Conclusion

If proxy voting in the House, as established by H. Res. 965 of the 116th Congress, is found to be unconstitutional, that means every piece of legislation voted on in the house where a majority of members were not physically present, is null and void, since it did not legally pass the House. I have no idea how many pieces of legislation that would be, or how wide ranging their impact, but I’m sure it would rattle the very halls of Congress.

Do I think the court will issue Texas their injunction? While I think Mr. Paxton has made his case, we have not heard the other side yet. Even after the case is heard, I’m not sure the court will issue the requested injunction for the simple reason of the breath of the impact it would have on the nation. Imagine how many suits would immediately be filed against each and every piece of legislation passed without a quorum? The best I can hope for would be for the court to find for Texas, but so limit their opinion as to forestall a national run on the courts.

I have to ask myself how would I find if this case were in my hands? Knowing the impact it would have, and the chaos it would cause, I would still have to find for Texas based on the evidence I’ve seen so far. Because if I am on a federal court, I took an oath to support the Constitution of the United States. I must uphold the law, and allow the people to suffer the consequences of their poor choice in representation.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The Transgender Follies––More Madness from the Left

By Joan Swirsky

May 5, 2023

Growing up in the 1950s, I remember distinctly that all of my high school classmates were obsessed with figuring out who they really were, males or females. Every conversation, the special clubs we formed to talk about this issue, the heated arguments we had with our parents who didn’t “get” that the children they thought were boys or girls were not at all what those dinosaurs imagined sex and gender to be, and the total lack of understanding we got from the powers-that-be, including teachers, counselors, coaches, doctors. It was truly a horrible time to be a girl or boy.

All that my girlfriends talked about, starting about the age of 11 or 12, was having their budding (or in some cases, formidable) breasts cut off, and the hormones coursing through their systems somehow, magically, eliminated altogether. The same with the boys. “How can we cover up our Adam Apples,” they lamented. “How can we hide our penises and put barrettes in our hair and be the girls we were really meant to be?”

After high school, I married and became a young mother at 18. And my son told me that when he was in high school in the 1970s, the same thing took place, although more intensely. “All we talked about,” he told me, was “who was a real boy and who was a real girl, and how the tomboys could become real boys and the guys who liked cooking could become real girls.”

“But at least things had progressed,” he said, “and there were teachers and guidance counselors willing to encourage the girls who were tomboys and the boys who liked cooking to stick to the genders “they were born to be and not to allow parents to interfere.”

REALITY CHECK

Please re-read every word of the above four paragraphs and know that NOT ONE WORD of them is true! In the 1950s––and for centuries before and decades after––girls knew they were girls; boys knew they were boys and that was that.

And in the 1970s, the exact same thing. There was no such word as “transgender.” There was not one micro-syllable of a word that suggested girls with breasts and boys with penises weren’t, ahem, girls and boys!

There was not one case of a surgeon cutting off the breasts of 13-year-old and 14-year-old girls because these far-from-fully-developed females claimed they were “born into the wrong gender.” Nor were there medical doctors prescribing hormone blockers to teenage boys to stem the tide of their surging testosterone.

Same in the 1980s and the 1990s and the 2000s and the 2010s. In fact, right up until about 2015…. just eight years ago!

ARE THERE RARE EXCEPTIONS?

Christine Jorgenson

Of course. In the early 1950s, there was––at-that-time––the “strange” case of Christine Jorgenson who, after serving in the U.S. Army as George Jorgenson,  traveled to Denmark and underwent a series of operations that converted her from George to Christine, after which she enjoyed a successful career as an author, lecturer and entertainer until she died at age 62

Renée Richards

In the mid-1970s, former athlete Richard Raskind, who was recruited by the NY Yankees and attended Yale University (where he was the captain of the men’s tennis team), ultimately became a successful ophthalmologist, and an officer in the U.S. Navy. He then became Renée Richards (French for “reborn”), practiced medicine, and died at the age of 88.

More recently, there was the case of Bruce Jenner, the macho former Olympic gold medal-winning decathlete.of 1976.

The handsome hunk married three times and had six children, but came out as a transwoman in April 2015 as Caitlin Marie Jenner.

According to Rachel Scheinerman, with a Master’s Degree from Harvard Divinity School, a Ph.D. in Rabbinic Literature from Yale University, and editor of My Jewish Learning, there were no fewer than eight genders recognized in the Talmud over 3,500-hundred years ago, including:

  1. Zachar, male.
  2. Nekevah, female.
  3. Androgynos, having both male and female characteristics.
  4. Tumtum, lacking sexual characteristics.
  5. Aylonit hamah, identified female at birth but later naturally developing male characteristics.
  6. Aylonit adam, identified female at birth but later developing male characteristics through human intervention.
  7. Saris hamah, identified male at birth but later naturally developing female characteristics.
  8. Saris adam, identified male at birth and later developing female characteristics through human intervention.

But leave it to that leftist bastion, the City University of New York (CUNY) to outdo the Talmud! This vast system, which includes 25 colleges and 243,000 students, lists 15 genders to choose from on one of their forms! As they say, can’t make it up!

WHAT HAPPENED?

Did the massive quantity of estrogens women started taking with the advent of the birth-control pill in 1960 produce future generations of boys who “feel” like girls? And did it produce girls with such an overload of estrogen that they somehow developed an autoimmune disease to their own hormones and now “feel” like boys?

Where, through sweat and urine, did this huge amount of estrogens go, which multimillions of women ingested not only with The Pill but with the Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT) they took to quell the unpleasant symptoms of menopause? Did all this estrogen go into the soil and plants and foods we eat or into the water we drink? And what about the tremendous amount of xenoestrogens that are found in plants and also introduced into the environment by industrial, agricultural, and chemical companies?

I think about these questions when I remember watching the first gay pride march in New York City in 1970 on TV, featuring several hundred protestors. I didn’t quite understand the march…. was their goal to be accepted or did they simply want me and millions of other Americans to know what they did in bed? Yet today, such marches feature literally hundreds of thousands. Is this numerical explosion the result of the Atlantic Ocean’s worth of estrogens their mothers and grandmothers ingested over the past almost-65 years that permeated our ecosystem and found its way into their bodies?

Notice that every expert and doctor and scientist––and even “woke” companies like Budweiser ––and many other major industries that support and even promote transgenderism––never ever cite even a micron of hard scientific research that either affirms or disproves that this burgeoning phenomenon has a scientific basis at all. Indeed, where are the studies? Where is the empirical evidence?

Spare yourself the search…. there are none!

WHAT ARE THE NUMBERS?

Today, the Williams Institute – which says it conducts independent research on sexual orientation and gender identity law and public policy––asks: What Percentage of the Population is Transgender 2023 (worldpopulationreview.com)?

They state that transgender people are part of the LGBTQ+ community and there are 1.4 million adults who identify as transgender in the United States. About 0.5% of adults 18-24 identify as transgender, and 0.3% of adults 65 and older identify as transgender.

The Pew Research Center found that five percent of young adults claim that their gender is different from their sex and that “the share of U.S. adults who are transgender is particularly high among adults younger than 25,” then adds that “in this age group, 3.1% are a trans man or a trans woman, compared with just 0.5% of those ages 25 to 29.”

And a Reuters report found that diagnoses of youth with gender dysphoria have skyrocketed in the U.S. in recent years. While there were just over 15,000 cases in 2017, the number has shot up to more than 42,000 in 2021.

Nevertheless, those numbers––even if they add up to a million-and- a-half people––amount to a drop in the ocean when compared to our country’s overall population of over 330 million.

And yet, Transgenderism has become an industry!

THE LEFT’S LATEST FETISH?

Is this transgender shtick simply the Left’s newest fetish––the biggest one being the colossal hoax of global warming, er, climate change, as explained here by Dr. Ileana Johnson Paugh, here by the late John Eidson and here by Catherine Salgado. In short, today, according to over 1,540 respected experts, there is no scientific data to indicate that climate change is anything but political propaganda.

Or is the real goal of the transgender movement to separate children from their parents in order to achieve their rosy vision of a Communist America in which these same children look not to their parents but to BIG GOVERNMENT as their caretakers, protectors, providers.

As journalist and author Linda Goudsmit explains in her recent blockbuster article: “Such children raised by the state become adults who want the state to go on raising them. When they’re hungry, the state feeds them, when they’re cold, the state shelters them and when they’re unhappy, the state tells them whom to blame. When their relationships fall apart or when their feelings are hurt, they turn to the state to soothe them with a dose of revenge.”

Revenge––or at least justice––is what increasing numbers of phenomenal female athletes want, now that trans males have, in essence, destroyed women’s competitive sports.

Just recently, as reported by Pamela Geller, a trans biological male marathoner defeated 14,000 women in a race after competing as man months earlier.

And we all know the case of Riley Gaines, the 12-time All-American swimmer with five Southeastern Conference titles, who was forced to share a locker room with and compete against the biological male Lia Thomas–– who ranked #554 competing against men––at the 2022 NCAA Women’s Swimming Championship. When Gaines tied with Thomas––down to the hundredth of a second––she was told that the NCAA hadn’t planned for a tie and that Thomas had to have the trophy for photo purposes.

Gaines is fighting this travesty. “The Democrat ‘Party of Science’ doesn’t believe in biological differences.” she says. “The ‘Party of Women’ doesn’t support women. Democrats are erasing our dreams in the name of wokeness.”

Then there is Austin Killips, a biological man who was awarded first place in the women’s category in New Mexico’s Tour of the Gila cycling race.

Not to omit that before he began taking experimental hormones, Laurel Hubbard competed in men’s weightlifting for New Zealnd at the 2020 Olympics and finished dead last. Nevertheless,  Hubbard was named “sportswoman of the year” by New Zealand’s University of Otago.

No less an authority than Caitlin Jenner has recently launched the Fairness First PAC to keep men from competing in women’s sports. “Our advocacy, “Jenner said, “is to align athletes with sports that are at a chromosomal or DNA level — not birth certificate,” adding that the transgender movement “ boils down to parental rights,” and its true goal is “destroying the family unit.”

Recently, Republicans in the House have introduced a bill that would ensure that biological girls will have an equal playing field. But Joe Biden is threatening to do just the opposite – to cement into law the destruction of women’s sports.

A MENTAL DISORDER?

Writer Larry Sand calls this extreme form of gender-bending a dangerous fad, but unlike the various eating disorders such as anorexia and bulimia of the 1970s, which “were treated as physical disorders and serious mental-health problems,” Sand writes. Today, “they have been replaced by gender dysphoria, which is being used as a political cudgel by many with a nefarious agenda.”

Sand quotes Dr. William Malone, a board-certified endocrinologist: “We are dealing with what may be the biggest medical and ethical scandal of modern times. Transgender medicine is big business, and youth who are transitioning today will be medical patients for life…for the next 60-plus years.”

“We know we are living in a psychotic world,” writes Jason D. Hill in FrontPage.com, “when professors are explicitly told that under no circumstances can they ever utter these words in class: Men cannot give birth to children. We know the psychosis is real when two men who look and act like linebackers, but who identify as women, claim they are in a lesbian relationship because they identify as women…”

A statue of a naked, bearded man breastfeeding a baby has been placed outside the former Women’s Museum in Denmark.

We know that the small identity alterations that trans people make are simply to change their names from Gordon to Gigi or from Jenny to Jasper. Much more extreme, according to urologist Maurice Garcia, MD, director of the Cedars-Sinai Transgender Surgery and Health Programs, males who claim to be females agree to the following:

And females who claim to be males agree to:

In fact, it’s gotten so depraved in the Golden State that a California School Board voted to uphold a “parental secrecy policy” that withholds the gender transition of its students from parents.

Significantly, the American College of Pediatricians has stated that there is no evidence that transgender interventions are safe for children. “There is not a single long-term study to demonstrate the safety or efficacy of puberty blockers, cross-sex hormones and surgeries for transgender-believing youth,” the ACPeds.org stated.

“This means that youth transition is experimental, and therefore, parents cannot provide informed consent, nor can minors provide assent for these interventions. Moreover, the best long-term evidence we have among adults shows that medical intervention fails to reduce suicide.”

In fact, puberty blockers may cause depression and other emotional disturbances related to suicide, and they may cause permanent physical harm.

To compound the horror, many of the treatments children are subject to can have catastrophic side effects. For instance, Lupron, the number one prescribed puberty blocker––an experimental drug used to chemically castrate violent sex offenders––lists mood disorders, seizures, and “emotional instability” as side effects and warns prescribers to “monitor for development or worsening of psychiatric symptoms during treatment. 

And studies indicate that females who receive testosterone can develop multiple psychiatric problems such as mania, major depression, and psychosis.

In The Left’s Disposable Transgender Children, Scott Hogenson writes: “Transgenderism was classified by the American Psychiatric Association (APA) as a mental disorder until 2012. But the behavior of transgenders mirrors the APA’s definition of delusions: “an often highly personal idea or belief system…that is maintained with conviction in spite of irrationality or evidence to the contrary.

“If a man maintains with conviction that he is a woman in spite of chromosomal, anatomical, endocrinological and other evidence to the contrary, it’s not unreasonable to conclude that man is delusional. This, according to a WebMD item reviewed by Dr. Smitha Bhandari, is “a type of serious mental illness called a psychotic disorder.”

Hogenson goes on to write that Leftists exploit these young and confused people because they are “politically useful.” Instead of dissuading them from obtaining the medical treatment they need, “they instead force them deeper into mental illness by promoting the lie that they can simply alter natural law on a whim.”

According to writer Laurel Duggan, adolescents with autism are over-represented in the youth transgender population, and some medical professionals attribute this to autism spectrum traits such as obsessive thinking, vulnerability to body image issues, and a sense of social rejection and isolation.

Dr. Susan Bradley, a Canadian psychiatrist, who began working with gender dysphoric children in the 1970s, said she believed most of the children who sought gender transitions had high-functioning autism and were being exploited by the medical industry.

As just one of many such victims, Chloe Cole, a young woman who underwent cross-sex hormones and a double mastectomy between the ages of 13 and 17 and now regrets medically transitioning, said that doctors failed to meaningfully address her autism spectrum traits and the ways they had an impact on her gender identity.

“There is also unpublished evidence that after a year on [puberty blockers], children reported greater self-harm, and the girls also experienced more behavioral and emotional problems and expressed greater dissatisfaction with their body—so puberty blockers exacerbated gender dysphoria.”

THE MEDICAL PROFESSION IS COMPLICIT

So, why on earth do doctors participate in these drastic measures and why do hospitals allow it? Here is now it works. When the administration in power––in this case the Biden regime––sends out a mandate to hospitals and doctors, they must comply or be deprived of all federal funds that literally keep most medical institutions and doctors’ practices alive.

Simple as that, exactly what we witnessed with the highly dangerous Covid19 vaccines, which found pilots experiencing blood clots in mid-air, thousands of young athletes dropping dead on playing fields across the world, huge numbers of teenage boys contracting myocarditis, a mountain of miscarriages, the horrific list of casualties goes on and on. Here, Dr. Joseph Mercola describes exactly how this malevolent scheme worked and works to this day.

Writer David Strom sums it up nicely when he writes: “Insanity is being normalized.”

To prove it, here are some recent headlines:

Biden’s Pentagon Doctors Claim Seven-Year-Olds Can Consent to Puberty Blockers.

Biden’s DOJ challenges Tennessee’s ban on genital mutilation.

In Zeal for Transgenderism, 2 Blue States Poised to Muscle Parents Out, Get Control of Their Kids.

Washington Passes Bill Allowing Children to Legally Be Taken from Parents if Parents Don’t Consent to Gender Mutilation.

Children’s Hospital in Oregon Offers Consultations on Transgender Treatments to Kids Younger Than 10.

Bearded Man with Hairy Chest Featured on Cover of Bridal Magazine.

Planned Parenthood Now Sells Millions in Hormones to Mutilate Children— often while explicitly withholding this information from parents.

Dylan Mulvaney, the Bud Lite Spokesperson Wants to Jail Those Who ‘Misgender’ Him.

Convicted male rapist of children sent to woman’s prison after changing his pronouns to she and her.

70-Year-Old Bearded Man Wins Ladies’ World Poker Tour Event in Florida.

Emerson College to Provide Menstrual Products in Men’s Bathrooms.

18-Year-Old Male Showers with Terrified 14 Year Old Girls at Wisconsin High School.

Vermont Elementary School Will Use” Person Who Produces Sperm” or “Person Who Produces Eggs” Instead of Male and Female in Health Sciences Lessons.

Biden Regime Gives ‘International Women of Courage Award’ to a Man.

Pennsylvania child sex-change clinic helps teachers turn elementary classrooms into breeding grounds for transgenderism.

PARENTAL FAILURE

At 12 years old, Johnny starts each school day by downing two shot glasses of Scotch. When his mother dares to question him, he says that the liquor “gives me energy and makes me feel good. You know that Mom because you and Dad drink the same thing every night!” Of course, a sane mother would punish Johnny for transgressing house rules and take him to a psychiatrist. But a mother who worships the Feelings God would “respect” Johnny’s emotions and maybe even suggest that he substitute vodka to avoid detection.

Then there is 13-year-old Keisha, who has developed a habit of lighting fires because, she said, “it gets rid of my bad feelings and makes me feel good. Besides, Mom, you clapped and cheered when you and Dad watched Antifa and Black Lives Matter light cars on fire and smash windows and you even sent them money!” Of course, a sane mother would take the young girl to a psychiatrist, but the Feelings God worshipper would “understand” and let it go, maybe buy the young girl a portable fire extinguisher.

Let’s now take the case of 14-year-old Sebastian who has taken to wearing his sister’s skirts and his mother’s make-up. “I think I’m more girl than boy,” he tells his parents and I want to become a girl.

Of course, sane parents would tell their son––or daughter––that he or she is not old enough to make such a life-changing decision, that he can’t vote, and he can’t drive, and he can’t even get a paying job, so no! Wait until you’re 18 or 21 to see how you feel, and then explore your options.

But thousands of modern parents never say this to their preteen or teenage children. They simply accede to their feelings and their demands.

Why? Because they are afraid of their children! They don’t want to alienate them or make them angry. They want to be their pals, not their parents. They want to smoke pot with them, not discipline them and be the grown-ups in their lives who set boundaries, discourage blind conformity, exert authority.

All of  these parents should be compelled to watch Lindsay Graham, a mother from Arizona, dressed as a cat, speak to her local school board. As described by Sloan Oliver, she greeted them with “meow, meow” and then asked if they believed she was a real cat. Not one person did because––ta da–– they knew she was not a cat.

And yet, displaying both weakness of character and moral cowardice, they unquestioningly believe a son who says he’s a girl and a daughter who says she’s a boy.

Few sane people could disagree with Elon Musk, who recently tweeted, “Any parent or doctor who sterilizes a child before they are a consenting adult should go to prison for life.”

FIGHTING BACK

You would think that women who call themselves feminists would be at the forefront of fighting for the young girls who are genuine victims of incompetent parents and depraved doctors, but with very very few exceptions, all we’ve heard from this retro cult is a thunderous silence.

Only word limitations require that I include a very short list of those who are fighting this abomination:

  • Lawyer Harmeet Dhillon, the Founder and CEO of The Center for American Liberty, has launched a landmark case against the hospitals and doctors who coerced Chloe Cole to transition to a “boy” at the age of 13.
  • Sharron Davies, a female Olympic swimmer, is leading a boycott against Nike after the brand partners with trans biological male to promote women’s sports bras.
  • The World Athletics Council has banned transgender track-and-field athletes from international competition.
  • 11 States Move to Ban Child Sex Changes as Surgery Demand Soars.
  • More than twenty bills aimed at criminalizing child sex changes have been introduced at the beginning of the 2023 state legislative sessions, reports the Associated Press.
  • Republican state lawmakers are seeking to ban so-called gender-affirming care for youth due to the complete lack of quality evidenceto support it, the invasive and irreversible nature of the interventions, and the sharply rising rates of detransition and regret.
  • Eleven states––Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri, Montana, New Hampshire, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, and Virginia––have proposed legislation to protect children and adolescents from what one pediatric neurosurgeon recently called “an extraordinary medical atrocity.”
  • Lawmakers in South Carolinaand Kansas seek to ban doctors from performing experimental sex changes on anyone under 21, while similar legislation in Oklahoma would ban sex changes for all youth under age 26.

© 2023 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




Looking Forward to the New ‘New World Order’ Tomorrow

By David Masters

May 4, 2023

Looking forward to the new tomorrow… in the coming NOW World Order the survival of the FINEST (the moral and most authentically virtuous) will determine and guide the destiny of humanity. I want all of you in this equation to deeply grasp that you are superior in every respect for holding and continuing to embrace your connection to God. We have our own unique multi-level culture that is based on the unifying principles that have existed for all of human history and will continue to exist forever. We are the Psalm 46 “be still and Know” NOW World Order generation.  Zechariah 2:13  Be silent before the LORD, all people, for He has roused Himself from His holy dwelling.”

As stated in Revelation 20: 1-8:

1 Then I saw an angel coming down from heaven with the key to the Abyss, holding in his hand a great chain. 2 He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent who is the devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. 3 And he threw him into the Abyss, shut it, and sealed it over him, so that he could not deceive the nations until the thousand years were complete. After that, he must be released for a brief period of time.

4 Then I saw the thrones, and those seated on them had been given authority to judge. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded for their testimony of Jesus and for the word of God, and those who had not worshiped the beast or its image, and had not received its mark on their foreheads or hands. And they came to life and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 The rest of the dead did not come back to life until the thousand years were complete. This is the first resurrection.

6 Blessed and holy are those who share in the first resurrection! The second death has no power over them, but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and will reign with Him for a thousand years. 7 When the thousand years are complete, Satan will be released from his prison, 8 and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth—Gog and Magog—to assemble them for battle. Their number is like the sand of the seashore.

In the Newly revived ancient evil World Order of today, differentiating good from evil can be a complex task as it often depends on the MK Ultra/satanically manipulated trajectory of one’s personal beliefs, values, and culture. However, there are some general principles that can guide one in determining what is good and what is evil. The following ideas are as old as time itself and have only recently been systematically eradicated from modern/popular culture:

  • Consider the consequences:One way to differentiate between good and evil is to evaluate the potential outcomes of a particular action or decision. An action that has positive consequences for oneself and others is generally considered good, while an action that has negative consequences is generally considered evil.
  • Consider the intentions:Another way to differentiate between good and evil is to look at the intentions behind a particular action or decision. An action that is motivated by compassion, love, and empathy is generally considered good, while an action that is motivated by greed, selfishness, or malice is generally considered evil.
  • Consider the moral principles: Every culture has a set of moral principles that guide their behavior. For example, the Golden Rule – treat others as you would like to be treated – is a universal moral principle that guides behavior in many cultures. When faced with a difficult decision, it can be helpful to consider these moral principles to determine what is good and what is evil.
  • Consider the long-term effects:Sometimes, what may seem like a good decision in the short term may have negative consequences in the long term. It is important to consider the long-term effects of an action or decision when evaluating whether it is good or evil.

Epictetus was a Greek Stoic philosopher. He was born into slavery at Hierapolis, Phrygia and lived in Rome until his banishment, when he went to Nicopolis in northwestern Greece for the rest of his life. His teachings were written down and published by his pupil Arrian in his Discourses and Enchiridion. Born:c. AD 50, Hierapolis, Phrygia, (presumed), (now Pamukkale, Denizli, Turkey) Died:c. 135 (aged c. 85), Nicopolis, Epirus, (now Preveza, Epirus, Greece)

  • So, when something happens, the only thing in your power is your attitude toward it. It is not the things that disturb us, but our interpretation of their significance. Things and people are not what we wish them to be nor are they what they seem to be. They are what they are. – Epictetus
  • Happiness and freedom begin with a clear understanding of one principle: Some things are within our control, and some things are not. It is only after you have faced up to this fundamental rule and learned to distinguish between what you can and can’t control that inner tranquility and outer effectiveness become possible. – Epictetus
  • Be careful whom you associate with. It is human to imitate the habits of those with whom we interact. We inadvertently adopt their interests, their opinions, their values, and their habit of interpreting events. –Epictetus
  • Don’t be concerned with other people’s impressions of you. They are dazzled and deluded by appearances. Stick with your purpose. This alone will strengthen your will and give your life coherence. – Epictetus

Ultimately, determining what is good and what is evil t is important to be mindful of our actions and decisions and strive to do what we believe is right and just. Religious and conservative believers have a culture of life that emphasizes the sanctity of human life and the importance of protecting it from conception to natural death. This culture of life is rooted in the belief that all human beings are created in the image and likeness of God and have inherent dignity and worth. As such, we view life as a sacred gift that should be cherished and protected at all costs.

We believe that life begins at conception and that every human being, regardless of age, race, gender, or social status, has an inherent right to life. We also believe that life should be protected from conception to natural death and that euthanasia, abortion, and most often capital punishment are all violations of this fundamental right. This belief is based on the idea that human life is a gift from God and that it is our responsibility to protect and cherish this gift.

In addition to the belief in the sanctity of human life, religious and conservative believers also emphasize the importance of family, community, and personal responsibility. They believe that the family is the foundation of society and that it is the responsibility of parents to raise their children in a loving and nurturing environment. They also believe that individuals have a responsibility to contribute to their communities and to society as a whole and that this responsibility extends to protecting the lives of others.

The culture of life embraced by religious and conservative believers is also reflected in their views on social and political issues. For example, they are generally opposed to euthanasia, abortion, and capital punishment, and are supportive of policies that promote the protection of life, such as laws against assisted suicide and laws that protect the rights of the unborn.

Despite the many challenges and controversies surrounding issues related to the culture of life, religious and conservative believers remain committed to protecting the sanctity of human life and promoting the values of family, community, and personal responsibility. While there may be disagreements and debates about specific policies and approaches, the core belief in the sanctity of human life remains a unifying principle for religious and conservative believers around the world.

The culture of life embraced by religious and conservative believers is rooted in their belief in the sanctity of human life and the importance of protecting it from conception to natural death is a powerful unifying principle for religious and conservative believers. In contrast, abortionists practice and defend an inhuman and barbaric “culture of shame.” This kind of evil can be understood as a concept that refers to actions or behaviors that are morally reprehensible, harmful, or destructive in nature.

Essentially abortionists are in a “Death Cult” where infanticide or murder is the core principle. Murder is the act of intentionally killing another human being, and it is universally recognized as a heinous crime. The evil of murder lies not only in the taking of someone’s life but also in the fact that it violates the most basic human right—the right to life. It causes immeasurable pain and suffering to the victim’s family and loved ones, as well as to society as a whole.

The impact of murder is not limited to the immediate victim and their loved ones. It can also create a climate of fear and insecurity within a community, as people worry about their own safety and the safety of their loved ones. Furthermore, the act of murder often leads to a cycle of revenge and retaliation, perpetuating the cycle of violence.

From a moral standpoint, murder is universally considered wrong because it involves the intentional taking of life, which is a fundamental violation of the sanctity of life. In most cultures and religions, murder is considered a sin or a crime punishable by death or life imprisonment. Overall, the evil of murder is profound and far-reaching, affecting not only the immediate victim and their loved ones but also the wider community and society as a whole. It is a crime that should be condemned in the strongest possible terms, and efforts should be made to prevent it from occurring in the first place.

Evil can take many forms, from intentional harm to others, (unborn) to actions motivated by greed, selfishness, or a desire for power or control. It can be perpetrated by individuals, groups, or entire societies, and can manifest in various ways such as violence, cruelty, oppression, and injustice. The definition of evil is often influenced by cultural, social, and religious beliefs, as well as by personal values and experiences.

Some people may view certain acts as evil, while others may not, depending on their moral and ethical framework. Ultimately, the concept of evil is a deeply philosophical and moral one that has been debated for centuries. Overall, the abortion culture varies widely across different societies and can be influenced by factors such as religion, politics, and the media. Again,  in the coming NOW World Order the survival of the FINEST (the moral and most authentically virtuous) will determine and guide the destiny of humanity. Zephaniah 1:7 Be silent in the presence of the Lord GOD, for the Day of the LORD is near. Indeed, the LORD has prepared a sacrifice; He has consecrated His guests.

© 2023 David Masters – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Masters: snowman4848@gmail.com

https://fhudavid.wixsite.com/mind-prison




Good News—About Science

by Lee Duigon

May 4, 2023

I was amazed when I read that “a thousand scientists” signed a petition warning the public against the “zealotry” of radical “veganism” and reminding their audience that meat is “crucial to human health”. I mean, gee, scientists? Aren’t they all lined up for a totally plant-based diet—to Save The Planet from Man-Made Climate Change? (They’d also like us to eat bugs.) Where did they find a thousand scientists to say otherwise?

Meanwhile, I was reading “Is Atheism Dead?” by Eric Metaxas, in which he reported—again, to my amazement—that there are thousands, multitudes of scientists out there quietly working in their respective fields and in no imminent danger of coming out as atheists. They observe, collect evidence, test their theories, exchange their thoughts with others, and strive to come up with science that’s both accurate and beneficial. Metaxas names quite a few of them; and yet I’d never heard of any one of them. Why was that?

Honk if you’ve already guessed the answer: our so-called news media.

I was approaching a conviction of deep skepticism where “science” is concerned, and beginning to think of “scientists” in general as nothing more than the Far Left’s water boys. And that was when I was feeling charitable.

Science news paints a picture of prominent scientists as a brigade of atheists, socialists, and frauds. They’re the ones who get the PBS specials on TV—remember “Cosmos,” starring Carl Sagan? Teaching us that matter is all there is. Neil DeGrasse Tyson got a series, too. And we were always hearing from Bill Nye the Science Guy, who never met a Far Left shibboleth he didn’t like.

Vast amounts of air time have been showered on “the New Atheists”—Hitchens, Dawkins, Harris & Co.—spitting venom at “religion” (‘cause all religions are alike, don’t you know) and blaming “religion,” by which they usually mean Christians, for everything that’s ever gone wrong in our world. You could easily form the impression that all “science” is adamantly opposed to Christianity.

I was drifting into that point of view; and I’m happy to admit I was wrong. The media push for Far Left science was so powerful, so insistent, so lacking in coverage of any other point of view, that it successfully deceived me.

How could I have forgotten Mary Schweitzer, just to name one? It was Dr. Schweitzer who first discovered soft tissue in a fossil Tyrannosaurus leg bone. And boy, howdy, how the “science news” establishment came down on her! They even accused her of mistaking bathub-ring bacteria for T. rex soft tissue. Not only had she just upset the apple cart; but here was a scientist who was a practicing Christian (collective gasp) actually getting coverage in the news media. Not allowed! But she stuck to her guns, and now that they knew where to look, other scientists, honest scientists, also found soft tissue in many different dinosaur fossils. It was no longer a conjecture, but a fact. Cry me a river.

By and large they get no coverage, we never hear much about them or their work, their words are drowned out by the media megaphone in the hands of atheists and statists—but there they are. They have not given up belief in God. For many of them, in fact, their work in science strengthens their religious faith. What a calamity.

There they are in every field of science—astronomy, physics, mathematics, archaeology, paleontology, you name it—working every day toward a deeper understanding of the universe that God created. It would be good for us all to know them better.

They may not win much fame, but they’re after something much more valuable—

Truth.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit. My work can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Part 2: It’s a Full-Scale Invasion by Design and Fully Orchestrated by Biden and Congress

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 4, 2023

Part 2: Drug cartels own the border, Title 42 expires, planned invasion by our own politicians, end results in American lives.

This week, White House spokeswoman Karine Jean-Pierre stated, “When it comes to illegal immigration, you’ve seen it come down by more than 90 percent.” It’s a quiet secret that the White House press corps whisper that she is an “air head” or worse, “S.F.B.’s.”

Since I stood on the Texas and Arizona border for two weeks in April, my own eyes can verify to you that she is a flat-out liar. But then, so is her boss. He lies; she lies; they all lie. None of them know what’s occurring at the border. Wait a minute! Yes, they do! They orchestrated this invasion.

U.S. Senator Sinema (I-AZ) hit back at Jean-Pierre, “Obviously, the border is not secure. Anyone with eyes can see that. And anyone who lives in a border state like I do, born and raised in Arizona, actually takes offense at comments like that because they’re just factually not true. The reality is, is that border communities in my state are suffering already, and that’s before the end of Title 42.”

Here are the facts as reported by the U.S. Border Patrol: illegal migrants have averaged 150,000 crossings monthly for the past 26 months with several months at 251,000 per month. Border Patrol officers tabulated 5.5 million illegals processed and sent into the country with 1.1 million “got a-ways” who snuck in without being processed.

As reported in Part 1 of this series, Biden invited a total of 10.1 million people into the USA in the past 26 months. If he gets re-elected, it will mean in excess of 20 million people from 150 countries with absolutely NO allegiance or affinity to our culture, language and/or way of life.

As President Lincoln and others have said, America would never be defeated from without, but rather from within. The Historian Arnold Toynbee worded it differently: “Great nations die by suicide.” The Roman Empire, said to have forfeited its hegemony to the barbarian Visigoths, Vandals, Franks, and Celts in 476, was on its way out long before that: its economy over extended, with a devalued currency; barbarians invading porous borders, diluting the culture; corruption and division in government; the society rife with immorality. Sound familiar? America 2023!

One of my friends said, “Very sad that our children and grandkids will never know the America of post-Depression, post-WW2. A quote (paraphrased) attributed to FDR: “If the people think that important world events happen by chance, they would be wrong. We planned them that way.” (Remember Pearl Harbor)

“Our society is now too under-educated to know the import of what has been happening to America over the past century.”

“While America is being brought to its knees, the Chinese are taking over the resources needed to feed the Green Energy agenda, including planting EV battery plants in Michigan, while organizing a counterpart to Western alliances with BRICS, intending to replace the Petrodollar with the Yuan: a roller-coaster ride from Republic to Ruin. The Nobel-winning Economist, FA Hayek, wrote a book in the 1940’s entitled. The Road to Serfdom.”

My interviews of the Border Patrol officers were taken in their trucks right alongside the 30-foot barbed wire wall. I could see illegals with packs walking along the wall in Nogales, Arizona. They wait until five o’clock a.m. to make their moves into the USA where the fence is gone.

Officer Agarrie said, “The fools in Washington don’t understand what they are doing to the country. I’ve got two kids and I’m afraid for their future. We catch migrants in the morning. We process them. We return them to Mexico on Title 42. They jump the border again until they escape north.”

When does it end?

“Well, Trump had stopped most illegals with his ‘remain in Mexico’ mandate,” he said. “Once Biden got in, he opened the floodgates.”

How do so many get to the border?

“Mexico transport busses rush them to the border by the millions. Mexicans are making a fortune,” he said. “Even though the drugs are deadly to America’s youth, we see no end to the drugs coming across the border. As long as there is a market, there will be suppliers.”

How would you like a 30-foot iron fence through your town? How would you like three rolls of concertina wire at the top on your side, and three more rolls of concertina wire at the bottom? How would you like drug dealers, rapists, and killers like the one in Texas who killed a family of five this week, and had been deported four times—to enjoy easy access to your community?

Why would Biden appoint foreign-born Alejandro Mayorkas to be head of the Department of Homeland Security when he has done nothing to stop the invasion? In fact, in Senate committee testimony, he said that we should have open borders for all to enter.

Mayorkas: “We Can Solve the Border Crisis by Opening the Border.”

Columnist Neil Munro said, “Mayorkas is a pro-migration zealot who argues that laws curbing migration as subordinate to the “Nation of Immigrants” narrative that was established by lobby groups during the Cold War, when immigrants were just 7 percent of the population

He has said his border management is “all about equity” which is really the core founding principle of our country.”

What kind of equity does that create for our 540,000 homeless Americans, our tens of thousands of homeless veterans, our drug-addicted youth dying off at 100,000 annually, our cities being overrun by illegals that we pay for at $150,000,000,000.00 annually out of our taxes, our food prices exploding through the roof, our cities gridlocked with cars and toxic air pollution? Is that “equity” Mr. Mayorkas or is it “collateral damage?”

Where’s the equity in all our major cities where crimes dominate the news, daily? What kind of equity does it create for our overwhelmed schools and our kids?

My final questions to you as an American: What do we do when our entire culture, language and ethos fragments into foreign enclaves? Have you seen France or Sweden lately? How do we pull ourselves back from the suicide-brink as spoken by historian Arnold Toynbee? Do we think we can outsmart history? Can we endure another Biden press secretary who features “S.F.B.’s?”

Part 3: What’s the final curtain? What happens to American born citizens? What happens to our culture? What about our sustainability as a civilization? Who has the guts to speak up? What happens when Title 42 expires on May 11, 2023?

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




We Need Another Lincoln

By Cliff Kincaid

May 3, 2023

Since I moved near Gettysburg, Pennsylvania, I have developed a deep interest in the Civil War, labeled “America’s Greatest Tragedy” by historian Diana Loski. But as I read her column in an issue of a local magazine, The Gettysburg Experience, it was confirmed to me in dramatic terms that present-day Americans are living through America’s greatest tragedy and the ultimate outcome may be in doubt.

But in contrast to understanding the nature and source of the conflict called the American Civil War, our current predicament is still a mystery to many Americans.

In this battle, we need another Lincoln.

Writing about the impact of such bloody and pivotal battles as Gettysburg, Loski writes about how the nation experienced war within its borders and then suffered through Pearl Harbor and the 9/11 attacks. She concludes, “Even though these assaults constituted acts of war and the human losses were staggering, it cannot compare to experiencing invasion and enduring war within the land, where destruction and misery would be compounded to an exponential level.”

In fact, we have had a war within our borders for decades, as reflected in the communist-inspired Vietnam “anti-war” movement, led by domestic communists such as the Weather Underground, which resulted in the communist conquest of Vietnam. What Red China called the “black rebellion” riots of the 1960s erupted again in May 2020, when historic St. John’s church near the White House was almost burned down by Marxist BLM and Antifa activists. Today, eco-terrorism is on the rise.

Equally important, there is a civil war in America over abortion, a procedure that has already taken 60 million lives. Women are right in the middle of this civil war, a choice between motherhood or Bella Abzug-style Marxist feminism.

Ex-communist Whittaker Chambers described how the atheistic communist philosophy of historical materialism led to abortion on demand for party members. Predictably, after the communist revolution, Russia became the first nation in history to legalize abortion on demand.

Joseph Stalin’s “Dialectical and Historical Materialism” is worth reading in this respect. The greatest mass murderer in history, next to Mao, Stalin describes the historical process of slavery, followed by feudalism, capitalism, and socialism, ultimately resulting in communism.

Interestingly, Karl Marx was a cheerleader for the northern states in the American civil war, since he saw slavery as just one phase in history that had to be surpassed on the way to world communism. But Lincoln was not a Marxist. However, he did use extraordinary means to keep the nation together.

At the time, faced with a civil war started by the southern states, Americans held meetings to declare “Death to the Traitors” and identify spies in their midst. Today, traitors are celebrated. Transgender Army traitor Bradley/Chelsea Manning’s 35-year sentence was commuted by Obama.

Communists openly organize the current rebellion, in open violation of the Communist Control Act, a law still on the books but not enforced. Congress abolished internal security panels while Big Tech platforms like YouTube terminated my account and our 500 anti-communist videos. Government control of mass communications has been largely accomplished, while consolidation of the banking sector is happening before our eyes, as the economy slides into more spending, inflation, and debt.

Back on December 1, 2020, as the fate of the Trump presidency hung in the balance, Tom Zawistowski, President of the TEA Party affiliated We the People Convention (WTPC), published a full-page ad in the Washington Times newspaper demanding that President Trump Invoke limited martial law in order to allow the U.S. Military to oversee a new free and fair federal election if legislators, courts and the Congress do not follow the Constitution.

(My interview with Tom was one of those videos censored by YouTube).

Zawistowski now tells me, “I only wish that Trump had heeded our plea as we would have avoided ALL of the damage that has been done to our nation and the world since then. Hopefully he learned from his many mistakes and if we can get him a second term he will do better in the future!”

There are many Republicans willing to give Trump a second chance. But has he earned it?

Trump avoided being another Lincoln, leaving the door open for Joe Biden and his Obama-era personnel to take control of the White House. Biden, under the control of people Trump labels as Marxists, has become the anti-Lincoln, using extraordinary measures to destroy the Union and exacerbate a civil war.

The ad published by Tom Zawistowski discussed the executive actions implemented by President Abraham Lincoln in his efforts to save the Union during the Civil War and the need for similar actions in the matter of the “literal civil war” threatening the Trump presidency and “dividing our nation today.”

“In the months following the start of the Civil War,” said the Tea Party ad, “President Abraham Lincoln struggled to preserve the Union. Many objected to Lincoln’s extraordinary use of presidential authority, in particular his suspension of the right of Habeas Corpus.”

Lincoln closed newspapers and arrested members of Congress.

“Then, as now,” said the ad, “a President with courage and determination was needed to preserve the Union. Today, the current threat to our United States by the international and domestic socialist/communist left is much more serious than anything Lincoln or our nation has faced in its history – including the civil war.”

But Trump, after encouraging a “peaceful” protest of the election results on January 6, 2021, vacated the White House. “Nearly 1,000 people have been arrested in connection with the events of Jan. 6, 2021,” says the American Gulag web site. Many are still incarcerated.

In a message about the January 6 defendants, Trump said, “It’s the weaponization of the Department of Justice. Our country is going – not socialist, they’ve skipped over that – they skipped over socialism. Our country is going communist.”

If Trump is serious about this, he will devote his considerable resources to urging House Speaker Kevin McCarthy to launch a new House Internal Security Committee to investigate security risks in both the Biden Administration and the Congress itself.

McCarthy blocked two Democrats from seats on the House Intelligence Committee, but Congress must go further.  With Trump’s help, he can expose the enemy within and help turn the tide in our current civil war.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The ‘Blind Leaders of the Blind’ Tell Us Who Goes to Hell and Who Will Go to Heaven

By Bradlee Dean

May 3, 2023

“Ye blind guides, which strain at a gnat, and then swallow a camel.” —Matthew 23:24

It is true that the Church and its members are called to be fruit inspectors.  We are just that, and that without a scriptural doubt.  As a matter of fact, we are to judge men by their fruit.

“Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire.” -Matthew 7:16-19

Furthermore, Jesus teaches us how to judge (Matthew 7:1-6).

Jesus commands us to judge righteously (John 7:24).

Judging is the character and exhibition of spiritual life (1 Corinthians 2:15-16).

We are to judge matters between the brethren (1 Corinthians 6:5).

We are to judge the truth concerning what is being preached within the Church (1 Corinthians 14:29).

We are to judge doctrine and teachings (2 Corinthians 11:4).

We are to judge by reproving the deeds and workers of darkness (Ephesians 5:11).

We are to judge false Christianity (1 John 2:18-20).

We are to judge false prophets-teachers (Matthew 7:15-16).

One day, Christians will judge the world (1 Corinthians 6:2).

These are just examples in the New Testament.

In Deuteronomy 4:5-6, the Old testament Scripture commands us:

“Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments (Making distinction as to what is right and wrong according to the Lords Law-Exodus 20), even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it.

Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes (As to how we are to seal with transgressors), and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.”

Now, I write this to make this point:  Of late, a famous preacher passed on into eternity and I noticed that there were quite a bit of posts talking of him now being in Heaven (I am not making the claim that he is not there).  How did they know that?  After all, these were the same ones that continuously declare that we are not not to judge as to whom goes to Hell and yet, Scripture is very clear and I quote:

“I said therefore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins: for if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in your sins.” -John 8:24

Where, I ask, do the unrepentant sinners go (Transgressors; 1 John 3:4)?  They go to Hell.  It’s not scripturally difficult to judge between the holy and the profane.

Ezekiel 44:23 tells us:

“And they shall teach my people the difference between the holy and profane…”

Are we not to emulate the Christ, my friends (John 14:6)?

“And before him shall be gathered all nations: and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats:” -Matthew 25:32

Now, as I pondered this, I began to think within myself that the very people, the biblically illiterates, that are telling us that we are not to judge anyone by declaring that they were unrepentant, profane (Websters 1828 Dictionary: Not sacred; secular; relating to secular things; polluted; not purified or holy;) sinners that ended up in Hell are now making themselves the judges by telling us who is holy and who is going to Heaven.

Friends, look at society and the moral decay of America.  These hypocrites are the same ones that have stood as the self-proclaimed standard bearers (Isaiah 52:11), who have become a reproach to the nation and they want to tell us who is going to Heaven?

Their version of Jesus and what Heaven holds are clearly not the same as the ones in the Bible (Hosea 4:6).

Look at the Hell that they have helped create here on this earth for their lack of knowledge and apathy (Matthew 5:13-Titus 1:16).

[Rumble Video]

True, I am not the judicial judge here.  Yet, I am referring to the Judge’s word (Psalm 9:16-17).

Therefore, in conclusion, I write this to whom it applies:  Twist not Scripture the way that Satan twists Scripture.  No doubt, these blind guides strain at the gnat and swallow the big camel.

[Rumble Video]

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Supreme Court of Peroutka Family Poker

By Michael Peroutka

May 3, 2023

When I was a little kid, I asked my dad to teach me the rules of poker so I could join in the family card games he would play with my big sisters after the supper dishes were cleared away.

So, Dad taught me what beats what – like one pair is beat by two pair which is beat by three of a kind, etc. He explained that, even though we were just playing for fun, it was important for me to know and understand the rules.

So, imagine my surprise when my big sister Mary reached for the first pot even though I had a flush and it turns out she just had one pair.  Looking for justice, I turn to my dad, who of course, is the Supreme Court of Poker at the Peroutka dinner table.

“Sorry Michael, but the rules of poker are a living, breathing, set of rules.” he says.  “Sometimes we follow them but we always have to be ready for them to evolve.”

You see, he continued, “the rules of poker were invented a long, long time ago by crusty old men who never thought about having little girls play poker. And some little girls feel that they should win when they have a pair no matter what anybody else has.”

At this point my other sister, Kathy, chimed in, “I have a pair of Queens and Mary just has a pair of nines.  So, I win, right, Dad?”

As I listened, my Dad gently reminded Kathy that while normally she would be right, in THIS case, the “bad weather rule” was in effect.  You see whenever there is any bad weather, like rain or sleet or it gets really gusty, the Supreme Court of Poker always lets the big sister Mary have her way.

But, now Kathy is pointing toward the front window and raising her voice, “But Dad, (I mean Your Honor), it’s sunny and clear outside.

That’s right says Dad, but, the weather report says it might drizzle tomorrow.  You see, when those crusty old dead guys wrote the rules of Poker, they couldn’t even envision modern stuff like accu-weather forecasts.  Nowadays, we are able to see bad weather coming in advance and so it gives us the ability to change the rules more often.

(Mary smiles sweetly as shows her pair of nines and rakes in the pot.)

“Isn’t evolution wonderful, Dad smiles?  Aren’t you happy we play ‘living, breathing’ poker?”

Well Mary seems happy, but Kathy and me – we’re looking for a new place to live.

This is MAP for YCM.

© 2023 Michael Peroutka – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com




The Web of Dystopian Tyranny, Part 3 – Medical and Societal Perversion

By Kelleigh Nelson

May 2, 2023

Science is but a perversion of itself unless it has as its ultimate goal the betterment of humanity. —Nikola Tesla

We must not lie to ourselves that loving our neighbor means waving a Pride flag, putting pronouns in our bios, and doing nothing while children are psychologically traumatized, medically altered, physically mutilated, and rendered infertile and damaged for life. —Reagan Scott

Satan cannot create anything new, cannot create anything at all. He must steal what God has created. Thus, he twists love and God’s wonderful gift of sex into lust and sadism and myriad perversions. He disfigures the heart’s deep desire to worship God and persuades us to bow before lesser gods of lust or money or power. —Catherine Marshall

Schools serve the same social functions as prisons and mental institutions- to define, classify, control, and regulate people. —Michel Foucault

What happened to Biology 101? It was taught in high school in the early 1960s.  It is so simple, yet the latest Supreme Court Justice, Ketanji Brown Jackson, doesn’t know the simple definition of a female.

A man has an X and a Y chromosome.  A woman has two X chromosomes.  Chromosomes cannot be changed no matter what you cut off, add on, or how many hormones you take.  You are forever either male or female.

“So, God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them.” (Genesis 1:27)  There are only two genders, not 40 as the National Institutes of Health claim.

The promotion of this perversion is not only part of the WOKE insanities, but it is also steeped in Marxism and the hatred of our Creator.

Remember the mantra from the media, “It’s for the children.”

How could this be “for the children?”  Perversion is being taught in America’s schools as early as kindergarten. America’s children are encouraged by their teachers to have themselves butchered in gender clinics.

Both the Old and New Testaments agree regarding how God’s people are to behave concerning sexual relationships.

Torah’s Book of Leviticus Chapters 18 to 20 tells us the standards of God’s people were not to be dictated by the practices of Egypt or Canaan, but by the Lord Himself.  The New Testament’s Romans 1:25-31 echoes Leviticus. Verse 28 states that the Lord gives them up to a reprobate mind.

Origins of Sex Ed

In 1930, the first sex reassignment surgery was performed in Germany by gynecologist Kurt Warnekros.  The patient died from complications of the fifth surgery.  (Timeline)

It was Alfred Charles Kinsey, an American sexologist, biologist, and professor of entomology and zoology who, in 1947, founded the Institute for Sex Research at Indiana University, now known as the Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction.  Kinsey conducted  more than 17,000 face-to-face interviews with a broad set of people, college students, prostitutes, and prison inmates, to understand their sexual experiences. His most infamous research subject was the 1944 interview of a sexual omnivore, who had a history of having sexual encounters with men, women, boys, girls, animals and family members, and which took about 17 hours to be recorded.

While some hailed Kinsey’s research, others considered Kinsey a pedophile, a pornographic film maker and an addict whose sole objective was to “normalize and legitimize his many illegal fetishes.”

In the 1960s, “Gender identity” and “sexual orientation” terms were coined by a man named Dr. John Money, who was not a certified physician at all. Money’s experiments with a set of twin boys resulted in disfigurement, sexual torture and ultimately suicide. Dr. John Money Used Kinsey’s model of human experimentation to develop his concept of transgenderism and sex “re-assignment.”

Money was a renowned psychologist and sexologist at Johns Hopkins Hospital who built off of the work of Dr. Kinsey whose theories on the sexual lives of prepubescent children, it turned out, were actually based on the diaries of a prolific pedophile who had molested hundreds of children.

His “conclusions” later formed much of the sexual education curriculum that was implemented at public schools and continues to this day.

Judith Reisman held a Ph.D. in communications from Case Western Reserve University, and was a visiting professor of law at Liberty University.  She was a conservative author who set the record straight on Alfred Kinsey in her highly researched book, Sexual Sabotage: How One Mad Scientist Unleashed a Plague of Corruption and Contagion on America. The graphic content will disturb you, but it tells the story of how we arrived at where we are today.  In Dr. Reisman’s book, Kinsey: Crimes and Consequences, she revealed that Kinsey conducted human experiments in a soundproof laboratory built to his specifications at Indiana University, and that the sexual abuse of at least 317 infants and young boys was a scientific protocol for Kinsey’s 1948 report.

Kinsey and Money appear as two appendages of the same perverse and cruel creature.

Kinsey partnered with Planned Parenthood Medical Director Mary Calderone to create sex education curricula. Link

The Claremont Institute’s report shows that Planned Parenthood carefully controls and coordinates the entire policymaking process to promote its goal of sexual revolution. In Congress, it seeks riders and findings to make the funding of abstinence-only sex education more difficult; it has spearheaded the effort to favor programs that reduce sexual risk as opposed to avoiding sexual risk.

This process results from concerted action at the highest levels of government, led by an iron triangle of activist pressure groups, legislative allies, and aligned administrative activists. We know who they are.  Planned Parenthood is grooming children to be the vanguard of sexual perversity and degeneracy in a new, sexually liberated America.

Not only does the influence of Planned Parenthood spearhead the sexual revolution in America’s schools and beyond, but its activity also illustrates how Big Government funds and supports leftist political activity. The left depends on funneling national tax dollars toward its favored causes and so-called conservatives have all but abandoned the field to such efforts. In fact, the majority of Republicans, including Charlie Kirk’s Turning Point USA, disdain speaking about social and moral issues.

Gender Clinics

Don’t let people tell you Big Pharma isn’t raking in the dough on puberty blockers, hormone therapy medications and sexual surgeries.

Puberty blockers and sex hormones do not have U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for children’s gender care. No clinical trials have established their safety for such off-label use. The drugs’ long-term effects on fertility and sexual function remain unclear. In 2016, the FDA ordered makers of puberty blockers to add a warning about psychiatric problems to the drugs’ label after the agency received several reports of suicidal thoughts in children who were taking them.

Across the United States, thousands of youths are lining up for gender-affirming care. But when families decide to take the medical route, they must make decisions about life-altering treatments that have little scientific evidence of their long-term safety and efficacy.

No large-scale studies have tracked people who received gender-related medical care as children to determine how many remained satisfied with their treatment as they aged and how many eventually regretted transitioning. The same lack of clarity holds true for the contentious issue of de-transitioning when a patient stops or reverses the transition process.

Dr. Chrystal Cole, founder of the Akron Children’s Hospital’s Center for gender affirming medicine tells parents of her patients that, “Suicide in young men and women who are wanting to transition is as high as 40%.”

Not everyone agrees with Dr. Chrystal Cole.

An article on Cureus’ website entitled, Suicide-Related Outcomes Following Gender-Affirming Treatment: A Review, tells us the odds of suicide were higher in transgenders who underwent surgery.

According to journalist, Brandon Showalter, most people are unaware of just how insidious the transgender movement truly is or how much it is fueled by the greed of pharmaceutical companies. Terms like “gender-affirming” care and politically correct euphemisms popularized by many in the media, he said, are both dangerous and misleading. He slammed the idea that children experiencing gender dysphoria frequently die by suicide as “manipulative,” adding: “Suicide is a very complicated phenomenon. You cannot reduce it down to just one cause.”

Showalter detailed how, after a prepubescent child is diagnosed with gender dysphoria, they are prescribed puberty blockers such as Lupron, a drug that has been used to treat prostate cancer in men and endometriosis and women and has been used to chemically castrate sex offenders.

“There’s never been an FDA stamp of approval for that use,” he said. “Even the FDA just last year slapped a warning label that this drug causes vision loss and brain swelling. There are disastrous side effects. It impedes brain development. It basically freezes your endocrine system from allowing the pubertal signaling in the brain to happen.”

Even if a male has surgery to transition to a female, he can still get prostate cancer, which just proves he was born a male and he’s still a male, but sadly has become a eunuch.

Gender Dysphoria Surgery

In 15 years, pediatric gender clinics have gone from two to over 100 across America.

Gender-affirming care, as defined by the World Health Organization, encompasses a range of social, psychological, behavioral, and medical interventions “designed to support and affirm an individual’s gender identity” when it conflicts with the gender they were assigned at birth.

Treatments for gender dysphoria, besides male or female hormones, may include surgery, such as feminizing surgery or masculinizing surgery to change the chest, external genitalia, internal genitalia, facial features and body contour.  Medications are required throughout one’s life after transition.

Encouraging Gender Dysphoria

Today’s academic education is non-existent, but the promotion of sexual activity and the encouragement of gender dysphoria is an absolutely despicable act occurring daily upon America’s youngest school children. Every parent should realize that when their children enter public schools, they are put in a perilous and chilling position.

Propaganda has reached new heights which spreads throughout schools like a virus that chokes truth, mutilates, and kills our youngest generation.

Biden has stated that parents give up control of children once they enter the classrooms, that they belong to the teachers and the administration inside the classroom.

Schools are in charge and if a child shows gender dysphoria tendencies, the parents end up in a battle with the government over their child’s health care. California actually began paying for “gender transitions” for minors who are not in their parents’ custody.

Daily Signal, a Heritage Foundation media organization, wrote about a child who ended up committing suicide because of mental health issues.  The article stated that school officials told social services that Abigail’s daughter would be “better off out of the house.”  She was put into foster care, and despite her mother’s persistent attempts to get mental health treatment for her daughter, the system stonewalled her.

Promoting Perversion

One article I skimmed stated, “While leftists continue to deny ulterior motives in their mission to allow hyper-sexualized and pornographic materials in schools along with the promotion of Drag Queen Story Hour, evidence only further suggests a concerted effort toward normalizing pedophilia.”

The infamous Bill and Melinda Gates organization donated millions into a radical nongovernmental organization (NGO) promoting education of “commercial sex work” and “sexual rights, regardless of age.” The U.S. abortion advocacy nonprofit is listed as one of International Planned Parenthood Federation member associates.  This insanity was originally created in the 1950s by a eugenicist, Margaret Sanger, who founded the pro-abortion population-control group, Planned Parenthood.

In Washington state, a new bill was passed which seeks to undermine parental rights by allowing “shelters” to provide gender transition medical services to minors without parental consent.  Children can be legally taken from parents by the state if they don’t consent to gender transition.

The State of Texas has continued their efforts to restrict the assaults on young bodies in gender affirming care clinics.  Biden has signed an executive order to protect transgender children.  (Biden is making new laws through EOs without the consent of congress.)

An 18-year-old transgender “female” walked into a high school freshman locker room and showered with four 14-year-olds in Wisconsin.  The biological male exposed his genitals to the shocked freshman girls.  This is the idiocy promoted by our government, public education, media and even some religious denominations.  These people are mentally ill, some of them are simply voyeurs who get their jollies looking at pubescent females.

An LGBT activist recently took to Tiktok to threaten anyone who would bar him or other male transvestites from entering women’s washrooms, daring concerned parents to try to protect their children.

Despite these and other threats made both before and after the Nashville massacre, when six Christians were murdered by transgender, Audrey Hale, Thomas Jay White‘s account remains active on the platform.

Fox News reports that the CDC is linked to pervasive curriculum sweeping public schools nationwide.

“Educators at over 120 districts across the country are implementing a pervasive school curriculum that has been denounced by opponents as an effort to manipulate children’s values and beliefs and replace parents as the primary moral authority in their child’s lives, with many critics specifically pointing to similarities with programs from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) as a major point of contention.

“Instead of academic education, the CDC’s “Whole Child” approach places its focus on psychological counseling and social services for students and teachers to further the “collaboration between education leaders and health sectors to improve each child’s cognitive, physical, social, and emotional development,” which is often referred to as social emotional learning (SEL).” It’s the central pillar of a nefarious attempt to remake and control society.

And where is the National Organization of Women (NOW) whose mouthpieces screamed about their equal rights for decades.  Women’s sports and competition are now destroyed because of the foolishness of these directors who believe males can become females and dare not speak the truth.  Men can wear dresses and clomp around in high heels, but if they are born with a penis, they are still biological men and they don’t belong competing in women’s sports.

Mental Illness

The Tennessee Star featured an article on Dr. Mark McDonald, a psychiatrist who treats both children and adults.

Dr. Mark McDonald wrote that the deaths at a Nashville Christian school at the hands of a transgender former student are a “logical end point of transgenderism,” since “the response to it reveals an embrace of the denial of reality and inversion of morality that can produce only more of the same atrocities.”

Transgenderism is a mental illness,” the Los Angeles-based psychiatrist observed in his Dissident MD Substack column.

“It stems from a social contagion rampant in American urban centers, spread by social media and the support of corrupt schoolteachers and administrators who have chosen to pursue child sacrifice rather than the education and protection of young people,” he explained. “It feeds on narcissism and victim culture, two toxic wells we have been digging for a number of years.”

Conclusion

This is child abuse that ends in mutilation and often times, suicide.

Part 1, 2, 3, More Archives

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Tucker Carlson’s War on Official Narratives – Fired from Fox News

By Steven Yates

May 2, 2023

If I wanted, I could make this the shortest article I’ve written for NewsWithViews.com. After all, Frosty Wooldridge scooped me with this excellent piece you should read right now if you haven’t already, and which deserves the widest possible dissemination.

As of this writing, Tucker Carlson himself has not said why he and Fox News “parted ways.” He surfaced on Twitter on Wednesday, April 26. Here (we’ll look at what he said below).

I’ve no original theories of my own on this, and it wouldn’t matter if I did. It’s pretty obvious, is it not?

Carlson is a truth-teller. Powerful people today don’t like truth-tellers. Many who identify with authority, for one reason or another, also don’t like truth-tellers.

For example, Carlson routinely criticized the U.S. involvement in Ukraine, and exposed the special forces on the ground going directly up against Russian forces in violation of the law. He interviewed others such as Glenn Greenwald who are among the few voices that have criticized the assumptions on which the U.S. federal government throwing hundreds of billions of dollars at Ukraine are based.

Let’s pause and just ask ourselves: isn’t it weird — Charles Fort level weird — that with what is arguably the most dangerous war in human history, a war in which there have been more than mere hints of the use of nuclear weapons coming from both sides, that there is no substantial antiwar movement anywhere to be seen???

No visible protests in the streets! Nothing on college and university campuses, not on any media network or platform with visibility!

Just the opposite, in fact. If you question Ukraine’s being the totally innocent victim of the vile, violent, and corrupt Russians, if you challenge the claim that Russia’s Feb. 24, 2022 invasion was “unprovoked” and question the wisdom of “our” government sending hundreds of billions of dollars to the Zelenskyy regime in Kyiv, that makes you “pro-Putin”!

This smear is now sufficient to demonize anyone who criticizes America’s deepening involvement in what is clearly a proxy war for which, like “our” government’s disastrous incursion into Iraq in 2003, there is no end in sight. The same sorts of things were said against those of us who criticized that war, that we were “Saddam lovers”!

Careers have been derailed over this, which may be why the only visible antiwar voices are now-independent journalists/writers like Greenwald and Caitlin Johnstone (there are very few people further outside the boxes supplied by official narratives than she is).

Now Tucker Carlson joins them — one hopes!

I’ve no doubt, he’ll land on his feet. How much of his audience of around 3.5 million strong he’ll take with him from Fox News remains to be seen. He’ll have hurdles to clear. He replaced Bill O’Reilly, whose audience diminished significantly after he left Fox. Were I Carlson, though, I’d not give that a second thought. The people who count will stick around. I would therefore already be putting together my own news-and-commentary platform. When you’ve been getting paid tens of millions a year for several years and have an audience of that size, who needs an employer?

Carlson’s firing appears to have come from the top: Rupert Murdoch himself. Assuming the man is not senile — not impossible as he’s 92 years old — from a financial standpoint what he did was grade-A stupid. Fox’s market shares plummeted last Monday after Fox announced Carlson’s sudden departure.

In one day, the corporation lost more money than it will probably pay to Dominion Voting Systems ($787.5 million according to the settlement).

One takeaway: Fox’s reputation is as a conservative news network, but its uppermost enclaves are still billionaire class. They are therefore wedded to official narratives. Billionaires like Murdoch don’t have to care about the bottom line if narrative control is at stake. They’ll lose money before they give up control.

Could it be that he figured all this out???

The real bottom line was that Tucker Carlson could not be controlled!

He did not help the power elites “manufacture consent” (Chomsky).

Thus he criticized the official narratives on Ukraine, Hunter Biden’s laptop, January 6, covid, the mRNA shots, and much more. He exposed Big Pharma and gave Robert F. Kennedy Jr. airtime, allowing Kennedy to speak for himself so that an audience of potentially 3.5 million could hear about the merger of governmental and corporate power which is RFK Jr.’s central message (not “antivax conspiracy theories” as Establishment corporate media would have you believe).

Big Pharma has tentacles everywhere, of course. One estimate I have is that the multibillion dollar pharmaceuticals industry funds 70 percent of corporate media. This is one reason every third television commercial you see is for a drug. And why you’ll never hear anything critical of the industry or its products on CNN, MSNBC, NBC, CBS, ABC, PBS, or even from other Fox News hosts.

Tucker Carlson, though, on a recent show:*

Is any news organization you know of so corrupt that it’s willing to hurt you on behalf of its biggest advertisers? Anyone who would do that is obviously Pablo Escobar level corrupt!…

Suppose the Trump administration had made it mandatory to buy My Pillow [Mike Lindell’s company].

Imagine if the administration had said that if you don’t rush out and buy at least one My Pillow, and then get another “booster” Pillow, you’d not be allowed to eat out, couldn’t reenter your own country, you couldn’t have a paying job.

My Pillow, they told you with a straight face, was the linchpin of our country’s public health system.

Now imagine, as they told you that, Fox as a news organization endorsed it, amplified the government’s message. Imagine if Fox News attacked anyone who refused to buy My Pillow as an ally of Russia, an enemy of science.

And then imagine that Fox kept up those libelous attacks even as evidence mounted that My Pillow caused heart attacks, fertility problems, and death. If Fox News did this, would you trust us? Of course you wouldn’t, you would know that we were liars.

Thank heaven Fox News never did anything like that. But the other channels did. The other channels took hundreds of millions of dollars from Big Pharma companies, and then they shilled for their sketchy products on the air, and as they did that, they maligned anyone who was skeptical of those products.

Pow!

Carlson routinely delivered monologues very much like that one on Russia-Ukraine — including the unintentional irony of corporate media embracing RussiaGate back in 2016-18 which implied that with the help of Russian collusion (which never happened) the Trumpists basically stole that election, while branding doubts about the legitimacy of Election 2020 as “baseless conspiracy theories” and “election denial.”

Carlson openly called out the DOJ’s utter lack of interest in what was on Hunter Biden’s laptop (a topic Big Tech suppressed). Also labeled “Russian disinformation.”**

His material on January 6 should have been enough to raise doubts about that event being an “insurrection,” however many times the Establishment calls it that.

The only thing he did not do, at least not openly that I ever heard, was talk about the globalists, and the encroaching techno-feudalist political economy globalists are gradually laying into place. Probably well over 90 percent of the technological infrastructure necessary for a world government now exists.

Maybe it’s a good thing that, again to the best of my knowledge, he left such topics alone. He might have been let go by Fox long ago. (Glenn Beck was gotten rid of, let us remember, following his exposing globalist-leftist George Soros who, through his Open Society Institute and the organizations it bankrolls, also has tentacles everywhere.)

Tucker Carlson surfaced a day ago as this is written, with this video. It’s long, but I think it’s worth a look:

Good evening, Tucker Carlson here….

[W]hen you take a little time off, you realize how unbelievably stupid the debates you see on television are. They’re completely irrelevant. They mean nothing. In five years, we won’t even remember that we had them. Trust me as someone who participated….

And yet at the same time … the undeniably big topics, the ones that will define our future, get virtually no discussion at all. War. Civil liberties. Emerging science. Demographic change. Corporate power. Natural resources.

When was the last time you heard a legitimate debate about any of those issues? It’s been a long time. Debates like that are not permitted in American media. Both political parties, and their donors, have reached consensus on what benefits them, and they actively collude to shut down any conversation about it.

Suddenly the United States looks very much like a one-party state. That’s a depressing realization, but it’s not permanent. Our current orthodoxies won’t last. They’re brain dead. Nobody actually believes them. Hardly anyone’s life is improved by them. This moment is too inherently ridiculous to continue, and so it won’t.

The people in charge know this; that’s why they’re hysterical and aggressive. They’re afraid. They’ve given up persuasion; they’re resorting to force. But it won’t work. When honest people say what’s true, calmly and without embarrassment, they become powerful.

At the same time, the liars who’ve been trying to silence them shrink. They become weaker. That’s the iron law of the universe. True things prevail. Where can you find still find Americans saying true things? There aren’t many places left, but there are some. And that’s enough. As long as you can hear the words, there’s hope.

See you soon.

In other words, Tucker Carlson will be back. What “current orthodoxies” is he talking about? We enumerated them above, and as owner of his own platform (hopefully!), he’ll be able to talk about them more openly.

Contrary to what the Establishment will push, the above message offers hope. For as I’ve previously noted, empires built on lies and brute force never survive. Eventually they go down in flames, often at the hands of their own. People who can get out from under their reach do so. Those who cannot, are increasingly likely to start burning things down in numbers eventually too large to stop when they get the chance.

There is a vast difference within the human race. The difference is psychological as well as philosophical. On the one hand there are the few, sociopaths who literally worship power and believe themselves most fit to rule, like the Philosopher-Kings of the ancient Greek philosopher Plato’s Republic. Think World Economic Forum, the most visible organization that fits that bill. Think of some of those at the helms of global corporations, entities like the EU, and of course the U.S. Deep State. Think finally of the American cultural left, which talks a lot about “freedom” and “democracy” but exhibits no actual faith in either. Collectively these few fancy themselves as having dethroned God. They have what Thomas Sowell called “unconstrained vision”: given sufficient time and resources and a capacity to enslave whole populations, they’ll build Utopia!

And then there is the rest of us, the many, who would like to think we live in the real world. At least we try. We do not worship power. We honor prescriptions like “Thou shalt not murder” and “Thou shalt not steal.” We wish only to be left alone. Some of our best philosophers, long ago, formulated such notions as the “natural rights of man,” of freedom of speech, of due process, of the rule of law. We have what Sowell described as “constrained vision.” What constrains society is human nature, which is sinful, fallible, not perfectible; but with great potential to solve problems and build limited greatness.

Fail to recognize limitations, and you end up with Dystopia!

It might be worth noting, though, that there is a heck of a lot more of us than there are of them.

Maybe this is why they are fundamentally afraid of us, afraid of people making their own choices, especially when those choices are circumscribed by a morality that does not position them and their institutions at the center, and refuses to regard human lives as expendable and disposable.

Tucker Carlson will continue to be praised by some and condemned by others. When you’ve taken stands that threaten powerful people and moneyed interests, that is inevitable. Just note who is giving him praise, and which voices are condemning him, or simply calling him names (e.g., “fascist”).

He hasn’t really gone anywhere. I, for one, look forward to his next venture. Something tells me it’s going to be good. Maybe he’ll do a massive information dump at some point and post all the January 6 footage he still presumably has in his possession. What an exercise in transparency that will be!

*I can’t see the point of linking to this, or other YouTube videos where Tucker Carlson appears, because I expect them to be scrubbed any day now, either by Fox itself or YouTube. Which means any links I put in will cease to work, obviously.

**Some with free minds might wonder in their idle moments, why are we being encouraged to hate Russia so much? Well….

Russia is a Christian nation (Orthodoxy) and was, for centuries. Its populations are mostly lily-white. It has traditional family and social structures. The perversions being celebrated in the West are therefore not accepted there. Putin, moreover, is a nationalist if he’s anything, and will do what he can to protect ethnic Russians. One reason for his invading Ukraine was to put a stop to the brutalizing of Russians by the Kyiv regime in the Donbas. The Russian political philosopher and geopolitical strategist who most likely has Putin’s ear, Aleksandr Dugin, defends a multi-polar (not globalist-controlled) world, and wrote a book entitled, in English translation, The Great Awakening Vs the Great Reset (2021).

In other words, Russia’s Establishment is everything ours is not, and vice versa. What better explanation could there be of the visceral, irrational hatred being spewed at everything Russian by our Establishment via its countless shills in government, media, academia, Hollywood, and elsewhere?

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________

Did one little-known American astronomer singlehandedly destroy Big Bang Cosmology? To find out, access Issue #4 of Truth, Freedom, Validation here.  (You can read it, and future issues, by becoming a Patron for just $1/month!)

ANNOUNCING: an online course/tutorial entitled The Philosophy of Responsible Freedom, directed by Jack C. Carney with myself as chief partner: a Zoom-based intellectual encounter between an atheist (Carney) and a Christian (Yates) exploring the history of ideas using Academy of Ideas videos and supplementing them with the thoughts of others. Carney is an autodidact in areas ranging across psychology, psychiatry, and anthropology who emphasizes the importance of human relationships in a world where loss is omnipresent (he also teaches English online). I am an author and trained philosopher with a doctorate in the subject who taught philosophy courses in years past, walked away from academia, still writes philosophy emphasizing the need to identify, clarify, and evaluate the success (or failure) of worldviews in civilization, on stages of civilization, on the quest to build free communities in the face of encroaching globalism and technocracy, and how worldviews either enhance or hobble responsible freedom. Course/tutorial outline here. For more information or to get on our email list: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published later this year.




Only Fools, Cowards, and Duped Obey the Blood-Sucking Fake Government

By Andrew Wallace

May 2, 2023

Note: I am advocating that people refuse to obey orders from the unlawful and unconstitutional fake government that I call the Blood-Sucking Machine (Machine).

 I am certainly not advocating any negative actions against the little portion of lawful Constitutional Government that still exists.

For the benefit of new readers, I am restating the following:

1- The Blood-Sucking Machine (Machine) was unlawfully constructed by our Enemies, the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class, wealthy families and their Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations and government. The unlawful fake government consists of the following unlawful fake departments, agencies, and their employees, etc:

2- Departments of Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development, and the worst of all, the Federal Reserve Bank.

3- All legitimate federal government “actions and expenditures” are limited by the Enumerated Powers under Article 1 Section 8.

4- All “actions and expenditures” by the fake departments of the Blood-Sucking Machine (Machine) are unlawful and unconstitutional, and should be ignored.

The most serious crime is using these fake departments to unlawfully transfer tax money from those who work to support communist programs and agendas in the cities for the benefit of the mostly-indolent voters!

In simple terms, only Fools, Cowards and the Duped  will support a Machine (fake government) that is impoverishing them as they are walking them down the path to abject slavery and total control.

Thomas Jefferson made this statement that applies to our world even more today: “To compel a man to subsidize with his taxes the propagation of ideas which he disbelieves and abhors is sinful and tyrannical.”

How can people suffer every imaginable ignominy and continue to support the Machine (fake government) that is destroying them and their culture?

Lenin referred to them as “Useful Idiots” for supporting their own enslavement through the  “benefits” of Communism.

I am not asking you to take up arms, but I am asking you to ignore unconstitutional orders from that part of the ruling establishment that is fake, The Machine.

The corrupt FBI won’t like it, but they can go pound sand. It is time that you showed your balls, for I am going to tell you some of the consequences if you don’t.

Based upon what I read (and I read a lot!), it is the consensus of most serious Economists that the Economy is collapsing and MUST TOTALLY COLLAPSE in the near future, and the government is powerless to stop it. The following unlawful and unconstitutional government actions are some of the cause:

Open Borders, Green-energy scam, Climate Scam, Printing Fiat Money (Unconstitutional money rather than gold and silver), Destroying the Oil Industry, Paying able-bodied not to work, Ukraine false Flag, Financing wars to profit the Military Industrial Complex, Democrat cities being destroyed, Usurped State powers concentrated in DC, Electric Vehicle scam, etc, etc, etc, etc.

Reminder: On March 11, 2023, I wroteAll media and government reports on Ukraine are damn lies”.

This has now been totally substantiated with the arrest of Airman Jack Teixeira for releasing classified documents reporting that Ukraine is losing and that NATO troops are fighting on the front lines. Teixeira exposed the truth proving that our government and pentagon officials are bald-faced serial liars, and for that they will hang Airman Teixeira!

I know that most people want to be left alone and do nothing, but that is not a viable option.

You must quickly stand up now and repudiate the Machine (fake government, not the legitimate government!). There is no way that this is a violation of the law, unless you resort to violence or destruction. Put pressure on your governor to use his power to kick the Machine out of your state. Contact your members of Congress and demand that they terminate the Unconstitutional Departments and Agencies that comprise The Machine.

Urgency is required because The Machine is rapidly destroying our economy, our country, and our God-given Rights to a point of no return!

Those who do nothing are de facto supporters of the Machine (fake government). There is no free lunch. History indicates that their situation could be similar to the tens of thousands who remained loyal to King George during and after the Revolutionary war; it was not pretty.

God Bless Our Constitutional Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Does the Republican Party Stand For Anything?

By Jeffery Dover

May 2, 2023

It seems that whenever I see a news article about a Republican member of congress, it ends up being about that person’s attack on some Democrat or other personality.  And when there are plenty among their own ranks deserving of condemnation, their silence in that regard makes the attack on the Democrat or other figure more unseemly.

Is that why we send these people to Washington?  Is that what we want?  Do we send those delegates to congress to engage in playground recriminations?  “Are so!”, “Am not!” Blah, blah blah…

What is the GOP’s mission?

What do they stand for?  We hear talk of Republican “leaders” and “leadership”.  To be a “leader”, one must have a mission.  The leader or leaders of that mission should be engaged in organizing, implementing and managing the charge to complete that mission successfully.

As a Republican voter, I should be able to go to the GOP website and see that mission printed for all to read.  I should be able to find a detailed list of specific legislative and policy objectives.  However, going to any of their websites, national, state or local, no such list is found.  One only finds watery statements of “we believe…” or “Americans should…” or “Americans need common sense governance and …” and etc.  Just vague statements.

There is no specific list of things the party wants to be accomplished.  Neither is there a list of past achievements to be used at election time, such as “In the last two years the GOP has caused to be enacted…” bullet points of achievements.

Without a specific list of goals, how can there be any orchestrated drive to achieve anything?  Is everyone just floating around, drinking, noshing, entertaining sponsors and showing up to vote on whatever happens to come up by one person or other’s decision?

So how can there be a “leader”, anywhere in the party?  What are they “leading” their troops to accomplish?  Whatever they separately happen to think of or dream up at any given moment?  It appears that there are no “leaders”.  Instead, what we find are “bosses”.  The Speaker and Majority/Minority leaders.  It must then be that they shoot from the hip, with the rest of the delegation not knowing from one day to the next what the next charge will be until they are told.  Knee Jerk.  So, who instructs those “bosses” on where to go and what to do?

That begs another serious question: If there’s no specific, itemized list of legislation and policy for each session, available for all the voters to see, what do Republicans stand for as a party?  I think we know the answer: apparently, nothing.  What serves to guide the actions of the rank-and-file reps and senators?  Anything that they stand for is only what we, the voters, imagine that they stand for, which usually boils down to what we stand for personally – not the reality of the Party’s actions as a whole.  Given that there is no detailed written agenda for us to see, how could it be otherwise?  They are a ship without a rudder.  That is, they are rudderless unless one examines where we continue to go as a nation.  Then one finally sees the plan: destruction of the nation as founded and its founding principles.

So then, what difference does the party make?  Why does it exist?  Is it only there for purposes of illusion, there to shine us on while an entirely different agenda is in play?  If there is no agreement in the party on a set of specific policy goals and there are members of the legislature and congress who would oppose those goals and fail to vote for them if there was a list, what is the point of the party itself?

How different would our nation be if, for example, the Republican Party put out a statement proclaiming what they intend to get passed – or repeal, or block – over a given period.  What if they issued a list as follows:

“With the election of Donald Trump to office, the party intends to pass and its delegates to congress are instructed to vote for the following:

  1. Funding of a border wall to be completed by 2025.
  2. End DACA
  3. Elimination of the Department of Education
  4. Legislation requiring a zero-based budget to be presented each year by every federal agency and department.
  5. Cessation of funding to Planned Parenthood
  6. Elections to be held and voting to happen on one day only.

And etc.  Prior to the elections, they could post these as goals.  The winner of the presidential primary would be required to support each one of them.  Upon gaining a majority in congress, the process of getting the measures passed would begin in earnest.

Presented this way, there are now targets guiding congressional action.  Equally important and totally related and relevant, the voters know what those are.  Now they need not merely trust some ego-driven pompous blowhard on his or her pedestal, finger in the air, proclaiming “I believe…!”  They either deliver or they disappear.

Let’s demand that the GOP immediately adopts this formula.  Should they fail, then let’s create their replacement, a party which does in fact stand for something, a group of dedicated American people who intend to represent and deliver every agenda item of it’s detailed, website posted plan.

We’ve got nothing to lose but our freedom and our nation.

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




Debt Ceiling Battle – More of the Same

By: Devvy

May 1, 2023

Yet another debt ceiling whizzing contest is going on between the two parties.  Much of it is nonsense and bull excrement by selected, er, elected members of the U.S. Congress.  Such geniuses are killing this country.  If two sparks touched between her ears, this nincompoop would electrocute herself.  Moore’s rant is good for the primaries next year.

Dem Rep. Moore: Work Rules in Debt Limit Bill ‘Would Save a Lot’ But They Force People to Work for ‘Small Businesses’ that ‘Exploit People’, April 28, 2023

Rep. Do-Gooder is missing the point.  TANF (Temporary Assistance for Needy Families):  “The Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program provides states and territories with flexibility in operating programs designed to help low-income families with children achieve economic self-sufficiency.  States use TANF to fund monthly cash assistance payments to low-income families with children, as well as a wide range of services.” Division of HHS (Health & Human Services), another unconstitutional cabinet.

Right now, the TNAF budget is running about $17 BILLION dollars that does not existEvery penny has to be borrowed from the candy store called the Federal Reserve which we pay interest on through eternity.  States receive ‘block grants’ to fund TANF.

The same goes for SNAP (Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP).  Providing food through the USDA.  Used to be called food stamps but that was too embarrassing for those using them.  SNAP is included in farm bills.  In 2022, 41 million Americans used SNAP.  Cost:  A whopping $119 BILLION dollars that doesn’t exist.

EVERY DAY NOW THE U.S. GOVERNMENT HAS TO BORROW $6 BILLION DOLLARS.  No where in Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution does it authorize Congress any authority to fund all these agencies through block grants or hot checks.

Of course, if one brings up that pesky document, the U.S. Constitution, one will be yelled at:  You want kids to starve!  OMG – You are so mean!  I mean people will starve to death lying in the street! Children!  Of course, I want Americans to starve to death.  What rubbish.  Just more political poop for votes.  Tenth Amendment issue:  The states assist in helping the poor and low-income families.  A hand up, not a permanent free ride.

No where in the U.S. Constitution does Congress or the USDA have any authority to fund welfare programs.  No doubt the socialists and communists in Congress will want to fall back on the “general welfare” clause when they have no idea what it meansGeneral Welfare Clause (A must read, not too long) – Naturally, none of this is taught in the government dumbing down indoctrination sewers they call public schools.  It’s more important to learn what pronouns to call Johnny who thinks he’s Cathy or Susan who thinks she’s Robert.

What did Americans do before these federal welfare programs came into being for votes?  THERE IS NO REASON FOR POVERTY IN THIS COUNTRY, PERIOD.  It’s a long story but let me give you a few excerpts from All The Presidents’ Bankers:  The Hidden Alliances That Drive American Power by Nomi Prins.  The author has done a huge favor for readers.  Besides the Table of Chapters, she provides the names of key bankers and a quick bio on each one.  Then Attendees at the Jekyll Island Meeting in 1910 which most Americans have never heard of nor have any understanding of what was being plotted against them.

Then The Original 1929 “Bis Six”, all banks you will recognize and then Key Political Officials.  At the end of Prins’ book is a mammoth list of notes for source references and finally a very helpful Index.  Content:  When the President Needed the Bankers; starting in 1910 and every president through Hussein Obama; the book was published in 2014.

How many times have we heard from Democrats (in Congress or the White House) how greedy the banks are and how none of them want anything to do with Wall Street?  Do you remember back in 2011, the Occupy Wall Street 59-day shout-out about economic inequality, big money in politics from the banks?

Well, who was president back then?  Oh, that’s right.  We didn’t have one as Hussein Obama was ineligible to run for the presidency.  He simply usurped the office through fraud and deceit while Republicans trembled and did nothing for fear of being called a racist.  The Constitution no longer matters to a huge percentage of “Americans” including elected officials, local and state to Congress including state and federal judges.

All The Presidents’ Bankers, pg 411:  “Bankers believed Democratic candidate Barack Obama would help them more than his opponent, John McCain – particularly at Goldman Sachs, Obama’s largest corporate contributor for the 2008 election.”  Pg. 412: “In classic Democratic Party fashion, Obama promised to “reign in Wall Street forces and their risky practices” while taking their contribution money.”  Wonder how many of the Occupy Wall St. protesters voted for Obama?

What makes Prins’ book so extraordinary is the massive amount of research she did, second only to Dr. Edwin Vieira’s, Pieces of Eight – The Monetary Powers and Disabilities of the United States Constitution; A Study in Constitutional Law which should have won a Pulitzer Prize in Economics.

Much of what she writes I already knew but not a whole lot of early history, how the big six banks put their greed first and foremost and how they got away with it.  How they loved war $$ and still do. Prins meticulously explains for anyone to understand the world of banking shenanigans and crimes.  She uses the actual words from major players in their letters, meetings and after the Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913, it’s all gone hell over the decades.

The scheming on the part of the biggest banking tycoons is eye-popping.  How they manipulated presidents and Congress to see things their way in order to accumulate unimaginable wealth.  In reality, presidents wanted to use the bankers, too.  A big incestuous cabal.  But what goes up, must come down.

Pg 80:  “Even before the bubble of the mid-1920’s, there existed signs of trouble brewing in the land of plentiful credit extensions.  In November 1923, the Federal Reserve began increasing its holdings in government securities (such as Treasury bonds) by a factor of six, from $73 million to $477 million, in what could be considered the first instance of “quantitative easing.”  This keeps rates low, not by setting them explicitly but by forcing the price of bonds up, which has the net effect of driving rates down.

“The Fed’s move made money cheaper for the banks to borrow at the beginning of the 1920’s and pave the way for speculative excess.”

Pg 114:  “Hoover did establish the Reconstruction Finance Corporation in 1932.  The government bailout program was tasked with lending $1.5 BILLION to ailing banks and industries, but its funds were channeled disproportionately to the bigger banks…

“The massive bond-buying program that the Fed initiated in May 1932, in which it agreed to buy $26 million worth of bonds a week from its member banks, reached a total of $1.82 billion in Treasury securities holdings.  The idea was that banks would sell their Treasuries and use the money to pay off their debs.  After that, they would use the remaining cash to lend out or buy corporate bonds to help the greater economy.  This was in addition to getting the benefit of low rates on their loans from the Fed’s discount window.

“But only half of that plan happened.  The banks did sell the Fed their government bonds to raise more capital.  But they did not lend the money back out (This tactic would be repeated after the 2008 crisis.)”

The only problem is neither a sitting president nor Congress has ANY authority to bail out banks or industries – like auto manufacturers and insurance companies.  What really grinds me is the flowing green rivers to foreign countries.  No where in the U.S. Constitution does it authorize the U.S. government to make loans as detailed in Prins’ book to prop up foreign countries.

Arthur Henning of the Chicago Tribune said back in 1935, “The New Deal will bring the Communist Party within striking distance of overthrow of the American form of government…” Mark Sullivan of the Buffalo Evening News also expressed alarm in 1935: “The New Deal is to America what the early phase of Nazism was to Germany.”

Darling of “the left”.  Pg 132: “FDR pledged billions to save homes and farms from foreclosure, provide relief for the unemployed, guarantee savings and support the banks.  Through the substance of the first part of FDR’s New Deal centered around fortifying the banking system (the cornerstone of financial capitalism) and U.S. financial power (through the Glass-Stegall – or Banking – Act and the Truth in Securities Act of 1933, which required better disclosure from the financial community), FDR moved quickly to other initiatives…

“FDR also established the Federal Emergency Relief Administration in 1933, which ran until 1935.  The $3.3 billion public works program provided unemployed people with various government jobs.”

And oh, how that worked out.  Great Myths of the Great Depression, by Lawrence Reed is an absolute must read; 16 pages you can read at lunch or during commute time.  Raise massive taxes on the rich which in turn causes unemployment for a number of reasons.  Did the nitwit out in NY, Rep. Alexandria Ocasio Cortez hear that as well as the rest of the grossly uninformed mobs that follow her and Bernie Sanders?  Nope.  Comrade Bernie Sanders Says US Government Should Confiscate All Money You Earn Over $999 Million (VIDEO)

One quote from Reed’s superb analysis: “One of them was the inimitable “Sage of Baltimore,” H. L. Mencken, who rhetorically threw everything but the kitchen sink at the president. Paul Johnson sums up Mencken’s stinging but often-humorous barbs this way:  Mencken excelled himself in attacking the triumphant FDR, whose whiff of fraudulent collectivism filled him with genuine disgust. He was the ‘Fuhrer,’ the ‘Quack,’ surrounded by ‘an astonishing rabble of impudent nobodies,’ ‘a gang of half-educated pedagogues, nonconstitutional lawyers, starry-eyed uplifters and other such sorry wizards.’

“His New Deal was a ‘political racket,’ a ‘series of stupendous bogus miracles,’ with its ‘constant appeals to class envy and hatred,’ treating government as ‘a milch-cow with 125 million teats’ and marked by ‘frequent repudiations of categorical pledges.”

On the cover of her book, is this quote:  Disturbing and Important – Robert Reich.  For those too young to remember, Reich served as a cabinet member under serial adulterer and narcissist liar, Billy Clinton.  Why would he find the book disturbing?  Reich let the cat out of the bag when he said this:

“The dirty little secret is that both houses of Congress are irrelevant. … America’s domestic policy is now being run by Alan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve, and America’s foreign policy is now being run by the International Monetary Fund [IMF]. …when the president decides to go to war, he no longer needs a declaration of war from Congress.”

Prins covers the IMF and how it pillages poor countries, Bretton Woods, BIS (Bank for International Settlements), World Bank and much more in her precise and easy to understand style.  She ends the book with this:  “Our choice is simple:  either we break the alliances, or they will break us.”

Well, it’s underway which I warned about March 20, 2023,  in my column, Bank Failures: Ignoring the 800 Ton Elephant Erasing Your Money.  Where is Sen. Rand Paul?  His father, Ron Paul, was relentless in going after the “Fed”.  Not so the son.  In 2007, Ron Paul introduced a bill to abolish that thieving system.  ZERO co-sponsors.  Instead, we have this worn-out debt ceiling limit dance again which has happened many times over the past 80 years.  Yes, that’s history.

Omnibus Spending Bill Betrayal: What Do We Do Now?, May 26, 2018, and guess who was president?  Trump.  Guess what party controlled the House and Senate?  Republicans.

“In 2017, the U.S. House ‘worked’ 145 days out of 261 work days with a salary of $174,000 bux. For an average of 18 hours a week they make roughly three times the amount of money average Americans make in a year.  And, you’ll be happy to know those dogs in the Senate voted themselves a raise in the omnibus bill betrayal: Congress Gives Itself a Bonus in Omnibus: Senate increases budget by $48 million, salaries by $12 million

“It’s not like they didn’t know another deadline was coming for a government shut-down. I firmly believe this was done on purpose to push through that rotten bill by Ryan and McConnell. Following the vote, Congress left for another 2- week vacation. That’s right. They’re now gone until April 9th on your dime.

“Trump said he was forced to sign the bill for national security – to boost military spending by $60 billion. He said he would never do it again. I’m sorry, but that doesn’t sell…

“I voted for Trump because not voting for him would be giving a vote to career criminal, Hillary Clinton. I believed Trump was a NY street fighter who would stand his ground.  And he has on some things. Trump then got people into a state of hope when he said he might veto that sickening bill.  Didn’t happen. Caving on that monstrous bill is inexcusable.

“All Trump had to do is call their bluff: I will not betray the American people. Cancel your paid two-week vacation and go back to the drawing board. Pass a CR with a 30-day limit and do it right.”  Chuck Schumer Declares Victory on Omnibus: ‘We’re Able to Accomplish More in the Minority’

So what if the government “shuts down”? Those of us who actually understand what that means know it is nothing more than a scare tactic.  May I remind Americans that a shut-down means you still get your SS check, essential workers stay on the job (like hospitals, doctors and so forth), federal employees will still get paid:  Government Shutdown: New Law Federal Employees Need to Know, Dec. 1, 2021

This new bill hatched by Republicans and carried forward by Kevin McCarthy, is meeting with loud flatulence from the Democrat “side of the isle” but they all know, wink, wink, whatever they decide, the Magical Money Machine aka “FED” will be right there.  Since the Treasury is empty, however many TRILLIONS they decide to “spend”, the Beast will be there to lend more debt.  Or, will they?

The Fed Is Bankrupt by Thomas L. Hogan, April 18, 2023:  “Like a private bank, the Fed maintains some level of capital as a buffer against losses. When those losses exceed the value of its capital, the Fed becomes insolvent, meaning the liabilities it owes to others are greater than the total value of the assets it holds.  The most recent data show that the Fed owes the Treasury over $48 billion, which exceeds its total capital. The Fed, by common standards, is insolvent.”

Oh, but fret not.  Instead of strongly telling Congress in his column to abolish the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve, Hogan says Congress has ways to fix it.  Congress?  Those geniuses couldn’t find their rectum on a doctor’s road map. Hogan goes on to say:

“The banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System could be forced to cover the capital shortfall, as described in the Federal Reserve Act. The Fed could return to a corridor system of monetary policy, resulting in lower interest paid on bank reserves and ONRRPs relative to market rates and therefore fewer reserves held at the Fed.

“Shrinking the Fed’s balance sheet would make another Fed insolvency less likely, while also reducing the Fed’s footprint and the distortions it creates in the financial system.  At very least, Fed officials should better manage its operations so as not to be a drain on American taxpayers again in the future.” God help us.

Over the weekend another bank, First Republic, is about to be rescued.  Act surprised, several of the “Big Six” covered in Prins book along with “newer names” came galloping in to prop First Republic up last month: First Republic becomes the latest bank to be rescued, this time by its rivals, March 16, 2023.  The dust will soon settle (maybe by the time this is published) as the FDIC has asked JP Morgan Chase (the biggest bank in the world) and PNC to put in their final bids.

If you ever read Prins’ book, you’ll blow steam out of your ears because what’s happening now is just more of the same over the last 100 years with the banks and “Fed”.   History has a way of repeating itself but tragically since most Americans know nothing, really, about all the chicanery that goes on and the staggering amounts of money, they will be the ones crushed.

Prins covers the history of the banking cabals and their quest to become the world’s bank – at least one of them.  What did Hogan say above:  “At very least, Fed officials should better manage its operations so as not to be a drain on American taxpayers again in the future.” Wait!  I thought the “Federal” Reserve Board of Governors were the smartest! The best! The brightest! to “manage the economy”.

Think the biggest banks in this country don’t know what’s going on?  They sure as hell do even though way back in the 20’s, 30’s, 40’s, some huge mistakes were made by them, but they recovered and Prins lays it all out in her amazing book.

I know Americans are very worried about the economy as well they should be because between Congress, the WH and the “Fed”, it’s going to get very, very ugly.  2008 will look like prosperity when so many still haven’t recovered from the destructive and unnecessary COVID lockdowns.  There are many confusing components inside the world of banking the majority of Americans know nothing about, i.e., derivatives – a hydrogen bomb just waiting to explode.  I didn’t either until I began my journey for the truth 31 years ago and it all started with understanding the “Fed” of all things.

This kind of mini-collapse (Silicon Bank, Signature Bank & First Republic) can turn into a raging river in a very short period of time.  The uncertainty makes it very, very difficult for small to medium business owners to keep their business plan on track and not have to lay off employees like the big names are already doing.  It scares the American people because of their retirement plans.  Where is the money in your 401(k) today?  You need to find out to protect everything you’ve ever worked for.  Remember what happened to all those ENRON employees?  They not only lost their yearly salary, but every penny in ENRON stock rewards which in some cases was hundreds of thousands of dollars.

We MUST get out of the IMF, World Bank, BIS, Basel Agreements and abolish the “Federal” Reserve.  Radical?  NO.  Isolationist?  NO.  It’s a matter of survival down the road.  Does the Constitution authorize stealing from you and me to drop $200 million bux into the IMF and hope poor nations pay the piper?  No.

As for the debt ceiling high drama, the two parties are going to fight over how many more trillions in BORROWED DEBT works for them and all their unconstitutional spending.  Oh, and don’t forget to send another $100 billion to the comedian running Ukraine.

Thank you, Congress (there’s maybe a half dozen good ones) and past presidents for this disaster that’s underway.  I skipped the mentally disabled puppet, Joe Biden, as he doesn’t make any decisions.  Prins’ book is available at Target, Ebay, Amazon, Thrift Books and others which you can find on her web site.  I’ve read dozens of books on our monetary system and the “Fed”.  Prins’ book is at the very top because it’s different and fascinating while making your blood boil.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related – For your reference.  I only link to articles by individuals I know who are the real experts in the financial world.  Not on the government’s payroll or getting unconstitutional grants.  They’re all individuals I’ve followed for decades – especially Dr. Edwin Vieira.

IMPORTANTWhy the Fed Is Bankrupt and Why That Means More Inflation, Jan. 19, 2023

She is an expert on this:  $21 Trillion dollars is missing from the US government. That is $65,000 per person – as much as the national debt!

Greyerz Just Warned The Everything Collapse Is Going To Devastate The World, April 2, 2023 – “I came to the conclusion early in this century that a sick financial system was not going to survive the infestation of vermin in the form of debt that started just over 50 years ago.

“Nixon’s closing of the gold window in 1971 was the signal that this currency system was going to end like all currency systems in history. And for the ones who haven’t studied the history of money, let me tell you that NO FIAT MONEY HAS EVER SURVIVED IN HISTORY IN ITS ORIGINAL FORM.”

Greyerz – This Everything Global Collapse Will Be Unlike Anything Seen In History, April 16, 2023

We Will Have Hell To Pay For This Government Intervention In Financial Markets, April 27, 2023

An Inflationary Depression Is Being Unleashed, April 26, 2023

There Are So Many Signs Of Financial Disaster Across The World, April 23, 2023

Leeb Just Warned This Global Collapse Will Be Much Worse Than 2008, April 9, 2023

Who Controls The Money? An Unelected, Unaccountable Central Bank Of The World Secretly Does, Nov. 28, 2016

Media Outlets, Tech Companies, and Democratic Politicians Benefited from SVB Bailout, March 20, 2023.  (Buzz Feed shut down a month later.)

America’s banks are missing hundreds of billions of dollars – How the Federal Reserve drained the financial system of deposits, March 21, 2023

Blood bath

I’ve noticed companies are giving such deep price cuts – like the wonderful company I get my doggie supplements from (Pet Honesty) – I wonder how they’re staying in business?  Sad situation; I want all of them to thrive.

S&P 500 will crash 20% as ‘panic’ sets in and gold hits $2,300 in 2023, Fed will cause ‘more tremors’ in banking sector, April 27, 2023  //  Commercial real estate is in trouble. A banking crisis will make it worse, March 24, 2023  //  Woke Disney Shattering Lives, Creating ‘Culture of Fear’ as Mass Layoffs Continue, April 11, 2023 //  List:  Amazon, Gap and Other Companies Laying Off Staff Amid the Economic Downturn

More than 1,400 stores are closing across the US in 2023. Here’s the full list.  April 24, 2023 //  Layoffs loom in the US manufacturing sector as backlogs shrink, April 24, 2023 //  Gap will lay off 1,800 of employees as major retailers like Nordstrom, Whole Foods, and Walmart make cuts, April 27, 2023  //  This Week In Credit Card News: Delinquencies On The Rise; Warning Signs Of Problem Credit Card Usage, March 16, 2023  //  Americans using buy now, pay later to afford groceries, other necessities46% of consumers used BNPL this year, according to LendingTree




It’s A Full-Scale Invasion: Joe Biden’s Immigrant Mob

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 1, 2023

In April, I visited the border in Nogales, Arizona, as well as other locations, to witness a full-scale invasion of the United States of America.  What did I learn by witnessing it firsthand? What did I learn from the U.S. Border Patrol?  What did I learn about Joe Biden and/or his handlers? What did I learn about the future of America?

  1. Our country is no longer a sovereign nation. It’s a destination country for anyone and everyone who wants to break our laws, invade our borders and tap into our welfare systems.
  2. Our country is the largest recipient of deadly drugs in the history of the world.  I learned that Joe Biden and/or his handlers, and the majority of the U.S. Senate and House have no intention of stopping the invasion.  It will continue as it has for over 30 years until it breaks our country into pieces.  It will continue until our welfare systems break down. It will continue until we lose our national identity as Americans. It will continue until our culture fractures and fragments into ethnic enclaves and languages.
  3. Our country is being used as a “human dump” for the third world’s poor, destitute, illiterate and diseased.  The migrants have no identification, disease check, Covid check, educational check or religious-terrorist intentions check at the border.
  4. Our Border Patrol agents have become “Travel Agents” for the world’s poor at the explicit orders of Joe Biden.
  5. Our country is being used for child trafficking, sex trafficking, child labor and drug-gang trafficking like no other country in the world.
  6. Our country is being used as a fentanyl, heroin, meth, hash, ecstasy, and other drugs dumping grounds that kill 70,000 to as high as 110,000 of our citizens annually.  And our Washington DC representatives have not and will not stop the drugs from crossing our borders.  In fact, Joe Biden encourages drug cartels to dump their drugs because he hasn’t and won’t do anything to stop them.
  7. Our country has been absorbing an average of 150,000 to as high as 251,000 illegal migrants every 30 days for the past 26 months of Biden’s reign of dementia, incompetence and malfeasance.
  8. Our country’s taxpayers gave those illegal migrants $150,000,000,000.00 (billion) in 2022 to feed, house, educate and medically care for them as tabulated by the Federation For American Immigration Reform. (Source: www.fairus.org)
  9. If this invasion continues, and it will continue, with another 8,000,000 migrants from around the world in the past 26 months, and Joe Biden allows another 8.0 million into the USA in the next 20 months of his term in office—-it will irrevocably change the fabric of our society, culture, language and way of life.
  10. Our country faces a complete and total breakdown in the rule of law. You can see it across the United States with $94.1 billion in shoplifting in 2022.  You can see it with endless massacres by mentally ill individuals. You see it with hundreds of thousands of homeless.  You’re seeing it with cop killings.  You’re seeing it with enormous destruction of our educational systems.

Interviewing Our Border Patrol Agents

Yes, you receive reports from Bill Melugin with Fox News regularly.  He shows unbelievable videos of that those 150,000 people crossing the Rio Grande River monthly.  He shows people lined up in the streets of El Paso, Nogales, Brownsville and more.  He shows the trash. He shows the children. He shows the thousands of tons of drugs.

This past month, I visited the border for the 7th time in 20 years. It’s beyond sickening that our Washington DC swamp rats have not solved this national nightmare in the past three decades. It makes this journalist wonder, “Who is engineering the breakdown of America?”

Can we absorb another 10, 20, 50 or 100 million refugees?  Will it solve their problems in the countries they flee?  Why won’t anyone address the fact that those countries produce another 83 million babies annually, net gain?  Thus, no end to the line of refugees streaming into America!  Why aren’t our leaders thinking about what’s happening to us, the American people?

During my time on the border, I spoke to a half-dozen agents in their trucks away from the headquarters.

“Agent Martinez,” I asked.  (not his real name)  “What are your feelings as to what’s happening on this border?”

“You want the company line or my take,” he replied.

“Your take,” I said.

“Someone’s in D.C. is bent on changing the demographics of America,” he said.  “They’re succeeding. We’re nothing but a bunch of travel agents for every sorry-ass refugee that crosses. We process them and put them on busses.  Old man Biden doesn’t know that the hell he’s doing to us.  Morale of my fellow Border Patrol agents is shot to hell.”

He continued, “We send them to New York City where it costs $5 million a day to house and feed them in hotels. It’s the damnedest thing to watch firsthand.”

“When does it end?” I asked.

“If the democrats have their way, it won’t end. It’s their new voting bloc. They are importing a permanent voting bloc.  I’m Hispanic, but I don’t like what’s happening.  It’s just plain crazy.  Somebody in Washington wants to destroy this country.”

What did I learn about Joe Biden?  Answer: he doesn’t know what he’s doing to America.  But, he doesn’t care…or his handlers don’t care.  It’s all about power for this moment in history.  Joe Biden will be deemed one of the most incompetent presidents in American history, as well as the most corrupt…not to mention that his handlers knew he is/was severely cognitively unfit for the presidency of the United States.  His dementia will play out even worse in the coming months, but for now, he and his handlers own the White House.

We, the American people will pay a severe price in the coming decades for this national atrocity and tragedy.  This quote says it all:

“Most Western elites continue urging the wealthy West not to stem the migrant tide [that adds 80 million net gain annually to the planet], but to absorb our global brothers and sisters until their horrid ordeal has been endured and shared by all of us—ten billion humans packed onto an ecologically devastated planet.” Dr. Otis Graham, Unguarded Gates

Part 2: Costs of illegals, more interviews with Border Patrol, got a-ways, criminals, drugs,  head of the Department of Homeland Security is Cuban-born A. Mayorkas who supports mass illegal migration, why the mainstream media hides all of it.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Trump’s Attacks on DeSantis Are Insane

By Cliff Kincaid

May 1, 2023

Attempting to define our problem as a nation, President Trump was right on target, telling Greg Kelly of Newsmax, “There’s a little group, a small group of people that are very smart, very radical left, probably Marxists, and they’re running our country into the ground and they’re using law enforcement and they’re using the DOJ and the FBI as retribution — something that has never happened anywhere near what’s going on right now.”

He added, “This is Marxism, this is communism, what they are doing.”

What is Trump’s solution? His newest book, Letters to Trump, is a collection of fan mail that sells for about $100.00, a price out of reach for the members of the working class he claims to represent.

Clearly, an expensive book of fan mail isn’t the answer.  If he really wants to expose the communists, let him ask House Speaker Kevin McCarthy to launch a new House Internal Security Committee, with jurisdiction over the communist menace from within. Then staff it with experts on communism who have read and understand the Communist Manifesto.

As Trump knows, America has been infiltrated from top to bottom by communists and fellow travelers, especially in the so-called “Intelligence Community.” Obama’s CIA director John Brennan voted communist. Still, he got a job and rose through the ranks. Brennan and his 50 of his colleagues wrote a letter to get Biden elected by calling his son’s incriminating computer laptop Russian disinformation. The letter was a lie.

The signers were “intelligence professionals,” demonstrating that the problems in the Intelligence Community did not start or stop with Brennan.

I witnessed and reported on thousands of communists turning out in Washington, D.C., and other cities on March 18, to call for America’s defeat in the face of military power from Russia and China. Many of these activists, most of them young people, will get jobs in academia or government. Others will join the communist revolution in the streets.

Remember that we have entered into the socialist phase of communist revolution, as demonstrated by Biden’s decision to tap a Leninist scholar, Saule Omarova, as the Comptroller of the Currency.

The source of the problem is Marxism-Leninism, which is behind two subversive policies that are evident in the policies of the national Democratic Party – the centralization of economic and financial power in the federal government, and the destruction of the traditional family.

Calling it socialism is not sufficient.

As C. Bradley Thompson of the Clemson Institute for the Study of Capitalism wrote, “In a remarkably short period of time, the philosophy of Karl Marx profoundly changed the course of human civilization. In fact, no system of ideas transformed the world as quickly or as comprehensively as did the philosophy of Marx — not even the teachings of Jesus or Muhammad.”

In specific terms, the Communist Manifesto outlines two major policies for the destruction of the existing order – a “progressive” income tax on the citizens and the outright abolition of the family, leading to consolidation of power in the hands of the state.

In direct and stark language, the Communist Manifesto also mandates the “centralization of the means of communications” in the hands of the state.

With the argument over lifting the debt ceiling, we are witnessing the centralization of financial power in the hands of the federal government. Republicans want to lift the debt ceiling, in exchange for some modest cuts in the federal budget. Speaker Kevin McCarthy’s counter-proposal, the “Live, Save, Grow Act” still increases federal spending and the national debt.

Some may say that the Republicans are at least doing something. But when both sides of a debate favor more debt, it means the communists win.

With the revelations of government control over the social media platforms, we are witnessing consolidation of “the means of communications” in the hands of the federal government. Nothing the Republicans have done will stop this consolidation. Trump failed to break up the Big Tech monopolies, as he promised to do.

Meanwhile, although Leninist scholar Saule Omarova’s nomination went down to defeat, the consolidation of the banking sector is now underway.

Sadly, Trump has been reduced to selling books about his former friends, who wrote fan mail but then turned on him after he ran for office, and attacking Ron DeSantis, a good governor under attack by Disney. His attacks on DeSantis echo bogus Democratic Party talking points about Republicans seeking to cut Social Security.

Trump should join with DeSantis, not try to destroy him. Disney, which represents Cultural Marxism in America, is the enemy. And behind Cultural Marxism is the same philosophy that Trump says is controlling and destroying America today.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




My Forty-Fifth Anniversary

By Amil Imani

May 1, 2023

December 2022 was my 45th anniversary since I made it to this blessed land, America. A land that I fell in love with.  Like many of my fellow Iranian compatriots, I never imagined extending my stay in the US beyond 4 years at the university. Let me remind you that Iranians are not beggars. We don’t ask for charity. We are extremely proud people. Most of us never expect anything from the host country or demand any special privileges. Most of us have assimilated nicely. A major reason for the Iranian assimilation and success in the U.S. is the U.S. itself which provides an ambiance conducive to self-advancement, be it in science, business, or any other field of endeavor. Another reason is that Iranians inherently share and cherish the same values that America’s founding fathers enshrined in this nation’s charter of life.

Although the Islamic Revolution forced the removal of the Shah of Iran and the war with Iraq was imposed on our motherland, I was still determined to go back home. What deterred me from returning was my family.

Mother kept telling me that this is not the same Iran you left. This is a different Iran. She also warned me if I went back, the Islamic regime would immediately recruit me and send me to the front lines – the same war zone that took the lives of many of my high school friends. It was a terrifying feeling. The adrenalin was rushing through my veins and fighting an enemy was all I could think of. I said, Mom, my friends lost their lives to defend their country. I find it my duty to come home and do the same. Please say no more. To no avail, she kept begging me not to come back and wait until the war ended. She continued, Khomeini’s regime doesn’t care about Iran or the lives of Iranians. In fact, he despises Iran. She convinced me that I could do more for Iran in a free US than in a war zone where I would most likely not survive. I listened to her motherly advice and stayed while continuing with my higher education.

Fast Forward

Forty-four years have passed and the Islamic Republic is still doing what it did forty-four years ago. Iran has been under the rule of Islam since 1979. The Iranian people have attempted numerous times to end the rule of the backward Islamic regime, but each time they were faced with the ruthless regime’s apparatus, and many of them were slaughtered while the world watched and did nothing.

In four decades of its existence, the Islamic Republic has managed, notably, to produce more hunger, anger, frustration, prostitution at a record pace, drug addiction beyond control, child executions without any regard for international human rights, and much more. There are many reports regarding cases of child sexual abuse and molestation reaching epidemic proportions.

Prosecution and imprisonment of the innocent and the systematic and illegal abuse of detainees and hundreds of gruesome acts of torture and rape in the prisons have skyrocketed. Meanwhile, the United Nations did not even blink while European countries continued to expand their businesses with the Islamic regime.

On Sep 16, 2022, Mahsa Jina Amini a 22-year-old Iranian Kurdish girl was taken into custody and killed by “morality” police for her “unacceptable” hijab.”  This was a spark that lead to massive nationwide protests across Iran. Iran’s protests may well be the first time in history that women have been both the spark and engine for an attempted counter-revolution.  Anne O’Donnell, a Russia historian at New York University, said: Iran’s protests have been unique because, she said, “this is not just an upheaval involving women, it is an upheaval about women and women’s freedom, and that makes it very special.”

Although Mahsa Amini’s death sparked massive and widespread protests. These protests did not transpire spontaneously. They are a symptom of deep-seated and festering dissent. The list of grievances is sorely long.

The current movement – led and inspired by women – has united Iranians across generations, in what is shaping up to be the biggest threat the regime has faced to date. As for the international community, it is now a crucially important time to show support to the brave Iranian protesters. Simultaneously, they need to recognize and support Prince Reza Pahlavi as the only alternative who is able to secure the people’s confidence to establish calm, and peace during the transition.

Support for Pahlavi isn’t limited to Iranians living abroad. Videos published on social media show Iranians in cities, such as Tehran and Izeh in southwestern Iran, shouting slogans like “Pahlavi, you are our representative” and “Pahlavi is our choice, the leader of our revolution.”

The brave Iranian women not stopping, nor will they any time soon. They are taking to the streets to cut their hair and burn their hijabs, indicating to the Islamic government that they will not stand for this totalitarian regime anymore. Mullahs must pack and leave. It is a do-or-die scenario. Nothing less than a subversion of this regime and recapture of Iran will stop these warriors.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved